As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 23, 2020.

Registration No. 333-_______

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1
to
FORM F-1

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

Huadi International Group Co., Ltd.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Not Applicable

(Translation of Registrant’s Name into English)

 

Cayman Islands   3317   Not Applicable

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary Standard Industrial

Classification Code Number)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification Number)

 

No. 1688 Tianzhong Street, Longwan District,

Wenzhou, Zhejiang Province

People’s Republic of China 325025

+86-057786598888

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number,

including area code, of principal executive offices)

 

Cogency Global Inc.

122 East 42nd Street, 18th Floor

New York, NY 10168

(212) 947-7200

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone

number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

Copies to:

 

William S. Rosenstadt, Esq.  

Louis A. Bevilacqua, Esq.

Mengyi “Jason” Ye, Esq.    Kevin (Qixiang) Sun, Esq
Yarona L. Yieh, Esq.    Bevilacqua PLLC
Ortoli Rosenstadt LLP    1050 Connecticut Avenue, NW, Suite 500
366 Madison Avenue, 3rd Floor    Washington, DC 20036
New York, NY 10017    (202) 869-0888
+1-212-588-0022 – telephone    
+1-212-826-9307 – facsimile    

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.

 

If any securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, check the following box.

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an emerging growth company as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act of 1933. 

 

Emerging growth company ☒

 

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.

 

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

 

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of Class of Securities to be Registered   Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering
Price(1)
    Amount of Registration Fee(4)  
Ordinary shares, par value US$0.0002 per share(2)   $ 28,750,000     $ 3,136.63  
Representative Warrants(3)            
Ordinary shares, par value US$0.0002 per share underlying Representative Warrants(3)     2,156,250       235.25  
Total   $ 30,906,250     $ 3,371.87  

 

(1) The registration fee for securities is based on an estimate of the Proposed Maximum Aggregate Offering Price of the securities, assuming the sale of the maximum number of shares at the highest expected offering price, and such estimate is solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o). Includes the offering price attributable to 468,750 additional Ordinary Shares that the underwriters have the option to purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.

 

(2) In accordance with Rule 416(a), the Registrant is also registering an indeterminate number of additional ordinary shares that shall be issuable pursuant to Rule 416 to prevent dilution resulting from share splits, share dividends or similar transactions.

 

(3) The Registrant will issue to the Representatives (as defined in the section captioned “Underwriting”) warrants to purchase a number of ordinary shares equal to an aggregate of six percent (6%) of the ordinary shares (the “Representative Warrants”) sold in the offering. The exercise price of the Representative Warrants is equal to 125% of the offering price of the ordinary shares offered hereby. Assuming an exercise price of $10.00 per share, we would receive, in the aggregate, $4,687,500 upon exercise of the Representative Warrants. The Representative Warrants are exercisable within four and one-half years commencing 180 days from the effective date of the registration statement at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part.

 

The Registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 

 

 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We will not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED NOVEMBER 23, 2020

 

 

Huadi International Group Co., Ltd.

 

3,593,750 ordinary shares

 

This is an initial public offering of ordinary shares with US$0.0002 par value per share of Huadi International Group Co., Ltd., a Cayman Islands company. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. We expect the offering price of our ordinary shares to be $8.00 per share. We plan to apply to list our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “HUDI”.

 

We are an “emerging growth company” under the federal securities laws and will be subject to reduced public company reporting requirements. Our business is subject to many risks, and investing in our securities involves a high degree of risk. See the section titled “Risk Factors” herein, beginning on page 13.

 

    Per Share     Total Without
Over-Allotment
Option
    Total With
Full Over-
Allotment
Option
 
Public Offering Price   $ 8.00     $ 8.00     $ 8.00  
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions(1)   $ 0.60     $ 0.60     $ 0.60  
Proceeds to Us, Before Expenses(2)   $ 7.40     $ 23,125,000     $ 26,593,750  

 

(1) We have agreed to give our underwriters, Craft Capital Management LLC and R.F. Lafferty & Co. Inc. (collectively the “Representatives”), a discount equal to seven and half percent (7.5%) of the gross proceeds from the sales of securities in the Public Offering (the “Public Offering Price”) as well as warrants equal to six percent (6%) of the shares issued in the Offering (the “Representative Warrants”). The Representative Warrants will be exercisable at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the period commencing 180 days from the effective date of the offering, which period shall not extend further than four and one-half year years from the effective date of the registration statement in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(i). The Representative Warrants are exercisable at a per share price of $10.00, which is 125% of the Public Offering Price. The Representative Warrants are also exercisable on a cashless basis. We have also agreed to pay the Representatives a non-accountable expense allowance of $100,000 payable at the closing of the Offering.  We also have agreed to reimburse the Representatives for certain of their out-of-pocket expenses up to $170,000. See “Underwriting” for a description of these arrangements.

 

(2) The total estimated expenses related to this offering are set forth in the section entitled “Expenses Relating to This Offering”.

 

This offering is being conducted on a firm commitment basis. The underwriters have agreed to purchase and pay for all of the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus if they purchase any ordinary shares. We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 45 days after the closing of this offering to purchase up to 15% of the total number of the ordinary shares to be offered by us pursuant to this offering (excluding ordinary shares subject to this option), solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts. If the underwriters exercise the option in full, the total underwing discounts payable will be $2,156,260 based on an offering price of $8.00 per ordinary share, and the total gross proceeds to us, before underwriting discounts and expenses, will be $26,593,750.

 

The underwriters expect to deliver the Ordinary Shares against payment as set forth under “Underwriting,” on page 92.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

Craft Capital Management LLC              R.F. Lafferty & Co. Inc.

 

Shengang Securities Company Limited

 

The date of this prospectus is [●], 2020.

 

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Prospectus Summary 1
Risk Factors 13
Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements 34
Use of Proceeds 34
Dividend Policy 35
Exchange Rate Information 35
Capitalization 36
Dilution 37
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 38
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 47
Business 48
Management 66
Executive Compensation 71
Related Party Transactions 72
Principal Shareholders 76
Description of Ordinary Shares 77
Shares Eligible for Future Sale 84
Material Tax Consequences Applicable to U.S. Holders of Our Ordinary Shares 85
Enforceability of Civil Liabilities 91
Underwriting 92
Expenses Relating to This Offering 102
Legal Matters 102
Experts 102
Interests of Named Experts and Counsel 102
Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification 102
Where You Can Find Additional Information 102
Financial Statements F-1

 

Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our ordinary share only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or any sale of our ordinary shares. Our business, financial condition, results of operations, and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

i

 

 

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights information contained in greater detail elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information you should consider in making your investment decision. You should read the entire prospectus carefully before making an investment in our ordinary shares. You should carefully consider, among other things, our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

Prospectus Conventions

 

Except where the context otherwise requires and for purposes of this prospectus only, “we”, “us”, “our company”, “Company”, “our” and “Huadi” refer to

 

  Huadi International Group Co., Ltd. (“Huadi International” when individually referenced) (also referred to as 华迪国际集团股份公司), a Cayman Islands exempted company;

 

  Yongqiang Tuoxing Limited (“Yongqiang Tuoxing” when individually referenced) (also referred to as 永强拓兴有限公司), a British Virgin Islands company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Huadi International;

 

  Hong Kong Beach Limited (“HK Beach” when individually referenced) (also referred to as 香港海滨有限公司), a Hong Kong company and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Yongqiang Tuoxing;

 

  Wenzhou Hongshun Stainless Steel Limited (“Hongshun” when individually referenced) (also referred to as 温州鸿顺不锈钢有限公司), a PRC company and a wholly owned subsidiary of HK Beach;

 

  Huadi Steel Group Limited (“Huadi Steel” when individually referenced) (also referred to as 华迪钢业集团有限公司), a PRC company and a 99% owned subsidiary of Hongshun.

 

This prospectus contains translations of certain RMB amounts into U.S. dollar amounts at specified rates solely for the convenience of the reader. All reference to “U.S. dollars”, “USD”, “US$” or “$” are to United States dollars. The relevant exchange rates are listed below:

 

    For the Six Months Ended March 31,
2020
    For the Year Ended
September 30,
2019
    For the Year Ended
September 30,
2018
 
Period Ended RMB: USD exchange rate     7.0808       7.1477       6.8680  
Period Average RMB: USD exchange rate     7.0117       6.8753       6.5368  

 

We have relied on statistics provided by a variety of publicly-available sources regarding China’s expectations of growth. We did not directly or indirectly sponsor or participate in the publication of such materials, and these materials are not incorporated in this prospectus other than to the extent specifically cited in this prospectus. We have sought to provide current information in this prospectus and believe that the statistics provided in this prospectus remain up-to-date and reliable, and these materials are not incorporated in this prospectus other than to the extent specifically cited in this prospectus.

 

On October 9, 2020, we amended our Memorandum and Articles of Association and effected a 2-for-1 reverse stock split of our ordinary shares. Throughout this registration statement, each reference to a number of our ordinary shares excludes effect to the reverse split, unless otherwise indicated.

 

 

1

 

 

 

Overview

 

Huadi International Group Co., Ltd. was incorporated on September 27, 2018 under the laws of the Cayman Islands. We primarily conduct our business through our subsidiary Huadi Steel Group Co., Ltd. which was established in 1998 under the laws of PRC. Our main business operation focuses on new products development, manufacturing, marketing and sales of stainless steel seamless pipes, tubes and stainless steel bar.

 

We are a leading manufacturer of industrial stainless steel seamless pipes and tubes products with extensive distribution facilities and network for over twenty (20) provinces in China. We have also offered a broad range of products exported to twenty (20) countries and regions such as United States, Mexico, Thailand, Australia, Argentina, Taiwan, India, the Philippines, UAE and Canada. Our products are widely used in the oil & gas transmission, chemistry engineering, food processing, medical devices, aeronautics and astronautics, boiler, irrigation works construction, electricity, automobile, naval architecture, paper mill and mechanical industries. Our facilities have been certified with the ISO9001 and ISO14001 quality management systems.

 

We are a nationally-recognized brand and our company has a big presence across domestic and international steel pipes industry with enhanced market prospects. Our core product “HuaGang” stainless steel seamless pipe has been recognized as well-known trademark by the State Administration for Industry and Commerce of China. We have been rewarded as China Top 500 Private Manufacturing Enterprises, High-Tech Enterprise of Zhejiang, Prestigious Brand of Zhejiang Province, Technology Innovation Model Company, Distinguished Enterprise for Employment as well as National AAA Grade Enterprise with distinctive rating of corporate credit status of PRC recorded with the People’s Bank of China.

 

We are offering a comprehensive range of products with a specialty in high-end products such as 347H corrosion and acid-resistant stainless steel seamless pipes, S32205 duplex stainless steel plates and automobile steel plates, bright steel pipes as well as precision tubes. We manufacture products by using innovative technologies as cold-rolling and perforation with product test and certification. Our leading-edge products are especially valuable for sustainable development of our company.

 

Our Products

 

We offer a comprehensive range of products to provide the benefits of a “design-build shop” to approximately 400 steel pipe and tube customers with numerous customer relationships of over 15 years in length. We produce over 3,000 distinct pipe and tube products in a broad range of materials, sizes and shapes and we believe we are the one of the leading producers in China of certain steel products, such as automotive 304L and 347H stainless steel pipes which are widely used in hydraulic mechanisms, automotive applications such as brake systems, steering columns and axles, and various other industrial applications. Consequently, we are able to customize our product offerings based on customers’ project demand, whether it’s highly corrosive environment such as chemical waste transmission line pipe or extremely pressured thermal power generator pipe, or mix of both, we can make it and deliver on time.

 

We employ a broad array of finishing techniques, most importantly Cold Drawn Seamless (“CDS”) which is the technique used for manufacturing all our products, and this differentiates us from other steel pipe manufacturers that employ alternative finishing techniques such as Electric Resistance Weld (“ERW”). CDS pipe/tubing is widely used for applications where precise dimensional and mechanical tolerances are required. The product is manufactured by drawing steel bullet over a mandrel through a precision puncture, creating a tube with uniform grain structure, hardness and a high degree of dimensional accuracy.

 

Unlike welded pipe, CDS pipe creates a seamless connection and is ideal for more stressful applications requiring higher quality, increased mechanical properties, uniformity, strength, and soundness. This feature, together with some of specialty alloy materials, expand our product applications to almost all industries that require high reliability under extreme environment, such as corrosive, high temperature, or highly pressured.

 

Depending on each client’s specific needs, we will order suitable alloy from our long-term partnered suppliers and our staff will then process raw materials through the production line. As raw material and direct labor cost combined account for more than 80% of the total product cost, yield rate, or the percentage of non-defective items of all produced items, is critical to the profitability.

  

For the last 12-month period, we estimate our yield rate was around 98%.

 

We estimate the utilization level for our overall manufacturing capacity, which is largely dependent on the proportion of time that manufacturing equipment is used, to be approximately 70%. We believe that the strong demand for our products and sustained strength in our products’ end markets present us with a number of opportunities to flexibly grow production and sales by increasing utilization across our portfolio of manufacturing processes. We also believe that our industry leading scale and advantaged geographic footprint, together with our sophisticated logistics and manufacturing facilities’ production flexibility, uniquely position us to optimize our capacity by rapidly responding to improving market conditions.

 

 

2

 

 

 

Industries   Percent of sales 
(LTM Period)
  Selected Key
Products by Material
  Major Application / Uses
Oil & Gas   31%   ●    304, 304L, 316, 316L, 2205, 321  

● Widely used in the oil and gas industry as key components of drilling, exploration and production processes of oil and natural gas and for the transportation of these resources over both short and long distances

 

●  Used in the production equipment of by-products of oil and gas and waste recycle system

             
Electric Energy   17%   ●     304, 316L  

●  Primarily used in power generating systems of both thermal and nuclear power plant for the high- pressure and high-temperature conveyance of water, gas, air, steam and other fluids

 

● Also widely used in waste recycle systems where anti-corrosion feature is required

             
Automotive   24%   ●     321, 347H   ●  Primarily for fluid power applications such as hydraulic cylinders and hydraulic lines and for certain other automotive components
             

Other Industries

(Primarily chemistry, food, and beverage industry)

  28%   ●    304, 321, 304L, 316L, 2205  

● Depending on demand we manufacture products fit into working requirement of client’s project. We supply a significant portion of products to chemistry industry where reliability and quality to stand under highly corrosive and pressured working environment is key

 

● Also for plumbing and heating applications for the low-pressure conveyance of water, gas, air, steam and other fluids

 

Oil & Gas (31% of Net Sales from Continuing Operations for the LTM Period)

 

We manufacture and supply energy tubular products including Oil Country Tubular Goods (“OCTG”) and line pipe. OCTG is used in the oil and gas industry as key components of the drilling, exploration and production processes of oil and natural gas. Line pipe is used for the transportation of these resources over long and short distances. We manufacture a diversified line of OCTG and line pipe products in a variety of grades for use in oil and gas fields across China.

 

Electric Energy (17% of Net Sales from Continuing Operations for the LTM Period)

 

We manufacture and supply pipes and tubes for both thermal power and nuclear power plants. Ours products are widely applied in the power generating systems which require high quality and resistance against corrosion and pressure as the consequence for any leakage could be severe. China has been the largest market over the past several years for the electric energy pipe section, however India contributed the largest sales revenue for this section during fiscal year 2018 due to the increased power infrastructure investment in India and lack of manufacturing capacity of quality pipe in local region.

 

 

3

 

 

 

Automotive (24% of Net Sales from Continuing Operations for the LTM Period)

 

We manufacture and supply pipes for hydraulic mechanism components in automotive such as brake systems, steering columns and axles. We believe we are the leading company in this niche market as we have a lower defective rate compared with our competitors attributable to our specialized manufacturing technique for 321 and 347H pipe which are the most widely used alloy for this application. CRRC, one of the world’s largest suppliers of rail transit equipment, is our biggest customer for this market section for piping component used in fluid conveyance and hydraulic mechanical systems.

 

Other Industrial Applications (28% of Net Sales from Continuing Operations for the LTM Period)

 

Our other industrial applications primarily consist of product applications in pharmaceutical, medical, chemical and food industries. Stainless steel has more than 150 grades with varying chromium and molybdenum contents to suit the environment the alloy must endure, and this diversity offers extensive applications in various industries. Our specialized manufacturing technique enables us to make products suitable to customer’s designed purposes.

 

Sales and Marketing

 

Our International Footprint

 

We sell our products to 20 countries over the world as shown below.

 

 

 

We generate 66% of our sales revenue from China market where our manufacturing facility locates in during the past two fiscal years. For the same period, India and United States account for 14% and 11% of our total revenues, respectively. The below chart details our revenue by percentage generated from top five international markets.

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

Solutions Provider to Our Customers, With Commitment to Differentiated Service

 

We are committed to offering our customers superior product diversity, quality and reliability. As a result, we are able to serve as a “design-build shop” for many of our customers with numerous customer relationships of over 15 years in length. Our extensive and diversified manufacturing technique and equipment enable us to manufacture products customized for customer’s project demand, so our customers don’t need to go through numerous different suppliers and frustrating with different standards employed by each supplier. Moreover, our product mix, sophisticated logistics, information technology systems, and specialized manufacturing capabilities allow us to effectively bundle shipments, thereby reducing transportation costs. We produce over 3,000 distinct pipe and tube products in a broad range of sizes and shapes and we believe we are the only manufacturer of certain products in China such as automotive 304L and 347H stainless steel pipes which are widely used in hydraulic mechanisms, automotive applications such as brake systems, steering columns and axles, and various other industrial applications.

 

Low Fixed Cost and Highly Variable Cost Structure

 

Our scale and flexible manufacturing base enable us to maintain a highly variable cost structure, with variable costs accounting for 89% of total costs for the fiscal year 2018, of which steel accounts for 80% of total costs. We believe this cost structure, which is underpinned by our industry leading scale and network of facilities located in close proximity to suppliers and customers, is among the lowest compared to our competitors in China. The following chart illustrates the key components of our highly variable cost structure.

 

 

5

 

 

 

 

Efficient Operations with Significant Scale and Purchasing Power

 

We believe we are able to leverage our scale to drive procurement savings. Our manufacturing scale and raw material consumption also allow us to aggregate purchasing and obtain more favorable terms from our suppliers. Over the past several years, management has implemented cost and production efficiency initiatives, while managing capital expenditures to optimize physical assets. These improvements have allowed us to maintain lean manufacturing processes, which result in lower inventory levels, efficient change-overs and reduced customer lead times, enabling us to more successfully and profitably satisfy growing demand in the end markets related to products we sell.

 

Diversified Market and Territory Outreach

 

We believe we have diversified customer portfolio and territory outreach to mitigate impact by economic and industry cycle. Our customers spread over more than 10 industries in more than 20 countries, and we are still expanding to new areas, and this gives us protection against recession of one industry or one country.

 

Rigorous Quality Control

 

We established a comprehensive quality management system, implemented by a quality management system (QMS) in compliance with ISO 9001 and ISO14001 quality management systems. We use three-tier of product quality testing system to ensure that the products manufactured has a pass rate of 99.85% to provide our clients with high-quality, highly reliable products.

 

Experienced and Proven Management Team

 

Our senior management team has decades of leadership experience in the industrial steel pipe and tube industry, transportation and logistics and other relevant industrial sectors. Our management team and senior management intend to remain with us in the capacity of officers and/or directors, which will provide helpful continuity in advancing our strategic and growth goals.

 

 

6

 

 

 

Award-Winning Products and Operation

 

We have received numerous nationally recognized industry awards as well as provincially recognized awards. Notable awards and activities are detailed in chronological order as following:

 

  National Top 3 largest steel manufacturer in 2008 and top 10 seamless steel tube maker in 2013

 

Huadi Steel was granted ISO 9001 Authentication (certification based upon quality and consistency) in 1999;

 

2019 Enterprise Quality Assurance Certificate

 

2019 China’s Top 200 Manufacturer

 

Huadi Steel was recognized as a BV certification by Bureau Veritas of France in 2000; and passed American Standard ASTM (ASME) and the European standard EN in the same year of 2000;

 

Huadi Steel was recognized as a “Distinctive Rating of Corporate Credit Model Company” by Zhejiang Province as well as “Top 500 Private Company” and “Top 100 Bank Credit Company” by PRC in 2002;

 

Huadi Steel was awarded “Famous Brand of Zhejiang” by Zhejiang Province and certified by TUV in 2005;

 

Huadi Steel was awarded “A-class Enterprise” by Chinese Customs and “National Distinguished Enterprise for Employment” by PRC in 2006;

 

Huadi Steel was awarded “Famous Brand of Zhejiang” and “Distinguished Enterprise for Employment of Zhejiang” by Zhejiang Province in 2007;

 

Huadi Steel was recognized as a “High-Tech Enterprise” and “Distinctive Rating of Corporate Credit Model Company” by Zhejiang Province as well as “No. 328 of National Top 500 Private Companies” by PRC in 2008;

 

Huadi Steel was awarded “China Famous Brand” and “Top 100 Company of Zhejiang Manufacturing Industry” in 2009;

 

Our Chairman of the Board, Di Wang, was recognized as “National Influential People of Iron and Steel Industry” in 2010 by PRC;

 

  Huadi Steel was recognized as “Zhejiang Export Premium Brand”, as well as “Distinctive Rating of Corporate Credit Company” by General Administration of Quality Supervision, Inspection and Quarantine (AQSIQ) of PRC in 2012;

 

Huadi Steel was awarded “AA Enterprise for Corporate Credit” by Zhejiang Province, as well as “AAA Enterprise for Taxation” by PRC in 2013;

 

Huadi Steel was recognized as “No. 336 of National Top 500 Private Manufacturing Companies” by PRC in 2014;

 

Huadi Steel was recognized as “Environmental-Friendly Enterprise” by Zhejiang Province, “Top 100 Companies of Wenzhou City” in 2015;

 

Huadi Steel was appraised as “Famous-Brand Enterprise” and “Famous Trademark” by Zhejiang Province in 2016;

 

Huadi Steel was recognized as “Distinguished Reliable Enterprise” by PRC in 2017; and

 

Huadi Steel was recognized as “No. 498 of National Top 500 Private Manufacturing Companies” by PRC in 2018.

 

We believe our national and province-level awards, reflect widespread recognition of our innovative products, national-recognized reputation as well as success in our industry.

 

 

7

 

 

 

Our Business Strategies

 

Our primary objective is to create value by sustaining growth in earnings and cash flows from operating activities over various economic cycles. To achieve this objective, we strive to improve our cost structure, provide high quality service and products, expand our product offerings and increase our market share.

 

Expand Leading Market Positions

 

We believe that our leading market position and scale are our most compelling competitive strengths. Our management team is focused on expanding market share, which we believe will generate operating leverage and improved financial performance. We believe this can be accomplished through acquisitions and organic initiatives, including offering new products, serving additional end markets and increasing customer penetration and geographic coverage. As part of our business strategy, we evaluate acquisition opportunities from time to time.

 

Optimize Our Portfolio and Product Mix to be Responsive to Market Conditions

 

We seek to maintain flexibility to adjust our product mix and rapidly respond to changing market conditions. While prioritizing our highest margin products, we regularly evaluate our portfolio of assets to ensure that our offerings are responsive to prevailing market conditions. We will assess and pursue opportunities to utilize, optimize and grow production capacity to capitalize on market opportunities.

 

Provide Superior Quality Products and Customer Service

 

Our products play a critical role in a variety of construction, infrastructure, equipment and safety applications. Our emphasis on manufacturing processes, quality control testing and product development helps us deliver a high-quality product to our customers. We focus on providing superior customer service through our geographic manufacturing footprint and continued development of our proprietary, vendor managed AIM system, as well as our experienced sales forces. We also seek to provide high-quality customer service through continued warehouse optimization, including increased digitization and automation of certain systems to debottleneck loading and dispatch logistics and improve truck availability. We believe that warehouse, transportation and shipping logistics and speed of delivery represents a key area of commercial differentiation relative to our competitors.

 

Focus on Efficient Manufacturing and Cost Management

 

We strive for continued operational excellence with the goal of providing high-quality products at competitive prices. Our operating personnel continually examine costs and profitability by product, plant and region. Our goal is to maximize operational benchmarks by leveraging skilled manufacturing and supply chain management processes.

 

Focus on Key Supplier Relationships

 

We believe that our relationships with our key suppliers provide a competitive advantage in serving our customers. Our ability to provide our suppliers with accurate information regarding our future demands is critical to this relationship. In doing so, we are focused on accurate demand planning and have invested in systems to enhance this function.

 

Execute Pricing Strategy to Pass Through Underlying Costs

 

We believe we have a track record of managing underlying commodity price exposure through our price negotiation, raw material procurement and inventory management program. In addition to managing underlying commodity prices, more recently we have had success in sharing transportation costs with our customers through our product pricing strategies, particularly for our electrical conduit products. We believe there is opportunity to implement this pricing strategy for our other products as well.

 

 

8

 

 

 

Coronavirus (COVID-19) Update

 

Recently, there is an ongoing outbreak of a novel strain of coronavirus (COVID-19) first identified in China and has since spread rapidly globally. The pandemic has resulted in quarantines, travel restrictions, and the temporary closure of stores and business facilities globally for the past few months. In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared the COVID-19 as a pandemic. Given the rapidly expanding nature of the COVID-19 pandemic, and because substantially all of our business operations and our workforce are concentrated in China, we believe there is a risk that our business, results of operations, and financial condition will be adversely affected, especially for our export related business. Potential impact to our results of operations will also depend on future developments and new information that may emerge regarding the duration and severity of the COVID-19 and the actions taken by government authorities and other entities to contain the COVID-19 or mitigate its impact, almost all of which are beyond our control.

 

The impacts of COVID-19 on our business, financial condition, and results of operations include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

 

Wenzhou entered into a city-wide lockdown on February 3, 2020. We temporarily closed our offices and production facilities to adhere to the policy beginning in February 2020, as required by relevant PRC regulatory authorities. Our offices have reopened on February 18, 2020  and production facilities are now fully operational.

 

  Our customers have been negatively impacted by the outbreak, which reduced the demand of our products. The total sales from international customers decreased from $9.3 million in the first half year of 2019 to $7.4 million for the same period in 2020, representing a 26% reduction. However, domestic demand increased and partially offset the decrease of international demand because of the recovery initiative within China. Total sales decreased by approximately $7 million in the first half year of 2020 comparing to the same period in 2019. As a result, our revenue and income are likely to be negatively impacted for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2020.

 

  Our accounts receivable decreased by approximately $6.97 million primarily due to decrease of sales as a result of COVID-19. While China has slowly recovered from the economic shutdown from COVID-19, the situation may worsen if the global pandemic continues or resurfaces within China. We will continue to closely monitor our collections throughout 2020.

 

 

Our workforce remains stable during the first half year of 2020. While the local government has provided funding to subsidize our labor cost, the implementation of various safety measures has increased the total cost of our operation. We are required to provide our employees with protective gears and regularly monitor and trace the health condition of our employees. Workers are also required to practice social distancing during mealtime at our own cafeteria.

 

  The global stock markets have experienced, and may continue to experience, significant decline from the COVID-19 outbreak. It is possible that the price of our ordinary shares will decline significantly after the consummation of this offering, in which case you may lose your investment.

 

 

Our   revenue for the second half of 2020 is expected to be lower than the same period in 2019.

 

Because of the uncertainty surrounding the COVID-19 outbreak, the business disruption and the related financial impact related to the outbreak of and response to the coronavirus cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. For a detailed description of the risks associated with the novel coronavirus, see “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our business could be materially harmed by the ongoing coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic.”

 

 

9

 

 

 

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

 

We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. An emerging growth company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting and other burdens that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies. These provisions include, but are not limited to:

 

  the ability to include only two years of audited financial statements and only two years of related management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations disclosure;

 

  an exemption from the auditor attestation requirement in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

  

  reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports, proxy statements and registration statements; and
     
  a delay in adopting new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and private companies until those standards apply to private companies.

 

We have elected to take advantage of certain of the reduced disclosure obligations in the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part and may elect to take advantage of other reduced reporting requirements in future filings. As a result, the information that we provide to our stockholders may be different than you might receive from other public reporting companies in which you hold equity interests.

 

We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.07 billion in annual revenue, have more than $700 million in market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates or issue more than $1 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period.

 

Implication of Being a Foreign Private Issuer

 

We are a foreign private issuer within the meaning of the rules under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). As such, we are exempt from certain provisions applicable to United States domestic public companies. For example:

 

  we are not required to provide as many Exchange Act reports, or as frequently, as a domestic public company;

 

  for interim reporting, we are permitted to comply solely with our home country requirements, which are less rigorous than the rules that apply to domestic public companies;

 

  we are not required to provide the same level of disclosure on certain issues, such as executive compensation;

 

  we are exempt from provisions of Regulation FD aimed at preventing issuers from making selective disclosures of material information;

 

  we are not required to comply with the sections of the Exchange Act regulating the solicitation of proxies, consents or authorizations in respect of a security registered under the Exchange Act; and

 

  we are not required to comply with Section 16 of the Exchange Act requiring insiders to file public reports of their share ownership and trading activities and establishing insider liability for profits realized from any “short-swing” trading transaction.

 

We have taken advantage of certain reduced reporting and other requirements in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold equity securities.

 

We may take advantage of these exemptions until such time as we are no longer a foreign private issuer. We would cease to be a foreign private issuer at such time as more than 50% of our outstanding voting securities are held by U.S. residents and any of the following three circumstances applies: (1) the majority of our executive officers or directors are U.S. citizens or residents, (2) more than 50% of our assets are located in the United States or (3) our business is administered principally in the United States.

 

Corporate Information

 

Our principal executive office is located No. 1688 Tianzhong Street, Longwan District, Wenzhou, Zhejiang Province, People’s Republic of China 325025. The telephone number of our principal executive offices is +86 057786598888. Our registered agent in Cayman Islands is Harneys Fiduciary (Cayman) Limited. Our registered office and our registered agent’s office in Cayman Islands are both at 4th Floor, Harbour Place, 103 South Church Street, P.O. Box 10240, Grand Cayman, KY1-1002, Cayman Islands. Our registered agent in the United States is Cogency Global Inc.. We maintain a corporate website at www.huadigroup.com. We do not incorporate the information on our website into this prospectus and you should not consider any information on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus.

 

10

 

 

We are a Cayman Islands exempted company limited by ordinary shares. Our current corporate structure is as follows prior to completion of this offering:

 

 

The Offering

 

Shares Offered:   3,125,000 ordinary shares, excluding exercise of the over-allotment discussed below
     
   

3,593,750 ordinary shares, assuming full exercise of the over-allotment

     
Shares Outstanding Prior to the Offering:   10,000,000 ordinary shares
     
Shares to be Outstanding after the Offering:   13,215,000 ordinary shares (or 13,593,750 ordinary shares if the underwriters exercise the over-allotment option in full)
     
Over-Allotment:   We have granted to the underwriters the option, exercisable for 45 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to 468,750 additional ordinary shares.
     
Representative Warrants   We will issue to the Representative Warrants to purchase a number of ordinary shares equal to an aggregate of six percent (6%) of the ordinary shares sold in the offering. The exercise price of the Representative Warrants is equal to 125% of the offering price of the ordinary shares offered hereby.
     
Assumed Offering Price per ordinary share:   $8.00 per ordinary shares
     
Gross Proceeds:   Approximately $25,000,000, excluding proceeds from the exercise of the Underwriters’ over-allotment option

 

Proposed trading market and symbol:   We intend to apply for the listing of our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “HUDI.”
     
Transfer Agent:   Vstock Transfer, LLC
     
Risk Factors:   Investing in these securities involves a high degree of risk. As an investor, you should be able to bear a complete loss of your investment. You should carefully consider the information set forth in the “Risk Factors” section of this prospectus before deciding to invest in our ordinary shares.
     
Use of Proceeds:   We intend to use the proceeds from this offering for research and development, working capital and general corporate purposes. See “Use of Proceeds” for more information.
     
Dividend Policy:   We have no present plans to declare dividends and plan to retain our earnings to continue to grow our business.

 

11

 

 

 

Selected Financial Information

 

In the table below, we provide you with historical selected financial data for the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 and for the six months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019. This information is derived from our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for any future period. When you read this historical selected financial data, it is important that you read it along with the historical financial statements and related notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

    For Fiscal Years Ended September 30  
    2019     2018  
    US$     US$  
Statement of income and comprehensive income data            
Sales   $ 65,518,316     $ 60,386,004  
Cost of Sales   $ (50,895,644 )   $ (47,142,750 )
Gross profit   $ 14,622,672     $ 13,243,254  
Total Operating expenses   $ (6,244,168 )   $ (5,045,700 )
Operating Income   $ 8,378,504     $ 8,197,554  
Other non-operating expense, net   $ (1,926,827 )   $ (1,611,930 )
Income tax provision   $ (1,005,190 )   $ (1,337,092 )
Net income   $ 5,446,487     $ 5,248,532  
Net income attributable to Huadi International Group Co., Ltd.   $ 5,392,022     $ 5,196,047  
Earnings per share, basic and diluted   $ 0.54     $ 0.52  
Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding     10,000,000       10,000,000  
Balance sheet data                
Current assets   $ 47,932,151     $ 57,176,633  
Total assets   $ 68,773,494     $ 75,944,817  
Total liabilities   $ 47,566,394     $ 59,326,325  
Total liability and shareholders’ equity   $ 68,773,494     $ 75,944,817  

 

    For the Six Months Ended
March 31
 
    2020     2019  
    US$     US$  
Statement of income and comprehensive income data            
Sales   $ 25,557,407     $ 32,133,105  
Cost of Sales   $ (19,259,740 )   $ (25,540,685 )
Gross profit   $ 6,297,667     $ 6,592,420  
Total Operating expenses   $ (2,787,420 )   $ (3,443,763 )
Operating Income   $ 3,510,247     $ 3,148,657  
Other non-operating expense, net   $ (487,728 )   $ (821,865 )
Income tax provision   $ (341,280 )   $ (287,478 )
Net income   $ 2,681,239     $ 2,039,314  
Net income attributable to Huadi International Group Co., Ltd.   $ 2,654,427     $ 2,018,921  
Earnings per share, basic and diluted   $ 0.27     $ 0.20  
Weighted average ordinary shares outstanding     10,000,000       10,000,000  

 

    March 31,     September 30,  
    2020     2019  
    US$     US$  
Balance sheet data            
Current assets   $ 46,164,236     $ 47,932,151  
Total assets   $ 67,169,660     $ 68,773,494  
Total liabilities   $ 43,107,119     $ 47,566,394  
Total liability and shareholders’ equity   $ 67,169,660     $ 68,773,494  

 

12

 

 

RISK FACTORS

 

Before you decide to purchase our ordinary shares, you should understand the high degree of risk involved. You should consider carefully the following risks and other information in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected. As a result, the trading price of our ordinary shares could decline, perhaps significantly.

 

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

 

Chinese government’s monitoring and macro-control of the market could hurt demand of our products.

 

Our company could be impacted by China’s macro-control policy on control of China’s steel and steel products industry. Sales of standard steel products might be cut to complete the annual task of overcapacity cut in steel industry. Stricter inspections against steel products might be conducted in key provinces. These macroeconomic and steel products industry trends have affected and will continue to have impact on customers’ demand of our products and therefore, might have an adverse influence on our operations and financial conditions.

 

The considerable uncertainty in Chinese economic growth could hurt demand of our products.

 

While China has been grown significantly over the past two decades, the growth rate may decrease due to uncertainties with respect to national structural control along with other factors. If China’s economy condition continues to slow, or even materially decline, demand for our products might be accordingly decreased. Therefore, our business might be adversely affected by the prolonged slowdown in the economic condition, which would negatively affect sales of our products, operations of our company and our financial conditions.

 

Tariffs could materially have a negative impact on demand of our products.

 

Import tariffs, other trade barriers and protectionist policies could negatively affect steel prices and our exports to international markets, particularly the United States. Such import barriers adversely affect our company’s business by limiting our access to or competitiveness in foreign steel markets. For example, our company might anticipate a significant increase of cost of goods for our sales to the United States as a result from tariffs on steel and steel products imports imposed by the US government. The US government imposed a 25% tariff on steel imports and a 10% tariff on aluminum imports in March 2018 under “Section 232” from nearly all foreign countries. In addition to the Section 232 tariff, the US government has imposed hefty anti-dumping and subsidy countervailing duties on a wide range of steel imports from China. With regard to our company in particular, the Section 232 tariff had a limited effect on our U.S. sales, because the tariffs on our exports to the United States had already reached 25% before 2018. There was no additional tariff on our US exports in respect of the Section 232 tariff or the US-China trade war. However, you should not expect that our sales of products would continue to offset the potential increase in the pricing of the steel products due to any increased tariffs. As a result of increasing costs, our potentially increased pricing could have an adverse effect on our operations and financial conditions.

  

Recent trade policy initiatives announced by the United States administration against China may adversely affect our business.

 

On August 14, 2017, the President of the United States issued a memorandum instructing the United States Trade Representative (“USTR”) to determine whether to investigate under section 301 of the United States Trade Act of 1974 (Trade Act), laws, policies, practices, or actions of the Chinese government that may be unreasonable or discriminatory and that may be harming United States intellectual property rights, innovation, or technology development. Based on information gathered in that investigation, the USTR published a report on March 22, 2018 on the acts, policies and practices of the Chinese government supporting findings that such are unreasonable or discriminatory and burden or restrict United States commerce. On March 8, 2018, the President exercised his authority to issue the imposition of significant tariffs on imports of steel and aluminum from a number of countries, including China. Subsequently, the USTR announced an initial proposed list of 1,300 goods imported from China that could be subject to additional tariffs and initiated a dispute with the World Trade Organization against China for alleged unfair trade practices. The President has indicated that his two primary concerns to be addressed by China are (i) a mandatory $100 billion reduction in the China/United States trade deficit and (ii) limiting the planned $300 billion Chinese government support for advanced technology industries including artificial intelligence, semiconductors, electric cars and commercial aircraft. On July 6, 2018, the United States initially imposed a 25% tariffs on $34 billion worth of Chinese goods, including agriculture and industrial machinery, which prompted the Chinese government to initially impose tariffs on $34 billion worth of goods from the United States, including beef, poultry, tobacco and cars. Since July 2018, the United States imposed tariffs on $250 billion worth of Chinese products and has threatened tariffs on $325 billion more. In response, China imposed tariffs on $110 billion worth of U.S. goods, and threatened qualitative measures that would affect U.S. businesses operating in China. In May 2019, the United States raised the tariffs on $100 billion of Chinese products to 25% from 10%, and were expected to increase further to 30% on October 15, 2019, however such increase was suspended pending negotiation of a “phase one” trade agreement with China. On August 1, 2019, President Trump announced a new 10% ad valorem duty on additional categories of goods imported from China, which amount was then increased to 15% on August 23, 2019. The new tariff at the rate of 15% became effective September 1, 2019 with respect to certain categories of goods and was expected to become effective for additional categories of goods on December 15, 2019. On December 13, 2019 the U.S. and China signed a “phase one” trade agreement, which avoided the imposition of additional tariffs. However, there can be no assurances that the U.S. or China will not increase tariffs or impose additional tariffs in the future.

 

13

 

 

In addition to the proposed retaliatory tariffs, the President has also directed the U.S. Secretary of the Treasury to develop new restrictions on Chinese investments in the U.S. aimed at preventing Chinese-controlled companies and funds from acquiring U.S. firms with sensitive technologies. A Foreign Investment Risk Review Modernization Act was introduced to Congress for review to modernize the restrictive powers imposed by the Committee on Foreign Investment in the United States.

 

This evolving policy dispute between China and the United States is likely to have significant impact on the Chinese economy as well as consumer discretional spending, directly and indirectly, and no assurance can be given that we will not be adversely affected by any governmental actions taken by either China or the United States, perhaps materially. In view of the positions of the respective trade representatives, it is not possible to predict with any certainty the outcome of this dispute or whether it will involve other agencies or entities brought in to resolve the policy differences of the two countries. Furthermore, any political or trade controversies, or political events or crises, between the United States and China or proxies thereof, whether or not directly related to our business, could reduce the price of our ordinary shares since we are a U.S. listed company operating in China.

 

Our business is also affected by global economic conditions. 

As we offer a broad range of products exported to more than twenty (20) countries and regions as United States, Mexico, Thailand, Australia, Argentina, Taiwan, India, the Philippines, UAE and Canada, our products depend upon factors relating to global economic conditions such as consumers, employment rates, the amounts of consumers’ disposable income, business conditions, interest rates, consumer debt, availability of credit, and applicable taxation in regional and local markets where we sell our products. The oil and gas industry is one of the largest consumers of stainless steel seamless pipes. Oil prices experience a protracted slowdown and may therefore affect demand for steel pipes. Therefore, changes in global economic conditions and other factors beyond our control, could adversely affect our operations and financial conditions. 

Our revenue will decrease if the industries in which our customers operate experience a protracted slowdown. 

Our products mainly serve as key components in projects and machines operated by our customers which are in a broad range of industries. Therefore, we are subject to the general changes in economic conditions affecting those industry segments of the economy. If the industry segments in which our customers operate do not grow or if there is a contraction in those industries, demand for our products will decrease. Demand for our products is typically affected by a number of overarching economic factors, including, but not limited to, interest rates, the availability and magnitude of private and governmental investment in infrastructure projects and the health of the overall global economy. If there is a decline in economic activity in China and the other markets in which we operate or a protracted slowdown in industries on which we rely for our sales, demand for our products and our revenue will likewise decrease. 

14

 

 

We operate in a competitive industry. If we are unable to compete successfully, we may lose market share to our competitors. 

The domestic market for stainless steel seamless pipes and related products is highly competitive. Our current or potential competitors include major steel pipes manufactures in China and overseas. Some of our competitors may have greater brand recognition, larger group of customers or vendors, longer operating histories as well as marketing resources than we do. Customers may weight their experience and resources over us in various ways, therefore increasing our competitor’s respective market shares. 

You should not expect that we will be able to compete successfully against current or potential competitors, and such competitive pressures may have a material and adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Failure to compete successfully against existing or new competitors may cause us to lose market share, customers and other business partners. 

Competition within the steel industry may adversely affect our ability to sell our products, and excess production capacity in the industry could put downward pressure on steel prices. 

We compete with numerous other steel producers in various regions of the PRC and to a lesser extent, steel producers from other countries. This competition affects the prices we are able to sell our products, and our ability to retain or attract customers. In addition, if the currencies of our foreign competitors decline against the RMB, those competitors may be able to offer lower prices to our customers than we can. 

In the past, high demand for steel and attractive pricing brought new investors to the steel industry, leading to added production capacity. Subsequent overcapacity in the industry has contributed, and may continue to contribute, to lower steel prices. In addition, lower steel prices set by our competitors may also put downward pressure on steel prices. 

Any decline in the availability or increase in the cost of raw materials and energy resources could materially affect our earnings.

The principal raw materials used to manufacture our products are various grades and forms of steel, from rolled steel bars, plates and sheets. Our pipe and fitting manufacturing operations depend heavily on the availability of various raw materials and energy resources. The availability of raw materials and energy resources may decline and their prices may fluctuate greatly. During fiscal years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, we purchased a total of $11,641,219 and $12,265,399, respectively, raw materials from Taizhou Huadi Industrial Technology Co., a related party. During six months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, we purchased a total of $9,991,640 and $2,991,274 raw materials from Taizhou Huadi Industrial Ltd. If our suppliers are unable or unwilling to provide us with raw materials on terms favorable to us, we may be unable to produce certain products. This could result in a decrease in profit and damage to our reputation in our industry. In the event our raw material and energy costs increase; we may not be able to pass these higher costs on to our customers in full or at all. Any increase in the prices for raw materials or energy resources could materially increase our costs and therefore lower our earnings.

 

The loss of any of our key customers could reduce our revenues and our profitability. 

We consider our major customers in each period to be those customers that accounted for more than 10% of our revenue in such period. We had one and one such major customer for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. During six months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, we purchased a total of $9,991,640 and $2,991,274 raw materials from Taizhou Huadi Industrial Ltd. As the majority of our revenues are driven by customers’ orders for stainless steel seamless pipes products, there can be no assurance that we will maintain or improve the relationships with customers who does not have long-term contracts with us. Our major customers often change each period based on when a given order is placed. If we cannot maintain long-term relationships with major customers or replace major customers from period to period with equivalent customers, the loss of such sales could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

The loss of any of our key vendors could have a materially adverse effect on our results of operations. 

 

We consider our major vendors in each period to be those vendors that accounted for more than 10% of overall purchases in such period. We had two and two such major suppliers for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. One of the major suppliers for the two fiscal years was Taizhou Huadi Industrial Ltd., a related party, from whom we purchased a total of $11,641,219 and $12,265,399 of raw materials, respectively for fiscal years 2019 and 2018. We purchase raw materials on the market at prevailing market prices. We believe that we can locate replacement vendors readily on the market for prevailing prices and that we would not have significant difficulty replacing a given vendor. Any difficulty in replacing such a vendor could adversely affect our company’s performance to the extent it results in higher prices, slower supply chain and ultimately less desirable results of operations.  

15

 

 

We have engaged in transactions with related parties, and such transactions present possible conflicts of interest that could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

We have entered into a number of transactions with related parties, including our shareholders, directors and executive officers.  For example, during fiscal years 2019 and 2018, we purchased a total of $11,641,219 and $12,265,399, respectively, of raw materials from Taizhou Huadi Industrial Ltd., a related party. Additionally, during fiscal year 2019, we sold a total of $1,276,462 steel materials to Taizhou Huadi Material Technology Co. During six months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, we purchased a total of $9,991,640 and $2,991,274 raw materials from Taizhou Huadi Industrial Ltd. See “Related Party Transactions.”  We may in the future enter into additional transactions with entities in which members of our board of directors and other related parties hold ownership interests.

 

Transactions with the entities in which related parties hold ownership interests present potential for conflicts of interest, as the interests of these entities and their shareholders may not align with the interests of the Company and our unaffiliated shareholders with respect to the negotiation of, and certain other matters related to, our purchases from and other transactions with such entities. Conflicts of interest may also arise in connection with the exercise of contractual remedies under these transactions, such as the treatment of events of default.

 

Currently, our Board of Directors has authorized the Audit Committee upon its formation to review and approve all material related party transaction. We rely on the laws of Cayman Islands, which provide that directors owe a duty of care and a duty of loyalty to our company. Nevertheless, we may have achieved more favorable terms if such transactions had not been entered into with related parties and these transactions, individually or in the aggregate, may have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations or may result in government enforcement actions or other litigation.

 

Any disruption in the supply chain of raw materials and our products could adversely impact our ability to produce and deliver products.

 

As to the products we manufacture, we must manage our supply chain for raw materials and delivery of our products. Supply chain fragmentation and local protectionism within China further complicates supply chain disruption risks. Local administrative bodies and physical infrastructure built to protect local interests pose transportation challenges for raw material transportation as well as product delivery. In addition, profitability and volume could be negatively impacted by limitations inherent within the supply chain, including competitive, governmental, legal, natural disasters, and other events that could impact both supply and price. Any of these occurrences could cause significant disruptions to our supply chain, manufacturing capability and distribution system that could adversely impact our ability to produce and deliver products.

 

Our inability to raise capital could have material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

Our production can be improved with additional production facilities and better equipment within the plant. We are raising capital through this offering for us to grow our business by investing in research and development and building new facilities or acquiring existing facilities. If we cannot raise capital and is unable to execute our business plan successfully, our customers may experience substantial delay in receiving our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business relationship with them and our financial conditions.

 

We will require substantial additional funding in the future. There is no assurance that additional financing will be available to us.

 

We have been dependent upon bank loans and proceeds received from shareholders’ equity contributions to meet our capital requirements in the past. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain capital in the future to meet our capital requirements for our standard stainless steel seamless pipes products and high-ends products development and to maintain operations and improve financial performance. If we were unable to meet our future funding requirements for working capital and for general business purposes, we could experience operating losses and limit our marketing efforts as well as decrease or eliminate capital expenditures. If so, our operating results, our business results and our financial position would be adversely affected. If adequate additional financing is not available on reasonable terms, we may not be able to undertake our expansion plan or purchase additional equipment for our operations, and we would have to modify our business plans accordingly. 

 

Rapid expansion could significantly strain our resources, management and operational infrastructure, which could impair our ability to meet increased demand for our products and hurt our business results.

 

To accommodate our anticipated growth, we will need to expend capital resources and dedicate personnel to implement and upgrade our accounting, operational and internal management systems and enhance our record keeping and contract tracking system. Such measures will require us to dedicate additional financial resources and personnel to optimize our operational infrastructure and to recruit more personnel to train and manage our growing employee base. If we cannot successfully implement these measures efficiently and cost-effectively, we will be unable to satisfy the demand for our products, which will impair our revenue growth and hurt our overall financial performance.

 

During any growth, we may encounter problems related to our operational and financial systems and controls, including quality control and delivery and production capacities. 

 

Any significant growth in the market for our products or our entry into new markets may require additional employees for managerial, operational, financial and other purposes. As of the date of this prospectus, we have 390 employees. We would also need to continue to expand, train and manage our employees. Continued future growth will impose significant added responsibilities upon our management to identify, recruit, maintain, integrate, and motivate new employees.

 

16

 

 

We may encounter working capital shortage, as we may need additional funds to finance the purchase of materials and supplies, development of new products, and hiring of additional employees. 

 

For effective growth management, we will be required to continue improving our operations, management, and financial systems and controls. Our failure to manage growth effectively may lead to operational and financial inefficiencies, that will have a negative effect on our profitability. We cannot assure investors that we will be able to timely and effectively meet increased demand and maintain the quality standards required by our existing and potential customers.

 

We cannot assure you that our internal growth strategy will be successful, which may result in a negative impact on our growth, financial condition, results of operations and cash flow.

 

One of our strategies is to grow internally through increasing the development of new products and improve the quality of existing products. However, many obstacles to this expansion exist, including, but not limited to, increased competition from similar businesses, our ability to improve our products and product mix to realize the benefits of our research and development efforts, international trade and tariff barriers, unexpected costs, costs associated with marketing efforts abroad and maintaining attractive foreign exchange rates. We cannot, therefore, assure you that we will be able to successfully overcome such obstacles and establish our products in any additional markets. Our inability to implement this internal growth strategy successfully may have a negative impact on our growth, future financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

 

Our business depends on the continued efforts of our senior management. If one or more of our key executives were unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, our business may be severely disrupted.

 

Our business operations depend on the continued services of our senior management, particularly the executive officers named in this prospectus. While we have provided different incentives to our management, we cannot assure you that we can continue to retain their services. If one or more of our key executives were unable or unwilling to continue in their present positions, we may not be able to replace them easily or at all, our future growth may be constrained, our business may be severely disrupted and our financial condition and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected, and we may incur additional expenses to recruit, train and retain qualified personnel. In addition, although we have entered into confidentiality and non-competition agreements with our management, there is no assurance that any member of our management team will not join our competitors or form a competing business. If any dispute arises between our current or former officers and us, we may have to incur substantial costs and expenses in order to enforce such agreements in China or we may be unable to enforce them at all.

 

Our business substantially dependent upon our key research and development personnel who possess skills that are valuable in our industry, and we may have to actively compete for their services.

 

We compete for qualified personnel with other steel pipes products manufacturing companies. Intense competition for these personnel could cause our compensation costs to increase, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial performance. Our future success and ability to grow our business will depend in part on the continued service of these individuals and our ability to identify, hire and retain additional qualified personnel. If we are unable to attract and retain qualified employees, we may not be able to meet our business and financial goals.

 

If we fail to protect our intellectual property rights, it could harm our business and competitive position.

 

We rely on a combination of patent, trademark and domain name laws and non-disclosure agreements and other methods to protect our intellectual property rights. Our Chinese subsidiaries own 23 patents and 7 trademarks. All 23 patents and 6 of the trademarks have been properly registered with regulatory agencies such as the State Intellectual Property Office and Trademark Office of China’s State Administration for Industry and Commerce (“SAIC”). One trademark has been properly registered with the United States Patent and Trademark Office (“USPTO”). This intellectual property has allowed our products to earn market share in the industrial stainless steel industry.

 

The process of seeking patent protection can be lengthy and expensive, and our existing and future patents may be insufficient to provide us with meaningful protection or commercial advantage. Our patents and patent applications may also be challenged, invalidated or circumvented.

 

In accordance with Chinese intellectual property laws and regulations, we will have to renew our trademarks once the terms expire. However, patents are not renewable. Our 14 utility patents issued to us in 2019 have only 10 years of protection. Once these patents expire, our products may lose some market share if they are copied by our competitors. Then, our business revenue might suffer some loss as well.

 

 Implementation of PRC intellectual property related laws and regulations has historically been lacking, primarily because of ambiguities in the PRC laws and enforcement difficulties. Accordingly, intellectual property rights and confidentiality protections in China may not be as effective as in the United States or other western countries. Furthermore, policing unauthorized use of proprietary technology is difficult and expensive, and we may need to resort to litigation to enforce or defend patents issued to us or to determine the enforceability, scope and validity of our proprietary rights or those of others. Such litigation and an adverse determination in any such litigation, if any, could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and management attention, which could harm our business and competitive position.

 

17

 

  

Our financial and operating performance may be adversely affected by epidemics, natural disasters and other catastrophes.

 

Our business could be materially and adversely affected by the outbreak of epidemics including but not limited to the 2019 novel coronavirus (COVID-19), swine influenza, avian influenza, middle east respiratory syndrome (MERS-CoV) and severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS-CoV). Our financial and operating performance may be adversely affected by epidemics such as the on-going novel coronavirus (COVID-19), natural disasters and other catastrophes. As a result of the on-going novel coronavirus, we expect our operation to experience slowdown or temporary suspension in production. Our business could be materially and adversely affected in the event that the slowdown or suspension carries for a long period of time. During such epidemic outbreak, China may adopt certain hygiene measures, including quarantining visitors from places where any of the contagious diseases were rampant. Those restrictive measures adversely affected and slowed down the national economic development during that period. Any prolonged restrictive measures in order to control the contagious disease or other adverse public health developments in China or our targeted markets may have a material and adverse effect on our business operations.

 

Similarly, natural disasters, wars (including the potential of war), terrorist activity (including threats of terrorist activity), social unrest and heightened travel security measures instituted in response, and travel-related accidents, as well as geopolitical uncertainty and international conflict, will affect travel volume and may in turn have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations. In addition, we may not be adequately prepared in contingency planning or recovery capability in relation to a major incident or crisis, and as a result, our operational continuity may be adversely and materially affected, which in turn may harm our reputation.

 

Our business could be materially harmed by the ongoing coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic.

 

Recently, there has been a global pandemic of a novel strain of coronavirus (COVID-19) that first emerged in China in December 2019 and has spread globally. The pandemic has resulted in quarantines, travel restrictions, and the temporary closure of stores and business facilities in China for the first half year of 2020. In March 2020, the World Health Organization declared COVID-19 as a global pandemic. Given the rapidly expanding nature of COVID-19 pandemic, and because substantially all of our business operations and our workforce are concentrated in China, we believe there is a substantial risk that our business, results of operations, and financial condition will be adversely affected. Potential impact to our results of operations will also depend on future developments and new information that may emerge regarding the duration and severity of COVID-19 and the actions taken by government authorities and other entities to contain COVID-19 or mitigate its impact, almost all of which are beyond our control.

 

The impacts of COVID-19 on our business, financial condition, and results of operations include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

 

Wenzhou entered into a city-wide lockdown on February 3, 2020. We temporarily closed our offices and production facilities to adhere to the policy beginning in February 2020, as required by relevant PRC regulatory authorities. Our offices reopened on February 18, 2020 and production facilities are now fully operational.

 

  Our customers have been negatively impacted by the outbreak, which reduced the demand of our products. The total sales from international customers decreased from $9.3 million in the first half year of 2019 to $7.4 million for the same period in 2020, representing a 26% reduction. However, domestic demand increased and partially offset the decrease of international demand because of the recovery initiative within China. Total sales decreased by approximately $7 million in the first half year of 2020 comparing to the same period in 2019. As a result, our revenue and income are likely to be negatively impacted during fiscal year ending September 30, 2020.

 

 

Our account receivables decreased by approximately $6.97 million primarily due to decrease of sales as a result of COVID-19. While China has slowly recovered from the economic shutdown from COVID-19, the situation may worsen if the global pandemic continues or resurface within China. We will continue to closely monitor our collections throughout 2020.

 

 

Our workforce remains stable during the first half year of 2020. While the local government has provided funding to subsidize our labor cost, the implementation of various safety measures has increased the total cost of our operation. We are required to provide our employees with protective gears and regularly monitor and trace the health condition of our employees. Workers are also required to practice social distancing during mealtime at our own cafeteria.

 

  Our revenue for the second half of 2020 is expected to be lower than the same period in 2019.

 

The global stock markets have experienced, and may continue to experience, significant decline from the COVID-19 outbreak. It is possible that the price of our ordinary shares will decline significantly after the consummation of this offering, in which case you may lose your investment. Because of the uncertainty surrounding the COVID-19 outbreak, the business disruption and the related financial impact related to the outbreak of and response to the coronavirus cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

 

If we are not able to continue to innovate or if we fail to adapt to changes in our industry, our business, financial condition and results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.

 

The steel pipes products industry has trends of developing high-end and high-tech products to fulfill the changing customers’ demands. Furthermore, our competitors are constantly developing innovations in different types of steel pipe products to enhance customers’ experience. We continue to invest significant resources in our infrastructure, research and development and other areas to enhance our existing products as well as to introduce new stainless steel seamless pipe products that will attract more participants to our marketplaces. The changes and developments taking place in our industry may also require us to re-evaluate our business model and adopt significant changes to our long-term strategies and business plan. Our failure to innovate and adapt to these changes would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

 

18

 

 

If we fail to promote and maintain our brand in an effective and cost-efficient way, our business and results of operations may be harmed.

 

We believe that developing and maintaining awareness of our brand effectively is critical to attracting new and retaining existing clients. Successful promotion of our brand and our ability to attract clients depend largely on the effectiveness of our marketing efforts and the success of the channels we use to promote our products. Currently, we promote our brand through print media advertising, video advertising, billboard advertising and internet promotions. It is likely that our future marketing efforts will require us to incur significant additional expenses. These efforts may not result in increased revenues in the immediate future or at all and, even if they do, any increases in revenues may not offset the expenses incurred. If we fail to successfully promote and maintain our brand while incurring substantial expenses, our results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected, which may impair our ability to grow our business.

 

New lines of business or new products may subject us to additional risks.

 

From time to time, we may implement new lines of business or offer new products within existing lines of business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts, particularly in instances where the markets are not fully developed. In developing and marketing new lines of business and/or new products, we may invest significant time and resources. Initial timetables for the introduction and development of new lines of business and/or new products may not be achieved and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations, competitive alternatives and shifting market preferences, may also impact the successful implementation of a new line of business or a new product. Furthermore, any new line of business and/or new products could have a significant impact on the effectiveness of our system of internal controls. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new lines of business or new products could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

We will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Nasdaq stock Market Rules and Nasdaq Capital Market rules if after this offering our insiders continue to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding ordinary shares.

 

Prior to the completion of this Offering, our directors and officers beneficially own a majority of the voting power of our outstanding ordinary shares. We expect to continue to be a controlled company pursuant to “controlled company” defined under the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules. Under Nasdaq listing Rule 5605(a)(2), “Family Member” means a person’s spouse, parents, children and siblings, whether by blood, marriage or adoption, or anyone residing in such person’s home. Our Chairman Di Wang and CEO Huisen Wang are siblings, whereas Di Wang and Jueqin Wang are father and son. Di Wang is deemed to beneficially own 8,336,000 ordinary shares through Yongqiang Donghai Limited, a British Virgin Islands company holding 8,336,000 shares of our ordinary shares. Di Wang has the sole voting and dispositive power of all the shares held by Yongqiang Donghai Limited through certain entrustment agreement with the shareholders of Yongqiang Donghai Limited. Jueqin Wang is deemed to beneficially own 1,664,000 ordinary shares through Yongqiang Maituo Limited, a British Virgin Islands company holding 1,664,000 shares of our ordinary shares. Jueqin Wang has the sole voting and dispositive power of all the shares held by Yongqiang Maituo Limited. Collectively, Di Wang and Jueqin Wang have voting and dispositive power of all of our issued and outstanding shares. Accordingly, the Company will be a controlled company under applicable Nasdaq listing standards. For so long as we remain a controlled company under that definition, we are permitted to elect to rely, and will rely, on certain exemptions from corporate governance rules, including an exemption from the rule that a majority of our board of directors must be independent directors. Although we currently do not intend to rely on the “controlled company” exemption under the Nasdaq listing rules, we could elect to rely on this exemption in the future. If we elected to rely on the “controlled company” exemption, a majority of the members of our board of directors might not be independent directors and our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees might not consist entirely of independent directors. Our status as a controlled company could cause our ordinary shares to look less attractive to certain investors or otherwise harm our trading price. As a result, you will not have the same protection afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to these corporate governance requirements.

 

From time to time we may evaluate and potentially consummate strategic investments or acquisitions, which could require significant management attention, disrupt our business and adversely affect our financial results.

 

We may evaluate and consider strategic investments, combinations, acquisitions or alliances to further increase the value of our products and better serve our clients. These transactions could be material to our financial condition and results of operations if consummated. If we are able to identify an appropriate business opportunity, we may not be able to successfully consummate the transaction and, even if we do consummate such a transaction, we may be unable to obtain the benefits or avoid the difficulties and risks of such transaction.

 

Strategic investments or acquisitions will involve risks commonly encountered in business relationships, including:

 

difficulties in assimilating and integrating the operations, personnel, systems, data, technologies, products and services of the acquired business;

 

inability of the acquired technologies, products or businesses to achieve expected levels of revenue, profitability, productivity or other benefits;

 

difficulties in retaining, training, motivating and integrating key personnel;

 

diversion of management’s time and resources from our normal daily operations;

 

difficulties in successfully incorporating licensed or acquired technology and rights into our products;

 

19

 

 

difficulties in maintaining uniform standards, controls, procedures and policies within the combined organizations;

 

difficulties in retaining relationships with clients, employees and suppliers of the acquired business;

 

risks of entering markets in which we have limited or no prior experience;

 

regulatory risks, including remaining in good standing with existing regulatory bodies or receiving any necessary pre-closing or post-closing approvals, as well as being subject to new regulators with oversight over an acquired business;

 

assumption of contractual obligations that contain terms that are not beneficial to us, require us to license or waive intellectual property rights or increase our risk for liability;

 

failure to successfully further develop the acquired technology;

 

liability for activities of the acquired business before the acquisition, including intellectual property infringement claims, violations of laws, commercial disputes, tax liabilities and other known and unknown liabilities;

 

potential disruptions to our ongoing businesses; and

 

We may not make any investments or acquisitions, or any future investments or acquisitions may not be successful, may not benefit our business strategy, may not generate sufficient revenues to offset the associated acquisition costs or may not otherwise result in the intended benefits. In addition, we cannot assure you that any future investment in or acquisition of new businesses or technology will lead to the successful development of new or enhanced products or that any new or enhanced products, if developed, will achieve market acceptance or prove to be profitable.

 

A lack of insurance coverage could expose us to significant costs and business disruption.

 

Neither we nor our subsidiaries maintain any insurance to cover assets, property and potential liability of our business. The lack of insurance could leave our business inadequately protected from loss. If we were to incur substantial losses or liabilities due to fire, explosions, floods, other natural disasters or accidents or business interruption, our results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

 

We may be exposed to liabilities under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, and any determination that we violated the foreign corrupt practices act could have a material adverse effect on our business.

 

We are subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practice Act, or FCPA, and other laws that prohibit improper payments or offers of payments to foreign governments and their officials and political parties by U.S. persons and issuers as defined by the statute for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. We will have operations, agreements with third parties and make sales in South-East Asia, which may experience corruption. Our existing business in Asia creates the risk of unauthorized payments or offers of payments by one of the employees, consultants, or sales agents of our Company, because these parties are not always subject to our control. It will be our policy to implement safeguards to discourage these practices by our employees. Also, our existing safeguards and any future improvements may prove to be less than effective, and the employees, consultants, or sales agents of our Company may engage in conduct for which we might be held responsible. Violations of the FCPA may result in severe criminal or civil sanctions, and we may be subject to other liabilities, which could negatively affect our business, operating results and financial condition. In addition, the government may seek to hold our Company liable for successor liability FCPA violations committed by companies in which we invest or that we acquire.

 

If we fail to implement and maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, our ability to accurately report our financial results may be impaired, which could adversely impact investor confidence and the market price of our ordinary shares.

 

Prior to this offering, we were a private company with limited accounting personnel and other resources for addressing our internal control over financial reporting. Our management has not completed an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and our independent registered public accounting firm has not conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting.

 

We will implement measures to strengthen our internal control. For example, we have established clear roles and responsibilities for accounting and financial reporting staff to address complex accounting and financial reporting issues. We intend to conduct regular and continuous U.S. GAAP accounting and financial reporting programs and send our financial staff to attend external U.S. GAAP training courses. However, the implementation of these measures may not fully address any deficiencies we may have in our internal control over financial reporting. We are not able to estimate with reasonable certainty the costs that we will need to incur to implement these and other measures designed to improve our internal control over financial reporting. The process of designing and implementing an effective financial reporting system is a continuous effort that requires us to anticipate and react to changes in our business and economic and regulatory environments and to expend significant resources to maintain a financial reporting system that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations. However, we cannot assure you that we will be able to continue implementing these measures in the future, or that we will not identify additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in the future.

 

20

 

 

Furthermore, it is possible that, had our independent registered public accounting firm conducted an audit of our internal control over financial reporting, such firm might have identified additional material weaknesses and deficiencies. Upon the completion of this offering, we will become a public company in the United States subject to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Section 404, will require that we include a report of management on our internal control over financial reporting in our annual report on Form 20-F beginning with our annual report for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2020. In addition, once we cease to be an “emerging growth company” as such term is defined in the JOBS Act, our independent registered public accounting firm may be required to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. Our management may conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. Moreover, even if our management concludes that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, our independent registered public accounting firm, after conducting its own independent testing, may issue a report that is qualified if it is not satisfied with our internal controls or the level at which our controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or if it interprets the relevant requirements differently from us. In addition, after we become a public company, our reporting obligations may place a significant strain on our management, operational and financial resources and systems for the foreseeable future. We may be unable to timely complete our evaluation testing and any required remediation.

 

During the course of documenting and testing our internal control procedures, in order to satisfy the requirements of Section 404, we may identify other weaknesses and deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting. In addition, if we fail to maintain the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting, as these standards are modified, supplemented or amended from time to time, we may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404. If we fail to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment, we could suffer material misstatements in our financial statements and fail to meet our reporting obligations, which would likely cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information. This could in turn limit our access to capital markets, harm our results of operations, and lead to a decline in the trading price of our ordinary shares.

 

Additionally, ineffective internal control over financial reporting could expose us to increased risk of fraud or misuse of corporate assets and subject us to potential delisting from the stock exchange on which we list, regulatory investigations and civil or criminal sanctions. We may also be required to restate our financial statements from prior periods.

 

Failure to appropriately evaluate the credit profile of our customers and/or delay in settlement of accounts receivable from our customers could materially and adversely impact our operating cash flow and may result in significant provisions and impairments on our accounts receivable which in turn would have a material adverse impact on our business operations, results of operation, financial condition and our business pursuits and prospects.

 

As of March 31, 2020, September 30, 2019 and 2018, we had accounts receivable net of allowance of $7.53 million, $14.50 million and $16.09 million, respectively. Our customers include various levels of government and state-owned entities. Due to the nature of the customers and the practice of the industry, the Company generally allows credit period of 6 months to its customers. However, our customers sometimes still require additional time for payment, depending on their internal cash flow budget or various levels of approvals. Due to uncertainty of the timing of collection, we established allowance for doubtful account based on individual account analysis and historical collection trends. We established a provision for doubtful receivables when there is objective evidence that the Company may not be able to collect amounts due. The allowance is based on management’s best estimates of specific losses on individual exposures, as well as a provision on historical trends of collections. Based on management of customers’ credit and ongoing relationship, management makes conclusions whether any balances outstanding at the end of the period will be deemed uncollectible on an individual basis and on aging analysis basis. The provision is recorded against accounts receivables balances, with a corresponding charge recorded in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. Delinquent account balances are written-off against the allowance for doubtful accounts after management has determined that the likelihood of collection is not probable. We recorded bad debt write-off of $33,612 and $40,101 during the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

 

While we have implemented policies and measures with the aim of improving our management of credit risk and have expanded our efforts in the collection of overdue or long outstanding accounts receivable, and while we accelerated collection from both international and domestic projects for the six months ended March 31, 2020, there is no assurance that our substantial accounts receivable position with respect to our reported revenue (on a net basis) will not persist in the future given the nature of our business. Any deterioration of credit profile of our customers or any failure or delay in their settlement of our accounts receivable could put tremendous pressure on our operating cash flow, and may result in material and adverse impact on our business operations, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Environmental regulations impose substantial costs and limitations on our operations.

 

We use a variety of chemicals and produce significant emissions in our manufacturing operations. As such, we are subject to various national and local environmental laws and regulations in China concerning issues such as air emissions, wastewater discharges, and solid waste management and disposal. These laws and regulations can restrict or limit our operations and expose us to liability and penalties for non-compliance. While we believe that our facilities are in material compliance with all applicable environmental laws and regulations, the risks of substantial unanticipated costs and liabilities related to compliance with these laws and regulations are an inherent part of our business. It is possible that future conditions may develop, arise or be discovered that create new environmental compliance or remediation liabilities and costs. While we believe that we can comply with existing environmental legislation and regulatory requirements and that the costs of compliance have been included within budgeted cost estimates, compliance may prove to be more limiting and costly than anticipated.

 

Non-compliance with present or future construction and environmental regulations may result in potentially significant monetary damages and fines.

 

As the operations of our business impact the environment, we must comply with all applicable national and local environmental laws and regulations in China. We are required to undertake environmental impact assessment procedures and pass certain inspection and approval procedures before commencing our operations. We are also required to register with, or obtain approvals from, relevant environmental protection authorities for various environmental matters such as discharging waste generated by our operations.

21

 

 

We intend to increase our capacity in the future by establishing new facilities. We will be required to obtain certain environmental, construction and safety approvals and completed certain examination and acceptance procedures for these facilities. We may not be able to obtain such approvals or complete such procedures in a timely manner or at all. If for any reason the relevant government authorities in China determine that we are not in compliance with environmental and construction laws and regulations, we may be required to pay fines, suspend or cease our operations in the relevant premises. In addition, because the requirements imposed by environmental, health and safety laws and regulations may change and more stringent regulations may be adopted, we may be unable to accurately predict the cost of complying with these laws and regulations, which could be substantial. 

If we fail to maintain appropriate inventory levels in line with the approximate level of demand for our products, we could lose sales or face excessive inventory risks and holding costs 

To operate our business successfully and meet our customers’ demands and expectations, we must maintain a certain level of finished goods inventory to ensure immediate delivery when required. We are also required to maintain an appropriate level of raw materials for our production. However, forecasts are inherently uncertain. If our forecasted demand is lower than what eventually transpires, we may not be able to maintain an adequate inventory level of our finished goods or produce our products in a timely manner, and we may lose sales and market share to our competitors. On the other hand, we may also be exposed to increased inventory risks due to accumulated excess inventory of our products or raw materials, parts and components for our products. Excess inventory levels may lead to increases in inventory holding costs, risks of inventory obsolescence and provisions for write-downs, which will materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

In order to maintain an appropriate inventory level of finished goods and raw materials to meet market demand, we adjust our procurement amount and production schedule from time to time based on customers’ orders and anticipated demand. We also carry out an inventory review and an aging analysis on a regular basis. We make provision for obsolete and slow-moving inventory of raw materials and finished goods that are no longer suitable for use in production or sale. However, we cannot guarantee that these measures will always be effective and that we will be able to maintain an appropriate inventory level. We may also be exposed to the risk of holding excessive inventory, which may increase our inventory holding costs and subject us to the risk of inventory obsolescence or write-offs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. If we cannot maintain an appropriate inventory level, we may lose sales and market share to our competitors. 

You may have difficulty enforcing judgments obtained against us. 

We are a Cayman Islands company and substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. Virtually all of our assets and a substantial portion of our current business operations are conducted in the PRC. In addition, almost all of our directors and officers are nationals and residents of countries other than the United States. A substantial portion of the assets of these persons is located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for you to effect service of process within the United States upon these persons. It may also be difficult for you to enforce the U.S. courts judgments obtained in U.S. courts including judgments based on the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal securities laws against us and our officers and directors, many of whom are not residents in the United States, and whose significant part of assets are located outside of the United States. The courts of the Cayman Islands would recognize as a valid judgment, a final and conclusive judgment obtained in the federal or state courts in the United States against the Company, under which a sum of money is payable (other than a sum of money payable in respect of multiple damages, taxes or other charges of a like nature or in respect of a fine or other penalty) and would give a judgment based thereon provided that (a) such courts had proper jurisdiction over the parties subject to such judgment, (b) such courts did not contravene the rules of natural justice of the Cayman Islands, (c) such judgment was not obtained by fraud, (d) the enforcement of the judgment would not be contrary to the public policy of the Cayman Islands, (e) no new admissible evidence relevant to the action is submitted prior to the rendering of the judgment by the courts of the Cayman Islands, and (f) there is due compliance with the correct procedures under the laws of the Cayman Islands. In addition, there is uncertainty as to whether the courts of the Cayman Islands or the PRC, respectively, would recognize or enforce judgments of U.S. courts against us or such persons predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state. In addition, it is uncertain whether such Cayman Islands or PRC courts would entertain original actions brought in the courts of the Cayman Islands or the PRC, against us or such persons predicated upon the securities laws of the United States or any state. 

Potential disruptions in the capital and credit markets may adversely affect our business, including the availability and cost of short-term funds for liquidity requirements, which could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition. 

Potential changes in the global economy may affect the availability of business and customer credit. We may need to rely on the credit markets, particularly for short-term borrowings from banks in China, as well as the capital markets, to meet our financial commitments and short-term liquidity needs if internal funds from our operations are not available to be allocated to such purposes. Disruptions in the credit and capital markets could adversely affect our ability to draw on such short-term bank facilities. Our access to funds under such credit facilities is dependent on the ability of the banks that are parties to those facilities to meet their funding commitments, which may be dependent on governmental economic policies in China. Those banks may not be able to meet their funding commitments to us if they experience shortages of capital and liquidity or if they experience excessive volumes of borrowing requests from us and other borrowers within a short period of time. 

Long-term disruptions in the credit and capital markets could result from uncertainty, changing or increased regulations, reduced alternatives or failures of financial institutions could adversely affect our access to the liquidity needed for our business. Any disruption could require us to take measures to conserve cash until the markets stabilize or until alternative credit arrangements or other funding for our business needs can be arranged. Such measures may include deferring capital expenditures, and reducing or eliminating discretionary uses of cash. These events would adversely impact our results of operations, cash flows and financial position.  

We rely on short-term borrowings for our liquidity and we may not be able to continue to obtain financing on favorable terms, if at all. 

Our liquidity relies significantly on short-term borrowings. As of March 31, 2020, we had 31 outstanding short-term loans provided by five (5) banks, totaling RMB 218,567,581 in the aggregate, or approximately $30.87 million. Financing may not be available to us on favorable terms, if at all. If we are unable to obtain short-term financing in an amount sufficient to support our operations, it may be necessary, to suspend or curtail our operations, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition. In that event, current stockholders would likely experience a loss of most of or all of their investment. 

22

 

 

Risks Related to Doing Business in China

 

Changes in China’s economic, political or social conditions or government policies could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

 

Substantially all of our operations are located in China. Accordingly, our business, prospects, financial condition and results of operations may be influenced to a significant degree by political, economic and social conditions in China generally and by continued economic growth in China as a whole.

 

The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the amount of government involvement, level of development, growth rate, control of foreign exchange and allocation of resources. Although the Chinese government has implemented measures emphasizing the utilization of market forces for economic reform, the reduction of state ownership of productive assets and the establishment of improved corporate governance in business enterprises, a substantial portion of productive assets in China is still owned by the government. In addition, the Chinese government continues to play a significant role in regulating industry development by imposing industrial policies. The Chinese government also exercises significant control over China’s economic growth through allocating resources, controlling payment of foreign currency-denominated obligations, setting monetary policy, and providing preferential treatment to particular industries or companies.

 

While the Chinese economy has experienced significant growth over the past decades, growth has been uneven, both geographically and among various sectors of the economy. The Chinese government has implemented various measures to encourage economic growth and guide the allocation of resources. Some of these measures may benefit the overall Chinese economy, but may have a negative effect on us. For example, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected by government control over capital investments or changes in tax regulations. In addition, in the past the Chinese government has implemented certain measures, including interest rate increases, to control the pace of economic growth. These measures may cause decreased economic activity in China, and since 2012, China’s economic growth has slowed down. Any prolonged slowdown in the Chinese economy may reduce the demand for our products and services and materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations.

 

23

 

 

We may also decide to finance our PRC subsidiaries by means of capital contributions. These capital contributions must be approved by the Ministry of Culture (“MOC”) or its local counterpart. On March 30, 2015, the State Administration of Foreign Exchange (“SAFE”) promulgated Circular of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Reforming the Management Approach regarding the Settlement of Foreign Exchange Capital of Foreign-invested Enterprises, or Circular 19, which expands a pilot reform of the administration of the settlement of the foreign exchange capitals of foreign-invested enterprises nationwide. Circular 19 came into force and replaced both previous Circular 142 and Circular 36 on June 1, 2015. On June 9, 2016, SAFE promulgated Circular of the State Administration of Foreign Exchange on Reforming and Regulating Policies on the Control over Foreign Exchange Settlement of Capital Accounts, or Circular 16, to further expand and strengthen such reform. Under Circular 19 and Circular 16, foreign-invested enterprises in the PRC are allowed to use their foreign exchange funds under capital accounts and RMB funds from exchange settlement for expenditure under current accounts within its business scope or expenditure under capital accounts permitted by laws and regulations, except that such funds shall not be used for (i) expenditure beyond the enterprise’s business scope or expenditure prohibited by laws and regulations; (ii) investments in securities or other investments than principal-secured products issued by banks; (iii) granting loans to non-affiliated enterprises, except where it is expressly permitted in the business license; and (iv) construction or purchase of real estate for purposes other than self-use (except for real estate enterprises). In addition, SAFE strengthened its oversight of the flow and use of the RMB capital converted from foreign currency registered capital of a foreign-invested company. The use of such RMB capital may not be altered without SAFE’s approval, and such RMB capital may not in any case be used to repay RMB loans if the proceeds of such loans have not been used. Violations of these circulars could result in severe monetary or other penalties. These circulars may significantly limit our ability to use RMB converted from the cash provided by our offshore financing activities to fund the establishment of new entities in China by our PRC subsidiaries, to invest in or acquire any other PRC companies through our PRC subsidiaries, or to establish new variable interest entities in the PRC.

 

In light of the various requirements imposed by PRC regulations on loans to and direct investment in PRC entities by offshore holding companies, we cannot assure you that we will be able to complete the necessary government registrations or obtain the necessary government approvals on a timely basis, if at all, with respect to future loans to our PRC subsidiaries or future capital contributions by us to our PRC subsidiaries. If we fail to complete such registrations or obtain such approvals, our ability to use the proceeds we expect to receive from our initial public offering to capitalize or otherwise fund our PRC operations may be negatively affected, which could materially and adversely affect our liquidity and our ability to fund and expand our business.

 

We rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to make payments to us could have a material adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.

 

We are a holding company, and we rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries for our cash and financing requirements, including the funds necessary to pay dividends and other cash distributions to our shareholders and service any debt we may incur. If our PRC subsidiaries incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing the debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends or make other distributions to us. In addition, the PRC tax authorities may require our PRC subsidiaries to adjust its taxable income, in a manner that would materially and adversely affect their ability to pay dividends and other distributions to us.

 

Under PRC laws and regulations, our PRC subsidiaries, as wholly foreign-owned enterprises in China, may pay dividends only out of their respective accumulated after-tax profits as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, a wholly foreign-owned enterprise is required to set aside at least 10% of its accumulated after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund certain statutory reserve funds, until the aggregate amount of such funds reaches 50% of its registered capital. At its discretion, a wholly foreign-owned enterprise may allocate a portion of its after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards to staff welfare and bonus funds. These reserve funds and staff welfare and bonus funds are not distributable as cash dividends. As of September 30, 2019, our PRC subsidiaries had no statutory reserve as we had accumulated deficit, therefore we are not obligated to set aside statutory reserve until we have retained earnings.

 

24

 

 

In response to the persistent capital outflow and the Renminbi’s depreciation against the U.S. dollar in the fourth quarter of 2016, the People’s Bank of China and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange, or SAFE, have implemented a series of capital control measures, including stricter vetting procedures for China-based companies to remit foreign currency for overseas acquisitions, dividend payments and shareholder loan repayments. The PRC government may continue to strengthen its capital controls and our PRC subsidiaries’ dividends and other distributions may be subjected to tighter scrutiny in the future. Any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to pay dividends or make other distributions to us could materially and adversely limit our ability to grow, make investments or acquisitions that could be beneficial to our business, pay dividends, or otherwise fund and conduct our business.

 

Fluctuations in exchange rates could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and the price of our ordinary shares.

 

Substantially all of our revenues and expenditures are denominated in RMB, whereas our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar. As a result, fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and RMB will affect the relative purchasing power in RMB terms of our U.S. dollar assets and the proceeds from our initial public offering. Our reporting currency is the U.S. dollar while the functional currency for our PRC subsidiaries is RMB. Gains and losses from the re-measurement of assets and liabilities that are receivable or payable in RMB are included in our consolidated statements of operations. The re-measurement has caused the U.S. dollar value of our results of operations to vary with exchange rate fluctuations, and the U.S. dollar value of our results of operations will continue to vary with exchange rate fluctuations. A fluctuation in the value of RMB relative to the U.S. dollar could reduce our profits from operations and the translated value of our net assets when reported in U.S. dollars in our financial statements. This could have a negative impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations as reported in U.S. dollars. If we decide to convert our RMB into U.S. dollars for the purpose of making payments for dividends on our ordinary shares or for other business purposes, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the RMB would have a negative effect on the U.S. dollar amount available to us. In addition, fluctuations in currencies relative to the periods in which the earnings are generated may make it more difficult to perform period-to-period comparisons of our reported results of operations.

 

The value of the RMB against the U.S. dollar and other currencies is affected by, among other things, changes in China’s political and economic conditions and China’s foreign exchange policies. On July 21, 2005, the PRC government changed its decade-old policy of pegging the value of the RMB to the U.S. dollar, and the RMB appreciated more than 20% against the U.S. dollar over the following three years. However, the PBOC regularly intervenes in the foreign exchange market to limit fluctuations in RMB exchange rates and achieve policy goals. During the period between July 2008 and June 2010, the exchange rate between the RMB and the U.S. dollar had been stable and traded within a narrow range. Since June 2010, the RMB has fluctuated against the U.S. dollar, at times significantly and unpredictably. Since October 1, 2016, Renminbi has joined the International Monetary Fund (IMF)’s basket of currencies that make up the Special Drawing Right (SDR), along with the U.S. dollar, the Euro, the Japanese yen and the British pound. In the fourth quarter of 2016, the RMB has depreciated significantly in the backdrop of a surging U.S. dollar and persistent capital outflows of China. With the development of the foreign exchange market and progress towards interest rate liberalization and Renminbi internationalization, the PRC government may in the future announce further changes to the exchange rate system and we cannot assure you that the Renminbi will not appreciate or depreciate significantly in value against the U.S. dollar in the future. It is difficult to predict how market forces or PRC or U.S. government policy may impact the exchange rate between the Renminbi and the U.S. dollar in the future.

 

There remains significant international pressure on the PRC government to adopt a flexible currency policy. Any significant appreciation or depreciation of the RMB may materially and adversely affect our revenues, earnings and financial position, and the value of, and any dividends payable on, our ordinary shares in U.S. dollars. For example, to the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars we receive from our initial public offering into RMB to pay our operating expenses, appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar would have an adverse effect on the RMB amount we would receive from the conversion. Conversely, a significant depreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar may significantly reduce the U.S. dollar equivalent of our earnings, which in turn could adversely affect the price of our ordinary shares.

 

Very limited hedging options are available in China to reduce our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations. To date, we have not entered into any hedging transactions in an effort to reduce our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk. While we may decide to enter into hedging transactions in the future, the availability and effectiveness of these hedges may be limited and we may not be able to adequately hedge our exposure or at all. In addition, our currency exchange losses may be magnified by PRC exchange control regulations that restrict our ability to convert RMB into foreign currency. As a result, fluctuations in exchange rates may have a material adverse effect on the price of our ordinary shares.

 

25

 

 

Governmental control of currency conversion may limit our ability to utilize our net revenues effectively and affect the value of your investment.

 

The PRC government imposes controls on the convertibility of the RMB into foreign currencies and, in certain cases, the remittance of currency out of China. We receive substantially all of our net revenues in RMB. Under our current corporate structure, our company in the Cayman Islands relies on dividend payments from our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have. Under existing PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, such as profit distributions and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from SAFE by complying with certain procedural requirements. Therefore, our PRC subsidiaries are able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to us without prior approval from SAFE, subject to the condition that the remittance of such dividends outside of the PRC complies with certain procedures under PRC foreign exchange regulation, such as the overseas investment registrations by the beneficial owners of our company who are PRC residents. But approval from or registration with appropriate government authorities is required where RMB is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital expenses such as the repayment of loans denominated in foreign currencies.

 

In light of the flood of capital outflows of China in 2016 due to the weakening RMB, the PRC government has imposed more restrictive foreign exchange policies and stepped up scrutiny of major outbound capital movement. More restrictions and substantial vetting process are put in place by SAFE to regulate cross-border transactions falling under the capital account. The PRC government may also at its discretion restrict access in the future to foreign currencies for current account transactions. If the foreign exchange control system prevents us from obtaining sufficient foreign currencies to satisfy our foreign currency demands, we may not be able to pay dividends in foreign currencies to our shareholders.

 

We must remit the offering proceeds to PRC before they may be used to benefit our business in the PRC, and this process may take a number of months.

 

The proceeds of this offering must be sent back to the PRC, and the process for sending such proceeds back to the PRC may take several months after the closing of this offering. We may be unable to use these proceeds to grow our business until we receive such proceeds in the PRC. In order to remit the offering proceeds to the PRC, we will take the following actions:

 

First, we will open a special foreign exchange account for capital account transactions. To open this account, we must submit to State Administration for Foreign Exchange (“SAFE”) certain application forms, identity documents, transaction documents, form of foreign exchange registration of overseas investments by domestic residents, and foreign exchange registration certificate of the invested company.

 

Second, we will remit the offering proceeds into this special foreign exchange account.

 

Third, we will apply for settlement of the foreign exchange. In order to do so, we must submit to SAFE certain application forms, identity documents, payment order to a designated person, and a tax certificate.

 

The timing of the process is difficult to estimate because the efficiencies of different SAFE branches can vary materially. Ordinarily, the process takes several months to complete but is required by law to be accomplished within 180 days of application. Until the abovementioned approvals, the proceeds of this offering will be maintained in an interest-bearing account maintained by us in the United States.

 

26

 

 

Failure to make adequate contributions to various employee benefit plans as required by PRC regulations may subject us to penalties.

 

We are required under PRC laws and regulations to participate in various government sponsored employee benefit plans, including certain social insurance, housing funds and other welfare-oriented payment obligations, and contribute to the plans in amounts equal to certain percentages of salaries, including bonuses and allowances, of our employees up to a maximum amount specified by the local government from time to time at locations where we operate our businesses. The requirement of employee benefit plans has not been implemented consistently by the local governments in China given the different levels of economic development in different locations. If the local governments deem our contribution to be not sufficient, we may be subject to late contribution fees or fines in relation to any underpaid employee benefits, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

Currently, we are making contributions to the plans based on the minimum standards although the PRC laws required such contributions to be based on the actual employee salaries up to a maximum amount specified by the local government. Therefore, in our consolidated financial statements, we have made an estimate and accrued a provision in relation to the potential make-up of our contributions for these plans as well as to pay late contribution fees and fines. If we are subject to late contribution fees or fines in relation to the underpaid employee benefits, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected.

 

The M&A Rules and certain other PRC regulations establish complex procedures for some acquisitions of Chinese companies by foreign investors, which could make it more difficult for us to pursue growth through acquisitions in China.

 

The Regulations on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Companies by Foreign Investors, or the M&A Rules, adopted by six PRC regulatory agencies in August 2006 and amended in 2009, and some other regulations and rules concerning mergers and acquisitions established additional procedures and requirements that could make merger and acquisition activities by foreign investors more time consuming and complex, including requirements in some instances that the MOC be notified in advance of any change-of-control transaction in which a foreign investor takes control of a PRC domestic enterprise. Moreover, the Anti-Monopoly Law requires that the MOC shall be notified in advance of any concentration of undertaking if certain thresholds are triggered. In addition, the security review rules issued by the MOC that became effective in September 2011 specify that mergers and acquisitions by foreign investors that raise “national defense and security” concerns and mergers and acquisitions through which foreign investors may acquire de facto control over domestic enterprises that raise “national security” concerns are subject to strict review by the MOC, and the rules prohibit any activities attempting to bypass a security review, including by structuring the transaction through a proxy or contractual control arrangement. In the future, we may grow our business by acquiring complementary businesses. Complying with the requirements of the above-mentioned regulations and other relevant rules to complete such transactions could be time consuming, and any required approval processes, including obtaining approval from the MOC or its local counterparts may delay or inhibit our ability to complete such transactions, which could affect our ability to expand our business or maintain our market share.

 

PRC regulations relating to offshore investment activities by PRC residents may limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to increase their registered capital or distribute profits to us or otherwise expose us or our PRC resident beneficial owners to liability and penalties under PRC law.

 

SAFE promulgated the Circular on Relevant Issues Relating to Domestic Resident’s Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment through Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 37, in July 2014 that requires PRC residents or entities to register with SAFE or its local branch in connection with their establishment or control of an offshore entity established for the purpose of overseas investment or financing. In addition, such PRC residents or entities must update their SAFE registrations when the offshore special purpose vehicle undergoes material events relating to any change of basic information (including change of such PRC citizens or residents, name and operation term), increases or decreases in investment amount, transfers or exchanges of shares, or mergers or divisions. SAFE Circular 37 is issued to replace the Notice on Relevant Issues Concerning Foreign Exchange Administration for PRC Residents Engaging in Financing and Roundtrip Investments via Overseas Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 75. SAFE promulgated the Notice on Further Simplifying and Improving the Administration of the Foreign Exchange Concerning Direct Investment in February 2015, which took effect on June 1, 2015. This notice has amended SAFE Circular 37 requiring PRC residents or entities to register with qualified banks rather than SAFE or its local branch in connection with their establishment or control of an offshore entity established for the purpose of overseas investment or financing.

 

27

 

 

If our shareholders who are PRC residents or entities do not complete their registration as required, our PRC subsidiaries may be prohibited from distributing their profits and proceeds from any reduction in capital, share transfer or liquidation to us, and we may be restricted in our ability to contribute additional capital to our PRC subsidiaries. Moreover, failure to comply with the SAFE registration described above could result in liability under PRC laws for evasion of applicable foreign exchange restrictions.

 

All of our shareholders who directly or indirectly hold shares in Huadi International and who are known to us as being PRC residents have completed the foreign exchange registrations required in connection with our recent corporate restructuring.

 

However, we may not be informed of the identities of all the PRC residents or entities holding direct or indirect interest in our company, nor can we compel our beneficial owners to comply with SAFE registration requirements. As a result, we cannot assure you that all of our shareholders or beneficial owners who are PRC residents or entities have complied with, and will in the future make or obtain any applicable registrations or approvals required by, SAFE regulations. Failure by such shareholders or beneficial owners to comply with SAFE regulations, or failure by us to amend the foreign exchange registrations of our PRC subsidiaries, could subject us to fines or legal sanctions, restrict our overseas or cross-border investment activities, limit our PRC subsidiaries’ ability to make distributions or pay dividends to us or affect our ownership structure, which could adversely affect our business and prospects.

 

If we are classified as a PRC resident enterprise for PRC income tax purposes, such classification could result in unfavorable tax consequences to us and our non-PRC shareholders.

 

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, an enterprise established outside of the PRC with a “de facto management body” within the PRC is considered a resident enterprise and will be subject to the enterprise income tax on its global income at the rate of 25%. The implementation rules define the term “de facto management body” as the body that exercises full and substantial control over and overall management of the business, productions, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise. In April 2009, the State Administration of Taxation issued a circular, known as Circular 82, which provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is located in China. Although this circular only applies to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreigners like us, the criteria set forth in the circular may reflect the State Administration of Taxation’s general position on how the “de facto management body” test should be applied in determining the tax resident status of all offshore enterprises. According to Circular 82, an offshore incorporated enterprise controlled by a PRC enterprise or a PRC enterprise group will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having its “de facto management body” in China and will be subject to PRC enterprise income tax on its global income only if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the primary location of the day-to-day operational management is in the PRC; (ii) decisions relating to the enterprise’s financial and human resource matters are made or are subject to approval by organizations or personnel in the PRC; (iii) the enterprise’s primary assets, accounting books and records, company seals, and board and shareholder resolutions, are located or maintained in the PRC; and (iv) at least 50% of voting board members or senior executives habitually reside in the PRC.

 

We believe none of our entities outside of China is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. See “Material Tax Consequences Applicable to U.S. Holders of Our Ordinary Shares – People’s Republic of China Taxation.” However, the tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body.” As substantially all of our management members are based in China, it remains unclear how the tax residency rule will apply to our case. If the PRC tax authorities determine that Huadi International or any of our subsidiaries outside of China is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC enterprise income tax purposes, then Huadi International or such subsidiary could be subject to PRC tax at a rate of 25% on its world-wide income, which could materially reduce our net income. In addition, we will also be subject to PRC enterprise income tax reporting obligations. Furthermore, if the PRC tax authorities determine that we are a PRC resident enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes, gains realized on the sale or other disposition of our ordinary shares may be subject to PRC tax, at a rate of 10% in the case of non-PRC enterprises or 20% in the case of non-PRC individuals (in each case, subject to the provisions of any applicable tax treaty), if such gains are deemed to be from PRC sources. It is unclear whether non-PRC shareholders of our company would be able to claim the benefits of any tax treaties between their country of tax residence and the PRC in the event that we are treated as a PRC resident enterprise. Any such tax may reduce the returns on the investment in our ordinary shares.

 

We may not be able to obtain certain benefits under relevant tax treaty on dividends paid by our PRC subsidiaries to us through our Hong Kong subsidiary.

 

We are a company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands and as such rely on dividends and other distributions on equity from our PRC subsidiaries to satisfy part of our liquidity requirements. Pursuant to the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, a withholding tax rate of 10% currently applies to dividends paid by a PRC “resident enterprise” to a foreign enterprise investor, unless any such foreign investor’s jurisdiction of incorporation has a tax treaty with China that provides for preferential tax treatment. Pursuant to the Arrangement between the Mainland China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and Tax Evasion on Income, or the Double Tax Avoidance Arrangement, such withholding tax rate may be lowered to 5% if a Hong Kong resident enterprise owns no less than 25% of a PRC enterprise. Furthermore, the Administrative Measures for Non-Resident Enterprises to Enjoy Treatments under Tax Treaties, which became effective in August 2015, require non-resident enterprises to determine whether they are qualified to enjoy the preferential tax treatment under the tax treaties and file relevant report and materials with the tax authorities. There are also other conditions for enjoying the reduced withholding tax rate according to other relevant tax rules and regulations. See “Material Tax Consequences Applicable to U.S. Holders of Our Ordinary Shares — People’s Republic of China Taxation.” As of September 30, 2019 and 2018, we did not record any withholding tax on the retained earnings of our subsidiaries in the PRC as we intended to re-invest all earnings generated from our PRC subsidiaries for the operation and expansion of our business in China, and we intend to continue this practice in the foreseeable future. Should our tax policy change to allow for offshore distribution of our earnings, we would be subject to a significant withholding tax. We cannot assure you that our determination regarding our qualification to enjoy the preferential tax treatment will not be challenged by the relevant tax authority or we will be able to complete the necessary filings with the relevant tax authority and enjoy the preferential withholding tax rate of 5% under the Double Taxation Arrangement with respect to dividends to be paid by our PRC subsidiaries to HK Beach, our Hong Kong subsidiary.

28

 

 

Enhanced scrutiny over acquisition transactions by the PRC tax authorities may have a negative impact on potential acquisitions we may pursue in the future.

 

The PRC tax authorities have enhanced their scrutiny over the direct or indirect transfer of certain taxable assets, including, in particular, equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise, by a non-resident enterprise by promulgating and implementing SAT Circular 59 and Circular 698, which became effective in January 2008, and a Circular 7 in replacement of some of the existing rules in Circular 698, which became effective in February 2015. Under Circular 698, where a non-resident enterprise conducts an “indirect transfer” by transferring the equity interests of a PRC “resident enterprise” indirectly by disposing of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, the non-resident enterprise, being the transferor, may be subject to PRC enterprise income tax, if the indirect transfer is considered to be an abusive use of company structure without reasonable commercial purposes. As a result, gains derived from such indirect transfer may be subject to PRC tax at a rate of up to 10%. Circular 698 also provides that, where a non-PRC resident enterprise transfers its equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise to its related parties at a price lower than the fair market value, the relevant tax authority has the power to make a reasonable adjustment to the taxable income of the transaction.

 

In February 2015, the SAT issued Circular 7 to replace the rules relating to indirect transfers in Circular 698. Circular 7 has introduced a new tax regime that is significantly different from that under Circular 698. Circular 7 extends its tax jurisdiction to not only indirect transfers set forth under Circular 698 but also transactions involving transfer of other taxable assets, through the offshore transfer of a foreign intermediate holding company. In addition, Circular 7 provides clearer criteria than Circular 698 on how to assess reasonable commercial purposes and has introduced safe harbors for internal group restructurings and the purchase and sale of equity through a public securities market. Circular 7 also brings challenges to both the foreign transferor and transferee (or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer) of the taxable assets. Where a non-resident enterprise conducts an “indirect transfer” by transferring the taxable assets indirectly by disposing of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, the non-resident enterprise being the transferor, or the transferee, or the PRC entity which directly owned the taxable assets may report to the relevant tax authority such indirect transfer. Using a “substance over form” principle, the PRC tax authority may disregard the existence of the overseas holding company if it lacks a reasonable commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of reducing, avoiding or deferring PRC tax. As a result, gains derived from such indirect transfer may be subject to PRC enterprise income tax, and the transferee or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer is obligated to withhold the applicable taxes, currently at a rate of 10% for the transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise.

 

We face uncertainties on the reporting and consequences on future private equity financing transactions, share exchange or other transactions involving the transfer of shares in our company by investors that are non-PRC resident enterprises. The PRC tax authorities may pursue such non-resident enterprises with respect to a filing or the transferees with respect to withholding obligation, and request our PRC subsidiaries to assist in the filing. As a result, we and non-resident enterprises in such transactions may become at risk of being subject to filing obligations or being taxed, under Circular 59 or Circular 698 and Circular 7, and may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with Circular 59, Circular 698 and Circular 7 or to establish that we and our non-resident enterprises should not be taxed under these circulars, which may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

The PRC tax authorities have the discretion under SAT Circular 59, Circular 698 and Circular 7 to make adjustments to the taxable capital gains based on the difference between the fair value of the taxable assets transferred and the cost of investment. Although we currently have no plans to pursue any acquisitions in China or elsewhere in the world, we may pursue acquisitions in the future that may involve complex corporate structures. If we are considered a non-resident enterprise under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and if the PRC tax authorities make adjustments to the taxable income of the transactions under SAT Circular 59 or Circular 698 and Circular 7, our income tax costs associated with such potential acquisitions will be increased, which may have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

 

If we become directly subject to the scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity involving U.S.-listed Chinese companies, we may have to expend significant resources to investigate and resolve the matter which could harm our business operations, share price and reputation.

 

U.S. public companies that have substantially all of their operations in China have been the subject of intense scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity by investors, financial commentators and regulatory agencies, such as the SEC. Much of the scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity has centered on financial and accounting irregularities and mistakes, a lack of effective internal controls over financial accounting, inadequate corporate governance policies or a lack of adherence thereto and, in many cases, allegations of fraud. On December 7, 2018, the SEC and the PCAOB issued a joint statement highlighting continued challenges faced by the U.S. regulators in their oversight of financial statement audits of U.S.-listed companies with significant operations in China. On April 21, 2020, SEC Chairman Jay Clayton and PCAOB Chairman William D. Duhnke III, along with other senior SEC staff, released a joint statement highlighting the risks associated with investing in companies based in or have substantial operations in emerging markets including China, reiterating past SEC and PCAOB statements on matters including the difficulty associated with inspecting accounting firms and audit work papers in China and higher risks of fraud in emerging markets and the difficulty of bringing and enforcing SEC, Department of Justice and other U.S. regulatory actions, including in instances of fraud, in emerging markets generally. As a result of these scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity, the publicly traded stock of many U.S. listed Chinese companies sharply decreased in value and, in some cases, has become virtually worthless. Many of these companies are now subject to shareholder lawsuits and SEC enforcement actions and are conducting internal and external investigations into the allegations. It is not clear what effect this sector-wide scrutiny, criticism and negative publicity will have on us, our business and our share price. If we become the subject of any unfavorable allegations, whether such allegations are proven to be true or untrue, we will have to expend significant resources to investigate such allegations and/or defend our company. This situation will be costly and time consuming and distract our management from developing our growth. If such allegations are not proven to be groundless, we and our business operations will be severely affected and you could sustain a significant decline in the value of our share.

 

29

 

 

Risks Related to Our Public Offering and Ownership of Our Ordinary Shares

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” and we cannot be certain if the reduced reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our Ordinary Shares less attractive to investors.

 

We are an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act, or the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although we could lose that status sooner if our revenues exceed $1.07 billion, if we issue more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt in a three year period, or if the market value of our ordinary shares held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any March 31 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following September 30. We cannot predict if investors will find our ordinary shares less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our ordinary shares less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our ordinary shares and our stock price may be more volatile.

 

Under the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can also delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have elected to avail our company of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, will be subject to accounting standards that are available to emerging growth companies.

 

We are a “foreign private issuer,” and our disclosure obligations differ from those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. As a result, we may not provide you the same information as U.S. domestic reporting companies or we may provide information at different times, which may make it more difficult for you to evaluate our performance and prospects.

 

We are a foreign private issuer and, as a result, we are not subject to the same requirements as U.S. domestic issuers. Under the Exchange Act, we will be subject to reporting obligations that, to some extent, are more lenient and less frequent than those of U.S. domestic reporting companies. For example, we will not be required to issue quarterly reports or proxy statements. We will not be required to disclose detailed individual executive compensation information. Furthermore, our directors and executive officers will not be required to report equity holdings under Section 16 of the Exchange Act and will not be subject to the insider short-swing profit disclosure and recovery regime.  As a foreign private issuer, we will also be exempt from the requirements of Regulation FD (Fair Disclosure) which, generally, are meant to ensure that select groups of investors are not privy to specific information about an issuer before other investors. However, we will still be subject to the anti-fraud and anti-manipulation rules of the SEC, such as Rule 10b-5 under the Exchange Act. Since many of the disclosure obligations imposed on us as a foreign private issuer differ from those imposed on U.S. domestic reporting companies, you should not expect to receive the same information about us and at the same time as the information provided by U.S. domestic reporting companies.

 

Because we are a foreign private issuer and are exempt from certain Nasdaq corporate governance standards applicable to U.S. issuers, you will have less protection than you would have if we were a domestic issuer.

 

Nasdaq Listing Rule requires listed companies to have, among other things, a majority of its board members be independent. As a foreign private issuer, however, we are permitted to, and we may follow home country practice in lieu of the above requirements, or we may choose to comply with the above requirement within one year of listing. The corporate governance practice in our home country, the Cayman Islands, does not require a majority of our board to consist of independent directors. Thus, although a director must act in the best interests of the Company, it is possible that fewer board members will be exercising independent judgment and the level of board oversight on the management of our company may decrease as a result. In addition, the Nasdaq Listing Rules also require U.S. domestic issuers to have a compensation committee, a nominating/corporate governance committee composed entirely of independent directors, and an audit committee with a minimum of three members. We, as a foreign private issuer, are not subject to these requirements. The Nasdaq Listing Rules may require shareholder approval for certain corporate matters, such as requiring that shareholders be given the opportunity to vote on all equity compensation plans and material revisions to those plans, certain ordinary share issuances. We intend to comply with the requirements of Nasdaq Listing Rules in determining whether shareholder approval is required on such matters and to appoint a nominating and corporate governance committee. However, we may consider following home country practice in lieu of the requirements under Nasdaq Listing Rules with respect to certain corporate governance standards which may afford less protection to investors.

 

30

 

 

You may face difficulties in protecting your interests, and your ability to protect your rights through U.S. courts may be limited, because we are incorporated under Cayman Islands law.

 

We are an exempted company incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands. Our corporate affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association, the Companies Law (2020 Revision) of the Cayman Islands and the common law of the Cayman Islands. The rights of shareholders to take action against the directors, actions by minority shareholders and the fiduciary duties of our directors to us under Cayman Islands law are to a large extent governed by the common law of the Cayman Islands. The common law of the Cayman Islands is derived in part from comparatively limited judicial precedent in the Cayman Islands as well as from the common law of England, the decisions of whose courts are of persuasive authority, but are not binding, on a court in the Cayman Islands. The rights of our shareholders and the fiduciary duties of our directors under Cayman Islands law may not be as clearly established as they would be under statutes or judicial precedent in some jurisdictions in the United States. In particular, the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws than the United States. Some U.S. states, such as Delaware, have more fully developed and judicially interpreted bodies of corporate law than the Cayman Islands. In addition, Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to initiate a shareholder derivative action in a federal court of the United States.

 

Certain judgments obtained against us by our shareholders may not be enforceable.

 

We are a Cayman Islands company and substantially all of our assets are located outside of the United States. In addition, a majority of our current directors and officers are nationals and/or residents of countries other than the United States. All or a substantial portion of the assets of these persons are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult or impossible for you to bring an action against us or against these individuals in the United States in the event that you believe that your rights have been infringed under the U.S. federal securities laws or otherwise. Even if you are successful in bringing an action of this kind, the laws of the Cayman Islands and of the PRC may render you unable to enforce a judgment against our assets or the assets of our directors and officers. For more information regarding the relevant laws of the Cayman Islands and the PRC, see “Enforceability of Civil Liabilities.”

 

Nasdaq may apply additional and more stringent criteria for our initial and continued listing because we plan to have a small public offering and insiders will hold a large portion of the company’s listed securities.

 

Nasdaq Listing Rule 5101 provides Nasdaq with broad discretionary authority over the initial and continued listing of securities in Nasdaq and Nasdaq may use such discretion to deny initial listing, apply additional or more stringent criteria for the initial or continued listing of particular securities, or suspend or delist particular securities based on any event, condition, or circumstance that exists or occurs that makes initial or continued listing of the securities on Nasdaq inadvisable or unwarranted in the opinion of Nasdaq, even though the securities meet all enumerated criteria for initial or continued listing on Nasdaq. In addition, Nasdaq has used its discretion to deny initial or continued listing or to apply additional and more stringent criteria in the instances, including but not limited to: (i) where the company engaged an auditor that has not been subject to an inspection by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”), an auditor that PCAOB cannot inspect, or an auditor that has not demonstrated sufficient resources, geographic reach, or experience to adequately perform the company’s audit; (ii) where the company planned a small public offering, which would result in insiders holding a large portion of the company’s listed securities. Nasdaq was concerned that the offering size was insufficient to establish the company’s initial valuation, and there would not be sufficient liquidity to support a public market for the company; and (iii) where the company did not demonstrate sufficient nexus to the U.S. capital market, including having no U.S. shareholders, operations, or members of the board of directors or management. Our public offering will be relatively small and the insiders of our Company will hold a large portion of the company’s listed securities. Nasdaq might apply the additional and more stringent criteria for our initial and continued listing, which might cause delay or even denial of our listing application.

 

31

 

 

If we cannot satisfy, or continue to satisfy, the initial listing requirements and other rules of Nasdaq Capital Market, although we exempt from certain corporate governance standards applicable to US issuers as a Foreign Private Issuer, our securities may not be listed or may be delisted, which could negatively impact the price of our securities and your ability to sell them.

  

We will seek to have our securities approved for listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market upon consummation of this offering. We cannot assure you that we will be able to meet those initial listing requirements at that time. Even if our securities are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we cannot assure you that our securities will continue to be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market.

 

In addition, following this offering, in order to maintain our listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we will be required to comply with certain rules of Nasdaq Capital Market, including those regarding minimum stockholders’ equity, minimum share price and certain corporate governance requirements. Even if we initially meet the listing requirements and other applicable rules of the Nasdaq Capital Market, we may not be able to continue to satisfy these requirements and applicable rules. If we are unable to satisfy the Nasdaq Capital Market criteria for maintaining our listing, our securities could be subject to delisting.

 

If the Nasdaq Capital Market does not list our securities, or subsequently delists our securities from trading, we could face significant consequences, including:

 

  a limited availability for market quotations for our securities;

 

  reduced liquidity with respect to our securities;

 

  a determination that our Ordinary Share is a “penny stock,” which will require brokers trading in our Ordinary Share to adhere to more stringent rules and possibly result in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our Ordinary Share;

 

  limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

 

  a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

 

The market price of our ordinary shares may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the public offering price.

 

The public offering price for our ordinary shares will be determined through negotiations between the underwriters and us and may vary from the market price of our ordinary shares following our public offering. If you purchase our ordinary shares in our public offering, you may not be able to resell those shares at or above the public offering price. We cannot assure you that the public offering price of our ordinary shares, or the market price following our public offering, will equal or exceed prices in privately negotiated transactions of our shares that have occurred from time to time prior to our public offering. The market price of our ordinary shares may fluctuate significantly in response to numerous factors, many of which are beyond our control, including:

 

  actual or anticipated fluctuations in our revenue and other operating results;

 

  the financial projections we may provide to the public, any changes in these projections or our failure to meet these projections;

 

  actions of securities analysts who initiate or maintain coverage of us, changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our company, or our failure to meet these estimates or the expectations of investors;

 

32

 

 

  announcements by us or our competitors of significant services or features, technical innovations, acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures, or capital commitments;

 

  price and volume fluctuations in the overall stock market, including as a result of trends in the economy as a whole;

 

  lawsuits threatened or filed against us; and

 

  other events or factors, including those resulting from war or incidents of terrorism, or responses to these events.

 

  In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. Stock prices of many companies have fluctuated in a manner unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. In the past, stockholders have filed securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were to become involved in securities litigation, it could subject us to substantial costs, divert resources and the attention of management from our business, and adversely affect our business.

 

We have broad discretion in the use of the net proceeds from our public offering and may not use them effectively.

 

To the extent (i) we raise more money than required for the purposes explained in the section titled “Use of Proceeds” or (ii) we determine that the proposed uses set forth in that section are no longer in the best interests of our Company, we cannot specify with any certainty the particular uses of such net proceeds that we will receive from our public offering. Our management will have broad discretion in the application of such net proceeds, including working capital, possible acquisitions, and other general corporate purposes, and we may spend or invest these proceeds in a way with which our stockholders disagree. The failure by our management to apply these funds effectively could harm our business and financial condition. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from our public offering in a manner that does not produce income or that loses value.

 

We do not intend to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

 

We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not expect to declare or pay any dividends in the foreseeable future. As a result, you may only receive a return on your investment in our ordinary shares if the market price of our ordinary shares increases.

 

There may not be an active, liquid trading market for our ordinary shares.

 

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our ordinary shares. An active trading market for our ordinary shares may not develop or be sustained following this offering. You may not be able to sell your shares at the market price, if at all, if trading in our shares is not active. The public offering price was determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters based upon a number of factors. The public offering price may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the trading market.

 

Shares eligible for future sale may adversely affect the market price of our ordinary shares, as the future sale of a substantial amount of outstanding ordinary shares in the public marketplace could reduce the price of our ordinary shares.

 

The market price of our shares could decline as a result of sales of substantial amounts of our shares in the public market, or the perception that these sales could occur. In addition, these factors could make it more difficult for us to raise funds through future offerings of our ordinary shares. 13,125,000 shares will be outstanding immediately after this offering, if the firm commitment is completed and the underwriters do not exercise their over-allotment option and 13,593,750 shares if exercised in full. All of the shares sold in the offering will be freely transferable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act. The remaining shares will be “restricted securities” as defined in Rule 144. These shares may be sold in the future without registration under the Securities Act to the extent permitted by Rule 144 or other exemptions under the Securities Act. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale.”

 

You will experience immediate and substantial dilution.

 

The public offering price of our shares is substantially higher than the pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share of our ordinary shares. Assuming the completion of the firm commitment offering and no exercise of the over-allotment option by the underwriters, if you purchase shares in this offering, you will incur immediate dilution of approximately $6.87 or approximately 86% in the pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share from the price per ordinary share that you pay for the shares. Accordingly, if you purchase shares in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution of your investment. See “Dilution.”

 

We will incur additional costs as a result of becoming a public company, which could negatively impact our net income and liquidity.

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will become a public company in the United States. As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. In addition, Sarbanes-Oxley and rules and regulations implemented by the SEC and the Nasdaq Capital Market require significantly heightened corporate governance practices for public companies. We expect that these rules and regulations will increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs and will make many corporate activities more time-consuming and costly.

 

We do not expect to incur materially greater costs as a result of becoming a public company than those incurred by similarly sized U.S. public companies. If we fail to comply with these rules and regulations, we could become the subject of a governmental enforcement action, investors may lose confidence in us and the market price of our ordinary shares could decline.

33

 

 

The obligation to disclose information publicly may put us at a disadvantage to competitors that are private companies.

 

Upon completion of this offering, we will be a publicly listed company in the United States. As a publicly listed company, we will be required to file annual reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission. In some cases, we will need to disclose material agreements or results of financial operations that we would not be required to disclose if we were a private company. Our competitors may have access to this information, which would otherwise be confidential. This may give them advantages in competing with our company. Similarly, as a U.S.-listed public company, we will be governed by U.S. laws that our competitors, which are mostly private Chinese companies, are not required to follow. To the extent compliance with U.S. laws increases our expenses or decreases our competitiveness against such companies, our public listing could affect our results of operations.

 

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. All statements contained in this prospectus other than statements of historical fact, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial position, our business strategy and plans, and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “expect,” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives, and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in the “Risk Factors” section. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this prospectus may not occur and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements.

 

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance, or achievements. Except as required by applicable law, we undertake no duty to update any of these forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus or to conform these statements to actual results or revised expectations.

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

After deducting the underwriting discount and estimated offering expenses payable by us, we expect to receive net proceeds of approximately $21,877,500 from this offering, assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised.

  

    Offering  
Gross proceeds   $ 25,000,000  
Underwriting discounts and commissions (7.5% of gross proceeds)   $ 1,875,000  
Underwriting non-accountable expenses   $ 270,000  
Miscellaneous underwriting expenses   $ 50,000  
Other offering expenses   $ 927,500  
Net proceeds   $ 21,877,500  

  

The net proceeds from this offering must be remitted to China before we will be able to use the funds to grow our business. We intend to use the net proceeds of this offering as follows after we complete the remittance process, and we have ordered the specific uses of proceeds in order of priority. 

 

34

 

 

 

Description of Use   Estimated
Amount of
Net Proceeds
(US $)
 
Product research and development   $ 5,000,000  
Marketing and Business Development   $ 8,000,000  
New production equipment purchase   $ 7,000,000  
New business assessment and acquisition   $ 2,000,000  
Talent acquisition and training   $ 1,000,000  
Working capital   $ 2,000,000  
Total   $ 25,000,000  

  

DIVIDEND POLICY

 

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our ordinary shares. We anticipate that we will retain any earnings to support operations and to finance the growth and development of our business. Therefore, we do not expect to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Any future determination relating to our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend on a number of factors, including future earnings, capital requirements, financial conditions and future prospects and other factors the Board of Directors may deem relevant.

 

If we determine to pay dividends on any of our ordinary shares in the future, as a holding company, we will be dependent on receipt of funds from our operating subsidiaries. Dividend distributions from our PRC subsidiaries to us are subject to PRC taxes, such as withholding tax. In addition, regulations in the PRC currently permit payment of dividends of a PRC company only out of accumulated distributable after-tax profits as determined in accordance with its articles of association and the accounting standards and regulations in China. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — We rely on dividends and other distributions on equity paid by our PRC subsidiaries to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have, and any limitation on the ability of our PRC subsidiaries to make payments to us could have a material adverse effect on our ability to conduct our business.”

 

EXCHANGE RATE INFORMATION

 

Our financial information is presented in U.S. dollars. Our functional currency is Renminbi (“RMB”), the currency of the PRC. Transactions which are denominated in currencies other than RMB are translated into RMB at the exchange rate quoted by the People’s Bank of China at the dates of the transactions. Exchange gains and losses resulting from transactions denominated in a currency other than the RMB are included in statements of operations as foreign currency transaction gains or losses. Our financial statements have been translated into U.S. dollars in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standard (“SFAS”) No. 52, “Foreign Currency Translation”, which was subsequently codified within Accounting Standard Codification (ASC) 830, “Foreign Currency Matters”. The financial information is first prepared in RMB and then is translated into U.S. dollars at period-end exchange rates as to assets and liabilities and average exchange rates as to revenue and expenses. Capital accounts are translated at their historical exchange rates when the capital transactions occurred. The effects of foreign currency translation adjustments are included as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ equity. The following table sets forth information concerning exchange rates between the RMB and the U.S. dollar for the periods indicated. (www.macrotrends.net).

 

35

 

 

Period Ended   High Rate     Low Rate     Period
End Rate
    Average
Rate
 
2016     6.96       6.45       6.94       6.64  
2017     6.96       6.48       6.51       6.76  
2018     6.97       6.26       6.88       6.61  
2019     7.18       6.69       6.96       6.91  
2020 (until September 30, 2020)     6.86       6.75       6.81       7.02  

 

The consolidated balance sheet balances, with the exception of equity at March 31, 2020, September 30, 2019 and 2018 were translated at RMB 7.0808, RMB 7.1477 and RMB 6.8680 to US $1.00, respectively. The equity accounts were stated at their historical rate. The average translation rates applied to consolidated statements of income and cash flows for the years ended March 31, 2020, September 30, 2019 and 2018 were RMB 7.0117, RMB 6.8753 and RMB 6.5368 to US $1.00, respectively.

 

We make no representation that any RMB or U.S. dollar amounts could have been, or could be, converted into U.S. dollars or RMB, as the case may be, at any particular rate, or at all. The PRC government imposes control over its foreign currency reserves in part through direct regulation of the conversion of RMB into foreign exchange and through restrictions on foreign trade. We do not currently engage in currency hedging transactions.

 

CAPITALIZATION

 

The following table sets forth our capitalization as of March 31, 2020 on a pro forma as adjusted basis giving effect to the completion of the firm commitment offering at an assumed public offering price of $8.00 per share and to reflect the application of the proceeds after deducting the estimated placement fees. You should read this table in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and “Use of Proceeds” and “Description of Share Capital.”

 

As of March 31, 2020

   

    Actual     Pro Forma
As
Adjusted (1)
    Pro Forma As Adjusted with Full Exercise of Over-Allotment Shares  
    US$     US$     US$  
Shareholders’ Equity                  
Ordinary Share, $0.0002 par value, 250,000,000 shares authorized, 10,000,000 shares issued and outstanding     2,000       2,000       2,000  
Additional paid-in capital     22,531,620       44,409,120       47,877,870  
Accumulated deficit     (827,498 )     (827,498 )     (827,498 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income     2,149,268       2,149,268       2,149,268  
Total equity attributable to Huadi International Group Co., Ltd.     23,855,390       45,732,890       49,201,640  
Equity attributable to non-controlling interests     207,151       207,151       207,151  
Total shareholders’ equity     24,062,541       45,940,041       49,408,791  
Total capitalization     24,062,541       45,940,041       49,408,791  

 

(1) Reflects the sale of ordinary shares in this offering (excluding any over-allotment shares that may be sold pursuant to the over-allotment option) at an assumed initial public offering price of $8.00 per share, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only, and we will adjust this information based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Additional paid-in capital reflects the net proceeds we expect to receive, after deducting the underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We estimate that such net proceeds will be approximately $21,877,500.

 

Assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised, each $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $8.00 per Ordinary Share would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of total capitalization by $3,125,000, assuming that the number of Ordinary Shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us. An increase (decrease) of 1 million in the number of Ordinary Shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, would increase (decrease) the pro forma as adjusted amount of total capitalization by $8,000,000, assuming no change in the assumed initial public offering price per Ordinary Share as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

36

 

 

DILUTION

 

If you invest in our ordinary shares, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per ordinary shares and the pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share after the offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per ordinary share offering price is substantially in excess of the book value per ordinary share attributable to the existing shareholders for our presently outstanding ordinary shares. Our net tangible book value attributable to shareholders at March 31, 2020 was $22,687,300 or approximately $2.27 per ordinary share. Net tangible book value per ordinary share as of March 31, 2020 represents the amount of total assets less intangible assets and total liabilities, divided by the number of ordinary shares outstanding.

 

We will have 13,125,000 ordinary shares outstanding upon completion of the offering or 13,593,750 ordinary shares assuming the full exercise of over-allotment option. Our post offering pro forma net tangible book value, which gives effect to receipt of the net proceeds from the offering and issuance of additional shares in the offering, but does not take into consideration any other changes in our net tangible book value after March 31, 2020, will be approximately $44,564,800 or $3.40 per ordinary share. This would result in dilution to investors in this offering of approximately $6.87 per ordinary share or approximately 86% from the assumed offering price of $8.00 per ordinary share. Net tangible book value per ordinary share would increase to the benefit of present shareholders by $1.13 per share attributable to the purchase of the ordinary shares by investors in this offering.

 

The following table sets forth the estimated net tangible book value per ordinary share after the offering and the dilution to persons purchasing ordinary shares based on the foregoing firm commitment offering assumptions.

 

    Offering Without Over-Allotment     Offering With
Over-Allotment
 
Assumed offering price per ordinary share   $ 8.00     $ 8.00  
Net tangible book value per ordinary share before the offering   $ 2.27     $ 2.27  
Increase per ordinary share attributable to payments by new investors   $ 1.13     $ 1.26  
Pro forma net tangible book value per ordinary share after the offering   $ 3.40     $ 3.53  
Dilution per ordinary share to new investors   $ 6.87     $ 6.74  

 

37

 

 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and related notes that appear in this prospectus. In addition to historical consolidated financial information, the following discussion contains forward-looking statements that reflect our plans, estimates, and beliefs. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those discussed below and elsewhere in this prospectus, particularly in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 13 of this prospectus. All amounts included herein with respect to the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements (“Annual Financial Statements”) included elsewhere in this prospectus. These Annual Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, or US GAAP.

 

Overview

 

Huadi International Group Co., Ltd. (“Huadi Steel,” “the Company,” “we,” “us”, “our” and similar terms) was incorporated in the Cayman Islands, with limited liabilities on September 27, 2018. Our operating company was established in 1998 in Zhejiang, China as a Private Limited Company in Medium and Heavy Industry. Our main business operation focuses on new products development, manufacturing, marketing and sales of stainless steel DOM pipes, tubes and stainless steel bar. The majority of our products are used in infrastructure and non-residential construction applications. We also supply products for use in the thermal and nuclear power plants, automotive, oil and gas, agricultural and industrial equipment, chemical engineering, and electricity markets. We manufacture many of our products to operate under specialized conditions, including in load-bearing, high-pressure, corrosive and high-temperature environments.

 

We are a leading manufacturer of industrial stainless steel seamless pipes and tubes products with extensive distribution facilities and network for over twenty (20) provinces in China. We have also offered a broad range of products exported to twenty (20) countries and regions as United States, Mexico, Thailand, Australia, Argentina, Taiwan, India, the Philippines, UAE and Canada. Our products are widely used in the oil & gas transmission, chemistry engineering, food processing, medical devices, aeronautics and astronautics, boiler, irrigation works construction, electricity, automobile, naval architecture, paper mill and mechanical industries. Our facilities have been certified with the ISO9001 and ISO14001 quality management systems.

 

Key Factors Affecting Our Results

 

Our results are primarily derived from the sale of steel pipe and tube products to various infrastructure and non-residential end markets in China and some other foreign countries. Our business is therefore dependent upon construction activity in these sectors of the economy. The historical performance and outlook for our business is influenced by numerous factors, including the following:

 

Fluctuations in Prices of Steel and Other Costs - Fluctuations in steel prices can lead to volatility in the pricing of our products, which influences the buying patterns of our customers. Because the cost of steel coil represents over half of our total cost of sales, higher or lower cost steel affects our gross margins. Increases in the market price of steel typically enable us to raise our selling prices. To a lesser extent, our gross margins and selling prices can also be impacted by the prices of other raw materials, transportation and labor.

 

Economic Cycles - In addition to fluctuations in steel prices, demand for the products we manufacture is dependent on general economic cycles and infrastructure and non-residential construction end markets.

 

Inventory Levels - Customer and other manufacturer inventory levels of steel pipe and tube products can change significantly from period to period. During periods of rising steel prices, our customer base has demonstrated the desire to build inventory levels. During periods of decreasing steel prices, our customer base typically reduces inventory levels. We use a number of supply chain and inventory management techniques to help us mitigate the effect of these fluctuations.

 

38

 

 

General Competition - Several of our products have historically faced significant competition both in China and some foreign markets, and we have successfully competed against our competitors with excellent customer service, high quality products and rapid fulfillment of customer orders. However, our business could be adversely affected by competitors who reduce prices, improve on-time delivery and take other competitive actions, which may reduce our customers’ purchases of products from us.

 

Fluctuations in Foreign Currency Exchange - We sell a significant portion of our products in countries outside of China (approximately 27.34% and 41.51% based on 2019 and 2018 revenues respectively). Historically, we have relied on lower wages and favorable exchange rates in China to make our products sold abroad competitive in price. If in any circumstances, China’s currency appreciates against the U.S. dollar, our advantage in price competitiveness might be impacted. To the extent the Chinese RMB start to appreciate, our products could become more expensive and, as a result, less attractive to potential customers in other countries.

 

  As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, we had a decrease in revenue in first and second quarter 2020 as our businesses has been negatively impacted by the pandemic. For a detailed description of the risks associated with the novel coronavirus, see Recent Developments and “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and industry—Our business could be materially harmed by the ongoing coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic.” Because of the significant uncertainties surrounding the COVID-19 outbreak, the extent of the business disruption and the related financial impact cannot be reasonably estimated at this time.

 

Results of Operations

 

For the six months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019

 

The following table summarizes the results of our operations for the six months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, and provides information regarding the dollar and percentage increase or (decrease) during such periods.

 

(All amounts, other than percentages, in thousands of U.S. dollars) 

 

    March 31, 2020     March 31, 2019              
Statement of Operations Data:   Amount     As %
of
Sales
    Amount     As %
of
Sales
    Amount
Increase
(Decrease)
    Percentage
Increase
(Decrease)
 
                                     
Revenues   $ 25,557       100.00 %   $ 32,133       100.00 %   $ (6,576 )     (20.46 )%
Cost of revenues     19,260       75.36 %     25,541       79.49 %     (6,281 )     (24.59 )%
Gross profit     6,297       24.64 %     6,592       20.51 %     (295 )     (4.48 )%
Operating expenses Selling, general and administrative expenses     1,953       7.64 %     2,397       7.46 %     (443 )     (18.49 )%
Research and development costs     834       3.26 %     1,047       3.26 %     (213 )     (20.34 )%
Provision and impairment charges     -               -       -                  
Total operating expenses     2,787       10.91 %     3,443       10.71 %     (656 )     (19.05 )%
Income from operations     3,510       13.73 %     3,149       9.80 %     361       11.46 %
Other income (expenses)                                                
Interest income (expense), net     (1,042 )     (4.08 )%     (1,053 )     (3.28 )%     11       (1.04 )%
Other income (expense), net     554       2.17 %     231       0.72 %     323       139.83 %
Total other expenses, net     (488 )     (1.91 )%     (822 )     (2.56 )%     334       (40.63 )%
Income before income taxes     3,022       11.82 %     2,327       7.24 %     695       29.87 %
Provision for income taxes     (341 )     (1.33 )%     (287 )     (0.89 )%     (54 )     18.82 %
Net income   $ 2,681       10.49 %   $ 2,040       6.35 %   $ 641       31.42 %

  

Revenues

 

Revenues decreased by approximately $6.58 million or 20.46%, to approximately $25.56 million for the six months ended March 31, 2020 from approximately $32.13 million for the six months ended March 31, 2019. The decrease in revenues was primarily driven by temporary emergency public health measures imposed by the government to stop the spread of coronavirus, which have caused material disruption to businesses globally resulting in an economic slowdown.

 

39

 

 

Impact of COVID-19

 

Beginning in late 2019, an outbreak of a novel strain of coronavirus (COVID-19) first emerged in China and has spread globally. In March 2020, the World Health Organization (“WHO”) declared the COVID-19 as a pandemic. Governments in affected countries are imposing travel bans, quarantines and other emergency public health measures, which have caused material disruption to businesses globally resulting in an economic slowdown. These measures, though intended to be temporary in nature, may continue and increase depending on developments in the COVID-19 outbreak or any reoccurrence of an outbreak.

 

Zhejiang Province, where we conduct a substantial part of our business, was materially impacted by COVID-19. We followed the recommendations of local health authorities to minimize exposure risk for our employees, including the temporary closure of our offices and suspension of marketing activities, and having employees work remotely. Our on-site work was not resumed until March 2020 upon approval from the local government. Due to the extended lock-down and self-quarantine policies in China, we experienced significant business disruption during the lock-down period from February to mid-March 2020. The production of our production facility and logistics services were suspended since early February and did not resume until late February and has since been picking up slowly after China reopened businesses nationwide.

 

The full extent to which the COVID-19 outbreak in China impacts our financial condition and results of operations for our fiscal year ending September 30, 2020 is uncertain and will depend on future developments that currently cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of the COVID-19 outbreak and the actions necessary to contain the COVID-19 outbreak or treat its impact, the disruption to the general business activities of China and the impact on the economic growth and business of our production facility and distributors for the foreseeable future, among others.

 

In light of this uncertainty, we are closely monitoring the development of the COVID-19 pandemic and will plan to continually assess its potential impact to our business. We have observed an increase in sales for the second fiscal quarter ending March 31, 2020 compared to the same period of 2019 and expect our sales and net income for the fiscal year ending September 30, 2020 to remain at the same level the last fiscal year given the continuous impact of COVID-19 on our business activities and general economic and financial conditions in China. 

  

The following table presents our top 5 markets by net revenues for the six months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019.

 

    March 31, 2020     March 31, 2019  
Top 5 Markets:  

Sales Amount

(In USD)

    As %
of
Sales
   

Sales Amount

(In USD)

    As %
of
Sales
 
China   $ 18,154,798       71.04 %   $ 22,867,488       71.16 %
India     3,357,642       13.14 %     1,302,328       4.05 %
US     1,785,980       6.99 %     3,908,350       12.16 %
Australia     749,467       2.93 %     87,802       0.27 %
Canada     541,050       2.12 %     1,422,032       4.43 %
Other foreign countries     968,470       3.78 %     2,545,105       7.93 %

 

The following table presents our estimated revenue percentage generated from major market sectors for the six months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019.

 

    2020     2019  
Oil & Gas     25 %     20 %
Electrical Energy     13 %     7 %
Automotive & Railway     23 %     52 %
Industrial     40 %     21 %

 

Gross profit

 

Our gross profit decreased by approximately $0.30  million, or 4.48%,  to approximately $6.30 million for the six months ended March 31, 2020 from approximately $6.59 million for the same period in 2019. Gross profit margin was 24.64% for the six months ended March 31, 2020, as compared to 20.51% for the same period in 2019. The slight decrease in our gross profit was primarily driven by the decline of sales revenue, partially offset by the increase of our gross margin rate. The increase of gross margin rate was primarily attributable to (1) we raised our product price to certain customers during the pandemic due to the intensified demand of our products in the market and (2) we successfully developed technique to manufacture pipe and tube made of SA-213TP347H, a special stainless alloy with niobium, which offers higher gross margin (approximately 32%) than other products.

 

Selling, general and administrative (“SGA”) expenses

 

SGA expenses decreased by approximately $0.44 million, or 18.49%, to approximately $1.95 million for the six months ended March 31, 2020 from approximately $2.40 million for the same period in 2019. The decrease of SGA expenses was mainly due to the decreased freight expenses and agent fees for our decreased domestic and international sales.

 

40

 

 

Research and development (“R&D”) expenses  

 

Our research and development expenses decreased approximately $0.21 million, or 20.34%, to $0.83 million for the six months ended March 31, 2020 from approximately $1.05 million for the same period in 2019. The decrease was due to we conducted less research and development activities during the COVID-19 lockdown period. 

 

Interest income (expense), net

 

Our interest expense (net) decreased by $0.01 million to approximately $1.04 million for the six months ended March 31, 2020 from approximately $1.05 million for the same period in 2019.  The slight decrease of interest expense was mainly due to decreased outstanding bank loan amount we had during the six months ended March 31, 2020 comparing to the same period in 2019.

  

Other income (expenses), net

 

Our other income increased by $0.32 million to approximately $0.55 million for the six months ended March 31, 2020 from approximately $0.23 million for the same period in 2019.  During the six months ended March 31, 2020, we sold a discontinued manufacturing plant for 5 million RMB (approximately $0.71 million), the gain on this transaction was recorded as other income on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

 

Provision for income taxes

 

Our provision for income taxes was approximately $0.34 million for the six months ended March 31, 2020, an increase of approximately $0.05 million from approximately $0.29 million  for the same period in 2019 due to increased net income before income taxes.

 

For the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018

 

The following table summarizes the results of our operations for the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and provides information regarding the dollar and percentage increase or (decrease) during such periods.

 

(All amounts, other than percentages, in thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

    September 30, 2019     September 30, 2018              
Statement of Operations Data:   Amount     As %
of
Sales
    Amount     As %
of
Sales
    Amount
Increase
(Decrease)
    Percentage
Increase
(Decrease)
 
                                     
Sales   $ 65,518       100.00 %   $ 60,386       100.00 %   $ 5,132       8.50 %
Cost of revenues     50,896       77.68 %     47,143       78.07 %     3,753       7.96 %
Gross profit     14,622       22.32 %     13,243       21.93 %     1,379       10.41 %
Operating expenses                                                
Selling, general and administrative expenses     4,467       6.82 %     3,342       5.53 %     1,125       33.66 %
Research and development costs     1,777       2.71 %     1,447       2.40 %     330       22.81 %
Bad debt     -       - %     257       0.43 %     (257 )     (100 )%
Total operating expenses     6,244       9.53 %     5,046       8.36 %     1,199       23.75 %
Income from operations     8,378       12.79 %     8,197       13.57 %     181       2.21 %
Other income (expenses)                                                
Interest income (expense), net     (2,149 )     (3.28 )%     (2,083 )     (3.45 )%     (66 )     3.17 %
Other income (expense), net     222       0.34 %     471       0.78 %     (249 )     (52.87 )%
Total other income (expense), net     (1,927 )     (2.94 )%     (1,612 )     (2.67 )%     (315 )     19.54 %
Income before income taxes     6,451       9.85 %     6,585       10.9 %     (134 )     (2.03 )%
Income tax provision     1,005       1.53 %     1,337       2.21 %     (332 )     (24.83 )%
Net income   $ 5,446       8.31 %   $ 5,248       8.69 %   $ 198       3.77 %

 

41

 

 

 

Sales

 

Sales increased by approximately $5.13 million or 8.50%, to approximately $65.52 million for the year ended September 30, 2019 from approximately $60.39 million for the year ended September 30, 2018. The increase in revenues was primarily driven by our expansion in domestic market, especially in the domestic automotive & railway market sector, as well as the oil & gas sector.

 

The following table presents revenue by geographic areas for the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

 

    September 30, 2019     September 30, 2018  
Top 5 International Markets:  

Sales
Amount

(In USD)

    As %
of
Sales
   

Sales
Amount

(In USD)

    As %
of
Sales
 
China   $ 47,606,489       72.66 %   $ 35,457,131       58.70 %
India     3,795,089       5.79 %     13,497,542       22.35 %
US     8,285,920       12.65 %     5,542,392       9.18 %
Canada     2,039,051       3.11 %     2,745,347       4.55 %
Taiwan     1,400,632       2.14 %     739,810       1.23 %
Other foreign countries     2,391,135       3.65 %     2,403,782       3.98 %

 

The following table presents our estimated revenue percentage generated from major market sectors for the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018.

 

    2019     2018  
Oil & Gas     31 %     14 %
Electrical Energy     17 %     39 %
Automotive & Railway     24 %     16 %
Other Industrial Applications     28 %     31 %

  

Gross profit

 

Our gross profit increased by approximately $1.38 million, or 10.41%, to approximately $14.62 million for the year ended September 30, 2019 from approximately $13.24 million for the year ended September 30, 2018. Gross profit margin was 22.32% for the year ended September 30, 2019, as compared to 21.93% for the year ended September 30, 2018. The increase of gross profit was consistent with the increase of revenues for fiscal 2019 as compared to fiscal 2018. The slight increase of gross profit margin was mainly due to improved manufacturing technique which increased efficiency and decreased defect rate.

 

Selling, general and administrative (“SGA”) expenses

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by approximately $1.13 million, or 33.66% to approximately $4.47 million for the year ended September 30, 2019 as compared to approximately $3.34 million for the year ended September 30, 2018. The increase of SGA expenses was mainly due to increased freight expenses for our international and domestic sales, and increased travelling and agency expenses related to the increased sales activities.

 

Research and development (“R&D”) expenses

 

Research and development expenses increased by approximately $0.33 million, or 22.81% to approximately $1.78 million for the year ended September 30, 2019 as compared to approximately $1.45 million for the year ended September 30, 2018. Management is committed to expanding our research and development activities.

 

42

 

 

 

Interest income (expense)

 

Our interest expense (net) increased by $0.07 million, or 3.37%  to $2.15 million for the year ended September 30, 2019, from $2.08 million for the year ended September 30, 2018.  The increase of interest expense was mainly due to increased bank borrowing in fiscal 2019 as compared to fiscal 2018.

 

Income tax provision

 

Our income tax provision was approximately $1.01 million for the year ended September 30, 2019, a decrease of $0.33 million, or 24.63 % from approximately $1.34 million for the year ended September 30, 2018 mainly because during 2019 fiscal year the Company was entitled High and New Technology Enterprise (“HNTE”) and enjoyed preferential tax rate of 15% for a three-year validity period from 2019 fiscal year, while the Company was still subject to 25% corporate income tax for the 2018 fiscal year.

 

Cash Flow Summary

 

    Six Months Ended March 31     Year Ended
September 30,
    Year Ended
September 30,
 
    2020     2019     2018  
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities   $ 1,250,191     $ 2,346,607     $ 1,209,770  
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities     279,804       (912,702 )     (527,755 )
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities     (2,924,244 )     (3,489,887 )     943,471  
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents     42,106       (125,041 )     (196,191 )
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents   $ (1,352,143 )   $ (2,181,023 )   $ 1,429,295  
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period     3,016,672       5,197,695       3,768,400  
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period     1,664,529       3,016,672       5,197,695  

 

Operating Activities:

 

Net cash provided by operating activities for the six months ended March 31, 2020 was approximately $1.25 million, which was primarily attributable to a net profit approximately $2.68 million, adjusted for non-cash items for approximately $0.25 million and adjustments for changes in working capital approximately $1.18 million. The adjustments for changes in working capital mainly included:

 

  (i) decrease in accounts receivable of approximately $7.17 million – our accounts receivable decreased significantly due to our accelerated collection from both our international and domestic projects. For the six months ended March 31, 2020, we had an overall sales outstanding of 79 days compared with 84 days for the fiscal year 2019;

 

  (ii) increase in inventory of approximately $9.35 million – we had a significant amount of inventory as of March 31, 2020, of which 63% is raw materials. During the COVID-19 pandemic, we had experienced supply disruption of raw materials which caused significant delay to our product delivery. We ordered a significant amount of raw materials to prevent supply disruption and hedge against price increase risk due to short supply;

 

  (iii) decrease in notes payable of approximately $1.86 million – notes payable consists of bank acceptance note we issue to our supplier for procurement;

 

  (iv) decrease in other receivables of approximately $2.85 million;

 

43

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended September 30, 2019 was approximately $2.35 million, which was primarily attributable to a net profit approximately $5.45 million, adjusted for non-cash items for approximately $0.96 million and adjustments for changes in working capital approximately $4.06 million. The adjustments for changes in working capital mainly included:

 

  (i) decrease in inventory of approximately $3.57 million – our inventory decreased significantly due to our increased sales during 2019 fiscal year as compared to 2018 fiscal year. For the year ended September 30, 2019, we had an overall Days Sales of Inventory of 143 days compared with 168 days  in fiscal year 2018;

 

  (ii) decrease in notes receivable of approximately $2.61 million and decrease in notes payable of approximately $3.80 million – notes receivable consists of bank acceptance note we received from our customers while notes payable consists of bank acceptance note we issue to our supplier for procurement;

 

  (iii) increase in advances to suppliers of approximately $4.07 million – we paid a significant amount to one major supplier, which is a related party to the Company, in advance during the fiscal year of 2019 as some of our bank loans are required by our lending banks to be directly deposited into our suppliers’ bank account once those loans were released. This is a common practice implemented by the bank to reduce their risk in China and we are able to negotiate a favorable purchasing term with our major supplier in exchange of the significant advance payment;

 

  (iv) decrease in advance from customer of approximately $4.26 million, primarily because of our product delivery to our customers which offsets their outstanding advance payments; 

   

Net cash provided by operating activities for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018 was approximately $1.21 million, which was primarily attributable to a net profit approximately $5.25 million, adjusted for non-cash items for approximately $0.93 million and adjustments for changes in working capital approximately $4.97 million. The adjustments for changes in working capital mainly included:

 

  (i) increase in accounts receivable of approximately $2.91 million – our accounts receivable increased due to our growth of sales, especially in India. For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018, we had an overall sales outstanding of 91 days. We supplied a significant portion of our products to market sectors of oil & gas and electrical energy which are generally public owned entities, and the typical payment term with those customers is 6 month. When our customers request for payment extension, we carefully review the background of the projects and the status of each construction project. We only grant payment extension to our customers when they have healthy financial standings, have no records of delinquent payments and can demonstrate their ability to continuing making the payments. Our management team believes that the risk of writing off the accounts receivable is low because of the involvement of various levels of governments;

 

  (ii) decrease in advances to suppliers of approximately $7.09 million primarily due to the increased purchase of raw materials, which offsets the outstanding advance balance, to support our growing orders generated from both domestic and international markets;

 

  (iii) decrease in accounts payable of approximately $7.45 million;

 

  (iv) increase in advance from customers of approximately $3.48 million due to increased deposits we collected from customers for their orders;

 

  (v) decrease in other payables of approximately $4.83 million. 

 

Investing Activities:

 

Net cash provided by investing activities was $279,804 for the six months ended March 31, 2020. It was primarily attributable to the sales of a discontinued manufacturing plant during the period.

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $912,702 for the year ended September 30, 2019. It was primarily attributable to the addition of fixed assets for production needs during the fiscal year.

 

Net cash used in investing activities was $527,755 for the year ended September 30, 2018. It was primarily attributable to the addition of fixed assets for production needs during the fiscal year.

 

44

 

 

Financing Activities:

 

Net cash used in financing activities was approximately $2.92 million for the six months ended March 31, 2020. It was primarily attributable to the net repayments of bank borrowings with an approximate amount of $0.93 million, plus net repayments of loans from related parties with the approximate amount of $2.00 million.

 

Net cash used in financing activities was approximately $3.49 million for the year ended September 30, 2019. It was primarily attributable to the net repayments of bank borrowings with an approximate amount of $6.89 million, plus net proceeds received from related parties with the approximate amount of $3.40 million.

 

Net cash provided by financing activities was approximately $0.94 million for the year ended September 30, 2018. It was primarily attributable to the cash outflow to the net proceeds received from bank loans and related parties with the approximate amount of $0.33 million and $0.61 million, respectively.

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Primary Sources and Uses of Liquidity

 

Our primary sources of liquidity consist of existing cash balances, cash flows from our operating activities and availability under our revolving credit facility. Our ability to generate sufficient cash flows from our operating activities is primarily dependent on our sales of steel pipe, tube and ancillary products to our customers at margins sufficient to cover fixed and variable expenses.

 

As of March 31, 2020, September 30, 2019 and 2018, we had cash and cash equivalents of $796,381, $1,057,992, and $1,308,378, respectively. We believe that our current cash, cash to be generated from our operations and access to help from our related party will be sufficient to meet our working capital needs for at least the next twelve months. However, we do not have any amounts committed to be provided by our related party. We are also not dependent upon this offering to meet our liquidity needs for the next twelve months. However, we plan to expand our business to implement our growth strategies in the water supply market and strengthen our position in the marketplace. To do so, we will need more capital through equity financing to increase our production and meet market demands.

 

Substantially all of our operations are conducted in China and a majority portion of our revenues, expense, cash and cash equivalents are denominated in Renminbi (RMB). RMB is subject to the exchange control regulation in China, and, as a result, we may have difficulty distributing any dividends outside of China due to PRC exchange control regulations that restrict its ability to convert RMB into U.S. Dollars.  

 

Accounts Receivable

 

As of March 31, 2020, September 30, 2019 and 2018, the Company had accounts receivable net of allowance of $7.53 million, $14.50 million and $16.09 million, respectively. The Company’s customers are for the most part, various levels of government and state-owned entities. Due to the nature of the customers and the practice of the industry, the Company generally allows credit period of 6 months to its customers. However, our customers sometimes still require additional time for payment, depending on their internal cash flow budget or various levels of approvals. Due to uncertainty of the timing of collection, the Company established allowance for doubtful account based on individual account analysis and historical collection trends. The Company establishes a provision for doubtful receivables when there is objective evidence that the Company may not be able to collect amounts due. The allowance is based on management’s best estimates of specific losses on individual exposures, as well as a provision on historical trends of collections. Based on management of customers’ credit and ongoing relationship, management makes conclusions whether any balances outstanding at the end of the period will be deemed uncollectible on an individual basis and on aging analysis basis. The provision is recorded against accounts receivables balances, with a corresponding charge recorded in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. Delinquent account balances are written-off against the allowance for doubtful accounts after management has determined that the likelihood of collection is not probable.

 

The following is an aged analysis of accounts receivables (net of allowance for doubtful accounts):

 

    As of September 30,  
    2019     2018  
Less than 1 year   $ 12,534,371     $ 12,985,259  
1 – 2 years     822,351       1,507,387  
2 – 3 years     467,171       832,746  
Greater than 3 years     675,946       762,776  
Accounts receivable, net   $ 14,499,839     $ 16,088,168  

 

45

 

 

The Company recorded bad debt write-off of $33,612 and $40,101 during the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

  

The Company does not believe it has a material collection risk under its business model, nor does it believe that macroeconomic issues and the COVID-19 will have a negative impact on its collectability, as most of our major customers are large-size corporations with sufficient liquidity. The Company expects   the business will continue to grow due to innovation and the urbanization process in China. Thus, the Company does not believe the collection issues will impact its liquidity adversely.

 

Credit Facility

 

We mainly finance our operations through short-term revolving loans provided by a syndicate of banks, as listed in Note 10 under our Consolidated Financial Statements. As of March 31, 2020, we had 31 outstanding short-term loans provided by five (5) banks, totaling RMB 218,567,581 in the aggregate, or approximately $30.87 million. Each of these borrowings has a term of six months to one year and, as per our agreement with these banks, all of the loans can be renewed and funds can be accessed immediately when the outstanding principal and interest are repaid in full. This ensures that each loan can be repaid on time by both our working capital and the funds from the prior loan. Some of these loans have fixed interest rate while others have a variable rate. The average interest rate was 5.58% for the outstanding bank loans as of March 31, 2020.

 

Capital Expenditures

 

Our capital expenditures consist primarily of expenditures for the purchase of fixed assets as a result of our business growth. Our capital expenditures amounted to $0.38 million for the six months ended March 31, 2020, $0.91 million and $0.53 million for the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

Contractual Obligations 

 

There were no significant contractual obligations and commercial commitments, other than our bank borrowings as disclosed in Credit Facility section, as of March 31, 2020, September 30, 2019 and 2018.

 

Off-balance Sheet Commitments and Arrangements 

 

There were no off-balance sheet arrangements for the six months ended March 31, 2020 and for the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, that have or that in the opinion of management are likely to have, a current or future material effect on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

 

Future Related Party Transactions

 

After completion of this Offering, the Corporate Governance Committee of our Board of Directors (which we will establish and which will consist solely of independent directors) must approve all material related party transactions. All related party transactions will be made or entered into on terms that are no less favorable to use than can be obtained from unaffiliated third parties. 

 

Impact of Inflation

 

We do not believe the impact of inflation on our Company is material. Our operations are in China and China’s inflation rates have been relatively stable in the last three calendar years: 2.9% for 2019, 2.1% for 2018, and 1.6% for 2017. 

 

Holding Company Structure

 

We are a holding company with no material operations of our own. We conduct our operations through our subsidiaries in China. As a result, our ability to pay dividends and to finance any debt we may incur depends upon dividends paid by our subsidiaries. Our PRC subsidiaries may purchase foreign exchange from relevant banks and make distributions to offshore companies after completing relevant foreign exchange registration with the SAFE. Our offshore companies may inject capital into or provide loans to our PRC subsidiaries through capital contributions or foreign debts, subject to applicable PRC regulations. If our subsidiaries or any newly formed subsidiaries incur debt on their own behalf in the future, the instruments governing their debt may restrict their ability to pay dividends to us. In addition, our subsidiaries are permitted to pay dividends to us only out of its retained earnings, if any, as determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations.

 

Under PRC law, each of our affiliates in China is required to set aside at least 10% of its after-tax profits each year, if any, to fund a statutory reserve until such reserve reached 50% of its registered capital, after which any mandatory appropriation stops. Although the statutory reserves can be used, among other ways, to increase the registered capital and eliminate future losses in excess of retained earnings of the respective companies, the reserve funds are not distributable as cash dividends except in the event of liquidation of the companies. As of March 31, 2020, our PRC subsidiaries had no statutory reserve as we had accumulated deficit, therefore we are not obligated to set aside statutory reserve until we have retained earnings.

 

46

 

 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Foreign Exchange Risk

 

All of our revenues and substantially all of our expenses are denominated in RMB. In our consolidated financial statements, our financial information that uses RMB as the functional currency has been translated into U.S. dollars. We do not believe that we currently have any significant direct foreign exchange risk and have not used any derivative financial instruments to hedge exposure to such risk.

 

The value of the RMB against the U.S. dollar and other currencies is affected by, among other things, changes in China’s political and economic conditions. The PRC government allowed the RMB to appreciate by more than 20% against the U.S. dollar between July 2005 and July 2008. Between July 2008 and June 2010, the exchange rate between the RMB and the U.S. dollar had been stable and traded within a narrow band. Since June 2010, the PRC government has allowed the RMB to appreciate slowly against the U.S. dollar, though there have been periods when the RMB has depreciated against the U.S. dollar. In particular, on August 11, 2015, the PBOC allowed the RMB to depreciate by approximately 2% against the U.S. dollar. It is difficult to predict how long the current situation may last and when and how the relationship between the RMB and the U.S. dollar may change again.

 

To the extent that we need to convert U.S. dollars into RMB for our operations, appreciation of the RMB against the U.S. dollar would have an adverse effect on the RMB amount we receive from the conversion. Conversely, if we decide to convert RMB into U.S. dollars, appreciation of the U.S. dollar against the RMB would have a negative effect on the U.S. dollar amounts available to us.

 

Market Risk

 

Market risk is the risk of loss arising from adverse changes in market rates and prices. Our market risk exposure is generally limited to those risks that arise in the normal course of business, as we do not engage in speculative, non-operating transactions, nor do we utilize financial instruments or derivative instruments for trading purposes.

 

Commodity Price Risk

 

Our revenue is exposed to the market risk of price fluctuations related to the sale of our steel pipe. Prices for the steel pipe that we sell are generally determined by market forces. These prices may be influenced by factors such as supply and demand, production costs (including the costs of our raw materials) and global and domestic economic growth. Adverse changes in any of these factors may reduce the revenue that we receive from the sale of our steel pipe. Our costs are also exposed to fluctuations in prices for the purchase, processing and production of metal scrap, steel billets and other raw material inputs. Historically, we have generally been able to pass along price increases to our customers; however, we may be unable to do so in the future. We do not engage in commodity price hedging activities.

 

47

 

 

BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

Huadi International Group Co., Ltd. (“Huadi International,” “the Company,” “we,” “us”, “our” and similar terms) was incorporated in the Cayman Islands, with limited liabilities on September 27, 2018. The operating company, Huadi Steel Group Limited (“Huadi Steel”), was established in 1998 in Zhejiang, China as a Private Limited Company in Medium and Heavy Industry. Our main business operation focuses on new products development, manufacturing, marketing and sales of stainless steel seamless pipes, tubes and stainless steel bar.

 

We are a leading manufacturer of industrial stainless steel seamless pipes and tubes products with extensive distribution facilities and network for over twenty (20) provinces in China. We have also offered a broad range of products exported to twenty (20) countries and regions as United States, Mexico, Thailand, Australia, Argentina, Taiwan, India, the Philippines, UAE and Canada. Our products are widely used in the oil & gas transmission, chemistry engineering, food processing, medical devices, aeronautics and astronautics, boiler, irrigation works construction, electricity, automobile, naval architecture, paper mill and mechanical industries. Our facilities have been certified with the ISO9001 and ISO14001 quality management system.

 

We are a nationally-recognized brand and our company have a big presence across domestic and international steel pipes industry with enhanced market prospects. Our core product “HuaGang” stainless steel seamless pipe has been recognized as well-known trademark by the State Administration for Industry and Commerce of China. We have been rewarded as China Top 500 Private Manufacturing Enterprises, High-Tech Enterprise of Zhejiang, Prestigious Brand of Zhejiang Province, Technology Innovation Model Company, Distinguished Enterprise for Employment as well as National AAA Grade Enterprise with distinctive rating of corporate credit status of PRC recorded with the People’s Bank of China.

 

We are offering a comprehensive range of products with a specialty in high-end products such as 347H corrosion and acid-resistant stainless steel seamless pipes, S32205 duplex stainless steel plates and automobile steel plates, bright steel pipes as well as precision tubes. We manufacture products by using innovative technologies as cold-rolling and perforation with product test and certification. Our leading-edge products are especially valuable for sustainable development of our company.

 

Industry Overview

 

All the information and data presented in this section have been derived from Deloitte’s industry report in second half of 2019 and 2018 titled “Overview of the Steel and Iron Ore Market,” unless otherwise noted (https://www2.deloitte.com/ru/en/pages/research-center/articles/overview-of-steel-and-iron-market.html). The following discussion contains projections for future growth, which may not occur at the rates that are projected or at all. The reports did not adjust forecasts for the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.

 

Steel production in China

 

In the first half of 2019, China’s steel production shot up 9.9 percent while production in the rest of the world fell by 0.7 percent. One-third of steel consumption in China (excluding construction) is used in manufacturing, including shipbuilding, the automotive sector, household appliances, electronics and industrial goods. The sizable gap between China and the rest of the world continues to grow and the contrast likely will remain: by lowering import duties in anticipation of a trade dispute with the United States, Chinese metals companies achieved record productivity indicators in the first half of 2019.

 

Total industrial production in China rose by 6 percent in the first half of 2019, compared to 7.1 percent in the first half of 2018 and hit a 17-year low of 4.8 percent in July 2019. It would seem that the trade war with the US has hit industrial production and capital investment in the Chinese manufacturing industry. Nonetheless, the government will likely be able to offset any weakness in demand with targeted or general stimulus, which will mitigate the severity of any slowdown. It is also estimated that the Chinese government’s efforts to support economic growth and avoid a protracted slump will lead to renewed growth in 2021, forecast at 3 percent.

 

In 2018, China’s steel production reached more record highs, peaking at 2.7 million tons per day in June compared to last year’s record of 2.5 million tons per day. This is an equivalent of 950 million tons per annum provided that high prices continue to prop up output. However, the Chinese government is likely to periodically impose restrictions on steel production volumes in 2018-2019 based on environmental considerations.

 

Nevertheless, significant production growth in first half of 2018 makes it possible to expect annual production growth at 4.5 percent versus 3 percent in 2017. In 2019, growth is set to be moderate and is likely to reach just 1 percent on the back of weak demand for steel in the construction industry and lower inventories due to lower prices.

 

48

 

 

 

 

Consumption in China

 

In 2018, China accounted for 51 percent of global steel demand, while Asia as a whole comprises 70 percent. Consumption in China is, therefore, of critical importance to the global steel market. The construction sector, including the infrastructure and real estate segments, is the most important driver of demand in China, accounting for almost two-thirds of its steel consumption.

 

The current economic conditions negatively affect steel consumption in China. Despite the significant GDP growth in 2017 and first half of 2018, the pace of fixed investment is slowing down. Overall, in 2017, fixed investment increased by 7.2 percent compared to the peak level of 9.2 percent reached in March 2017. Meanwhile, in June 2018, fixed investment fell to 6 percent, a record low in the history of measurement since 1997. The industrial growth accelerated from 6 percent in 2016 to 6.6 percent in 2017. However, according to the EIU, it would slow down t o6.4 percent in 2018 when lending conditions are tightened. The Chinese government’s decision not to hike interest rates will negatively impact the industrial growth and has already resulted in a weaker yuan versus USD, which is aggravated by the trade dispute between China and the US.

 

The construction sector, including the infrastructure and real estate segments, will remain critical to the overall demand for steel in China, as it accounts for almost two-thirds of the country’s steel consumption. Meanwhile, access to mortgage loans in China worsened. In June 2018, the government scaled back China Bank’s program for providing new housing, which accounted for up to 25 percent of the total housing lending in 2017.

 

In an environment of economic slowdown, the government would strive to increase financial liquidity, funneling it to small and medium business as opposed to housing or infrastructure to avoid a corporate/private debt bubble in the latter segments. One third of China’s steel consumption (ex-construction) is used in shipbuilding, the automotive industry, consumer, electronics and industrial goods production. In 2017, the automotive industry’s output rose by 3.2 percent, which is significantly below the 14 percent level reached in 2016. The 2017 slowdown can be partially attributed to a reduction in tax benefits for new car purchases and ownership restrictions intended for combating pollution. The automotive industry’s growth accounts for 10 percent of the total demand for steel in China and is set to remain relatively low (below 5 percent) in 2018-2019.

 

49

 

 

After a slow start in 2018, the total steel consumption in China accelerated in March to May, with the EIU expecting it to increase by 2.5 percent this year. Later, China’s GDP is likely to contract due to lower construction activity in second half of 2018 year, which is likely to result in inventory accumulation, given the high steel output. Hence, in 2019, steel consumption growth in China is expected to fall to 1 percent in 2019.

 

 

 

50

 

 

Corporate Structure

 

Below is a chart illustrating our current corporate structure:

 

 

Huadi International Group Co., Ltd. (“Huadi International”) was incorporated on September 27, 2018 under the laws of Cayman Islands. Under its memorandum of association, Huadi International’s authorized share capital consists of 250,000,000 ordinary shares, with par value of US$0.0002 per ordinary share. There are 10,000,000 ordinary shares issued and outstanding. Huadi International is a holding company and is currently not actively engaging in any business. Huadi International’s registered agent is Harneys Fiduciary (Cayman) Limited and its registered office is at 4th Floor, Harbour Place, 103 South Church Street, P.O. Box 10240, Grand Cayman, KY1-1002, Cayman Islands.

 

Yongqiang Tuoxing Limited (“Yongqiang Tuoxing”) was incorporated on October 2, 2018 under the laws of British Virgin Islands. Under its memorandum of association, Yongqiang Tuoxing is a wholly owned subsidiary of Huadi International. Yongqiang Tuoxing is a holding company and is currently not actively engaging in any business. Yongqiang Tuoxing’s registered agent is Harneys Corporate Services Limited and its registered office is at Craigmuir Chambers, Road Town, Tortola, VG1110, British Virgin Islands.

 

Hong Kong Beach Limited (“HK Beach”) was incorporated on November 7, 2018 under the laws of Hong Kong SAR. HK Beach is a wholly owned subsidiary of Yongqiang Tuoxing. It is a holding company and is not actively engaging in any business.

 

Wenzhou Hongshun Stainless Steel Limited (“Hongshun”) was incorporated on June 3, 2019 under the laws of PRC. Hongshun is a wholly owned subsidiary of HK Beach. It is a holding company and is not actively engaging in any business.

 

Huadi Steel Group Limited (“Huadi Steel”) was incorporated on November 12, 1998 under the laws of PRC. Huadi Steel is a 99% owned subsidiary of Hongshun. It is our operating entity that engages in the manufacture and distribution of industrial steel pipe and tube products.

 

51

 

 

Our Products

 

We offer a comprehensive range of products to provide the benefits of a “design-build shop” to approximately 400 steel pipe and tube customers with numerous customer relationships of over 15 years in length. We produce over 3,000 distinct pipe and tube products in a broad range of materials, sizes and shapes and we believe we are one of the leading manufacturer in China of certain steel products, such as automotive 304L and 347H stainless steel pipes which are widely used in hydraulic mechanisms, automotive applications such as brake systems, steering columns and axles, and various other industrial applications. Consequently, we are able to customize our product offerings based on customers’ project demand, whether it’s highly corrosive environment such as chemical waste transmission line pipe or extremely pressured thermal power generator pipe, or mix of both, we can make it and deliver on time.

 

We employ a broad array of finishing techniques, most importantly Cold Drawn Seamless (“CDS”) which is the technique used for manufacturing all our products, and this differentiates us from other steel pipe manufacturers that employ alternative finishing techniques such as Electric Resistance Weld (“ERW”). CDS pipe/tubing is widely used for applications where precise dimensional and mechanical tolerances are required. The product is manufactured by drawing steel billet over a mandrel through a precision ground die, creating a tube with uniform grain structure, hardness and a high degree of dimensional accuracy.

 

Unlike welded pipe, CDS pipe creates a seamless connection and is ideal for more stressful applications requiring higher quality, increased mechanical properties, uniformity, strength, and soundness. This feature, together with some of specialty alloy materials, expand our product applications to almost all industries that require high reliability under extreme environment, such as corrosive, high temperature, or highly pressured.

 

Depending on each client’s specific needs, we will order suitable alloy from our long-term partnered suppliers and our staff will then process raw materials through the production line. As raw material and direct labor coat combined accounts for more than 80% of the total product cost, yield rate, or the percentage of non-defective items of all produced items, is critical to the profitability.

 

For the last 12-month period, we estimate our yield rate was around 98%.

 

In addition, we estimate the utilization level for our overall manufacturing capacity, which is largely dependent on the proportion of time that manufacturing equipment is used, around 70%. We believe that the strong demand for our products and sustained strength in our products’ end markets present us with a number of opportunities to flexibly grow production and sales by increasing utilization across our portfolio of manufacturing processes. We also believe that our industry leading scale and advantaged geographic footprint, together with our sophisticated logistics and manufacturing facilities’ production flexibility, uniquely position us to optimize our capacity by rapidly responding to improving market conditions.

 

Industries   Percent of sales 
(LTM Period)
  Selected Key
Products by Material
  Major Application / Uses
Oil & Gas   31%   ●    304, 304L, 316, 316L, 2205, 321  

●   Widely used in the oil and gas industry as key components of drilling, exploration and production processes of oil and natural gas and for the transportation of these resources over both short and long distances

 

●   Used in the production equipment of by-products of oil and gas and waste recycle system

             
Electric Energy   17%   ●     304, 316L  

●   Primarily used in power generating systems of both thermal and nuclear power plant for the high- pressure and high-temperature conveyance of water, gas, air, steam and other fluids

 

●  Also widely used in waste recycle systems where anti-corrosion feature is required

             
Automotive   24%   ●     321, 347H  

●   Primarily for fluid power applications such as hydraulic cylinders and hydraulic lines and for certain other automotive components

             

Other Industries

(Primarily chemistry, food, and beverage industry)

  28%   ●    304, 321, 304L, 316L, 2205  

●  Depending on demand we manufacture products fit into working requirement of client’s project. We supply a significant portion of products to chemistry industry where reliability and quality to stand under highly corrosive and pressured working environment is key

 

●  Also for plumbing and heating applications for the low-pressure conveyance of water, gas, air, steam and other fluids

 

52

 

 

Oil & Gas (31% of Net Sales from Continuing Operations for the LTM Period)

 

We manufacture and supply energy tubular products including Oil Country Tubular Goods (“OCTG”) and line pipe. OCTG is used in the oil and gas industry as key components of the drilling, exploration and production processes of oil and natural gas. Line pipe is used for the transportation of these resources over long and short distances. We manufacture a diversified line of OCTG and line pipe products in a variety of grades for use in oil and gas fields across China.

 

Electric Energy (17% of Net Sales from Continuing Operations for the LTM Period)

 

We manufacture and supply pipes and tubes for both thermal power and nuclear power plants. Ours products are widely applied in the power generating systems which require high quality and resistance against corrosion and pressure as the consequence for any leakage could be severe. China has been the largest market over the past several years for the electric energy pipe section, however India contributed the largest sales revenue for this section during fiscal year 2018 due to the increased power infrastructure investment in India and lack of manufacturing capacity of quality pipe in local region.

 

Automotive (24% of Net Sales from Continuing Operations for the LTM Period)

 

We manufacture and supply pipes for hydraulic mechanism components in automotive such as brake systems, steering columns and axles. We believe we are the leading company in this niche market as we have the lower defective rate compared with our competitors attributable to our specialized manufacturing technique for 321 and 347H pipe which are the most widely used alloy for this application. CRRC, one of the world’s largest suppliers of rail transit equipment, is our biggest customer for this market section for piping component used in fluid conveyance and hydraulic mechanical systems.

 

Other Industrial Applications (28% of Net Sales from Continuing Operations for the LTM Period)

 

Our other industrial applications primarily consist of product applications in pharmaceutical, medical, chemical and food industries. Stainless steel has more than 150 grades with varying chromium and molybdenum contents to suit the environment the alloy must endure, and this diversity offers extensive applications in various industries. Our specialized manufacturing technique enables us to make products suitable to customer’s designed purposes.

 

53

 

 

Sales and Marketing

 

Our International Footprint

 

We have sold our products to 20 countries and regions over the world as shown below.

 

 

We generate 66% of our sales revenue from China market where our manufacturing facility locates in during the past two fiscal years. For the same period, India and America account for 14% and 11% of our total revenues respectively. The below chart details our revenue by percentage generated from top five international markets based on sales data of the past two fiscal years.

 

 

Our Steel Pipe and Tube Customers

 

China

 

For China market we supplied a significant portion of our products to market sectors of oil & gas, electrical energy, pharmaceutical, and automotive which are generally public owned entities. We also supply to other industries, include agriculture, chemistry, and construction which are generally privately-owned entities. Our major customers consist of the China National Petroleum Corporation and Sinopec, one of the world’s largest oil and gas companies and CRRC, one of the world’s largest suppliers of rail transit equipment.

 

54

 

 

India

 

Our major customer in India is a leading power company who we have partnered with for more than 10 years. We primarily supply CDS pipe made of various stainless steel materials for applications in thermal power generating system.

 

United States

 

We primarily sell to US through our dealers for engineering and pharmaceutical equipment piping products. We also sell a significant portion to automotive manufacturers for oil and hydraulic piping products used in engine and braking system.

 

Major Customers

 

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, we had one customer that accounts for more than 10% of our revenue:

 

Number   Customer Name   Product   % of total 2019 revenue  
1   Allied Stainless Group Inc.   Seamless stainless steel tube     10.13 %

 

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018, we had one customer that accounts for more than 10% of our revenue:

 

Number   Customer Name   Product   % of total 2018 revenue  
1   Bharat Heavy Electricals Limited   Seamless stainless steel tube     22.33 %

 

Our Suppliers and Raw Material Input

 

Our primary raw material input is stainless steel billet. There are over 150 grades of stainless steel, of which 15 are most commonly used. Depending on each client’s specific needs, we purchase specific type of stainless steel billet and different manufacturing techniques are used for processing raw materials into finished goods to make sure the products meet customer’s quality standard.

 

We purchase our raw materials from a variety of sources and consolidate purchases among our top suppliers to improve cost and delivery terms. We maintain flexibility to purchase raw materials from a variety of sources based on price, availability and end-user specifications. For example, we maintain active relationships with other suppliers to ensure alternative sources of supply. We have also developed supply programs with certain of our key suppliers that we believe provide us with reduced lead times for steel purchases relative to our competitors. We believe our scale is a key competitive advantage, as we are able to leverage our purchasing volume and market insights to obtain more favorable terms from our suppliers and drive procurement savings.

 

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2019, we had two (2) suppliers that accounts for more than 10% of our purchase:

 

Number   Supplier Name   Raw Material   % of total 2019 purchase  
1   Taizhou Huadi Industrial. Ltd.   Steel     29.13 %
2  

Wenzhou Baoqing

Steel Co., Ltd.
  Steel     18.09 %

 

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2018, we had two (2) suppliers that accounts for more than 10% of our purchase:

 

Number   Supplier Name   Raw Material   % of total 2018 purchase  
1   Taizhou Huadi Industrial., Ltd. Steel ingot     29.02 %
2  

Yantai Huaxin Stainless

Steel Co., Ltd.
  Steel     12.97 %

 

55

 

 

Our Competitive Strengths

 

Solutions Provider to Our Customers, With Commitment to Differentiated Service

 

We are committed to offering our customers superior product diversity, quality and reliability. As a result, we are able to serve as a “design-build shop” for many of our customers with numerous customer relationships of over 15 years in length. Our extensive and diversified manufacturing technique and equipment enable us to manufacture products customized for customer’s project demand, so our customers don’t need to go through numerous different suppliers and frustrating with different standards employed by each supplier. Moreover, our product mix, sophisticated logistics, information technology systems, and specialized manufacturing capabilities allow us to effectively bundle shipments, thereby reducing transportation costs. We produce over 3,000 distinct pipe and tube products in a broad range of sizes and shapes and we believe we are the only manufacturer of certain products in China such as automotive 304L and 347H stainless steel pipes which are widely used in hydraulic mechanisms, automotive applications such as brake systems, steering columns and axles, and various other industrial applications.

 

Low Fixed Cost and Highly Variable Cost Structure

 

Our scale and flexible manufacturing base enable us to maintain a highly variable cost structure, with variable costs accounting for 89% of total costs for the fiscal year 2018, of which steel accounts for 80% of total costs. We believe this cost structure, which is underpinned by our industry leading scale and network of facilities located in close proximity to suppliers and customers, is among the lowest compared to our competitors in China. The following chart illustrates the key components of our highly variable cost structure.

 

 

56

 

 

Efficient Operations with Significant Scale and Purchasing Power

 

We believe we are able to leverage our scale to drive procurement savings. Our manufacturing scale and raw material consumption also allow us to aggregate purchasing and obtain more favorable terms from our suppliers. Over the past several years, management has implemented cost and production efficiency initiatives, while managing capital expenditures to optimize physical assets. These improvements have allowed us to maintain lean manufacturing processes, which result in lower inventory levels, efficient change-overs and reduced customer lead times, enabling us to more successfully and profitably satisfy growing demand in the end markets related to products we sell.

 

Diversified Market and Territory Outreach

 

We believe we have diversified customer portfolio and territory outreach to mitigate impact by economic and industry cycle. Our customers spread over more than 10 industries in more than 20 countries, and we are still expanding to new areas, and this gives us protection against recession of one industry or one country.

 

Rigorous Quality Control

 

We established a comprehensive quality management system, implemented by a quality management system (QMS) in compliance with ISO 9001:2015 quality management systems. We use three-tier of product quality testing system to ensure that the products manufactured has a pass rate of 99.85% to provide our clients with high-quality, highly reliable products.

 

Experienced and Proven Management Team

 

Our senior management team has decades of leadership experience in the industrial steel pipe and tube industry, transportation and logistics and other relevant industrial sectors. Our management team and senior management intend to remain with us in the capacity of officers and/or directors, which will provide helpful continuity in advancing our strategic and growth goals.

 

Award-Winning Products and Operation

 

We have received numerous nationally recognized industry awards as well and province recognized awards. Notable awards and activities are detailed in chronological order as following:

 

Huadi Steel was granted ISO 9001 Authentication (certification based upon quality and consistency) in 1999;

 

Huadi Steel was recognized as a BV certification by Bureau Veritas of France in 2000; and passed American Standard ASTM (ASME) and the European standard EN in the same year of 2000;

 

Huadi Steel was recognized as a “Distinctive Rating of Corporate Credit Model Company” by Zhejiang Province as well as “Top 500 Private Company” and “Top 100 Bank Credit Company” by PRC in 2002;

 

Huadi Steel was awarded “Famous Brand of Zhejiang” by Zhejiang Province and certified by TUV in 2005;

 

Huadi Steel was awarded “A-class Enterprise” by Chinese Customs and “National Distinguished Enterprise for Employment” by PRC in 2006;

 

Huadi Steel was awarded “Famous Brand of Zhejiang” and “Distinguished Enterprise for Employment of Zhejiang” by Zhejiang Province in 2007;

 

Huadi Steel was recognized as a “High-Tech Enterprise” and “Distinctive Rating of Corporate Credit Model Company” by Zhejiang Province as well as “No. 328 of National Top 500 Private Companies” by PRC in 2008;

 

Huadi Steel was awarded “China Famous Brand” and “Top 100 Company of Zhejiang Manufacturing Industry” in 2009;

 

Our Chairman of the Board, Di Wang, was recognized as “National Influential People of Iron and Steel Industry” in 2010 by PRC;

 

Huadi Steel was recognized as “Famous-Brand Exports Enterprise” by Zhejiang Province, as well as “Distinctive Rating of Corporate Credit Company” by General Administration of Quality Supervision, Inspection and Quarantine (AQSIQ) of PRC in 2012;

 

Huadi Steel was awarded “AA Enterprise for Corporate Credit” by Zhejiang Province, as well as “AAA Enterprise for Taxation” by PRC in 2013;

 

57

 

 

Huadi Steel was recognized as “No. 336 of National Top 500 Private Manufacturing Companies” by PRC in 2014;

 

Huadi Steel was recognized as “Environmental-Friendly Enterprise” by Zhejiang Province, “Top 100 Companies of Wenzhou City” in 2015;

 

Huadi Steel was appraised as “Famous-Brand Enterprise” and “Famous Trademark” by Zhejiang Province in 2016;

 

Huadi Steel was recognized as “Distinguished Reliable Enterprise” by PRC in 2017; and

 

Huadi Steel was recognized as “No. 498 of National Top 500 Private Manufacturing Companies” by PRC in 2018.

 

We believe our national and province-level awards, reflect widespread recognition of our innovative products, national-recognized reputation as well as success in our industry.

 

Our Business Strategies

 

Our primary objective is to create value by sustaining growth in earnings and cash flows from operating activities over various economic cycles. To achieve this objective, we strive to improve our cost structure, provide high quality service and products, expand our product offerings and increase our market share.

 

Expand Leading Market Positions

 

We believe that our leading market position and scale are our most compelling competitive strengths. Our management team is focused on expanding market share, which we believe will generate operating leverage and improved financial performance. We believe this can be accomplished through acquisitions and organic initiatives, including offering new products, serving additional end markets and increasing customer penetration and geographic coverage. As part of our business strategy, we evaluate acquisition opportunities from time to time.

 

Optimize Our Portfolio and Product Mix to be Responsive to Market Conditions

 

We seek to maintain flexibility to adjust our product mix and rapidly respond to changing market conditions. While prioritizing our highest margin products, we regularly evaluate our portfolio of assets to ensure that our offerings are responsive to prevailing market conditions. We will assess and pursue opportunities to utilize, optimize and grow production capacity to capitalize on market opportunities.

 

Provide Superior Quality Products and Customer Service

 

Our products play a critical role in a variety of construction, infrastructure, equipment and safety applications. Our emphasis on manufacturing processes, quality control testing and product development helps us deliver a high-quality product to our customers. We focus on providing superior customer service through our geographic manufacturing footprint and continued development of our proprietary, vendor managed AIM system, as well as our experienced sales forces. We also seek to provide high-quality customer service through continued warehouse optimization, including increased digitization and automation of certain systems to debottleneck loading and dispatch logistics and improve truck availability. We believe that warehouse, transportation and shipping logistics and speed of delivery represents a key area of commercial differentiation relative to our competitors.

 

Focus on Efficient Manufacturing and Cost Management

 

We strive for continued operational excellence with the goal of providing high-quality products at competitive prices. Our operating personnel continually examine costs and profitability by product, plant and region. Our goal is to maximize operational benchmarks by leveraging skilled manufacturing and supply chain management processes.

 

58

 

 

Focus on Key Supplier Relationships

 

We believe that our relationships with our key suppliers provide a competitive advantage in serving our customers. Our ability to provide our suppliers with accurate information regarding our future demands is critical to this relationship. In doing so, we are focused on accurate demand planning and have invested in systems to enhance this function.

 

Execute Pricing Strategy to Pass Through Underlying Costs

 

We believe we have a track record of managing underlying commodity price exposure through our price negotiation, raw material procurement and inventory management program. In addition to managing underlying commodity prices, more recently we have had success in sharing transportation costs with our customers through our product pricing strategies, particularly for our electrical conduit products. We believe there is opportunity to implement this pricing strategy for our other products as well.

 

Our Employees

 

We have a high-quality research team consisted by talented employees. As of the date of this prospectus, we have 29 engineers specializing in new product development, product test, certification testing and enterprise management. Two of 29 engineers are senior engineers, who are leading experts in this industry.

 

As of the date hereof, we have a total of 382 employees in the following departments:

 

Department   Number of Employees     % of Total  
Production   127       3326 %
Technical     75       19.6 %
Sales     72       18.8 %
Quality Control     41       10.7 %
Administration     39        10 .2%  
Accounting     13       3.4 %
Trade     7       1.8 %
Procurement     5       1.3 %
Security     3       0.8 %
Total     382          

 

Description of Property

 

Real Property

 

There is no private land ownership in China. Individuals and entities are permitted to acquire land use rights for specific purposes. We were granted land use rights for our properties as follows:

 

Property   Duration of
Land Use Rights
  Ground Floor
Area
  Usage

1688 Tianzhong Road,

Longwan District, Shuitian Block

Wenzhou, Zhejiang Province, PRC

  March 25, 2011 to September 29, 2055   24,433.82 m2    Production Facility

213 Haibin Street

Longwan District, Haibin Block

Wenzhou, Zhejiang Province, PRC

  April 6, 2008 to
April 6, 2047
  5,350.66 m2   Production Facility 

399 Zhishang Road, Yongzhong Street

Longwan District, Wenzhou, Zhejiang Province, PRC.

  June 13, 2004 to
December 13, 2051
  28,536.23 m2   Production Facility 
Room 601, Building No.2, Longlian Building, 167 Luodongbei Street, Yongzhong Street, Longwan District, Wenzhou, Zhejiang Province, PRC   August 24, 2016 to November 22, 2051  

599.97 m2

 

   Office Space
Room 602, Building No.2, Longlian Building, 167 Luodongbei Street, Yongzhong Street, Longwan District, Wenzhou, Zhejiang Province, PRC   August 24, 2016 to November 22, 2051  

599.34 m2

 

   Office Space
Room 701, Building No.2, Longlian Building, 167 Luodongbei Street, Yongzhong Street, Longwan District, Wenzhou, Zhejiang Province, PRC   August 24, 2016 to November 22, 2051  

599.97 m2

 

  Office Space
Room 702, Building No.2, Longlian Building, 167 Luodongbei Street, Yongzhong Street, Longwan District, Wenzhou, Zhejiang Province, PRC   August 24, 2016 to November 22, 2051  

599.97 m2

 

   Office Space

 

 

59

 

Intellectual Property

Trademark

We have the right to use the following trademarks:

No.   Registrant   Trademark   Registration
Number
  Valid Through   Application Area   Jurisdiction of Registration
1   Huadi Steel     1091403   August 27, 2027  

Metal Sheet and Plate, Metal Door Panel, Metal Binding Strap, Metal Flange, Metal Signboard, Metal Electrode

  PRC  
2   Huadi Steel     853741   December 17, 2024   Steel tubes, steel plates, metal valves (non-machine parts), crash barriers of metal for roads, steel wire, ferrules of metal, small items of metal hardware, flanges of metal, junctions of metal for pipes, buckles of common metal   United States
3  

Huadi Steel

    4138907  

January 27,

2029

 

Steel tubes, steel plates, metal valves (non-machine parts), crash barriers of metal for roads, steel wire, ferrules of metal, small items of metal hardware, flanges of metal, junctions of metal for pipes, buckles of common metal

  PRC
4   Huadi Steel     1495281   December 20, 2030   Adjustment and safety accessories for tap equipment, bathroom hand dryer, automatic watering device, water tank level control valve, Drainage pipe equipment, floor drain, bath fixtures   PRC
5   Huadi Steel     496620   February 13 2029   steel pipes; Metal pipe joints; Metal water pipes; Metal drain pipe; Metal pipe; Metal pipe clamp; Metal pipes; Metal pipe fittings.   PRC
6   Huadi Steel     5690716   December 27 2029   Polishing; Welding; Dyeing; Paper handling; Ceramic firing; Leather processing; Waste and garbage recovery; Energy production; Chemical processing and treatment.   PRC
7   Huadi Steel     3371731   March 13, 2024   Steel pipe; steel plate; metal valve (non-machine parts); highway anti-collision metal fence; steel wire; metal ring; hardware; metal flange; metal pipe joint; ordinary metal buckle    

 

60

 

 

Patent

 

We rely on our technology patents to protect our domestic business interests and ensure our competitive position in our industry. The issued patents we hold are as follows:

No.   Patent Name   Owner   Category   Patent Code.   Authorization Date
1.   Stainles Steel Pipi   Huadi Steel   Utility Patent   201821427886.8   4/16/2019
2.   Double Stainles Steel Tube   Huadi Steel   Utility Patent   201821429676.2   4/16/2019
3.   Stainles Steel Plastic Composite Pipe   Huadi Steel   Utility Patent   201821432001.3   4/16/2019
4.   Stainless steel composite steel pipe   Huadi Steel   Utility Patent   201821431399.9   4/16/2019
5.   Steel pipe grinding machine   Huadi Steel   Utility Patent   201821429953.X   4/16/2019
6.   Steel pipe grinding equipment   Huadi Steel   Utility Patent   201821429597.1   4/16/2019
7.   Traction device for steel pipe grinding equipment   Huadi Steel   Utility Patent   201821431400.8   4/16/2019
8.   Steel pipe outer round polishing machine   Huadi Steel   Utility Patent   201821429490.7   4/16/2019
9.   Steel pipe pickling tank   Huadi Steel   Utility Patent   201821431397.X   4/16/2019
10.   Steel pipe discharging device   Huadi Steel   Utility Patent   201821430722.0   4/16/2019
11.   Cap of stainless steel tube   Huadi Steel   Utility Patent   201821430724.X   4/16/2019
12.   Stainless steel sleeve   Huadi Steel   Utility Patent   201821430309.4   4/16/2019
13.  

Dust removal in circulating workshop Device

  Huadi Steel   Utility Patent   201821431295.8   4/16/2019
14.  

Dedusting for workshop Device

  Huadi Steel   Utility Patent   201821429952.5   4/16/2019
15.   Workshop dust removal device   Huadi Steel   Utility Patent   201821430336.1   7/2/2019
16   Stainless steel U-shaped body for expansion joint and use method thereof   Huadi Steel   Invention   201811017559.X   1/24/2020
17   High-cleanliness stainless steel cable and its processing technique   Huadi Steel   Invention   201811017618.3   October 2, 2020
18   Anti-corrosion post-treatment process of stainless steel pipe   Huadi Steel   Invention   201811016027.4   September 4, 2020
19   Steel Pipe   Huadi Steel   Utility Patent   201922057582.8   July 17, 2020
20   Steel pipe with fasteners   Huadi Steel   Utility Patent   201922057948.1   July 17, 2020
21   Seamless steel pipe   Huadi Steel   Utility Patent   201922059650.4   July 17, 2020
22   Steel pipe   Huadi Steel   Utility Patent   201922059702.8   July 17, 2020
23   Seamless steel pipe   Huadi Steel   Utility Patent   201922057670.8   September 15, 2020

 

61

 

 

We have 3 invention patents and 20 utility patents, which were granted for new technical solutions or improvement with a lower degree of ‘inventiveness’ than Invention patents, i.e., products with a new shape or structural physical features. Utility Models are also sometimes called “Utility Patents” or “Petty Patents” in other countries. Utility patents are protected under PRC laws for a term of 10 years.

 

Domain

 

We have the right to use the following domain registrations issued in the PRC.

 

No.   Domain Name   Owner
1   huadigroup.com   Huadi Steel

 

Research and Development

 

In addition to our existing innovative products, we continue to develop new products and technologies to fulfill the evolving needs of domestic and international customers. Our research and development efforts are an essential part of our operations and the core strength in competing with other steel pipe manufactures in different industries.

 

We have a research and development team of 75 employees, consisted of people from the technical and production departments. All of our patents are researched in house by our research and development team.

 

For the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, we invested $1,777,110 and $1,447,196, respectively, in new products development and improvements in existing processes.

 

Legal Proceedings

 

We had been subject to legal proceedings in the past, but have since resolved these. From time to time, we may become involved in various legal or administrate proceedings that may arise in the ordinary course of business. Litigation is subject to inherent uncertainties, and an adverse result in these or other matters may arise. Except for those set below, currently there is no legal proceeding pending or threatened against to which we are a party of.

 

On October 28, 2019, Tangshan Sanyou Chemical Co., Ltd. filed a complaint with the Caofeidian District People’s Court in Tangshan, Hebei Province, demanding that Huadi Steel compensate the plaintiff for economic loss of RMB 1,233,388.37 and bear the litigation costs of the case. On July 10, 2018, the plaintiff and Huadi Steel signed a high vacuum seawater pipeline procedural stainless steel pipeline procurement contract (contract number: SYGF-GY-GC-18072), pursuant to which the plaintiff would purchase a total of nine types of stainless seamless steel pipes from Huadi Steel, to be used for high vacuum seawater projects. The above-mentioned steel pipes were alleged to be continuously and completely leaking within half year of use. The plaintiff claimed that this batch of steel pipes sold by Huadi Group did not meet the conditions for safe use and constituted a breach of contract, alleging a loss of RMB 21,288. The plaintiff submitted that it spent an additional RMB 1,212,100 to purchase steel pipes as replacement, totaling the alleged loss of RMB 1,233,388. The first hearing of the case has been completed. As of the date hereof, under the auspices of the court, the testing organization selected by the court is sampling and testing the quality of the goods supplied by Huadi Steel.

 

On July 24, 2020, Huadi Group filed a separate complaint with the Caofeidian District People’s Court in Tangshan, Hebei Province, alleging breach of contract and non-payment demanding Tangshan Sanyou Chemical Co., Ltd. to pay RMB 650,000 in arrears and the corresponding interest, and bear the litigation costs of the case. Huadi Steel and Tangshan Sanyou Chemical Co., Ltd. signed a series of purchase and sale contracts for stainless steel pipes between March 2016 and August 2018. We believe that Huadi Group has fully fulfilled its product supply obligations in accordance with the contracts, with actual delivery amount totaling RMB 13,714,622. After the products passed the acceptance procedure by Tangshan Sanyou Chemical Co., Ltd., Huadi Group issued invoices according to the actual deliveries. According to the “Summon” issued by the Caofeidian District People’s Court of Tangshan City, Hebei Province on August 13, 2020, the case held its first hearing on September 16, 2020. 

 

Chinese Laws and Regulations

 

Regulation on Product Liability

 

Manufacturers and vendors of defective products in the PRC may incur liability for losses and injuries caused by such products. Under the General Principles of the Civil Laws of the PRC, which became effective on January 1, 1987 and were amended on August 27, 2009, manufacturers or retailers of defective products that cause property damage or physical injury to any person will be subject to civil liability.

 

In 1993, the General Principles of the PRC Civil Law were supplemented by the Product Quality Law of the PRC (as amended in 2000 and 2009) and the Law of the PRC on the Protection of the Rights and Interests of Consumers (as amended in 2009), which were enacted to protect the legitimate rights and interests of end-users and consumers and to strengthen the supervision and control of the quality of products. If our products are defective and cause any personal injuries or damage to assets, our customers have the right to claim compensation from us.

 

62

 

 

The PRC Tort Law was promulgated on December 26, 2009 and became effective from July 1, 2010. Under this law, a patient who suffers injury from a defective medical device can claim damages from either the medical institution or the manufacturer of the defective device. If our pipe products and installation and construction services injure a patient, and if the patient claims damages from the medical institution, the medical institution is entitled to claim repayment from us. Pursuant to the PRC Tort Law, where a personal injury is caused by a tort, the tortfeasor shall compensate the victim for the reasonable costs and expenses for treatment and rehabilitation, as well as death compensation and funeral costs and expenses if it causes the death of the victim. There is no cap on monetary damages the plaintiffs may seek under the PRC Tort Law.

 

Regulations on Intellectual Property Rights

 

Patent. Patents in the PRC are principally protected under the Patent Law of the PRC. The duration of a patent right is either 10 years or 20 years from the date of application, depending on the type of patent right.

 

Copyright. Copyrights in the PRC, including copyrighted software, is principally protected under the Copyright Law of the PRC and related rules and regulations. Under the Copyright Law, the term of protection for copyrighted software is 50 years.

 

Trademark. The PRC Trademark Law has adopted a “first-to-file” principle with respect to trademark registration. Registered trademarks are protected under the Trademark Law of the PRC and related rules and regulations. Trademarks are registered with the Trademark Office of the SAIC. Where registration is sought for a trademark that is identical or similar to another trademark which has already been registered or given preliminary examination and approval for use in the same or similar category of commodities or services, the application for registration of such trademark may be rejected. Trademark registrations are effective for a renewable ten-year period, unless otherwise revoked.

 

Domain Names. Domain name registrations are handled through domain name service agencies established under the relevant regulations, and applicants become domain name holders upon successful registration.

 

Regulations Relating to Dividend Withholding Tax 

 

Pursuant to the Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, if a non-resident enterprise has not set up an organization or establishment in the PRC, or has set up an organization or establishment but the income derived has no actual connection with such organization or establishment, it will be subject to a withholding tax on its PRC-sourced income at a rate of 10%. Pursuant to the Arrangement between Mainland China and the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region for the Avoidance of Double Taxation and Tax Evasion on Income, the withholding tax rate in respect to the payment of dividends by a PRC enterprise to a Hong Kong enterprise is reduced to 5% from a standard rate of 10% if the Hong Kong enterprise directly holds at least 25% of the PRC enterprise. Pursuant to the Notice of the State Administration of Taxation on the Issues concerning the Application of the Dividend Clauses of Tax Agreements, or Circular 81, a Hong Kong resident enterprise must meet the following conditions, among others, in order to enjoy the reduced withholding tax: (i) it must directly own the required percentage of equity interests and voting rights in the PRC resident enterprise; and (ii) it must have directly owned such percentage in the PRC resident enterprise throughout the 12 months prior to receiving the dividends. There are also other conditions for enjoying the reduced withholding tax rate according to other relevant tax rules and regulations. In August 2015, the State Administration of Taxation promulgated the Administrative Measures for Non-Resident Taxpayers to Enjoy Treatments under Tax Treaties, or Circular 60, which became effective on November 1, 2015. Circular 60 provides that non-resident enterprises are not required to obtain pre-approval from the relevant tax authority in order to enjoy the reduced withholding tax rate. Instead, non-resident enterprises and their withholding agents may, by self-assessment and on confirmation that the prescribed criteria to enjoy the tax treaty benefits are met, directly apply the reduced withholding tax rate, and file necessary forms and supporting documents when performing tax filings, which will be subject to post-tax filing examinations by the relevant tax authorities. 

 

According to the Circular on Several Issues regarding the “Beneficial Owner” in Tax Treaties, which was issued on February 3, 2018 by the SAT, effective as of April 1, 2018, when determining the applicant’s status of the “beneficial owner” regarding tax treatments in connection with dividends, interests or royalties in the tax treaties, several factors, including without limitation, whether the applicant is obligated to pay more than 50% of its income in twelve months to residents in third country or region, whether the business operated by the applicant constitutes the actual business activities, and whether the counterparty country or region to the tax treaties does not levy any tax or grant tax exemption on relevant incomes or levy tax at an extremely low rate, will be taken into account, and it will be analyzed according to the actual circumstances of the specific cases. This circular further provides that applicants who intend to prove his or her status of the “beneficial owner” shall submit the relevant documents to the relevant tax bureau according to the Announcement on Issuing the Measures for the Administration of Non-Resident Taxpayers’ Enjoyment of the Treatment under Tax Agreements.

 

63

 

 

Accordingly, HK Beach, our Hong Kong subsidiary, may be able to enjoy the 5% withholding tax rate for the dividends they receive from Hongshun and Huadi Steel, our PRC subsidiaries, respectively, if they satisfy the conditions prescribed under Circular 81 and other relevant tax rules and regulations. However, according to Circular 81 and Circular 60, if the relevant tax authorities consider the transactions or arrangements we have are for the primary purpose of enjoying a favorable tax treatment, the relevant tax authorities may adjust the favorable withholding tax in the future. 

 

Regulations Relating to Foreign Exchange 

 

Regulations on Foreign Currency Exchange 

 

The principal regulations governing foreign currency exchange in China are the Foreign Exchange Administration Regulations, most recently amended in August 2008. Under the PRC foreign exchange regulations, payments of current account items, such as profit distributions, interest payments and trade and service-related foreign exchange transactions, can be made in foreign currencies without prior approval from SAFE by complying with certain procedural requirements. By contrast, approval from or registration with appropriate government authorities is required where RMB is to be converted into foreign currency and remitted out of China to pay capital account items, such as direct investments, repayment of foreign currency-denominated loans, repatriation of investments and investments in securities outside of China. 

 

In November 2012, SAFE promulgated the Circular of Further Improving and Adjusting Foreign Exchange Administration Policies on Foreign Direct Investment, which substantially amends and simplifies the current foreign exchange procedure. Pursuant to this circular, the opening of various special purpose foreign exchange accounts, such as pre-establishment expenses accounts, foreign exchange capital accounts and guarantee accounts, the reinvestment of RMB proceeds derived by foreign investors in the PRC, and remittance of foreign exchange profits and dividends by a foreign-invested enterprise to its foreign shareholders no longer require the approval or verification of SAFE, and multiple capital accounts for the same entity may be opened in different provinces, which was not possible previously. In addition, SAFE promulgated another circular in May 2013, which specifies that the administration by SAFE or its local branches over direct investment by foreign investors in the PRC must be conducted by way of registration and banks must process foreign exchange business relating to the direct investment in the PRC based on the registration information provided by SAFE and its branches. On February 28, 2015, SAFE promulgated the Notice on Further Simplifying and Improving the Administration of the Foreign Exchange Concerning Direct Investment, or SAFE Notice 13. After SAFE Notice 13 became effective on June 1, 2015, instead of applying for approvals regarding foreign exchange registrations of foreign direct investment and overseas direct investment from SAFE, entities and individuals may apply for such foreign exchange registrations from qualified banks. The qualified banks, under the supervision of SAFE, may directly review the applications and conduct the registration. 

 

On March 30, 2015, SAFE promulgated Circular 19, which expands a pilot reform of the administration of the settlement of the foreign exchange capitals of foreign-invested enterprises nationwide. Circular 19 came into force and replaced both previous Circular 142 and Circular 36 on June 1, 2015. On June 9, 2016, SAFE promulgated Circular 16 to further expand and strengthen such reform. Under Circular 19 and Circular 16, foreign-invested enterprises in the PRC are allowed to use their foreign exchange funds under capital accounts and RMB funds from exchange settlement for expenditure under current accounts within its business scope or expenditure under capital accounts permitted by laws and regulations, except that such funds shall not be used for (i) expenditure beyond the enterprise’s business scope or expenditure prohibited by laws and regulations; (ii) investments in securities or other investments than banks’ principal-secured products; (iii) granting of loans to non-affiliated enterprises, except where it is expressly permitted in the business license; and (iv) construction or purchase of real estate for purposes other than self-use (except for real estate enterprises).

 

64

 

 

In January 2017, SAFE promulgated the Circular on Further Improving Reform of Foreign Exchange Administration and Optimizing Genuineness and Compliance Verification, or SAFE Circular 3, which stipulates several capital control measures with respect to the outbound remittance of profit from domestic entities to offshore entities, including (i) under the principle of genuine transaction, banks shall check board resolutions regarding profit distribution, the original version of tax filing records and audited financial statements; and (ii) domestic entities shall hold income to account for previous years’ losses before remitting the profits. Further, according to SAFE Circular 3, domestic entities shall make detailed explanations of the sources of capital and utilization arrangements, and provide board resolutions, contracts and other proof when completing the registration procedures in connection with an outbound investment. 

 

Regulations on Foreign Exchange Registration of Overseas Investment by PRC Residents

 

SAFE issued SAFE Circular on Relevant Issues Relating to Domestic Resident’s Investment and Financing and Roundtrip Investment through Special Purpose Vehicles, or SAFE Circular 37, that became effective in July 2014, replacing the previous SAFE Circular 75. SAFE Circular 37 regulates foreign exchange matters in relation to the use of special purpose vehicles, or SPVs, by PRC residents or entities to seek offshore investment and financing or conduct round trip investment in China. Under SAFE Circular 37, a SPV refers to an offshore entity established or controlled, directly or indirectly, by PRC residents or entities for the purpose of seeking offshore financing or making offshore investment, using legitimate onshore or offshore assets or interests, while “round trip investment” refers to direct investment in China by PRC residents or entities through SPVs, namely, establishing foreign-invested enterprises to obtain the ownership, control rights and management rights. SAFE Circular 37 provides that, before making contribution into an SPV, PRC residents or entities are required to complete foreign exchange registration with SAFE or its local branch. SAFE promulgated the Notice on Further Simplifying and Improving the Administration of the Foreign Exchange Concerning Direct Investment in February 2015, which took effect on June 1, 2015. This notice has amended SAFE Circular 37 requiring PRC residents or entities to register with qualified banks rather than SAFE or its local branch in connection with their establishment or control of an offshore entity established for the purpose of overseas investment or financing.

 

PRC residents or entities who had contributed legitimate onshore or offshore interests or assets to SPVs but had not obtained registration as required before the implementation of the SAFE Circular 37 must register their ownership interests or control in the SPVs with qualified banks. An amendment to the registration is required if there is a material change with respect to the SPV registered, such as any change of basic information (including change of the PRC residents, name and operation term), increases or decreases in investment amount, transfers or exchanges of shares, and mergers or divisions. Failure to comply with the registration procedures set forth in SAFE Circular 37 and the subsequent notice, or making misrepresentation on or failure to disclose controllers of the foreign-invested enterprise that is established through round-trip investment, may result in restrictions being imposed on the foreign exchange activities of the relevant foreign-invested enterprise, including payment of dividends and other distributions, such as proceeds from any reduction in capital, share transfer or liquidation, to its offshore parent or affiliate, and the capital inflow from the offshore parent, and may also subject relevant PRC residents or entities to penalties under PRC foreign exchange administration regulations.

 

We are aware that our PRC resident beneficial owners subject to these registration requirements have registered with the Beijing SAFE branch and/or qualified banks to reflect the recent changes to our corporate structure.

 

Regulations on Dividend Distribution

 

Under our current corporate structure, Huadi International may rely on dividend payments from Huadi Steel, which is a wholly foreign-owned enterprise incorporated in China, to fund any cash and financing requirements we may have. The principal regulations governing distribution of dividends of foreign-invested enterprises include the Foreign-Invested Enterprise Law, as amended in September 2016, and its implementation rules. Under these laws and regulations, wholly foreign-owned enterprises in China may pay dividends only out of their accumulated after-tax profits, if any, determined in accordance with PRC accounting standards and regulations. In addition, wholly foreign-owned enterprises in China are required to allocate at least 10% of their respective accumulated profits each year, if any, to fund certain reserve funds until these reserves have reached 50% of the registered capital of the enterprises. Wholly foreign-owned companies may, at their discretion, allocate a portion of their after-tax profits based on PRC accounting standards to staff welfare and bonus funds. These reserves are not distributable as cash dividends.

 

65

 

 

Regulations Relating to Employment

 

The PRC Labor Law and the Labor Contract Law require that employers must execute written employment contracts with full-time employees. If an employer fails to enter into a written employment contract with an employee within one year from the date on which the employment relationship is established, the employer must rectify the situation by entering into a written employment contract with the employee and pay the employee twice the employee’s salary for the period from the day following the lapse of one month from the date of establishment of the employment relationship to the day prior to the execution of the written employment contract. All employers must compensate their employees with wages equal to at least the local minimum wage standards. Violations of the PRC Labor Law and the Labor Contract Law may result in the imposition of fines and other administrative sanctions, and serious violations may result in criminal liabilities.

 

Enterprises in China are required by PRC laws and regulations to participate in certain employee benefit plans, including social insurance funds, namely a pension plan, a medical insurance plan, an unemployment insurance plan, a work-related injury insurance plan and a maternity insurance plan, and a housing provident fund, and contribute to the plans or funds in amounts equal to certain percentages of salaries, including bonuses and allowances, of the employees as specified by the local government from time to time at locations where they operate their businesses or where they are located. Failure to make adequate contributions to various employee benefit plans may be subject to fines and other administrative sanctions.

 

Currently, we are making contributions to the plans based on the minimum standards although the PRC laws required such contributions to be based on the actual employee salaries up to a maximum amount specified by the local government. Therefore, in our consolidated financial statements, we have made an estimate and accrued a provision in relation to the potential make-up of our contributions for these plans as well as to pay late contribution fees and fines. If we are subject to late contribution fees or fines in relation to the underpaid employee benefits, our financial condition and results of operations may be adversely affected. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in the People’s Republic of China — Failure to make adequate contributions to various employee benefit plans as required by PRC regulations may subject us to penalties.”

 

MANAGEMENT

 

Executive Officers and Directors

 

The following table provides information regarding our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus:

 

Name   Age   Position(s)
Di Wang   74   Chairman of the Board and Director
Huisen Wang   62   Chief Executive Officer
Qin Li   41   Chief Financial Officer
Jueqin Wang   48   Director
Songlin Li*(1)(2)(3)   51   Independent Director Nominee, Chair of Compensation Committee
Jiancong Huang*(1)(2)(3)   56   Independent Director Nominee, Chair of Nomination Committee
He “Henry” Huang*(1)(2)(3)   48   Independent Director Nominee, Chair of Audit Committee

 

(1) Member of the Audit Committee
   
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee
   
(3) Member of the Nominating Committee

 

* The individual shall be appointed and consents to be in such position upon Company’s listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market.

 

The business address of each of the officers and directors is No. 1688 Tianzhong Street, Longwan District, Wenzhou, Zhejiang Province. People’s Republic of China.

 

Di Wang, Chairman of the Board and Director

 

Mr. Wang has been serving as the Chairman of the Board of Huadi International since inception. Mr. Wang is also the founder and Chairman of the Board of Huadi Steel. Mr. Wang has extensive experience in manufacturing and managing manufacturing plants. He had been the senior management of three manufacturing plants prior to founding Huadi Steel in 1998. He is the leader and member of many industry associations, including being the vice president of the Stainless Steel Branch of China Special Steel Association, the president of Wenzhou Stainless Steel Industry Association, the chair of the Steel Pipe Committee of Zhejiang Metallurgical Industry Association, the representative of the tenth Party Congress of Wenzhou City, member of the second and third CPPCC Standing Committee of Longwan District, Zhejiang Province.

 

66

 

 

Huisen Wang, Chief Executive Officer

 

Mr. Wang has been a Director and the Chief Executive Officer of Huadi International since inception. He is also a director and the General Manager of Huadi Steel since 1998. Prior to that, Mr. Wang was a senior management member at an electric machinery factory. Mr. Wang is a licensed engineer and certified senior manager in China.

 

Qin Li, Chief Financial Officer

 

Ms. Li is qualified CPA with eleven years of work experience in finance, including seven-year management experience, covering financial analysis, financial supervision, audit, fund, budget, taxation, and cost and inventory control. She has vast experience in international accounting (IFRS) and USA GAAP reporting and is familiar with preparation of consolidated financial statement and making economic decisions based on financial analysis. Prior to serving as our CFO, Ms. Li served as the Comptroller of Stolle Machinery (Shanghai) Co. Ltd and Stolle Machinery (Guangdong) Co., Ltd. from 2016. Ms. Li was responsible for the accounting of Stolle Shanghai Trading Company and the factory of Stolle Guangdong, preparing the financial analysis reports and provide all types of financial analysis data and advices to CFO and General Manager. From August 2015 to June 2016, Ms. Li served as the CFO of Webster Operations (Shanghai) Co., Ltd., an Australian retailer of designer fashion specializing in women’s apparel with four designer brands and over 200 stores around Australia. Prior to her experience as a corporate executive, Ms. Li was an audit manager for Grant Thornton China CPA Limited from January 2007 to August 2010. During her time as an auditor, Ms. Li conducted audits for listed companies and independently lead team to complete audit work of accounting subjects, including inspection of accounts and verification of accuracy of financial statements and check of operational procedures.

 

Jueqin Wang, Director

 

Mr. Wang has been a Director of Huadi International since inception. He is also the President of Huadi Steel, where he started as a sales manager in 1998. He has extensive experience in the steel manufacturing industry. Mr. Wang has also been the Chairman of a leather company in Wenzhou, PRC since 1999. Mr. Wang is a licensed engineer in China.

 

Henry He Huang, Independent Director Nominee

 

Professor Huang is an Associate Professor of Accounting at Yeshiva University’s Sy Syms School of Business. Professor Huang’s current teaching interests are managerial accounting and contemporary topics in accounting such as International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) and accounting research based on FASB codification and eIFRS. Professor Huang’s research focuses on the impact of external monitoring mechanisms (e.g., securities litigation, shareholder rights, regulations, and hedge fund activism) on firms’ accounting practice, valuation, and internal governance. Professor Huang’s practical expertise covers international investment and trade, accounting information system, accounting-related securities litigation, and entrepreneurial planning. His research has been frequently cited by both the academic and professional communities and has won research grants from the Research Grants Council of Hong Kong. Before joining Yeshiva University, Professor Huang taught accounting courses at University of Houston, Butler University in Indianapolis, and Prairie View A&M University (a Member of Texas A&M University System) in Houston. Professor Huang received a Ph.D. degree in accounting from Bauer College of Business, University of Houston. He received a Master’s Degree in Science from Bauer College of Business, University of Houston. Professor Huang has also earned law degrees from both U.S. and China. We believe Professor He’s expertise in accounting will help us improve our accounting reporting. In addition, the Board believes that Mr. Huang qualifies as a “financial expert” as defined by the SEC rules and therefore appointed him as the chairman of the Audit Committee.

 

Jiancong Huang, Independent Director Nominee

 

Mr. Huang is the Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board of ZK International Group Co., Ltd. (Nasdaq: ZKIN). Mr. Huang has extensive experience in manufacturing industry and held President position in two companies before ZK was founded. He earned his EMBA from Renmin University of China and Engineering Professional Title, and was awarded as Top10 Wenzhou Entrepreneurship and appointed to be the Vice Director of China Construction and Building Standard and Safety Committee. He is also members of National Pipe Standard Committee and National Building Water Supply and Waste Standard Committee. Mr. Huang is an experienced corporate strategist and visionary with decades of experience on corporate management and innovation. He has a systematic ideology on the future of stainless steel pipe in the water and gas supply area. We believe his expertise in the industry and public company experience will help us enhance our corporate governance standard.

 

Songlin Li, Independent Director Nominee

 

Mr. Li is the Chairman of Wenzhou Stainless Steel Industry Association and he has been working as the Chairman of Zhejiang Fengye Group Co., Ltd. since 2002. He is a Stainless Steel Engineer and has over twenty years of working experience in the Stainless Steel Industry. We believe his industry expertise will help contribute to the growth of our company.

   

67

 

 

Family Relationship

 

Di Wang and Huisen Wang are siblings. Di Wang and Jueqin Wang are father and son. There is no other family relationship among any of our directors or executive officers.

 

Election of Officers

 

Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors.

 

Board of Directors

 

We expect that our board of directors will consist of five (5) directors, a majority of whom are independent as such term is defined by the Nasdaq Capital Market. We expect that all independent director nominees will begin their service upon our listing on a national exchange. The directors will be re-elected at our annual general meeting of shareholders and every year thereafter.

 

A director may vote in respect of any contract or transaction in which he is interested, provided, however that the nature of the interest of any director in any such contract or transaction shall be disclosed by him at or prior to its consideration and any vote on that matter. A general notice or disclosure to the directors or otherwise contained in the minutes of a meeting or a written resolution of the directors or any committee thereof of the nature of a director’s interest shall be sufficient disclosure and after such general notice it shall not be necessary to give special notice relating to any particular transaction. A director may be counted for a quorum upon a motion in respect of any contract or arrangement which he shall make with our company, or in which he is so interested and may vote on such motion.

 

Corporate Governance

 

The business and affairs of the company are managed under the direction of our Board. Each of our directors has attended all meetings either in person, via telephone conference, or through written consent for special meetings. Stockholders will be given specific information on how he/she can direct communications to the officers and directors of the Company at our annual stockholders’ meetings. All communications from stockholders are relayed to the members of the Board.

 

Board Committees

 

We have established three committees under the board of directors: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating committee, and adopted a charter for each of the three committees, effective upon the Company’s listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market. Copies of our committee charters will be posted on our corporate investor relations website prior to our listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market. In connection with our initial public offering, we will establish three standing committees under the board: the audit committee, the compensation committee and the nominating committee. Each committee’s members and functions are described below.

 

68

 

 

Audit Committee. Upon our listing on Nasdaq, our Audit Committee will consist of He “Henry” Huang, Jiancong Huang and Songlin Li. He “Henry” Huang will serve as the chair of our audit committee. We have determined that these three individuals satisfy the “independence” requirements of NASDAQ Rule 5605 and Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Our board of directors has determined that Mr. He “Henry” Huang qualifies as an audit committee financial expert and has the accounting or financial management expertise as required under Item 407(d)(5)(ii) and (iii) of Regulation S-K. The audit committee will oversee our accounting and financial reporting processes and the audits of the financial statements of our company. The audit committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

appointing the independent auditors and pre-approving all auditing and non-auditing services permitted to be performed by the independent auditors;

 

reviewing with the independent auditors any audit problems or difficulties and management’s response;

 

discussing the annual audited financial statements with management and the independent auditors;

 

reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our accounting and internal control policies and procedures and any steps taken to monitor and control major financial risk exposures;

 

reviewing and approving all proposed related party transactions;

 

meeting separately and periodically with management and the independent auditors; and

 

monitoring compliance with our code of business conduct and ethics, including reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our procedures to ensure proper compliance.

 

Compensation Committee. Our compensation committee will consist of Songlin Li, He “Henry” Huang and Jiancong Huang. Songlin Li will serve as the chairperson of our compensation committee. The compensation committee will assist the board in reviewing and approving the compensation structure, including all forms of compensation, relating to our directors and executive officers. Our chief executive officer may not be present at any committee meeting during which his compensation is deliberated. The compensation committee will be responsible for, among other things: 

 

reviewing and approving, or recommending to the board for its approval, the compensation for our chief executive officer and other executive officers;

 

reviewing and recommending to the board for determination with respect to the compensation of our non-employee directors;

 

reviewing periodically and approving any incentive compensation or equity plans, programs or similar arrangements; and

 

selecting compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser only after taking into consideration all factors relevant to that person’s independence from management.

 

Nominating Committee. Upon our listing on Nasdaq, our nominating committee will consist of Jiancong Huang, Songlin Li, and He “Henry” Huang. Jiancong Huang will be the chairperson of our nominating committee. The nominating committee will assist the board of directors in selecting individuals qualified to become our directors and in determining the composition of the board and its committees. The nominating committee will be responsible for, among other things:

 

selecting and recommending to the board nominees for election by the shareholders or appointment by the board;

 

reviewing annually with the board the current composition of the board with regards to characteristics such as independence, knowledge, skills, experience and diversity;

 

making recommendations on the frequency and structure of board meetings and monitoring the functioning of the committees of the board; and

 

advising the board periodically with regards to significant developments in the law and practice of corporate governance as well as our compliance with applicable laws and regulations, and making recommendations to the board on all matters of corporate governance and on any remedial action to be taken.

 

69

 

 

Duties of Directors

 

Under Cayman Islands law our directors have a duty to act honestly, in good faith and with a view to our best interests. Our directors also have a duty to exercise the care, diligence and skills that a reasonably prudent person would exercise in comparable circumstances. See “Description of Ordinary Shares—Differences in Corporate Law” for additional information on our directors’ fiduciary duties under Cayman Islands law. In fulfilling their duty of care to us, our directors must ensure compliance with our memorandum and articles of association. A shareholder may in certain circumstances have rights to damages if a duty owed by the directors is breached.

 

Our board of directors has all the powers necessary for managing, and for directing and supervising, our business affairs. The functions and powers of our board of directors include, among others:

 

convening shareholders’ annual general meetings and reporting its work to shareholders at such meetings;

 

declaring dividends and distributions;

 

appointing officers and determining the term of office of the officers;

 

exercising the borrowing powers of our company and mortgaging the property of our company; and

 

approving the transfer of shares in our company, including the registration of such shares in our share register.

 

Controlled Company

 

We expect to continue to be a controlled company within the meaning of the Nasdaq Stock Market Rules, as a result, qualify for and intend to continue to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. As of the date hereof, our directors, Mr. Di Wang and Jueqin Wang, who are father and son, beneficially own 100% of our issued and outstanding shares of ordinary shares as set forth in the section titled “Principal Shareholders”. Di Wang has the sole voting and dispositive power of all the shares held by Yongqiang Donghai Limited through certain entrustment agreement with the shareholders of Yongqiang Donghai Limited. Jueqin Wang is deemed to beneficially own 1,664,000 ordinary shares through Yongqiang Maituo Limited, a British Virgin Islands company holding 1,664,000 shares of our ordinary shares. Jueqin Wang has the sole voting and dispositive power of all the shares held by Yongqiang Maituo Limited. Collectively, Di Wang and Jueqin Wang have voting and dispositive power of all of our issued and outstanding shares. We expect us continue to be a controlled company upon the completion of this offering. Under the Nasdaq listing Rule 5615(c)(1), a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirement that a majority of our directors to be independent, as defined in The NASDAQ Stock Market rules, and the requirement that our compensation and nominating and corporate governance committees consist entirely of independent directors. If we elected to rely on the “controlled company” exemption, a majority of the members of our board of directors might not be independent directors and our nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees might not consist entirely of independent directors. See Risk Factors — We will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the Nasdaq stock Market Rules if after this offering our insiders continue to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding ordinary shares.

 

Remuneration and Borrowing

 

The directors may receive such remuneration as our board of directors may determine from time to time. Each director is entitled to be repaid or prepaid all traveling, hotel and incidental expenses reasonably incurred or expected to be incurred in attending meetings of our board of directors or committees of our board of directors or shareholder meetings or otherwise in connection with the discharge of his or her duties as a director. The compensation committee will assist the directors in reviewing and approving the compensation structure for the directors. Our board of directors may exercise all the powers of the company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge our undertakings and property or any part thereof, to issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities whenever money is borrowed or as security for any debt, liability or obligation of the company or of any third party.

 

Qualification

 

There are no membership qualifications for directors. Further, there are no share ownership qualifications for directors unless so fixed by us in a general meeting. There are no other arrangements or understandings pursuant to which our directors are selected or nominated.

 

70

 

 

Director Compensation

 

All directors hold office until the next annual meeting of shareholders at which the directors are re-elected or until their successors have been duly elected and qualified. Employee directors may receive compensation for their services. Non-employee directors are entitled to receive an as-yet undetermined cash fee for serving as directors and may receive stock grants from our company. In addition, non-employee directors are entitled to receive compensation for their actual travel expenses for each Board of Directors meeting attended.

 

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

 

To the best of our knowledge, none of our directors or officers has been convicted in a criminal proceeding, excluding traffic violations or similar misdemeanors, nor has any been a party to any judicial or administrative proceeding during the past five years that resulted in a judgment, decree or final order enjoining the person from future violations of, or prohibiting activities subject to, federal or state securities laws, or a finding of any violation of federal or state securities laws, except for matters that were dismissed without sanction or settlement. Except as set forth in our discussion below in “Related Party Transactions,” our directors and officers have not been involved in any transactions with us or any of our affiliates or associates which are required to be disclosed pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.

 

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

 

We current do not have a code of business conduct and ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees; however, we intend to adopt one in the near future in connection with our application to list on The Nasdaq Capital Market.

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

We currently do not have a compensation committee approving our salary and benefit policies. Our board of directors determined the compensation to be paid to our executive officers based on our financial and operating performance and prospects, and contributions made by the officers’ to our success. Each of the named officers will be measured by a series of performance criteria by the board of directors, or the compensation committee on a yearly basis. Such criteria will be set forth based on certain objective parameters such as job characteristics, required professionalism, management skills, interpersonal skills, related experience, personal performance and overall corporate performance.

 

Our board of directors has not adopted or established a formal policy or procedure for determining the amount of compensation paid to our executive officers. The board of directors will make an independent evaluation of appropriate compensation to key employees, with input from management. The board of directors has oversight of executive compensation plans, policies and programs.

 

Summary Compensation Table

 

The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to each of the named executive officers for services rendered to us for the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2020.

 

Name and Principal Position   Fiscal Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Stock
Awards
($)
    All Other Compensation
($)
    Total
($)
 
Huisen Wang(1)     2019       9,983       -       -       -       9,983  
Chief Executive Officer     2020       10,079       -       -       -       10,433  
Qin Li(2)     2019       -       -       -       -       -  
Chief Financial Officer     2020       6,667       -       -       -       6,667  

 

  (1) Huisen Wang’s annual salary for fiscal years 2019 and 2020 were RMB 68,636 and RMB 68,636, respectively. The US dollar amount difference was due to different average exchange rate for that period. The translation rates applied to the amount of salary for the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 were RMB 6.8753 and RMB 6.81 to US $1.00, respectively.  
(2) On June 7, 2020, we entered into a one-year employment agreement with our Chief Financial Officer, Qin Li. Ms. Li is entitled to an annual base salary of US$20,000 and discretionary bonus.

 

71

 

 

Employment Agreements

 

Our employment agreements with our officers generally provide for employment for a specific term and pay annual salary, health insurance, pension insurance, and paid vacation and family leave time. The agreement may be terminated by either party as permitted by law. The following officers and directors have executed employment agreements with Huadi International:

 

Di Wang

 

We entered into a two-year employment agreement with our Chairman of the Board, Di Wang, effective since November 1, 2019, with an annual salary of RMB 100,000 (approximately $14,211).

 

Jueqin Wang

 

We entered into a two-year employment agreement with our Director, Jueqin Wang, effective since November 1, 2019, with an annual salary of RMB 100,000 (approximately $14,211).

 

Huisen Wang

 

We entered into an two-year employment agreement with our Chief Executive Officer, Huisen Wang, effective since November 1, 2019, with an annual salary of RMB 100,000 (approximately $14,211).

 

Qin Li

 

We entered into a two-year employment agreement with our Chief Financial Officer, Qin Li, effective since June 7, 2020, with an annual salary of $20,000.

 

Director Compensation — Fiscal 2019 and 2020

 

The following table presents summary information regarding the total compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to each of the named directors for services rendered to us for the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2020.

 

Name and Principal Position   Fiscal Year     Salary
($)
    Bonus
($)
    Stock
Awards
($)
    All Other Compensation
($)
    Total
($)
 
Di Wang(1)     2019       10,123                         10,123  
Chairman of the Board     2020       10,220                         10,579  
Jueqin Wang(2)     2019       0                         0  
Director     2020       13,461                         13,933  

 

(1) Di Wang’s annual salary for fiscal year 2019 and 2020 were RMB 69,600 and RMB 69,600 respectively. The US dollar amount difference was due to different average exchange rate for that period. The translation rates applied to the amount of salary for the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2020 were RMB 6.8753 and RMB 6.81 to US $1.00, respectively.

 

(2) We entered into an employment agreement with our Director, Jueqin Wang, effective since November 1, 2019, with an annual salary of RMB 100,000 (approximately $14,684).

 

Director Compensation — Non-Employee Directors

 

Historically, we have not paid our non-employee directors. Upon completion of this offering, we plan to pay our independent director Jiancong Huang with an annual compensation of USD $20,000, Songlin Li with an annual compensation of USD $10,000 and He “Henry” Huang with an annual compensation of USD $20,000 and 2,000 ordinary shares. We will also reimburse all directors for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with their services provided in such capacity. In addition, we may provide incentive grants of stock, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for, our securities. For the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, we did not pay any non-employee directors because we did not have any non-employee directors.

 

RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

In addition to the executive officer and director compensation arrangements discussed in “Executive Compensation,” below we describe transactions since incorporation, to which we have been a participant, in which the amount involved in the transaction is material to our company and in which any of the following is a party: (a) enterprises that directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, control or are controlled by, or are under common control with, our Company; (b) associates; (c) individuals owning, directly or indirectly, an interest in the voting power of our Company that gives them significant influence over our Company, and close members of any such individual’s family; (d) key management personnel, that is, those persons having authority and responsibility for planning, directing and controlling the activities of our Company, including directors and senior management of companies and close members of such individuals’ families; and (e) enterprises in which a substantial interest in the voting power is owned, directly or indirectly, by any person described in (c) or (d) or over which such a person is able to exercise significant influence.

 

72

 

 

During the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the related parties consisted of the following:

  

1) Nature of relationships with related parties

 

Name   Relationship with the Company
Taizhou Huadi Industrial Ltd. (“Taizhou Huadi”)   An entity 30% owned by Jueqin Wang
Huashang Micro Finance Co. (“Huashang”)   An entity 19% owned by the Company
Wenzhou Zhagang Ltd.   An entity 16% owned by an immediate family member of Di Wang
Wenzhou Xinhuadi Synthetic Leather Ltd.   An entity 70% owned by Jueqin Wang
Taizhou Huadi Material Technology Co.   An entity 100% owned by Yiyu Wang
Jueqin Wang   Director and Principal shareholder of the Company
Huizhi Wang   Principal shareholder of the Company
Yiyu Wang   Immediate family member of majority shareholder of the Company
Bing Zhang   Principal shareholder of the Company
Juelin Wang   Principal shareholder of the Company

  

2) Related party transactions

 

During fiscal year 2019, the Company purchased a total of $11,641,219 raw materials from Taizhou Huadi. These raw materials primarily consisted of stainless steel bars and stainless steel strips. As of September 30, 2019, the Company had no outstanding accounts payable balance to this entity. To lock down the prices for raw materials and hedge against price rise risk, the Company periodically pays Taizhou Huadi in advance. As of September 30, 2019, the Company had outstanding advance balance of $5,251,600 to this entity.

 

During fiscal year 2018, the Company purchased a total of $12,265,399 raw materials from Taizhou Huadi. These raw materials primarily consisted of stainless steel bars and stainless steel strips. As of September 30, 2018, the Company had no outstanding balance of accounts payable to this entity. 

 

During fiscal year 2017, the Company purchased a total of $3,766,607 raw materials from Taizhou Huadi. These raw materials primarily consisted of stainless steel bars and stainless steel strips. As of September 30, 2017, the Company had no outstanding accounts payable balance to this entity. To lock down the prices for raw materials and hedge against price rise risk, the Company periodically pays Taizhou Huadi in advance. As of September 30, 2017, the Company had outstanding advance balance of USD $8,461,664 to this entity.

 

In 2009, the Company made an investment of RMB 90,000,000 ($13,203,257 in USD) to acquire 22.5% in Huashang Micro Finance Co., a finance company offering micro loans to its customers. In 2015, as the result of a capital reduction, the Company’s ownership reduced by 3.5% to 19% for a cash consideration of RMB 52,000,000 ($8,535,827 in USD), of which RMB 7,000,000 ($979,336, $1,019,220 and $1,052,109 in USD, respectively) has not been collected as of September 30, 2019, 2018, and 2017.

 

During fiscal year 2019, the Company sold a total of $1,276,462 steel materials to Taizhou Huadi Material Technology Co. As of September 30, 2019, the Company had accounts receivable of $498,125 from this entity.

 

Wenzhou Xinhuadi Synthetic Leather Ltd rented a land owned by the Company and the rental ended in fiscal year 2017. As of September 30, 2018 and 2017, the Company was owed RMB 659,040 ($95,958 and $99,055 in USD, respectively) due to uncollected rent. The rent had been fully paid during fiscal year 2019.

 

Jueqin Wang periodically provides working capital to support the Company’s operations when needed. As of September 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company had outstanding payable due to Jueqin Wang with an amount of $254,319, $281,892 and $290,988, respectively. This represented unsecured, due on demand and interest free borrowings between the Company and Jueqin Wang.

 

During fiscal year 2018, the Company borrowed RMB 4,000,000 ($582,411 in USD) with 8.1% annual interest rate from Huizhi Wang as working capitals to support the Company’s operations. During fiscal year 2019, the Company repaid the loan and subsequently borrowed RMB 5,000,000 ($699,526 in USD) with 8% annual interest rate from Huizhi Wang as working capitals to support the Company’s operations. The borrowing is unsecured and due on demand with no fixed term.

 

During fiscal year 2019, the Company net borrowed RMB 5,000,000 ($699,526 in USD), from Juelin Wang as working capitals to support the Company’s operations. The borrowing is unsecured, due on demand, and was subject to 8% annual interest rate. The borrowing has been fully paid in the subsequent period.

 

During fiscal year 2019, the Company borrowed RMB 12,500,000 ($1,748,814 in USD), from Yiyu Wang, an immediate family member of majority shareholder of the Company, as working capital to support the Company’s operations. The borrowing is unsecured, due on demand, and was subject to 8% annual interest rate.

 

During fiscal year 2019, the Company net borrowed RMB 5,000,000 ($699,526 in USD), from Bing Zhang as working capital to support the Company’s operations. The borrowing is unsecured, due on demand, and was subject to 8% annual interest rate. 

 

73

 

 

3) Related party balances

 

Net outstanding balances with related parties consisted of the following as of September 30, 2019, 2018 and 2017:

 

Accounts   Name of related parties   2019     2018     2017  
Receivables from related parties:                            
Advances to suppliers   Taizhou Huadi Industrial Ltd.   $ 5,251,600     $ -       8,461,664  
Other receivables   Huashang Micro Finance Co.     979,336       1,019,220       1,052,109  
Other receivables   Wenzhou Xinhuadi Synthetic     -       95,958       99,055  
Accounts receivable   Taizhou Huadi Material Technology Co.     498,125       -       -  
Liabilities to related parties:                            
Accounts payable   Wenzhou Zhagang Ltd.     -       (84,977 )     -  
Due to related parties   Jueqin Wang     (254,319 )     (281,892 )     (290,988 )
Due to related parties   Huizhi Wang     (699,526 )     (582,411 )     -  
Due to related parties   Juelin Wang     (699,526 )     -       -  
Due to related parties   Yiyu Wang     (1,748,813 )     -       -  
Due to related parties   Bing Zhang     (699,526 )     -       -  
Net receivables from related parties       $ 2,627,351     $ 165,898       9,321,840  

 

During the six months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, the related parties consisted of the following:

 

1) Nature of relationships with related parties

 

Name   Relationship with the Company
Taizhou Huadi Industrial Ltd.   An entity 30% owned by Jueqin Wang
Huashang Micro Finance Co.   An entity 19% owned by the Company
Shanghai Huadi Industrial Co., Ltd.   An entity 20% owned by Jueqin Wang
Zhejiang Huadi Synthetic Leather Ltd.   An entity 73% owned by Jueqin Wang
Taizhou Huadi Material Technology Co.   An entity 100% owned by Yiyu Wang
Jueqin Wang   Principal shareholder of the Company
Yiyu Wang   Immediate family member of a majority shareholder of the Company,
Huizhi Wang   Principal shareholder of the Company
Di Wang   Principal shareholder of the Company
Bing Zhang   Principal Shareholder of the Company
Juelin Wang   Principal Shareholder of the Company

 

2) Related party transactions 

 

During six months ended March 31, 2020, the Company purchased a total of $9,991,640 raw materials from Taizhou Huadi Industrial Ltd. These raw materials primarily consisted of stainless steel bars and stainless steel strips. As of March 31, 2020, the Company had outstanding advance balance of $5,866,200 to this entity.

 

During six months ended March 31, 2020, the Company sold a total of $934,590 products to Taizhou Huadi Material Technology Co. Ltd. As of March 31, 2020, the Company had outstanding advance payment of $31,917 from this entity.

 

During six months ended March 31, 2020, the Company borrowed RMB 5,000,000 ($ 713,094 in USD) with 8% annual interest rate from Huizhi Wang as working capital to support the Company’s operations. The borrowing is unsecured and due on demand with no fixed term. The Company fully repaid the loan plus previous outstanding loans with a total amount of RMB 10,000,000 ($1,426,188 in USD). The Company has no outstanding loan due to Huizhi Wang as of March 31, 2020.

 

During six months ended March 31, 2020, the Company borrowed RMB 5,000,000 ($ 713,094 in USD) from Bing Zhang as working capital to support the Company’s operations. The borrowing is unsecured and due on demand with no fixed term. The Company fully repaid the loan plus previous outstanding loans with a total amount of RMB 10,000,000 ($1,426,188 in USD). The Company has no outstanding loan due to Bing Zhang as of March 31, 2020.

 

74

 

 

During six months ended March 31, 2020, the Company repaid RMB 5,000,000 ($713,094 in USD) to Juelin Wang for the loans the Company borrowed from Juelin Wang during fiscal year ended September 30, 2019. The Company has no outstanding loan due to Juelin Wang as of March 31, 2020.

 

During six months ended March 31, 2020, the Company borrowed RMB 1,000,000 ($142,619 in USD) from Di Wang as working capitals to support the Company’s operations. The borrowing is unsecured, due on demand, and was subject to 8% annual interest rate.

 

During six months ended March 31, 2019, the Company purchased a total of $2,991,274 raw materials from Taizhou Huadi Industrial Ltd. These raw materials primarily consisted of stainless steel bars and stainless steel strips. As of March 31, 2019, the Company had no outstanding accounts payable balance to this entity.

  

During six months ended March 31, 2019, the Company purchased a total of $512,430 raw materials from Shanghai Huadi Industrial Co., Ltd. These raw materials primarily consisted of stainless steel bars and stainless steel strips. As of March 31, 2019, the Company had an advance balance of $74,502 to this entity.

 

During six months ended March 31, 2019, the Company advanced cash RMB 2,300,000 ($342,711 in USD) to Zhejiang Huadi Synthetic Leather Ltd. The balance was fully paid in the subsequent period. 

 

During six months ended March 31, 2019, the Company borrowed RMB 12,500,000 ($1,862,558 in USD), from Yiyu Wang, an immediate family member of majority shareholder of the Company, as working capitals to support the Company’s operations. The borrowing is unsecured, due on demand, and was subject to 8% annual interest rate. As of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019, the Company had outstanding payable due to Yiyu Wang with an amount of $1,765,337 and $1,748,813 respectively.

 

Jueqin Wang periodically provides working capitals to support the Company’s operations when needed. As of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019, the Company had outstanding payable due to Jueqin Wang with an amount of $256,722 and $254,319, respectively. This represented unsecured, due on demand and interest free borrowings between the Company and Jueqin Wang.

 

In 2009, the Company made an investment of RMB 90,000,000 ($13,203,257 in USD) to acquire 22.5% in Huashang Micro Finance Co., a finance company offers micro loans to its customers. In 2015, as the result of a capital reduction, the Company’s ownership reduced by 3.5% to 19% for a cash consideration of RMB 52,000,000 ($8,535,827 in USD), of which RMB 7,000,000 ($988,589 and $979,336 in USD, respectively) has not been collected as of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019.

 

3) Related party balances

 

Net amounts due to related parties consisted of the following as of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019:

 

Accounts   Name of related parties   2020     2019  
Receivables from related parties:                
Advances to suppliers   Taizhou Huadi Industrial Ltd.   $ 5,866,200     $ 5,251,600  
Other receivables   Huashang Micro Finance Co.     988,589       979,336  
Accounts receivable   Taizhou Huadi Material Technology Co.     -       498,125  
Liabilities to related parties:                    
Advance from customer   Taizhou Huadi Material Technology Co.     (31,917)       -  
Due to related parties   Di Wang     (141,227)          
Due to related parties   Jueqin Wang     (256,722 )     (254,319 )
Due to related parties   Huizhi Wang     -       (699,526 )
Due to related parties   Juelin Wang     -       (699,526 )
Due to related parties   Yiyu Wang     (1,765,337 )     (1,748,813 )
Due to related parties   Bing Zhang     -       (699,526 )
Net receivables from related parties       $ 4,659,586     $ 2,627,351  

 

75

 

 

PRINCIPAL SHAREHOLDERS

 

The following table sets forth information with respect to beneficial ownership of our ordinary shares as of the date of this prospectus by:

  

  Each person who is known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of our outstanding ordinary shares;

 

  Each of our director, director nominees and named executive officers; and

 

  All directors and named executive officers as a group.

 

On October 9, 2020, we amended our Memorandum and Articles of Association and effected a 2-for-1 reverse stock split of our ordinary shares. The number and percentage of ordinary shares beneficially owned before the offering are based on 10,000,000  ordinary shares of $0.0002 par value per share issued and outstanding as of the date of this prospectus. Information with respect to beneficial ownership has been furnished by each director, officer or beneficial owner of more than 5% of our ordinary shares. Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and generally requires that such person have voting or investment power with respect to securities. In computing the number of ordinary shares beneficially owned by a person listed below and the percentage ownership of such person, ordinary shares underlying options, warrants or convertible securities held by each such person that are exercisable or convertible within 60 days of the date of this prospectus are deemed outstanding, but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Except as otherwise indicated in the footnotes to this table, or as required by applicable community property laws, all persons listed have sole voting and investment power for all ordinary shares shown as beneficially owned by them. Unless otherwise indicated in the footnotes, the address for each principal shareholder is in the care of our Company at No. 1688 Tianzhong Street, Longwan District, Wenzhou, Zhejiang Province, China. As of the date hereof, we have two (2) shareholders of record.

 

Named Executive Officers and Directors   Amount of
Beneficial
Ownership(1)
  
    Pre-Offering
Percentage
Ownership(2)
    Post-Firm
Commitment
Offering
Percentage
Ownership
(excluding
the over-
allotment
option)
 
Directors and Named Executive Officers:                        
Di Wang(3)     8,336,000       83.36 %     63.51 %
Jueqin Wang(4)     1,664,000       16.64 %     12.68 %
Huisen Wang     0       0 %     0 %
Qin Li     0       0 %     0 %
He “Henry” Huang     0       0 %     0 %
Songlin Li(5)     0       0 %     0 %
Jiancong Huang(5)     0       0 %     0 %
All directors and executive officers as a group (5 persons)     10,000,000       100 %     76.19 %
                         
5% Beneficial Owners:                        
Yongqiang Donghai Limited(3)     8,336,000       83.36 %     63.51 %
Yongqiang Maituo Limited(4)     1,664,000       16.64 %     12.68 %

 

(1) Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect to the ordinary shares. All shares represent only ordinary shares held by shareholders as no options are issued or outstanding.

76

 

 

(2) Calculation based on 10,000,000  ordinary shares issued and outstanding.

 

(3) Di Wang is deemed to beneficially own 8,336,000 ordinary shares through Yongqiang Donghai Limited, a British Virgin Islands company holding 8,336,000 shares of our ordinary shares. Di Wang has the sole voting and dispositive power of all the shares held by Yongqiang Donghai Limited through certain entrustment agreement with the shareholders of Yongqiang Donghai Limited.

 

(4) Jueqin Wang is deemed to beneficially own 1,664,000 ordinary shares through Yongqiang Maituo Limited, a British Virgin Islands company holding 1,664,000 shares of our ordinary shares. Jueqin Wang has the sole voting and dispositive power of all the shares held by Yongqiang Maituo Limited.

 

(5) The individual consents to be in such position upon Company’s listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market.

 

DESCRIPTION OF ORDINARY SHARES

 

Huadi International was incorporated on September 27, 2018 under the Cayman Islands Companies Law (2020 Revision) and our affairs are governed by our memorandum and articles of association and the Companies Law (2020 Revision) which we refer to as the Cayman Islands Companies Law below, and the common law of the Cayman Islands. Pursuant to our memorandum and articles of association, our company’s authorized share capital consists of 250,000,000 ordinary shares with a par value of US$0.0002 per share. As of the date of this prospectus, 10,000,000 ordinary shares are issued and outstanding.

 

Our Memorandum and Articles

 

Copies of our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. As a convenience to potential investors, we provide the below summary of the material provisions of our memorandum and articles of association and the Cayman Islands Companies Law, insofar as they relate to the material terms of our ordinary shares, together with a comparison to similar features under Delaware law.

 

Objects of Our Company

 

Under our memorandum and articles of association, the objects of our company are unrestricted and we have the full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the law of the Cayman Islands.

 

Ordinary Shares

 

Each ordinary share in the Company confers upon the shareholder:

 

  the right to one vote at a meeting of the shareholders of the Company or on any resolution of shareholders;

 

  the right to an equal share in any dividend paid by the Company; and

 

  the right to an equal share in the distribution of the surplus assets of the Company on its liquidation.

 

All of our issued ordinary shares are fully paid and non-assessable. Certificates representing the ordinary shares are issued in registered form. Our shareholders may freely hold and vote their ordinary shares.

 

77

 

 

At the completion of this offering, there will be 13,125,000 ordinary shares issued and outstanding if the over-allotment option is not exercised and 13,593,750 ordinary shares if exercised in full.

 

Listing

 

We plan to list our ordinary shares on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “HUDI.” We cannot guarantee that we will be successful in listing on Nasdaq; however, we will not complete this offering unless we receive approval letter for our listing.

 

Transfer Agent and Registrar

 

The transfer agent and registrar for the ordinary shares is VStock Transfer LLC

 

Dividends

 

The holders of our ordinary shares are entitled to such dividends as may be declared by our board of directors subject to the Cayman Islands Companies Law, as amended. Our articles of association provide that dividends may be declared and paid out of our profits, realized or unrealized, or from any reserve set aside from profits which our board of directors determine is no longer needed. Dividends may also be declared and paid out of share premium account or otherwise permitted by the Cayman Islands Companies Law, provided that in no circumstances may we pay a dividend if this would result in our company being unable to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business.

 

Voting rights

 

Any action required or permitted to be taken by the shareholders must be taken at a duly called and quorate annual or special meeting of the shareholders entitled to vote on such action and may be effected by a resolution in writing. At each general meeting, each shareholder who is present in person or by proxy (or, in the case of a shareholder being a corporation, by its duly authorized representative) will have one vote for each ordinary share which such shareholder holds. At any shareholders’ meeting the chairman is responsible for deciding in such manner as he considers appropriate whether any resolution proposed has been carried or not and the result of his decision shall be announced to the meeting and recorded in the minutes of the meeting. A poll may be demanded by the chairman of such meeting or one or more shareholders present in person or by proxy entitled to vote.

 

Election of directors

 

Directors may be appointed by an ordinary resolutions of our shareholder or by a resolution of the directors of the Company.

 

Meetings of shareholders

 

Any of our directors may convene meetings of shareholders at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the Cayman Islands as the director considers necessary or desirable. The director convening a meeting shall give at least seven days’ notice of a meeting of shareholders to those shareholders whose names on the date the notice is given appear as members in the register of members of the Company and are entitled to vote at the meeting, and each of the Company’s directors. Our board of directors must convene a general meeting upon the written request of one or more shareholders holding no less than 10% of our voting share capital.

 

No business may be transacted at any general meeting unless a quorum is present at the time the meeting proceeds to business. Two or more members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall be a quorum. If, within two hours from the time appointed for the meeting, a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of shareholders, shall be dissolved. In any other case, it shall stand adjourned to the next business day in the jurisdiction in which the meeting was to have been held at the same time and place or to such other time and place as the board of directors may determine, and if, at the adjourned meeting, a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting, the shareholders present shall be a quorum and may transact the business for which the meeting was called. If present, the chair of our board of directors shall be the chair presiding at any meeting of the shareholders.

78

 

 

Meetings of directors

 

The management of our company is entrusted to our board of directors, who will make decisions by voting on resolutions of directors. At any meeting of directors, a quorum will be present if two directors are present, unless otherwise fixed by the directors. If there is a sole director, that director shall be a quorum. A person who holds office as an alternate director shall be counted in the quorum. A director who also acts as an alternate director shall count twice towards the quorum. An action that may be taken by the directors at a meeting may also be taken by a resolution of directors consented to in writing by all of the directors.

 

Pre-emptive rights

 

There are no pre-emptive rights applicable to the issue by us of new shares under either Cayman Islands law or our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association.

 

Transfer of Ordinary Shares

 

Subject to the restrictions in our memorandum and articles of association and applicable securities laws, any of our shareholders may transfer all or any of his or her ordinary shares by written instrument of transfer signed by the transferor and containing the name of the transferee. Our board of directors may resolve by resolution to refuse or delay the registration of the transfer of any ordinary share without giving any reason. If our directors refuse to register a transfer they shall, within two months after the date on which the instrument of transfer was lodged, notify the transferee of such refusal.

 

Winding Up

 

On a return of capital on winding up or otherwise (other than on conversion, redemption or purchase of shares), assets available for distribution among the holders of ordinary shares shall be distributed among the holders of our shares on a pro rata basis. If our assets available for distribution are insufficient to repay all of the paid-up capital, the assets will be distributed so that the losses are borne by our shareholders proportionately.

 

Calls on Ordinary Shares and forfeiture of Ordinary Shares

 

Our board of directors may from time to time make calls upon shareholders for any amounts unpaid on their ordinary shares in a notice served to such shareholders at least 14 days prior to the specified time of payment. The ordinary shares that have been called upon and remain unpaid are subject to forfeiture.

 

The Cayman Islands Companies Law and our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association permits us to purchase our own shares, subject to certain restrictions and requirements. Our directors may only exercise this power on our behalf, subject to the Cayman Islands Companies Law, our amended and restated memorandum and articles of association and to any applicable requirements imposed from time to time by the Nasdaq, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or by any other recognized stock exchange on which our securities are listed. Under the Cayman Islands Companies Law, the repurchase of any share may be paid out of our company’s profits or out of the proceeds of a fresh issue of shares made for the purpose of such repurchase, or out of capital (including share premium account and capital redemption reserve). If the repurchase proceeds are paid out of our Company’s capital, our Company must, immediately following such payment, be able to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. In addition, under the Cayman Islands Companies Law no such share may be repurchased (1) unless it is fully paid up, (2) if such repurchase would result in there being no shares outstanding, and (3) unless the matter of purchase has first been authorized by a resolution of our shareholders. In addition, under the Cayman Islands Companies Law, our Company may accept the surrender of any fully paid share for no consideration unless, as a result of the surrender, the surrender would result in there being no shares outstanding (other than shares held as treasury shares).

 

79

 

 

Repurchase of Shares

 

The Cayman Islands Companies Law and our memorandum and articles of association permits us to purchase our own shares. In accordance with our articles of association and provided the necessary shareholders or board approval have been obtained, we may issue shares on terms that are subject to redemption, at our option or at the option of the holders of these shares, on such terms and in such manner, provided the requirements under the Cayman Islands Companies Law have been satisfied, including out of capital, as may be determined by our board of directors. Under the Cayman Islands Companies Law, the repurchase of any share may be paid out of our company’s profits or out of the proceeds of a fresh issue of shares made for the purpose of such repurchase, or out of capital (including share premium account and capital redemption reserve). If the repurchase proceeds are paid out of our Company’s capital, our Company must, immediately following such payment, be able to pay its debts as they fall due in the ordinary course of business. In addition, under the Cayman Islands Companies Law , no such share may be repurchased (1) unless it is fully paid up, (2) if such repurchase would result in there being no shares outstanding, and (3) unless the manner of purchase (if not so authorised under the articles of association) has first been authorized by a resolution of our shareholders. In addition, under the Cayman Islands Companies Law, our Company may accept the surrender of any fully paid share for no consideration unless, as a result of the surrender, the surrender would result in there being no shares outstanding (other than shares held as treasury shares).

 

Variation of Rights of Shares

 

The rights attached to any class or series of shares (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class or series), whether or not our company is being wound-up, may be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of two-thirds of the issued shares of that class or series or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of the class or series. The rights conferred upon the holders of the shares of any class issued shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking pari passu with such existing class of shares.

 

All or any of the rights attached to any class of our shares may (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of two-thirds of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed by not less than two-thirds of such shareholders of that class as may be present in person or by proxy at a separate general meeting of the holders of shares of that class.

 

Modifications of rights

 

All or any of the rights attached to any class of our shares may (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the shares of that class) be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of three-fourths of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a resolution passed by not less than three-fourths of such shareholders of that class as may be present in person or by proxy at a separate general meeting of the holders of shares of that class.

 

Changes in the number of shares we are authorized to issue and those in issue

 

We may from time to time by resolution of shareholders in the requisite majorities:

 

  amend our memorandum of association to increase or decrease the authorized share capital of our Company;

 

  divide our authorized and issued shares into a larger number of shares; and

 

  combine our authorized and issued shares into a smaller number of shares.

  

Inspection of books and records

 

Holders of our ordinary shares will have no general right under Cayman Islands law to inspect or obtain copies of our list of shareholders or our corporate records. However, we will provide our shareholders with annual audited financial statements. See “Where You Can Find Additional Information.”

 

80

 

 

Rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders

 

There are no limitations imposed by our memorandum and articles of association on the rights of non-resident or foreign shareholders to hold or exercise voting rights on our shares. In addition, there are no provisions in our memorandum and articles of association governing the ownership threshold above which shareholder ownership must be disclosed.

 

Issuance of additional Ordinary Shares

 

Our memorandum and articles of association authorizes our board of directors to issue additional ordinary shares from time to time as our board of directors shall determine, to the extent available authorized but unissued shares.

 

Exempted Company

 

We are an exempted company with limited liability under the Cayman Islands Companies Law. The Cayman Islands Companies Law distinguishes between ordinary resident companies and exempted companies. Any company that is registered in the Cayman Islands but conducts business mainly outside of the Cayman Islands may apply to be registered as an exempted company. The requirements for an exempted company are essentially the same as for an ordinary company except that an exempted company that does not hold a licence to carry on business in the Cayman Islands:

 

does not have to file an annual return of its shareholders with the Registrar of Companies;
is not required to open its register of members for inspection;
does not have to hold an annual general meeting;
is prohibited from making any invitation to the public in the Cayman Islands to subscribe for any of its securities;
may issue negotiable or bearer shares or shares with no par value;
may obtain an undertaking against the imposition of any future taxation (such undertakings are usually given for 20 years in the first instance);
may register by way of continuation in another jurisdiction and be deregistered in the Cayman Islands;
may register as an exempted limited duration company; and
may register as a segregated portfolio company.

 

“Limited liability” means that the liability of each shareholder is limited to the amount unpaid by the shareholder on the shares of the company.

 

Differences in Corporate Law

 

The Cayman Islands Companies Law is modeled after that of English law but does not follow recent English statutory enactments. In addition, the Cayman Islands Companies Law differs from laws applicable to United States corporations and their shareholders. Set forth below is a summary of the significant differences between the provisions of the Cayman Islands Companies Law applicable to us and the laws applicable to companies incorporated in the State of Delaware.

 

Mergers and Similar Arrangements.

 

The Cayman Islands Companies Law permits mergers and consolidations between Cayman Islands companies and between Cayman Islands companies and non-Cayman Islands companies. For these purposes, a “merger” means the merging of two or more constituent companies and the vesting of their undertaking, property and liabilities in one of such companies as the surviving company, and a “consolidation” means the combination of two or more constituent companies into a consolidated company and the vesting of the undertaking, property and liabilities of such companies to the consolidated company.

 

In order to effect such a merger or consolidation, the directors of each constituent company must approve a written plan of merger or consolidation, which must then be authorized by a special resolution of the shareholders of each constituent company, and such other authorization, if any, as may be specified in such constituent company’s articles of association.

 

The plan of merger or consolidation must be filed with the Registrar of Companies of the Cayman Islands together with a declaration as to the solvency of the consolidated or surviving company, a list of the assets and liabilities of each constituent company and an undertaking that a copy of the certificate of merger or consolidation will be given to the members and creditors of each constituent company and that notification of the merger or consolidation will be published in the Cayman Islands Gazette. Dissenting shareholders have the right to be paid the fair value of their shares if they follow the required procedures, under the Cayman Islands Companies Law subject to certain exceptions. The fair value of the shares will be determined by the Cayman Islands court if it cannot be agreed among the parties. Court approval is not required for a merger or consolidation effected in compliance with these statutory procedures.

 

81

 

 

In addition, there are statutory provisions that facilitate the reconstruction of companies, provided that the arrangement is approved by a majority in number of each class of shareholders and creditors with whom the arrangement is to be made, and who must in addition represent three-fourths in value of each such class of shareholders or creditors, as the case may be, that are present and voting either in person or by proxy at a meeting, or meetings, convened for that purpose. The convening of the meetings and subsequently the arrangement must be sanctioned by the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands.

 

While a dissenting shareholder has the right to express to the court the view that the transaction ought not to be approved, the court can be expected to approve the arrangement if it determines that:

 

the statutory provisions as to the required majority vote have been met;

 

the shareholders have been fairly represented at the meeting in question;

 

the arrangement is such that an intelligent and honest man of that class acting in respect of his interest would reasonably approve.; and

 

the arrangement is not one that would more properly be sanctioned under some other provision of the Cayman Islands Company Law.

 

The Cayman Islands Companies Law also contains a statutory power of compulsory acquisition which may facilitate the “squeeze out” of dissentient minority shareholders upon a tender offer. When a tender offer is made and accepted by holders of not less than 90% of the shares which are subject to the offer within four months, the offeror may, within a two-month period commencing on the expiration of such four-month period, require the holders of the remaining shares to transfer such shares on the terms of the offer. An objection can be made to the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands but this is unlikely to succeed unless there is evidence of fraud, bad faith or collusion.

  

If the arrangement and reconstruction is thus approved, the dissenting shareholder would have no rights comparable to appraisal rights, which would otherwise ordinarily be available to dissenting shareholders of Delaware corporations, providing rights to receive payment in cash for the judicially determined value of the shares.

 

Shareholders’ Suits and Protection of Minority Shareholders. 

 

In principle, we will normally be the proper plaintiff to sue for a wrong done to us as a company and as a general rule a derivative action may not be brought by a minority shareholder. However, based on English authorities, which would in all likelihood be of persuasive authority in the Cayman Islands, the Grand Court can be expected to apply and follow the common law principles (namely the rule derived from the seminal English case of Foss v. Harbottle, and the exceptions thereto, which limits the circumstances in which a shareholder may bring a derivative action on behalf of the company or a personal action to claim loss which is reflective of loss suffered by the company) which permit a minority shareholder to commence a class action against, or derivative actions in the name of, a company to challenge the following acts in the following circumstances:

 

a company acts or proposes to act illegally or ultra vires and is therefore incapable of ratification by the shareholders;

 

an irregularity in the passing of a resolution which requires a qualified majority;
   
an act purporting to abridge or abolish the individual rights of a member; and

 

an act which constitutes a fraud on the minority where the wrongdoers are themselves in control of the company.

 

In the case of a company (not being a bank) having its share capital divided into shares, the Grand Court may, on the application of members holding not less than one fifth of the shares of the company in issue, appoint an inspector to examine the affairs of the company and to report thereon in such manner as the Grand Court shall direct.

 

Indemnification of Directors and Executive Officers and Limitation of Liability.

 

The Cayman Islands Companies Law does not limit the extent to which a company’s memorandum and articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such indemnification may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime. Our memorandum and articles of association permit indemnification of officers and directors for losses, damages, costs and expenses incurred in their capacities as such unless such losses or damages arise from dishonesty, willful default or fraud of such directors or officers. This standard of conduct is generally the same as permitted under the Delaware General Corporation Law for a Delaware corporation.

 

82

 

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us under the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

Directors’ Fiduciary Duties. 

 

Under Delaware corporate law, a director of a Delaware corporation has a fiduciary duty to the corporation and its shareholders. This duty has two components: the duty of care and the duty of loyalty. The duty of care requires that a director act in good faith, with the care that an ordinarily prudent person would exercise under similar circumstances. Under this duty, a director must inform himself of, and disclose to shareholders, all material information reasonably available regarding a significant transaction. The duty of loyalty requires that a director acts in a manner he reasonably believes to be in the best interests of the corporation. He must not use his corporate position for personal gain or advantage. This duty prohibits self-dealing by a director and mandates that the best interest of the corporation and its shareholders take precedence over any interest possessed by a director, officer or controlling shareholder and not shared by the shareholders generally. In general, actions of a director are presumed to have been made on an informed basis, in good faith and in the honest belief that the action taken was in the best interests of the corporation. However, this presumption may be rebutted by evidence of a breach of one of the fiduciary duties. Should such evidence be presented concerning a transaction by a director, the director must prove the procedural fairness of the transaction, and that the transaction was of fair value to the corporation.

 

As a matter of Cayman Islands law, a director of a Cayman Islands company is in the position of a fiduciary with respect to the company and therefore it is considered that he or she owes the following duties to the company — a duty to act in good faith in the best interests of the company, a duty not to make a personal profit based on his or her position as director (unless the company permits him or her to do so), a duty not to put himself or herself in a position where the interests of the company conflict with his or her personal interest or his or her duty to a third party and a duty to exercise powers for the purpose for which such powers were intended. A director of a Cayman Islands company owes to the company a duty to act with skill and care. It was previously considered that a director need not exhibit in the performance of his or her duties a greater degree of skill than may reasonably be expected from a person of his or her knowledge and experience. However, there are indications that English and Commonwealth courts are moving towards an objective standard with regard to the required skill and care and these authorities are likely to be followed in the Cayman Islands.

 

Shareholder Action by Written Consent

 

Under the Delaware corporate law, a corporation may eliminate the right of shareholders to act by written consent by amendment to its certificate of incorporation. Cayman Islands law and our articles of association provide that shareholders may approve corporate matters by way of a unanimous written resolution signed by or on behalf of each shareholder who would have been entitled to vote on such matter at a general meeting without a meeting being held.

 

Shareholder Proposals

 

Under the Delaware corporate law, a shareholder has the right to put any proposal before the annual meeting of shareholders, provided it complies with the notice provisions in the governing documents. A special meeting may be called by the board of directors or any other person authorized to do so in the governing documents, but shareholders may be precluded from calling special meetings. The Cayman Islands Companies Law provides shareholders with only limited rights to requisition a general meeting and does not provide shareholders with any right to put any proposal before a general meeting. However, these rights may be provided in articles of association. Our articles of association allow our shareholders holding 10% or more of the voting rights to requisition a shareholder’s meeting. Other than this right to requisition a shareholders’ meeting, our articles of association do not provide our shareholders other right to put proposal before a meeting. As an exempted Cayman Islands company, we are not obliged by law to call shareholders’ annual general meetings unless expressly provided under the articles of association.

 

Cumulative Voting

 

Under the Delaware corporate law, cumulative voting for elections of directors is not permitted unless the corporation’s certificate of incorporation specifically provides for it. Cumulative voting potentially facilitates the representation of minority shareholders on a board of directors since it permits the minority shareholder to cast all the votes to which the shareholder is entitled on a single director, which increases the shareholder’s voting power with respect to electing such director. There are no prohibitions in relation to cumulative voting under the Cayman Islands Companies Law but our articles of association do not provide for cumulative voting.

 

Removal of Directors

 

Under the Delaware corporate law, a director of a corporation may be removed with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under our articles of association, directors may be removed with or without cause, by an ordinary resolution of our shareholders.

 

83

 

 

Transactions with Interested Shareholders

 

The Delaware corporate law contains a business combination statute applicable to Delaware corporations whereby, unless the corporation has specifically elected not to be governed by such statute by amendment to its certificate of incorporation, it is prohibited from engaging in certain business combinations with an “interested shareholder” for three years following the date that such person becomes an interested shareholder. An interested shareholder generally is a person or a group who or which owns or owned 15% or more of the target’s outstanding voting share within the past three years. This has the effect of limiting the ability of a potential acquirer to make a two-tiered bid for the target in which all shareholders would not be treated equally. The statute does not apply if, among other things, prior to the date on which such shareholder becomes an interested shareholder, the board of directors approves either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the person becoming an interested shareholder. This encourages any potential acquirer of a Delaware corporation to negotiate the terms of any acquisition transaction with the target’s board of directors. The Cayman Islands Companies Law has no comparable statute. As a result, we cannot avail ourselves of the types of protections afforded by the Delaware business combination statute. However, although Cayman Islands law does not regulate transactions between a company and its significant shareholders, it does provide that such transactions must be entered into bona fide in the best interests of the company and for a proper corporate purpose and not with the effect of constituting a fraud on the minority shareholders.

 

Dissolution; Winding up

 

Under the Delaware corporate law, unless the board of directors approves the proposal to dissolve, dissolution must be approved by shareholders holding 100% of the total voting power of the corporation. Only if the dissolution is initiated by the board of directors may it be approved by a simple majority of the corporation’s outstanding shares. Delaware law allows a Delaware corporation to include in its certificate of incorporation a supermajority voting requirement in connection with dissolutions initiated by the board.] Under the Cayman Islands Companies Law, a company may be wound up by either an order of the courts of the Cayman Islands or by a special resolution of its members or, if the company is unable to pay its debts as they fall due, by an ordinary resolution of its shareholders. The court has authority to order winding up in a number of specified circumstances including where it is, in the opinion of the court, just and equitable to do so. Under the Cayman Islands Companies Law and our articles of association, our company may be dissolved, liquidated or wound up by a special resolution of our shareholders.

 

Variation of Rights of Shares

 

Under the Delaware corporate law, a corporation may vary the rights of a class of shares with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of such class, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Under the Cayman Islands Companies Law and our articles of association, if our share capital is divided into more than one class of shares, we may vary the rights attached to any class with the written consent of the holders of two-thirds of the issued shares of that class or with the sanction of a special resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the shares of that class.

 

Amendment of Governing Documents

 

Under the Delaware corporate law, a corporation’s governing documents may be amended with the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares entitled to vote, unless the certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. As permitted by the Cayman Islands Companies Law, our memorandum and articles of association may only be amended with a special resolution of our shareholders.

 

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

 

Before our initial public offering, there has not been a public market for our ordinary shares. Future sales of substantial amounts of ordinary shares in the public market after our initial public offering, or the possibility of these sales occurring, could cause the prevailing market price for our ordinary shares to fall or impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.

 

Upon completion of this offering and assuming the issuance of 3,125,000 ordinary shares offered hereby and exclusion of the exercise of underwriter’s over-allotment options, we will have an aggregate of 13,125,000 ordinary shares outstanding. The ordinary shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act.

 

The Ordinary Shares that were not offered and sold in our initial public offering are “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below.

 

Rule 144

 

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, once we have been subject to public company reporting requirements for at least 90 days, a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell those shares without complying with the manner of sale, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, then that person is entitled to sell those shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.

 

84

 

 

In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are entitled to sell within any three-month period beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

1% of the number of Ordinary Shares then outstanding, which will equal 131,250 ordinary shares immediately after our initial public offering, or

 

the average weekly trading volume of the Ordinary Shares during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to such sale.

 

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

 

Rule 701

 

In general, under Rule 701 as currently in effect, any of our employees, consultants or advisors who purchase shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement in a transaction before the effective date of our initial public offering that was completed in reliance on Rule 701 and complied with the requirements of Rule 701 will be eligible to resell such shares 90 days after the date of this prospectus in reliance on Rule 144, but without compliance with certain restrictions, including the holding period, contained in Rule 144.

 

MATERIAL TAX CONSEQUENCES APPLICABLE TO U.S. HOLDERS OF OUR ORDINARY SHARES

 

The following sets forth the material Cayman Islands, Chinese and U.S. federal income tax consequences related to an investment in our Ordinary Shares. It is directed to U.S. Holders (as defined below) of our Ordinary Shares and is based upon laws and relevant interpretations thereof in effect as of the date of this prospectus, all of which are subject to change. This description does not deal with all possible tax consequences relating to an investment in our Ordinary Shares, such as the tax consequences under state, local and other tax laws.

 

The following brief description applies only to U.S. Holders (defined below) that hold Ordinary Shares as capital assets and that have the U.S. dollar as their functional currency. This brief description is based on the tax laws of the United States in effect as of the date of this prospectus and on U.S. Treasury regulations in effect or, in some cases, proposed, as of the date of this prospectus, as well as judicial and administrative interpretations thereof available on or before such date. All of the foregoing authorities are subject to change, which change could apply retroactively and could affect the tax consequences described below. Unless otherwise noted in the following discussion, this section is the opinion of Ortoli Rosenstadt LLP,  our U.S. counsel, insofar as it relates to legal conclusions with respect to matters of U.S. federal income tax law, and of Grandall Law, our PRC counsel, insofar as it relates to legal conclusions with respect to matters of Chinese tax law.

 

The brief description below of the U.S. federal income tax consequences to “U.S. Holders” will apply to you if you are a beneficial owner of shares and you are, for U.S. federal income tax purposes,

 

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

a corporation (or other entity taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

an estate whose income is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

a trust that (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and the control of one or more U.S. persons for all substantial decisions or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

 

85

 

 

WE URGE POTENTIAL PURCHASERS OF OUR SHARES TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX

ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAX

CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR SHARES.

 

Generally

 

Huadi International is an exempted company incorporated in Cayman Islands which is not currently subject to any Cayman Islands taxes. Yongqiang Tuoxing Limited is a tax-exempt company incorporated in the British Virgin Islands. HK Beach is subject to Hong Kong law. Hongshun and Huadi Steel are subject to PRC laws.

 

Cayman Islands Taxation

 

The Cayman Islands currently levies no taxes on individuals or corporations based upon profits, income, gains or appreciation and there is no taxation in the nature of inheritance tax or estate duty. There are no other taxes likely to be material to us levied by the government of the Cayman Islands except for stamp duties which may be applicable on instruments executed in, or after execution brought within the jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands. The Cayman Islands a party to a double tax treaty entered with the United Kingdom in 2010 but is otherwise is not party to any double tax treaties that are applicable to any payments made to or by our company. There are no exchange control regulations or currency restrictions in the Cayman Islands.

 

Payments of dividends and capital in respect of the shares will not be subject to taxation in the Cayman Islands and no withholding will be required on the payment of a dividend or capital to any holder of the shares, nor will gains derived from the disposal of the shares be subject to Cayman Islands income or corporation tax.

 

No stamp duty is payable in the Cayman Islands in respect of the issue of the shares or on an instrument of transfer in respect of a share of a Cayman company except those which hold interests in land in the Cayman Islands.

 

People’s Republic of China Taxation

 

Under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law and its implementation rules, an enterprise established outside of the PRC with a “de facto management body” within the PRC is considered a resident enterprise and will be subject to the enterprise income tax at the rate of 25% on its global income. The implementation rules define the term “de facto management body” as the body that exercises full and substantial control over and overall management of the business, productions, personnel, accounts and properties of an enterprise. In April 2009, the State Administration of Taxation issued a circular, known as Circular 82, which provides certain specific criteria for determining whether the “de facto management body” of a PRC-controlled enterprise that is incorporated offshore is located in China. Although this circular only applies to offshore enterprises controlled by PRC enterprises or PRC enterprise groups, not those controlled by PRC individuals or foreigners, the criteria set forth in the circular may reflect the State Administration of Taxation’s general position on how the “de facto management body” test should be applied in determining the tax resident status of all offshore enterprises. According to Circular 82, an offshore incorporated enterprise controlled by a PRC enterprise or a PRC enterprise group will be regarded as a PRC tax resident by virtue of having its “de facto management body” in China only if all of the following conditions are met: (i) the primary location of the day-to-day operational management is in the PRC; (ii) decisions relating to the enterprise’s financial and human resource matters are made or are subject to approval by organizations or personnel in the PRC; (iii) the enterprise’s primary assets, accounting books and records, company seals, and board and shareholder resolutions, are located or maintained in the PRC; and (iv) at least 50% of voting board members or senior executives habitually reside in the PRC.

 

The State Administration of Tax issued a Public Notice, or Public Notice 16, on March 18, 2015, to further regulate and strengthen the transfer pricing administration on outbound payments by a PRC enterprise to its overseas related parties. In addition to emphasizing that outbound payments by a PRC enterprise to its overseas related parties must comply with arm’s-length principles, Public Notice 16 specifies certain circumstances whereby such payments are not deductible for the purpose of the enterprise income tax of the PRC enterprise, including payments to an overseas related party which does not undertake any function, bear any risk or has no substantial operation or activities, payments for services which do not enable the PRC enterprise to obtain direct or indirect economic benefits, or for services that are unrelated to the functions and risks borne by the PRC enterprise, or relate to the protection of the investment interests of the direct or indirect investor of the PRC enterprise, or for services that have already been purchased from a third party or undertaken by the PRC enterprise itself, and royalties paid to an overseas related party which only owns the legal rights of the intangible assets but has no contribution to the creation of such intangible assets. Although we believe all our related party transactions, including all payments by our PRC subsidiaries and consolidated affiliated entities to our non-PRC entities, are made on an arm’s-length basis and our estimates are reasonable, the ultimate decisions by the relevant tax authorities may differ from the amounts recorded in our financial statements and may materially affect our financial results in the period or periods for which such determination is made.

 

86

 

 

We believe that none of our entities outside of China is a PRC resident enterprise for PRC tax purposes. We do not believe that Huadi International meets all of the conditions above. Huadi International is a company incorporated outside the PRC. As a holding company, its key assets are its ownership interests in its subsidiaries, and its key assets are located, and its records (including the resolutions of its board of directors and the resolutions of its shareholders) are maintained, outside the PRC. For the same reasons, we believe our other entities outside of China are not PRC resident enterprises either. However, the tax resident status of an enterprise is subject to determination by the PRC tax authorities and uncertainties remain with respect to the interpretation of the term “de facto management body.” There can be no assurance that the PRC government will ultimately take a view that is consistent with us.

 

However, if the PRC tax authorities determine that Huadi International is a PRC resident enterprise for enterprise income tax purposes, we may be required to withhold a 10% withholding tax from dividends we pay to our shareholders that are non-resident enterprises. In addition, non-resident enterprise shareholders may be subject to a 10% PRC tax on gains realized on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares, if such income is treated as sourced from within the PRC. It is unclear whether our non-PRC individual shareholders would be subject to any PRC tax on dividends or gains obtained by such non-PRC individual shareholders in the event we are determined to be a PRC resident enterprise. If any PRC tax were to apply to such dividends or gains, it would generally apply at a rate of 20% unless a reduced rate is available under an applicable tax treaty. However, it is also unclear whether non-PRC shareholders of Huadi International would be able to claim the benefits of any tax treaties between their country of tax residence and the PRC in the event that Huadi International is treated as a PRC resident enterprise.

 

Provided that the Company is not deemed to be a PRC resident enterprise, holders of our Ordinary Shares who are not PRC residents will not be subject to PRC income tax on dividends distributed by us or gains realized from the sale or other disposition of our shares. However, under SAT Circular 698 and Circular 7, where a non-resident enterprise conducts an “indirect transfer” by transferring taxable assets, including, in particular, equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise, indirectly by disposing of the equity interests of an overseas holding company, the non-resident enterprise, being the transferor, or the transferee or the PRC entity which directly owned such taxable assets may report to the relevant tax authority such indirect transfer. Using a “substance over form” principle, the PRC tax authority may disregard the existence of the overseas holding company if it lacks a reasonable commercial purpose and was established for the purpose of reducing, avoiding or deferring PRC tax. As a result, gains derived from such indirect transfer may be subject to PRC enterprise income tax, and the transferee or other person who is obligated to pay for the transfer is obligated to withhold the applicable taxes, currently at a rate of 10% for the transfer of equity interests in a PRC resident enterprise. We and our non-PRC resident investors may be at risk of being required to file a return and being taxed under SAT Circular 698 and Circular 7, and we may be required to expend valuable resources to comply with SAT Circular 698 and Circular 7, or to establish that we should not be taxed under these circulars. See “Risk Factors — Risks Related to Doing Business in China — Enhanced scrutiny over acquisition transactions by the PRC tax authorities may have a negative impact on potential acquisitions we may pursue in the future.”

 

United States Federal Income Tax Considerations

 

The following discussion is a summary of United States federal income tax considerations relating to the ownership and disposition of our Ordinary Shares by a U.S. holder (as defined below) that holds our Ordinary Shares as “capital assets” (generally, property held for investment) under the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). This discussion is based upon existing United States federal income tax law, which is subject to differing interpretations and may be changed, possibly with retroactive effect. No ruling has been sought from the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) with respect to any United States federal income tax consequences described below, and there can be no assurance that the IRS or a court will not take a contrary position. This discussion does not address all aspects of United States federal income taxation that may be important to particular investors in light of their individual circumstances, including investors subject to special tax rules (for example, banks or other financial institutions, insurance companies, broker-dealers, pension plans, cooperatives, traders in securities that have elected the mark-to-market method of accounting for their securities, partnerships and their partners, regulated investment companies, real estate investment trusts, and tax-exempt organizations (including private foundations)), holders who are not U.S. holders, holders who own (directly, indirectly, or constructively) 10% or more of our voting stock, holders who will hold their Ordinary Shares as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion, constructive sale, or other integrated transaction for United States federal income tax purposes, or investors that have a functional currency other than the United States dollar, all of whom may be subject to tax rules that differ significantly from those summarized below. In addition, this discussion does not discuss any non-United States, alternative minimum tax, state, or local tax considerations, or the Medicare tax on net investment income. Each U.S. holder is urged to consult its tax advisors regarding the United States federal, state, local, and non-United States income and other tax considerations with respect to the ownership and disposition of our ordinary shares.

 

87

 

 

General

 

For purposes of this discussion, a “U.S. holder” is a beneficial owner of our Ordinary Shares that is, for United States federal income tax purposes, (i) an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation (or other entity treated as a corporation for United States federal income tax purposes) created in, or organized under the laws of, the United States or any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to United States federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust (A) the administration of which is subject to the primary supervision of a United States court and which has one or more United States persons who have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (B) that has otherwise elected to be treated as a United States person under applicable United States Treasury regulations.

 

If a partnership (or other entity treated as a partnership for United States federal income tax purposes) is a beneficial owner of our ordinary shares, the tax treatment of a partner in the partnership will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships holding our r Ordinary Shares and partners in such partnerships are urged to consult their tax advisors as to the particular United States federal income tax consequences of an investment in our r ordinary shares.

 

Passive Foreign Investment Company Considerations

 

A non-United States corporation, such as our company, will be a “passive foreign investment company,” or “PFIC,” for United States federal income tax purposes, if, in any particular taxable year, either (i) 75% or more of its gross income for such year consists of certain types of “passive” income or (ii) 50% or more of the average quarterly value of its assets (as determined on the basis of fair market value) during such year produce or are held for the production of passive income. For this purpose, cash is categorized as a passive asset and the company’s unbooked intangibles associated with active business activities may generally be classified as active assets. Passive income generally includes, among other things, dividends, interest, rents, royalties, and gains from the disposition of passive assets. We will be treated as owning a proportionate share of the assets and earning a proportionate share of the income of any other corporation in which we own, directly or indirectly, at least 25% (by value) of the stock.

 

Based upon our income and assets and the value of our ordinary shares, we do not believe that we were a PFIC for the taxable years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, and do not anticipate becoming a PFIC in the foreseeable future.

 

Although we do not believe that we were a PFIC for the taxable year ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 and do not anticipate becoming a PFIC in the foreseeable future, the determination of whether we are or will become a PFIC will depend in part upon the value of our goodwill and other unbooked intangibles (which will depend upon the market value of our ordinary shares from time-to-time, which may be volatile). In estimating the value of our goodwill and other unbooked intangibles, we have taken into account our market capitalization. Among other matters, if our market capitalization is less than anticipated or subsequently declines, we may be or become a PFIC for the current or future taxable years. It is also possible that the IRS may challenge our classification or valuation of our goodwill and other unbooked intangibles, which may result in our company being or becoming a PFIC for the current or one or more future taxable years.

 

88

 

 

The determination of whether we will be or become a PFIC will also depend, in part, on the composition of our income and assets, which may be affected by how, and how quickly, we use our liquid assets and the cash raised in our initial public offering. If we determine not to deploy significant amounts of cash for active purposes, our risk of being classified as a PFIC may substantially increase. Because our PFIC status for any taxable year is a factual determination that can be made only after the close of a taxable year, there can be no assurance that we will not be a PFIC for the current taxable year or any future taxable year. If we are a PFIC for any year during which a U.S. holder held our ordinary shares, we generally would continue to be treated as a PFIC for all succeeding years during which such U.S. holder held our ordinary shares.

 

The discussion below under “Dividends” and “Sale or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares” is written on the basis that we will not be or become a PFIC for United States federal income tax purposes. The United States federal income tax rules that apply if we are a PFIC for the current taxable year or any subsequent taxable year are generally discussed below under “Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules.”

 

Dividends

 

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, any cash distributions (including the amount of any tax withheld) paid on our Ordinary Shares out of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under United States federal income tax principles, will generally be includible in the gross income of a U.S. holder as dividend income on the day actually or constructively received by the U.S. holder. Because we do not intend to determine our earnings and profits on the basis of United States federal income tax principles, any distribution paid will generally be reported as a “dividend” for United States federal income tax purposes. A non-corporate recipient of dividend income will generally be subject to tax on dividend income from a “qualified foreign corporation” at a reduced United States federal tax rate rather than the marginal tax rates generally applicable to ordinary income provided that certain holding period requirements are met.

 

A non-United States corporation (other than a corporation that is a PFIC for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year) will generally be considered to be a qualified foreign corporation (a) if it is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive tax treaty with the United States which the Secretary of Treasury of the United States determines is satisfactory for purposes of this provision and which includes an exchange of information program, or (b) with respect to any dividend it pays on stock which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the United States. In the event we are deemed to be a resident enterprise under the PRC Enterprise Income Tax Law, we may be eligible for the benefits of the United States-PRC income tax treaty (which the U.S. Treasury Department has determined is satisfactory for this purpose) and in that case we would be treated as a qualified foreign corporation with respect to dividends paid on our ordinary shares. Each non-corporate U.S. holder is advised to consult its tax advisors regarding the availability of the reduced tax rate applicable to qualified dividend income for any dividends we pay with respect to our ordinary shares. Dividends received on the Ordinary Shares will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporations.

 

Dividends will generally be treated as income from foreign sources for United States foreign tax credit purposes and will generally constitute passive category income. In the event that we are deemed to be a PRC “resident enterprise” under the Enterprise Income Tax Law, a U.S. holder may be subject to PRC withholding taxes on dividends paid on our ordinary shares. (See “—People’s Republic of China Taxation”) In that case, a U.S. holder may be eligible, subject to a number of complex limitations, to claim a foreign tax credit in respect of any foreign withholding taxes imposed on dividends received on ordinary shares. A U.S. holder who does not elect to claim a foreign tax credit for foreign tax withheld may instead claim a deduction, for United States federal income tax purposes, in respect of such withholdings, but only for a year in which such U.S. holder elects to do so for all creditable foreign income taxes. The rules governing the foreign tax credit are complex. U.S. holders are advised to consult their tax advisors regarding the availability of the foreign tax credit under their particular circumstances.

 

89

 

 

Sale or Other Disposition of Ordinary Shares

 

Subject to the PFIC rules discussed below, a U.S. holder will generally recognize capital gain or loss upon the sale or other disposition of Ordinary Shares in an amount equal to the difference between the amount realized upon the disposition and the U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in such ordinary shares. Any capital gain or loss will be long-term if the Ordinary Shares have been held for more than one year and will generally be United States source gain or loss for United States foreign tax credit purposes. Long-term capital gain of non-corporate U.S. holders is generally eligible for a reduced rate of taxation. The deductibility of a capital loss may be subject to limitations. In the event that we are treated as a PRC “resident enterprise” under the Enterprise Income Tax Law and gain from the disposition of the Ordinary Shares is subject to tax in the PRC, a U.S. holder that is eligible for the benefits of the income tax treaty between the United States and the PRC may elect to treat the gain as PRC source income. U.S. holders are advised to consult its tax advisors regarding the tax consequences if a foreign tax is imposed on a disposition of our ordinary shares, including the availability of the foreign tax credit under their particular circumstances and the election to treat any gain as PRC source.

 

Passive Foreign Investment Company Rules

 

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. holder holds our ordinary shares, and unless the U.S. holder makes a mark-to-market election (as described below), the U.S. holder will generally be subject to special tax rules that have a penalizing effect, regardless of whether we remain a PFIC, for subsequent taxable years, on (i) any excess distribution that we make to the U.S. holder (which generally means any distribution paid during a taxable year to a U.S. holder that is greater than 125% of the average annual distributions paid in the three preceding taxable years or, if shorter, the U.S. holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares), and (ii) any gain realized on the sale or other disposition, including, under certain circumstances, a pledge, of ordinary shares. Under the PFIC rules:

 

  such excess distribution and/or gain will be allocated ratably over the U.S. holder’s holding period for the ordinary shares;

 

  such amount allocated to the current taxable year and any taxable years in the U.S. holder’s holding period prior to the first taxable year in which we are a PFIC, or pre-PFIC year, will be taxable as ordinary income;

 

  such amount allocated to each prior taxable year, other than a pre-PFIC year, will be subject to tax at the highest tax rate in effect for that year; and

 

  an interest charge generally applicable to underpayments of tax will be imposed on the tax attributable to each prior taxable year, other than a pre-PFIC year.

 

If we are a PFIC for any taxable year during which a U.S. holder holds our Ordinary Shares and any of our non-United States subsidiaries is also a PFIC, such U.S. holder would be treated as owning a proportionate amount (by value) of the shares of the lower-tier PFIC for purposes of the application of these rules. U.S. holders are advised to consult their tax advisors regarding the application of the PFIC rules to any of our subsidiaries.

 

As an alternative to the foregoing rules, a U.S. holder of “marketable stock” in a PFIC may make a mark-to-market election. Since we plan to have our Ordinary Shares listed on the Nasdaq, and provided that the Ordinary Shares will be regularly traded on the Nasdaq, a U.S. holder holds Ordinary Shares will be eligible to make a mark-to-market election if we are or were to become a PFIC. If a mark-to-market election is made, the U.S. holder will generally (i) include as ordinary income for each taxable year that we are a PFIC the excess, if any, of the fair market value of Ordinary Shares held at the end of the taxable year over the adjusted tax basis of such Ordinary Shares and (ii) deduct as an ordinary loss the excess, if any, of the adjusted tax basis of the Ordinary Shares over the fair market value of such Ordinary Shares held at the end of the taxable year, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. The U.S. holder’s adjusted tax basis in the Ordinary Shares would be adjusted to reflect any income or loss resulting from the mark-to-market election. If a U.S. holder makes an effective mark-to-market election, in each year that we are a PFIC any gain recognized upon the sale or other disposition of the Ordinary Shares will be treated as ordinary income and loss will be treated as ordinary loss, but only to the extent of the net amount previously included in income as a result of the mark-to-market election. If a U.S. holder makes a mark-to-market election it will be effective for the taxable year for which the election is made and all subsequent taxable years unless the Ordinary Shares are no longer regularly traded on a qualified exchange or the Internal Revenue Service consents to the revocation of the election.

 

If a U.S. holder makes a mark-to-market election in respect of a PFIC and such corporation ceases to be a PFIC, the U.S. holder will not be required to take into account the mark-to-market gain or loss described above during any period that such corporation is not a PFIC.

 

90

 

 

Because a mark-to-market election cannot be made for any lower-tier PFICs that a PFIC may own, a U.S. holder who makes a mark-to-market election with respect to our Ordinary Shares may continue to be subject to the general PFIC rules with respect to such U.S. holder’s indirect interest in any of our non-United States subsidiaries if any of them is a PFIC.

 

We do not intend to provide information necessary for U.S. holders to make qualified electing fund elections, which, if available, would result in tax treatment different from the general tax treatment for PFICs described above.

 

As discussed above under “Dividends,” dividends that we pay on our Ordinary Shares will not be eligible for the reduced tax rate that applies to qualified dividend income if we are a PFIC for the taxable year in which the dividend is paid or the preceding taxable year. In addition, if a U.S. holder owns our Ordinary Shares during any taxable year that we are a PFIC, such holder would generally be required to file an annual IRS Form 8621. Each U.S. holder is advised to consult its tax advisors regarding the potential tax consequences to such holder if we are or become a PFIC, including the possibility of making a mark-to-market election.

 

Information Reporting

 

Certain U.S. holders may be required to report information to the IRS relating to an interest in “specified foreign financial assets,” including shares issued by a non-United States corporation, for any year in which the aggregate value of all specified foreign financial assets exceeds US$50,000 (or a higher dollar amount prescribed by the IRS), subject to certain exceptions (including an exception for shares held in custodial accounts maintained with a United States financial institution). These rules also impose penalties if a U.S. holder is required to submit such information to the IRS and fails to do so.

 

In addition, U.S. holders may be subject to information reporting to the IRS with respect to dividends on and proceeds from the sale or other disposition of our Ordinary Shares. Each U.S. holder is advised to consult with its tax advisor regarding the application of the United States information reporting rules to their particular circumstances.

 

ENFORCEABILITY OF CIVIL LIABILITIES

 

We are incorporated under the laws of the Cayman Islands with limited liability. We are incorporated in the Cayman Islands because of certain benefits associated with being a Cayman Islands exempted company, such as:

 

political and economic stability;
an effective judicial system;
a favorable tax system;
the absence of exchange control or currency restrictions; and
the availability of professional and support services.

 

However, certain disadvantages accompany incorporation in the Cayman Islands. These disadvantages includes:

 

the Cayman Islands has a less developed body of securities laws as compared to the United States and provides less protections to investors; and
Cayman Islands companies may not have standing to sue before the federal courts of the United States.

 

Our constituent documents do not contain provisions requiring that disputes, including those arising under the securities laws of the United States, between us, our officers, directors and shareholders, be arbitrated.

 

Substantially all of our assets are located outside the United States. In addition, a majority of our directors and officers are nationals and/or residents of countries other than the United States, and all or a substantial portion of such persons’ assets are located outside the United States. As a result, it may be difficult for a shareholder to effect service of process within the United States upon these persons, or to enforce against them or against us, judgments obtained in United States courts, including judgments predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the securities laws of the United States or any state in the United States.

 

We have appointed Cogency Global Inc. as our agent upon whom process may be served in any action brought against us in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York under the federal securities laws of the United States or of any State of the United States or any action brought against us in the Supreme Court of the State of New York in the County of New York under the securities laws of the State of New York.

 

Grandall Law Firm, our counsel as to Chinese law, has advised us that the recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments are provided for under the Chinese Civil Procedure Law. Chinese courts may recognize and enforce foreign judgments in accordance with the requirements of the Chinese Civil Procedure Law based either on treaties between China and the country where the judgment is made or in reciprocity between jurisdictions. China does not have any treaties or other agreements with the Cayman Islands or the United States that provide for the reciprocal recognition and enforcement of foreign judgments. As a result, it is uncertain whether a Chinese court would enforce a judgment rendered by a court in either of these two jurisdictions.

 

91

 

 

We have been advised by Ogier, our counsel as to Cayman Islands law, that it is uncertain whether the courts of the Cayman Islands will allow shareholders of our company to originate actions in the Cayman Islands based upon securities laws of the United States. In addition, there is uncertainty with regard to Cayman Islands law related to whether a judgment obtained from the U.S. courts under civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws will be determined by the courts of the Cayman Islands as penal or punitive in nature. If such determination is made, the courts of the Cayman Islands will not recognize or enforce the judgment against a Cayman Islands company, such as our company. As the courts of the Cayman Islands have yet to rule on making such a determination in relation to judgments obtained from U.S. courts under civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws, it is uncertain whether such judgments would be enforceable in the Cayman Islands. We have been further advised that although there is no statutory enforcement in the Cayman Islands of judgments obtained in the United States, a judgment obtained in such jurisdiction will be recognized and enforced in the courts of the Cayman Islands at common law, without any re- examination of the merits of the underlying dispute, by an action commenced on the foreign judgment debt in the Grand Court of the Cayman Islands, provided such judgment:

 

(a) is given by a foreign court of competent jurisdiction;
(b) imposes on the judgment debtor a liability to pay a liquidated sum for which the judgment has been given;
(c) is final;
(d) is not in respect of taxes, a fine or a penalty; and
(e) was not obtained in a manner and is not of a kind the enforcement of which is contrary to natural justice or the public policy of the Cayman Islands.

 

UNDERWRITING

 

Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the underwriters named below, for whom Craft Capital Management LLC and R.F. Lafferty & Co. Inc. are acting as the representatives of underwriters and (the “Representatives”) and Craft Capital Management LLC is also acting as the lead underwriter, have agreed to purchase from us on a firm commitment basis the number of ordinary shares indicated below, at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and commissions:

 

Name   Number of Ordinary Shares  
Craft Capital Management LLC         
R.F. Lafferty & Co. Inc.        
Shengang Securities Company Limited         
Total          

 

Offers and sales for this offering will be conducted both inside and outside the United States through the underwriters and their respective selling agents. All offers or sales in the United States will be conducted by broker-dealers registered with the SEC and a member of FINRA. Shengang Securities Company Limited is a not broker-dealer registered with the SEC and will not make any offers or sales of the ordinary shares within the United States.

 

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the ordinary shares offered by this prospectus if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may be increased or the offering may be terminated. The underwriters are not obligated to purchase the ordinary shares covered by the underwriters’ over-allotment option to purchase ordinary shares described below. The underwriters are offering the ordinary shares, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.

 

Over-Allotment Option

 

We have granted to the underwriters a 45-day option to purchase up to an aggregate of 468,750 additional ordinary shares (equal to 15% of the number of ordinary shares sold in the offering), in any combination thereof, at the public offering price per share, less underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

Fees, Commissions and Expense Reimbursement

 

The following table shows, for each of the total without over-allotment option and total with full over-allotment option offering amounts, the per share and total public offering price, underwriting fees and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us, and proceeds to us, before expenses and assuming a $8.00 per share offering price.

 

    Per Share     Total Without Over-Allotment Option     Total With Full Over-Allotment Option  
Public Offering Price   $ 8.00     $ 8.00     $ 8.00  
Underwriting Discounts and Commissions(1)   $ 0.60     $ 0.60     $ 0.60  
Proceeds to Us, Before Expenses(2)   $ 7.40     $ 23,125,000     $ 26,593,750  

  

Because the actual amount to be raised in this offering is uncertain, the actual total offering commissions are not presently determinable and may be substantially less than the maximum amount set forth above. 

92

 

 

Under the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to pay the Representatives $100,000 at the closing of this offering for its non-accountable expenses. We have also agreed to pay the Representatives’ reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including fees and expenses of the Craft Capital Management LLC’s counsel) incurred by the Representatives in connection with this offering of up to $170,000. The expenses may also include (i) all reasonable and documented fees and expenses for conducting a net road show presentation; (ii) the cost of any due diligence meetings; (iii) preparation of bound volumes and Lucite cube mementos in such quantities as the Representative may reasonably request; and (iv) transfer taxes, if any, payable upon the transfer of securities from the Company to the underwriters. We have paid $50,000 to the Representatives as an advance to be applied towards the out-of-pocket expenses. Any unused portion of the advances shall be returned to the Company upon the termination date in the event that the advances are not expended.

 

We estimate that the total expenses of the offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding underwriters’ non-accountable expenses and commissions, will be approximately $         , all of which are payable by us.

 

The foregoing does not purport to be a complete statement of the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement. The underwriting agreement is included as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

Lock-Up Agreements

 

We and each of our officers, directors, and all 5% stockholders agree not to offer, issue, sell, contract to sell, encumber, grant any option for the sale of or otherwise dispose of any shares of our ordinary shares or other securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for ordinary shares, in the case of our directors, officers and existing stockholders of 5% or greater of our outstanding ordinary shares, for a period of 12 months after the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and in the case of us, 180 days after the effective date of the registration statement, without the prior written consent of the underwriters.

 

The underwriters may in their sole discretion and at any time without notice release some or all of the shares subject to lock-up agreements prior to the expiration of the lock-up period. When determining whether or not to release shares from the lock-up agreements, the underwriters will consider, among other factors, the security holder’s reasons for requesting the release, the number of shares for which the release is being requested and market conditions at the time.

 

Representative Warrants

 

We have agreed to issue to our Representatives warrants to purchase the number of ordinary shares in the aggregate equal to 6.0% of the gross proceeds received by the Company from the Closing. The warrants will be exercisable at any time, and from time to time, in whole or in part, during the four and one-half year period commencing six months from the effective date of the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part. The warrants are exercisable at a per share price equal to 125.0% of the public offering price per share in the offering. The warrants are also exercisable on a cashless basis. The warrants have been deemed compensation by FINRA and are therefore subject to a 180-day lock-up pursuant to Rule 5110(g)(1) of FINRA. Neither our underwriters, nor permitted assignees under Rule 5110(g)(1), will sell, transfer, assign, pledge, or hypothecate these warrants or the securities underlying these warrants, nor will they engage in any hedging, short sale, derivative, put, or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the warrants or the underlying securities for a period of 180 days from the effective date of the offering. In addition, the warrants provide for registration rights upon request, in certain cases. The piggyback registration right provided will not be greater than seven years from the effective date of the offering in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(G)(v). We will bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the securities issuable on exercise of the warrants other than underwriting commissions incurred and payable by the holders. The exercise price and number of shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend or our recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. The warrant exercise price and/or underlying shares may also be adjusted for issuances of shares of ordinary share at a price below the warrant exercise price.

 

93

 

 

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids 

 

In connection with the offering the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, over-allotment transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids in accordance with Regulation M under the Exchange Act:

  

  Stabilizing transactions permit bids to purchase the underlying security so long as the stabilizing bids do not exceed a specified maximum.

 

  Over-allotment involves sales by the underwriters of shares in excess of the number of shares the underwriters are obligated to purchase, which creates a syndicate short position. The short position may be either a covered short position or a naked short position. In a covered short position, the number of ordinary shares over-allotted by the underwriters is not greater than the number of ordinary shares that may be purchased in the over-allotment option. In a naked short position, the number of ordinary shares involved is greater than the number of ordinary shares in the over-allotment option. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising the over-allotment option and/or purchasing ordinary shares in the open market.

 

  Syndicate covering transactions involve purchases of ordinary shares in the open market after the distribution has been completed in order to cover syndicate short positions. In determining the source of ordinary shares to close out the short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of ordinary shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which it may purchase ordinary shares through the over-allotment option. If the underwriters sell more ordinary shares than could be covered by the over-allotment option, a naked short position, the position can only be closed out by buying ordinary shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there could be downward pressure on the price of the ordinary shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering.

 

  Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when the ordinary shares originally sold by the syndicate member is purchased in a stabilizing or syndicate covering transaction to cover syndicate short positions.

 

These stabilizing transactions, syndicate covering transactions and penalty bids may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our ordinary shares or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our ordinary shares. As a result, the price of our ordinary shares may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. Neither we nor the underwriters make any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our ordinary shares. In addition, neither we nor the underwriters make any representations that the underwriters will engage in these stabilizing transactions or that any transaction, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

  

Determination of Offering Price

 

The public offering price of the shares we are offering was determined by us in consultation with the underwriters based on discussions with potential investors in light of the history and prospects of our company, the stage of development of our business, our business plans for the future and the extent to which they have been implemented, an assessment of our management, the public stock price for similar companies, general conditions of the securities markets at the time of the Offering and such other factors as were deemed relevant. We offer no assurances that the offering price will correspond to the price at which our ordinary shares will trade in the public market subsequent to this Offering or that an active trading market for our shares will develop and continue after this Offering.

 

Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Securities.

 

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the internet sites or through other online services maintained by the underwriter, or by its affiliates. In those cases, prospective investors may view offering terms online and prospective investors may be allowed to place orders online. Other than the prospectus in electronic format, the information on the underwriter’s website is not part of this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, has not been approved and/or endorsed by us or the underwriter in its capacity as underwriter and should not be relied upon by investors.

 

Indemnification

 

We have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against liabilities relating to the Offering arising under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and to contribute to payments that the underwriters may be required to make for these liabilities.

 

Application for Nasdaq Market Listing

 

We intent to apply to have our ordinary shares approved for listing/quotation on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “HUDI” We will not consummate and close this offering without a listing approval letter from the Nasdaq Capital Market. Our receipt of a listing approval letter is not the same as an actual listing on the Nasdaq Capital Market. The listing approval letter will serve only to confirm that, if we sell a number of shares in this firm commitment offering sufficient to satisfy applicable listing criteria, our ordinary shares will in fact be listed.

 

If our ordinary shares are listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market, we will be subject to continued listing requirements and corporate governance standards. We expect these new rules and regulations to significantly increase our legal, accounting and financial compliance costs.

  

94

 

 

Offers Outside the United States

 

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the shares offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The shares offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such shares be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any ordinary shares offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

 

The underwriters are expected to make offers and sales both in and outside the United States through their selling agents. Any offers and sales in the United States will be conducted by broker-dealers registered with the SEC.

 

Australia

 

No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act. Any offer in Australia of the ordinary shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the ordinary shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. The ordinary shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring ordinary shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions. This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any ordinary shares recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.

 

Bermuda

 

The ordinary shares may be offered or sold in Bermuda only in compliance with the provisions of the Investment Business Act of 2003 of Bermuda which regulates the sale of securities in Bermuda. Additionally, non-Bermudian persons (including companies) may not carry on or engage in any trade or business in Bermuda unless such persons are permitted to do so under applicable Bermuda legislation.

 

British Virgin Islands

 

The ordinary shares are not being, and may not be offered to the public or to any person in the British Virgin Islands for purchase or subscription by us or on our behalf. The ordinary shares may be offered to companies incorporated under the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (British Virgin Islands) (each a BVI Company), but only where the offer will be made to, and received by, the relevant BVI Company entirely outside of the British Virgin Islands.

 

This prospectus has not been, and will not be, registered with the Financial Services Commission of the British Virgin Islands. No registered prospectus has been or will be prepared in respect of the ordinary shares for the purposes of the Securities and Investment Business Act, 2010, or SIBA or the Public Issuers Code of the British Virgin Islands.

 

The ordinary shares may be offered to persons located in the British Virgin Islands who are “qualified investors” for the purposes of SIBA. Qualified investors include (i) certain entities which are regulated by the Financial Services Commission in the British Virgin Islands, including banks, insurance companies, licensees under SIBA and public, professional and private mutual funds; (ii) a company, any securities of which are listed on a recognized exchange; and (iii) persons defined as “professional investors” under SIBA, which is any person (a) whose ordinary business involves, whether for that person’s own account or the account of others, the acquisition or disposal of property of the same kind as the property, or a substantial part of our property; or (b) who has signed a declaration that he, whether individually or jointly with his spouse, has a net worth in excess of US$1,000,000 and that he consents to being treated as a professional investor. The ordinary shares are not being, and may not be offered to the public or to any person in the British Virgin Islands for purchase or subscription by or on behalf of the Company. The ordinary shares may be offered to companies incorporated under the BVI Business Companies Act, 2004 (British Virgin Islands), but only where the offer will be made to, and received by, the relevant BVI company entirely outside of the British Virgin Islands.

 

95

 

 

Canada

 

Resale Restrictions

 

The distribution of ordinary shares in Canada is being made only in the provinces of Ontario, Quebec, Alberta and British Columbia on a private placement basis exempt from the requirement that we prepare and file a prospectus with the securities regulatory authorities in each province where trades of these securities are made. Any resale of the ordinary shares in Canada must be made under applicable securities laws which may vary depending on the relevant jurisdiction, and which may require resales to be made under available statutory exemptions or under a discretionary exemption granted by the applicable Canadian securities regulatory authority. Purchasers are advised to seek legal advice prior to any resale of the ordinary shares.

 

Representations of Canadian Purchasers

 

By purchasing the ordinary shares in Canada and accepting delivery of a purchase confirmation, a purchaser is representing to us and the dealer from whom the purchase confirmation is received that:​

 

  the purchaser is entitled under applicable provincial securities laws to purchase the ordinary shares without the benefit of a prospectus qualified under those securities laws as it is an “accredited investor” as defined under National Instrument 45-106  —  Prospectus Exemptions,

 

  the purchaser is a “permitted client” as defined in National Instrument 31-103 — Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations,

 

  where required by law, the purchaser is purchasing as principal and not as agent, and

 

  the purchaser has reviewed the text above under Resale Restrictions.

 

Conflicts of Interest

 

Canadian purchasers are hereby notified that the underwriters are relying on the exemption set out in section 3A.3 or 3A.4, if applicable, of National Instrument 33-105 — Underwriting Conflicts from having to provide certain conflict of interest disclosure in this document.

 

Statutory Rights of Action

 

Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if the offering memorandum (including any amendment thereto) such as this document contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser of these securities in Canada should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.

 

Enforcement of Legal Rights

 

All of our directors and officers as well as the experts named herein may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible for Canadian purchasers to effect service of process within Canada upon us or those persons. All or a substantial portion of our assets and the assets of those persons may be located outside of Canada and, as a result, it may not be possible to satisfy a judgment against us or those persons in Canada or to enforce a judgment obtained in Canadian courts against us or those persons outside of Canada.

 

Taxation and Eligibility for Investment

 

Canadian purchasers of the ordinary shares should consult their own legal and tax advisors with respect to the tax consequences of an investment in the ordinary shares in their particular circumstances and about the eligibility of the ordinary shares for investment by the purchaser under relevant Canadian legislation.

 

Cayman Islands

 

This prospectus does not constitute an invitation or offer to the public in the Cayman Islands of the ordinary shares, whether by way of sale or subscription. Each underwriter has not offered or sold, and will not offer or sell, directly or indirectly, any ordinary shares to the public in the Cayman Islands.

 

96

 

 

Dubai International Financial Center

 

This document relates to an exempt offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority. This document is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in those rules. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with exempt offers. The Dubai Financial Services Authority has not approved this document nor taken steps to verify the information set out in it, and has no responsibility for it. The ordinary shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this document may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the ordinary shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the ordinary shares. If you do not understand the contents of this document you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

 

European Economic Area

 

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter represents and agrees that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State, it has not made and will not make an offer of ordinary shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:

 

  to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150, natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

 

  in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of ordinary shares shall require us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

 

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to any ordinary shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the ordinary shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the ordinary shares, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Member State, the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC (and amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State), and includes any relevant implementing measure in the Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

 

United Kingdom

 

Each of the underwriters severally represents warrants and agrees as follows:

 

  it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the ordinary shares in circumstances in which Section 21 of the FSMA does not apply to us; and

 

  it has complied with, and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the ordinary shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

 

France

 

Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the ordinary shares described in this prospectus has been submitted to the clearance procedures of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers or of the competent authority of another member state of the European Economic Area and notified to the Autorité des Marchés Financiers. The ordinary shares have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to the public in France. Neither this prospectus nor any other offering material relating to the ordinary shares has been or will be:

 

  to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined in the Prospectus Directive;

 

  to fewer than 100 or, if the relevant member state has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted under the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the relevant Dealer or Dealers nominated by us for any such offer; or

 

  in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive;

 

  released, issued, distributed or caused to be released, issued or distributed to the public in France; or

 

  used in connection with any offer for subscription or sale of the ordinary shares to the public in France.

 

97

 

 

Such offers, sales and distributions will be made in France only:

 

  to qualified investors (investisseurs qualifiés) and/or to a restricted circle of investors (cercle restreint d’investisseurs), in each case investing for their own account, all as defined in, and in accordance with articles L.411-2, D.411-1, D.411-2, D.734-1, D.744-1, D.754-1 and D.764-1 of the French Code monétaire et financier;

 

  to investment services providers authorized to engage in portfolio management on behalf of third parties; or

 

  in a transaction that, in accordance with article L.411-2-II-1°-or-2°-or 3° of the French Code monétaire et financier and article 211-2 of the General Regulations (Règlement Général) of the Autorité des Marchés Financiers, does not constitute a public offer (appel public à l’épargne).

 

The ordinary shares may be resold directly or indirectly, only in compliance with articles L.411-1, L.411-2, L.412-1 and L.621-8 through L.621-8-3 of the French Code monétaire et financier.

 

Germany

 

This prospectus does not constitute a Prospectus Directive-compliant prospectus in accordance with the German Securities Prospectus Act (Wertpapierprospektgesetz) and does therefore not allow any public offering in the Federal Republic of Germany (“Germany”) or any other Relevant Member State pursuant to § 17 and § 18 of the German Securities Prospectus Act. No action has been or will be taken in Germany that would permit a public offering of the ordinary shares, or distribution of a prospectus or any other offering material relating to the ordinary shares. In particular, no securities prospectus (Wertpapierprospekt) within the meaning of the German Securities Prospectus Act or any other applicable laws of Germany, has been or will be published within Germany, nor has this prospectus been filed with or approved by the German Federal Financial Supervisory Authority (Bundesanstalt für Finanzdienstleistungsaufsicht) for publication within Germany.

 

Each underwriter will represent, agree and undertake, (i) that it has not offered, sold or delivered and will not offer, sell or deliver the ordinary shares within Germany other than in accordance with the German Securities Prospectus Act (Wertpapierprospektgesetz) and any other applicable laws in Germany governing the issue, sale and offering of ordinary shares, and (ii) that it will distribute in Germany any offering material relating to the ordinary shares only under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of Germany.

 

This prospectus is strictly for use of the person who has received it. It may not be forwarded to other persons or published in Germany.

 

Hong Kong

 

The ordinary shares may not be offered or sold in Hong Kong by means of any document other than (i) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance, or (ii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the ordinary shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to ordinary shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.

 

Israel

 

This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus under the Israeli Securities Law, 5728-1968, and has not been filed with or approved by the Israel Securities Authority. In Israel, this prospectus is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, investors listed in the first addendum, or the Addendum, to the Israeli Securities Law, consisting primarily of joint investment in trust funds, provident funds, insurance companies, banks, portfolio managers, investment advisors, members of the Tel Aviv Stock Exchange, underwriters purchasing for their own account, venture capital funds, entities with equity in excess of NIS 50 million and qualified individuals, each as defined in the Addendum (as it may be amended from time to time), collectively referred to as qualified investors. Qualified investors may be required to submit written confirmation that they meet the criteria for one of the categories of investors set forth in the prospectus.

 

Italy

 

The offering of ordinary shares has not been registered with the Commissione Nazionale per le Società e la Borsa(“CONSOB”) pursuant to Italian securities legislation and, accordingly, no ordinary shares may be offered, sold or delivered, nor copies of this prospectus or any other documents relating to the ordinary shares may not be distributed in Italy except:

 

  to “qualified investors”, as referred to in Article 100 of Legislative Decree No. 58 of 24 February 1998, as amended (the “Decree No. 58”) and defined in Article 26, paragraph 1, letter d) of CONSOB Regulation No. 16190 of 29 October 2007, as amended (“Regulation No. 16190”) pursuant to Article 34-ter, paragraph 1, letter b) of CONSOB Regulation No. 11971 of 14 May 1999, as amended (“Regulation No. 11971”); or

 

  in any other circumstances where an express exemption from compliance with the offer restrictions applies, as provided under Decree No. 58 or Regulation No. 11971.

 

98

 

 

Any offer, sale or delivery of the ordinary shares or distribution of copies of this prospectus or any other documents relating to the ordinary shares in the Republic of Italy must be:

 

  made by investment firms, banks or financial intermediaries permitted to conduct such activities in the Republic of Italy in accordance with Legislative Decree No. 385 of 1 September 1993, as amended (the “Banking Law”), Decree No. 58 and Regulation No. 16190 and any other applicable laws and regulations;

 

  in compliance with Article 129 of the Banking Law, and the implementing guidelines of the Bank of Italy, as amended; and

 

  in compliance with any other applicable notification requirement or limitation which may be imposed, from time to time, by CONSOB or the Bank of Italy or other competent authority.

 

Please note that, in accordance with Article 100-bis of Decree No. 58, where no exemption from the rules on public offerings applies, the subsequent distribution of the ordinary shares on the secondary market in Italy must be made in compliance with the public offer and the prospectus requirement rules provided under Decree No. 58 and Regulation No. 11971.

 

Furthermore, the ordinary shares which are initially offered and placed in Italy or abroad to qualified investors only but in the following year are regularly (“sistematicamente”) distributed on the secondary market in Italy to non-qualified investors become subject to the public offer and the prospectus requirement rules provided under Decree No. 58 and Regulation No. 11971. Failure to comply with such rules may result in the sale of the ordinary shares being declared null and void and in the liability of the intermediary transferring the ordinary shares for any damages suffered by such non-qualified investors.

 

Japan

 

The ordinary shares have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.

 

Kuwait

 

Unless all necessary approvals from the Kuwait Ministry of Commerce and Industry required by Law No. 31/1990 “Regulating the Negotiation of Securities and Establishment of Investment Funds,” its Executive Regulations and the various Ministerial Orders issued pursuant thereto or in connection therewith, have been given in relation to the marketing and sale of the ordinary shares, these may not be marketed, offered for sale, nor sold in the State of Kuwait. Neither this prospectus (including any related document), nor any of the information contained therein is intended to lead to the conclusion of any contract of whatsoever nature within Kuwait.

 

PRC

 

This prospectus has not been and will not be circulated or distributed in the PRC, and the ordinary shares may not be offered or sold, and will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, to any resident of the PRC or to persons for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, to any resident of the PRC except pursuant to applicable laws and regulations of the PRC. For the purpose of this paragraph, the PRC does not include Taiwan and the Special Administrative Regions of Hong Kong and Macao.

 

Qatar

 

The ordinary shares have not been and will not be offered, sold or delivered at any time, directly or indirectly, in the State of Qatar (“Qatar”) in a manner that would constitute a public offering. This prospectus has not been reviewed or approved by or registered with the Qatar Central Bank, the Qatar Exchange or the Qatar Financial Markets Authority. This prospectus is strictly private and confidential, and may not be reproduced or used for any other purpose, nor provided to any person other than the recipient thereof.

 

Saudi Arabia

 

This prospectus may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations issued by the Capital Market Authority. The Capital Market Authority does not make any representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this prospectus, and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this prospectus. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial adviser.

 

99

 

 

Singapore

 

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of ordinary shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the ordinary shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than

 

  to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”),

 

  to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or

 

  otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

 

Where the ordinary shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:

 

  a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or

 

  a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor, securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the ordinary shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:

 

  (a) to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;

 

  (b) where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;

 

  (c) where the transfer is by operation of law;

 

  (d) as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or

 

  (e) as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.

 

Switzerland

 

This document is not intended to constitute an offer or solicitation to purchase or invest in the ordinary shares described herein. The ordinary shares may not be publicly offered, sold or advertised, directly or indirectly, in, into or from Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange or on any other exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the ordinary shares constitutes a prospectus as such term is understood pursuant to article 652a or article 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or a listing prospectus within the meaning of the listing rules of the SIX Swiss Exchange or any other regulated trading facility in Switzerland, and neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the ordinary shares may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

 

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, nor the Company nor the ordinary shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. The ordinary shares are not subject to the supervision by any Swiss regulatory authority, e.g., the Swiss Financial Markets Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and investors in the ordinary shares will not benefit from protection or supervision by such authority.

 

100

 

 

Taiwan

 

The ordinary shares have not been and will not be registered or filed with, or approved by, the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be offered or sold in Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitute an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan or relevant laws and regulations that require a registration, filing or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorized to offer or sell the ordinary shares in Taiwan.

 

United Arab Emirates

 

(Excluding the Dubai International Financial Center)

 

The ordinary shares have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (“U.A.E.”) other than in compliance with the laws of the U.A.E. Prospective investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre should have regard to the specific selling restrictions on prospective investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre set out below.

 

The information contained in this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of ordinary shares in the U.A.E. in accordance with the Commercial Companies Law (Federal Law No. 8 of 1984 of the U.A.E., as amended) or otherwise and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Emirates Securities and Commodities Authority or the Dubai Financial Services Authority, or DFSA. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus, you should consult an authorized financial adviser. This prospectus is provided for the benefit of the recipient only, and should not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person.

 

101

 

 

Expenses Relating to This Offering

 

Set forth below is an itemization of the total expenses, excluding placement discounts and commissions, that we expect to incur in connection with this offering. With the exception of the SEC registration fee, the Nasdaq listing fee and the FINRA filing fee, all amounts are estimates.

 

Securities and Exchange Commission Registration Fee   $ 3,500  
Nasdaq listing fee   $ 50,000  
FINRA   $ 4,000  
Legal Fees and Expenses   $ 300,000  
Accounting Fees and Expenses   $ 540,000  
Printing and Engraving Expenses   $ 30,000  
Underwriter Allowance & Reimbursement   $ 270,000  
Miscellaneous   $ 50,000  
Total Expenses   $ 1,247,500  

  

Under the Underwriting Agreement, we will pay our underwriters a fee and commission equal to 7.5% of the public offering price multiplied by the shares sold in the offering. In addition to the cash commission, we will also reimburse the Representatives for the full amount of its reasonable, non-accountable expenses of $100,000 of the gross proceeds raised in the offering, in addition to its expenses relating to the Offering, including but not limited to (i) reasonable travel and out-of-pocket expenses, including clearing charges and (ii) legal expense, up to $170,000.

 

Legal Matters

 

Ortoli Rosenstadt LLP is acting as counsel to our company regarding U.S. securities law matters. The validity of the ordinary shares offered hereby will be opined upon for us by Ogier. Bevilacqua PLLC is acting as counsel to Craft Capital Management LLC. Certain legal matters as to PRC law will be passed upon for us by Grandall Law Firm and by Grandway Law Offices for Craft Capital Management LLC. Ortoli Rosenstadt LLP may rely upon Ogier with respect to matters governed by the law of the Cayman Islands and Grandall Law Firm with respect to matters governed by PRC law. Bevilacqua PLLC may rely upon Grandway Law Offices with respect to matters governed by PRC law.

 

Experts

 

The consolidated financial statements for the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, as set forth in this prospectus and elsewhere in the registration statement have been so included in reliance on the report of Briggs & Veselka Co., an independent registered public accounting firm, given on their authority as experts in accounting and auditing. The offices of Briggs & Veselka Co. are located at 9 Greenway Plaza #1700, Houston, TX 77046.

 

Interests of Named Experts and Counsel

 

No expert or counsel named in this prospectus as having prepared or certified any part of this prospectus or having given an opinion upon the validity of the securities being registered or upon other legal matters in connection with the registration or offering of the ordinary shares was employed on a contingency basis, or had, or is to receive, in connection with the offering, a substantial interest, direct or indirect, in the registrant. Nor was any such person connected with the registrant as a promoter, managing or principal underwriter, voting trustee, director, officer, or employee.

 

Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act, may be permitted to our directors, officers or persons controlling us, we have been advised that it is the SEC’s opinion that such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in such act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

 

Where You Can Find Additional Information

 

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form F-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the ordinary shares offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits filed therewith. For further information about us and the ordinary shares offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and in each instance we refer you to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. However, statements in the prospectus contain the material provisions of such contracts, agreements and other documents. We currently do not file periodic reports with the SEC. Upon closing of our public offering, we will be required to file periodic reports and other information with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from that office. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The address of the website is www.sec.gov.

 

102

 

  

HUADI INTERNATIONAL GROUP CO., LTD.

  

TABLE OF CONTENTS

  

Consolidated Financial Statements for the Six Months Ended March 31, 2020 and 2019  
   
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019 (Unaudited) F-2
   
Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income for the Six Months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited) F-3
   
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Six Months ended March 31, 2020 (Unaudited) F-4
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019 (Unaudited) F-5
   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-6

 

F-1

 

 

HUADI INTERNATIONAL GROUP CO., LTD.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF MARCH 31, 2020 AND SEPTEMBER 30, 2019

(UNAUDITED, IN U.S. DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

 

    2020     2019  
Assets            
Current assets            
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 796,381     $ 1,057,992  
Restricted cash     868,148       1,958,680  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,790,857 and $2,764,735, respectively     7,532,470       14,499,839  
Notes receivable     209,173       517,649  
Inventories     27,275,699       17,845,405  
Advance to suppliers     894,934       1,306,926  
Advance to suppliers, related parties     5,866,200       5,251,600  
Other receivables     2,721,231       5,494,060  
Total current assets     46,164,236       47,932,151  
Property, plant and equipment, net     6,522,507       6,479,256  
Intangible assets, net     1,168,090       1,171,883  
Long-term investments     12,896,198       12,775,494  
Deferred tax assets     418,629       414,710  
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 67,169,660     $ 68,773,494  
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
Current liabilities:                
Accounts payable   $ 993,827     $ 1,124,061  
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities     1,784,336       1,887,934  
Notes payable     1,890,139       3,696,652  
Advances from customers     1,594,064       1,221,152  
Due to related parties     2,163,286       4,101,710  
Short-term borrowings     30,867,639       31,488,660  
Tax payable     3,813,828       4,046,225  
TOTAL LIABILITIES     43,107,119       47,566,394  
                 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTIGENCIES                
                 
Shareholders’ equity:                
Common stock, $0.0002 par value, 250,000,000 shares authorized, 10,000,000 shares issued and outstanding     2,000       2,000  
Additional paid-in capital     22,531,620       22,531,620  
Accumulated deficit     (827,498 )     (3,481,925 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income     2,149,268       1,976,808  
Total equity attributable to Huadi International Group Co., Ltd.     23,855,390       21,028,503  
Equity attributable to non-controlling interests     207,151       178,597  
Total shareholders’ equity     24,062,541       21,207,100  
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY   $ 67,169,660     $ 68,773,494  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-2

 

 

HUADI INTERNATIONAL GROUP CO., LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2020 AND 2019

(UNAUDITED, IN U.S. DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

 

    2020     2019  
Sales   $ 25,557,407     $ 32,133,105  
Cost of sales     (19,259,740 )     (25,540,685 )
Gross profit     6,297,667       6,592,420  
                 
Operating expenses:                
Selling, general and administrative     1,953,069       2,396,534  
Research and development     834,351       1,047,229  
Total operating expenses     2,787,420       3,443,763  
                 
Operating income     3,510,247       3,148,657  
                 
Other income (expenses):                
Interest expenses, net     (1,042,184 )     (1,053,191 )
Other income, net     554,456       231,326  
Total other expenses, net     (487,728 )     (821,865 )
                 
Income before income taxes     3,022,519       2,326,792  
Income tax provision     (341,280 )     (287,478 )
                 
Net income   $ 2,681,239     $ 2,039,314  
                 
Net income attributable to non-controlling interests     26,812       20,393  
                 
Net income attributable to Huadi International Group Co., Ltd.   $ 2,654,427     $ 2,018,921  
                 
Net income   $ 2,681,239     $ 2,039,314  
                 
Other comprehensive income:                
Foreign currency translation adjustment     174,202       424,429  
                 
Total comprehensive income     2,855,441       2,463,743  
Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests     1,742       24,637  
                 
Comprehensive income attributable to Huadi International Group Co., Ltd.   $ 2,853,699     $ 2,439,106  
                 
Basic and diluted earnings per share                
Basic   $ 0.27     $ 0.20  
Diluted   $ 0.27     $ 0.20  
Weighted average number of shares outstanding                
Basic     10,000,000       10,000,000  
Diluted     10,000,000       10,000,000  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3

 

  

HUADI INTERNATIONAL GROUP CO., LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2020

(UNAUDITED, IN U.S. DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

 

    Shares     Amount     Additional
paid-in
capital
    Accumulated deficit     Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
    Shareholders’ equity to
Huadi International Group Co., Ltd.
   

Non-controlling

interests

    Total shareholders’
equity
 
                                                 
Balance at September 30, 2019     10,000,000       2,000       22,531,620       (3,481,925 )   $ 1,976,808       21,028,503       178,597     $ 21,207,100  
                                                                 
Foreign currency translation income     -       -       -       -       172,460       172,460       1,742       174,202  
                                                                 
Net income     -       -       -       2,654,427       -       2,654,427       26,812       2,681,239  
                                                                 
Balance at March 31, 2020     10,000,000     $ 2,000     $ 22,531,620       (827,498 )     2,149,268       23,855,390       207,151       24,062,541  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4

 

  

HUADI INTERNATIONAL GROUP CO., LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED MARCH 31, 2020 AND 2019

(UNAUDITED, IN U.S. DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

 

    2020     2019  
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:            
Net income   $ 2,681,239     $ 2,039,314  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:                
Depreciation expense     387,481       293,046  
Amortization expense     15,011       15,410  
Deferred tax benefits     -       8,794  
Gain on disposal of fixed assets     (649,142 )     (32,066 )
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                
Accounts receivable     7,174,378       7,170,273  
Notes receivable     316,455       2,651,138  
Inventories     (9,352,963 )     868,222  
Advances to suppliers     428,523       402,999  
Advances to suppliers - related party     (570,550 )     (6,602,766 )
Other receivables     2,852,575       1,883,546  
Accounts payable     (142,242 )     627,411  
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities     (122,631 )     229,150  
Notes payable     (1,859,586 )     (2,674,284 )
Advances from customers     364,936       (3,939,539 )
Income tax payable     (273,293 )     117,663  
Net cash provided by operating activities     1,250,191       3,058,311  
                 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:                
Purchases of property, plant and equipment     (378,189 )     (596,031 )
Disposal of properties and equipment     657,993       51,243  
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities     279,804       (544,788 )
                 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:                
Proceeds from short-term borrowings     22,878,557       22,434,605  
Repayments on short-term borrowings     (23,806,138 )     (28,351,627 )
Advances from related parties     1,568,806       1,830,107  
Repayments of related party advances     (3,565,469 )     (585,634 )
                 
Net cash used in financing activities     (2,924,244 )     (4,672,549 )
                 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash     42,106       83,154  
                 
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash     (1,352,143 )     (2,075,872 )
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at the beginning of period     3,016,672       5,197,695  
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at the end of period   $ 1,664,529     $ 3,121,823  
                 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flows information:                
Cash paid for income taxes   $ 101,766     $ 204,333  
Cash paid for interest expenses   $ 1,111,537     $ 1,053,191  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5

 

  

HUADI INTERNATIONAL GROUP CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(UNAUDITED)

 

NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF OPERATIONS

  

Entity Name  

Registered

Location

  Date of Incorporation  

Ownership as of the

issuance date of the report

Huadi International Group Co., Ltd. (“Huadi International” or “the Company”)   Cayman Island   September 27, 2018   Parent, 100%
Yongqiang Tuoxing Limited. (“Yongqiang Tuoxing”)   British Virgin Island   October 2, 2018   100% by the Parent
Hong KongBeach Limited. (“HK Beach”)   Hong Kong   November 7, 2018   100% by Tuoxing
Wenzhou Hongshun Stainless Steel Limited. (“Hongshun”)   Wenzhou, China   June 3,2019   100% by HK Beach
Huadi Steel Group Limited. (“Huadi Steel”)   Wenzhou, China   November 12,1998   99% by Hongshun

 

Huadi International Group Co., Ltd. (“Huadi International”)

 

Huadi International was incorporated on September 27, 2018 under the laws of Cayman Islands. Under its memorandum of association, Huadi International is authorized to issue 250,000,000 ordinary shares of a single class, par value $0.0002 per ordinary share. The paid in capital was zero as of March 31, 2020. There are currently 10,000,000 issued and outstanding ordinary shares, of which 16.64% and 83.36% held by Yongqiang Maituo Limited and Yongqiang Donghai Limited, repectively. Huadi International is a holding company and is currently not actively engaging in any business. Huadi International’s registered agent is Harneys Fiduciary (Cayman) Limited and its registered office is at 4th Floor, Harbour Place, 103 South Church Street, P.O. Box 10240, Grand Cayman, KY1-1002, Cayman Islands.

 

Yongqiang Tuoxing Limited (“Yongqiang Tuoxing”)

 

Yongqiang Tuoxing was incorporated on October 2, 2018 under the laws of British Virgin Islands. Under its memorandum of association, Yongqiang Tuoxing is authorized to issue 50,000 ordinary shares of a single class, par value $1.00 per ordinary share. The paid in capital was zero as of March 31, 2020. Yongqiang Tuoxing is a wholly owned subsidiary of Huadi International and is currently not actively engaging in any business. Yongqiang Tuoxing’s registered agent is Harneys Corporate Services Limited and its registered office is at Craigmuir Chambers, Road Town, Tortola, VG1110, British Virgin Islands.

 

Hong Kong Beach Limited (“HK Beach”)

 

HK Beach was incorporated on November 7, 2018 under the laws of Hong Kong and is a wholly owned subsidiary of Yongqiang Tuoxing. The paid in capital was zero as of March 31, 2020. HK Beach did not have any operations as of March 31, 2020.

 

Wenzhou Hongshun Stainless Steel Ltd. (“Wenzhou Hongshun”)

 

Wenzhou Hongshun was incorporated on June 3, 2019 in China and is a wholly owned subsidiary of HK Beach. Wenzhou Hongshun is a wholly-foreign owned enterprise organized the laws of the People’s Republic of China. The registered capital is USD 10,000,000 and the paid in capital was zero as of March 31, 2020.

 

F-6

 

  

The registered principal activities of Wenzhou Hongshun are Sales of stainless steel pipes, stainless steel bars, stainless steel elbows, stainless steel products, auto parts and components; import and export of goods, technology import and export. Wenzhou Hongshun did not have any operations as of March 31, 2020.

 

Huadi Steel Group Limited. (“Huadi Steel”)

 

Huadi Steel was incorporated on November 12, 1998 under the laws of the People’s Republic of China. The registered and paid in capital is RMB 168,800,000. Since August 18, 2015, Huadi Group was owned by nine PRC shareholders (“PRC Shareholders”).

  

Reorganization  

 

In or about August 2019, the Company completed a corporate reorganization to roll several controlled entities (now referred to as the subsidiaries) into one legal corporation (the “Company”) where Di Wang, one of the PRC Shareholders transferred 5% equity of Huadi Steel to a Hong Kong entity which was subsequently transferred to Wenzhou Hongshun on August 28, 2019. On August 22, 2019, Wenzhou Hongshun acquired 94% equity of Huadi Group from the PRC Shareholders. As the result, Wenzhou Huadi Steel’s equity interest is 99% held by Wenzhou Hongshun and 1% held by Di Wang as of March 31, 2020. The specific transactions related to this reorganization are outlined above.  During the years presented in these financial statements, the control of the entities has never changed (always under the control of the PRC Shareholders). Accordingly, the combination has been treated as a corporate restructuring (“reorganization”) of entities under common control and thus the current capital structure has been retroactively presented in prior periods as if such structure existed at that time and in accordance with ASC 805-50-45-5, the entities under common control are presented on a combined basis for all periods to which such entities were under common control. The consolidation of the Company and its subsidiaries has been accounted for at historical cost and prepared on the basis as if the aforementioned transactions had become effective as of the beginning of the first period presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

NOTE 2 – SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements and related notes have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United Stated of America (“US GAAP”) and have been consistently applied. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its majority-owned and controlled subsidiaries. All significant inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated upon consolidation.

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported and disclosed in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Such estimates include, but are not limited to, allowances for doubtful accounts, inventory valuation, useful lives of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, impairment in equity investment, and income taxes related to realization of deferred tax assets and uncertain tax position. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Foreign Currency Translation

 

The financial records of the Company’s subsidiaries in People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) are maintained in their local currencies which are Chinese Yuan (“CNY” or “RMB”). Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than their local currencies are translated into local currencies at the rates of exchange in effect at the consolidated balance sheet dates. Transactions denominated in currencies other than their local currencies during the year are converted into local currencies at the applicable rates of exchange prevailing when the transactions occur. Transaction gains and losses are recorded in other income/ (expense), net in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

 

F-7

 

  

The Company maintained its financial record using the United States dollar (“US dollar”) as the functional currency, while the subsidiaries of the Company in Hong Kong and mainland China maintained their financial records using RMB as the functional currencies. The reporting currency of the Company is US dollar. When translating local financial reports of the Company’s subsidiaries into US dollar, assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rates at the consolidated balance sheet date, equity accounts are translated at historical exchange rates and revenue, expenses, gains and losses are translated at the average rate for the period. Translation adjustments are reported as cumulative translation adjustments and are shown as a separate component of other comprehensive income in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

  

The relevant exchange rates are listed below:

 

    March 31,     March 31,     September 30,  
    2020     2019     2019  
                   
Period Ended RMB: USD exchange rate     7.0808       6.7112       7.1477  
Period Average RMB: USD exchange rate     7.0117       6.8302       6.8753  

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents primarily consist of cash and deposits with financial institutions which are unrestricted as to withdrawal and use. Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to cash generally with original maturities of three months or less when purchased.

 

Restricted Cash

 

The Company has bank acceptance notes outstanding with the bank and is required to keep certain amounts on deposit that are subject to withdrawal restrictions. Those notes are generally short term in nature due to their short maturity period of six to nine months; thus, restricted cash is classified as a current asset. Restricted cash is not included in the beginning or ending balance of cash and cash equivalents in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

 

As of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019, restricted cash was $868,148 and $1,958,680, respectively. No cash is restricted to assure future credit availability.

 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Account

 

Accounts receivable are recognized and carried at original invoiced amount less an estimated allowance for uncollectible accounts. The Company usually determines the adequacy of reserves for doubtful accounts based on individual account analysis and historical collection trends. The Company establishes a provision for doubtful receivables when there is objective evidence that the Company may not be able to collect amounts due. The allowance is based on management’s best estimates of specific losses on individual exposures, as well as a provision on historical trends of collections. Based on management of customers’ credit and ongoing relationship, management makes conclusions whether any balances outstanding at the end of the period will be deemed uncollectible on an individual basis and on aging analysis basis. The provision is recorded against accounts receivables balances, with a corresponding charge recorded in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. Delinquent account balances are written-off against the allowance for doubtful accounts after management has determined that the likelihood of collection is not probable.

 

The allowance for doubtful accounts recognized as of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019 was $2,790,857 and $2,764,735, respectively.

 

F-8

 

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is principally determined using the weighted-average method. The Company records adjustments to inventory for excess quantities, obsolescence or impairment when appropriate to reflect inventory at net realizable value. These adjustments are based upon a combination of factors including current sales volume, market conditions, lower of cost or market analysis and expected realizable value of the inventory.

 

There were no write-downs recognized of inventories for the period as of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019.

  

Advances to Suppliers

 

Advances to suppliers refer to advances for purchase of materials or other service agreements, which are applied against accounts payable when the materials or services are received.

 

The Company reviews a supplier’s credit history and background information before advancing a payment. If the financial condition of its suppliers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to deliver goods or provide services, the Company would write off such amount in the period when it is considered impaired. There were no write-offs recognized of impairment for the period as of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019.

 

Advances from Customers

 

Advances from customers refer to advances received from customers regarding product sales, which are applied against accounts receivable when products are sold.

 

Property and Equipment, net

 

Property, plant, and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation commences upon placing the asset in usage and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets with 5% of residual value, as follows:

 

    Useful
lives
Buildings   10-20 years
Machinery and equipment   5-20 years
Transportation vehicles   3-10 years
Office equipment   3-10 years
Electronic equipment   3-10 years

 

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs, which do not materially extend the useful lives of the assets, are charged to expense as incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments which substantially extend the useful life of assets are capitalized. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets retired or sold are removed from the respective accounts, and any gain or loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of income and other comprehensive income in other income or expenses.

 

F-9

 

 

Intangible Assets

 

Intangible assets consist of land use rights. Under the PRC law, all land in the PRC is owned by the government and cannot be sold to an individual or company. The government grants individuals and companies the right to use parcels of land for specified periods of time. These land use rights are sometimes referred to informally as “ownership.” Land use rights are stated at cost less accumulated amortization. Intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method with the following estimated useful lives:

 

    Useful lives
Land use rights   50 years

  

Long-term Investments

 

The Company accounts for investments less than 20% ownership under the cost method and assess impairment at the end of each period. The carrying value of the investments was $12,896,198 and $12,775,494 as of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019.

 

The Company determined that there is no impairment in these investments for the six months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019.

  

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

 

The Company’s management reviews the carrying values of long-lived assets whenever events and circumstances, such as a significant decline in the asset’s market value, obsolescence or physical damage affecting the asset, significant adverse changes in the assets use, deterioration in the expected level of the assets performance, cash flows for maintaining the asset are higher than forecast, indicate that the net book value of an asset may not be recovered through expected future cash flows from its use and eventual disposition. If the estimated cash flows from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition are below the asset’s carrying value, then the asset is deemed to be impaired and written down to its fair value.

 

There was no impairment charge recognized for long-lived assets for the six months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures requires disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments held by the Company. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A three-level fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy requires entities to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:

 

  Level 1 inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

  Level 2 inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets in inactive markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

 

  Level 3 inputs to the valuation methodology use one or more unobservable inputs which are significant to the fair value measurement. This includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.

 

For the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, other current liabilities, notes receivable, notes payable, advances to suppliers, advances from customers, bank loans, and income tax payable and other receivables, the carrying amounts approximate their fair values due to their short maturities as of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019.

 

F-10

 

 

Value-added Tax

 

Sales revenue represents the invoiced value of goods, net of VAT. All of the Company’s products are sold in the PRC and are subject to a VAT on the gross sales price.  The Company is subject to a VAT rate of 17% before May 1, 2018, a VAT rate of 16% effective on May 1, 2018, and the most current VAT rate of 13% effective on April 1, 2019. The VAT may be offset by VAT paid by the Company on raw materials and other materials included in the cost of producing or acquiring its finished products.

 

Revenue Recognition 

 

The Company generates its revenues mainly from sales of steel piping products. The Company follows Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) ASC 606 and accounting standards updates (“ASU”) 2014-09 for revenue recognition. On October 1, 2018, the Company has early adopted ASU 2014-09, which is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires revenue to be recognized in a manner to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration expected to be received in exchange for those goods or services. The Company considers revenue realized or realizable and earned when all the five following criteria are met: (1) Identify the Contract with a Customer, (2) Identify the Performance Obligations in the Contract, (3) Determine the Transaction Price, (4) Allocate the Transaction Price to the Performance Obligations in the Contract, and (5) Recognize Revenue When (or As) the Entity Satisfies a Performance Obligation. Results for reporting periods beginning after October 1, 2018 are presented under ASU 2014-09, while prior period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported under the previous accounting standards. The Company has assessed the impact of the guidance by reviewing its existing customer contracts and current accounting policies and practices to identify differences that will result from applying the new requirements, including the evaluation of its performance obligations, transaction price, customer payments, transfer of control and principal versus agent considerations. Based on the assessment, the Company concluded that there was no change to the timing and pattern of revenue recognition for its current revenue streams in scope of Topic 606 and therefore there was no material changes to the Company’s consolidated financial statements upon adoption of ASC 606, and there have not been any significant changes to company’s business processes, systems, or internal controls as a result of implementing the standard.

 

The Company considers customer purchase orders, which in some cases are governed by master sales agreements, to be the contracts with a customer. As part of its consideration of the contract, the Company evaluates certain factors including the customer’s ability to pay (or credit risk). For each contract, the Company considers the promise to transfer products, each of which are distinct, to be the identified performance obligations.

 

In determining the transaction price the Company evaluates whether the price is subject to refund or adjustment to determine the net consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled. As the Company’s standard payment terms are less than one year, the Company has elected the practical expedient under ASC 606-10-32-18 to not assess whether a contract has a significant financing component. The Company allocates the transaction price to each distinct product based on their relative standalone selling price.

 

Revenues are reported net of all value added taxes. The Company does not routinely permit customers to return products, while in certain conditions product changes are allowed, and historically customer returns have been immaterial and due to the nature of company’s products no warranty is offered.

 

Revenue is recognized when control of the product is transferred to the customer (i.e., when the Company’s performance obligation is satisfied at a point in time), which typically occurs at delivery.

 

The Company sells its products either under free onboard (“FOB”) shipping point term or under FOB destination term. For sales under FOB shipping point term, the Company recognize revenues when products are loaded on the ships. Product delivery is evidenced by warehouse shipping logs as well assigned shipping bills from the shipping companies. For sales under FOB destination term, the Company recognize revenues when the products are delivered and accepted by customers. Product delivery is evidenced by signed receipt documents and title transfers upon delivery. Prices are determined based on negotiations with the Company’s customers and are not subject to adjustment. As a result, the Company expects returns to be minimal.

 

F-11

 

 

Government Grant

 

Government grants are recognized when received and all the conditions for their receipt have been met.

 

Government grants as the compensation for expenses or losses already incurred or for the purpose of giving immediate financial support to the Company with no future related cost are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which they become receivable.

 

During the six months ended as of March 31, 2020 and 2019, government grants recognized was $179,533 and $31,900, respectively.

 

Research and Development Costs

 

Research and development activities are directed toward the development of new products as well as improvements in existing processes. These costs, which primarily include salaries, contract services and supplies, are expensed as incurred.

 

Shipping and Handling Costs

 

Shipping and handling costs are expensed when incurred and are included in selling and marketing expense. Shipping and handling costs were $504,180 and $668,804 for the six months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

Advertising Costs

 

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred in accordance with ASC 720-35, “Other Expenses-Advertising Costs”. Advertising costs were $48,815 and $78,146 for the six months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method whereby it calculates deferred tax assets or liabilities for temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements, net operating loss carry forwards and credits by applying enacted tax rates applicable to the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be reversed or settled. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Current income taxes are provided for in accordance with the laws of the relevant taxing authorities. The components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are individually classified as non-current amounts.

 

The Company records uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 on the basis of a two-step process whereby (1) the Company determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the Company recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. 

 

To the extent applicable, the Company records interest and penalties as other expense. All of the tax returns of the Company’s PRC subsidiaries remain subject to examination by PRC tax authorities for five years from the date of filing. The fiscal years for tax purpose in PRC are ended at December 31.

 

F-12

 

 

The Company and its subsidiaries are not subject to U.S. tax laws and local state tax laws. The Company’s income and that of its related entities must be computed in accordance with Chinese and foreign tax laws, as applicable, and all of which may be changed in a manner that could adversely affect the amount of distributions to shareholders. There can be no assurance that Income Tax Laws of PRC will not be changed in a manner that adversely affects shareholders. In particular, any such change could increase the amount of tax payable by the Company, reducing the amount available to pay dividends to the holders of the Company’s ordinary shares.

 

Earnings Per Share

 

Earnings (loss) per share is calculated in accordance with ASC 260 Earnings per Share. Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share is computed in accordance with the treasury stock method and based on the weighted average number of ordinary shares and dilutive common share equivalents. Dilutive common share equivalents are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share if their effects would be anti-dilutive. There were no dilutive common share equivalents outstanding during the six months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019.

 

Concentration of Risks

 

Exchange Rate Risks

 

The Company operates in China, which may give rise to significant foreign currency risks mainly from fluctuations and the degree of volatility of foreign exchange rates between the USD and the RMB.

 

Currency Convertibility Risks

 

Substantially all of the Company’s operating activities are transacted in RMB, which is not freely convertible into foreign currencies. All foreign exchange transactions take place either through the People’s Bank of China or other banks authorized to buy and sell foreign currencies at the exchange rates quoted by the People’s Bank of China. Approval of foreign currency payments by the People’s Bank of China or other regulatory institutions requires submitting a payment application form together with other information such as suppliers’ invoices, shipping documents and signed contracts.

 

Concentration of Credit Risks

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risks consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, notes receivable. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, and note receivable in good credit quality financial institutions in Hong Kong and PRC. Concentration of credit risks with respect to accounts receivables is linked to the concentration of revenue. To manage credit risk, the Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of customers’ financial condition.

 

Interest Rate Risks

 

The Company is subject to interest rate risk. The Company has bank interest bearing loans charged at variable interest rates. And although some bank interest bearing loans are charged at fixed interest rates within the reporting period, the Company is still subject to the risk of adverse changes in the interest rates charged by the banks when these loans are refinanced. 

 

Risks and Uncertainties

 

The operations of the Company are located in the PRC. Accordingly, the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations may be influenced by political, economic, and legal environments in the PRC, as well as by the general state of the PRC economy. The Company’s results may be adversely affected by changes in the political, regulatory and social conditions in the PRC. Although the Company has not experienced losses from these situations and believes that it is in compliance with existing laws and regulations including its organization and structure disclosed in Note1, this may not be indicative of future results.

 

F-13

 

 

Liquidity Risks

 

Our primary sources of liquidity consist of existing cash balances, cash flows from our operating activities and availability under our revolving credit facility. Our ability to generate sufficient cash flows from our operating activities is primarily dependent on our sales of steel pipe, tube and ancillary products to our customers at margins sufficient to cover fixed and variable expenses. 

 

As of March 31, 2020, we had cash and cash equivalents of $796,381. We believe that our current cash, cash to be generated from our operations and access to help from our related party will be sufficient to meet our working capital needs for at least the next twelve months. However, we do not have any amounts committed to be provided by our related party. We are also not dependent upon this offering to meet our liquidity needs for the next twelve months. However, we plan to expand our business to implement our growth strategies in the water supply market and strengthen our position in the marketplace. To do so, we will need more capital through equity financing to increase our production and meet market demands.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

The Company considers the applicability and impact of all accounting standards updates. Management periodically reviews new accounting standards that are issued.

 

In May 2014, FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, including most industry-specific revenue recognition guidance throughout the Industry Topics of the Codification. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected to be received for those goods or services.

 

We have elected to early adopt ASU 2014-09 and its related amendments or collectively Topic 606, effective October 1, 2018, as permitted by the standard, using the modified retrospective implementation method. Accordingly, we have applied the five-step method outlined in Topic 606 for determining when and how revenue is recognized to all contracts that were not completed as of the date of adoption. Revenues for reporting periods beginning after October 1, 2018 are presented under Topic 606, while prior period amounts have not been adjusted and continue to be reported under the previous revenue recognition guidance. For contracts that were modified before the effective date, we have considered the modification guidance within the new standard and determined that the revenue recognized and contract balances recorded prior to adoption for such contracts were not impacted. While Topic 606 requires additional disclosure of the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers, its adoption has not had a material impact on the measurement or recognition of our revenues. Our modified retrospective adoption, for which we were not required to make any material changes to the prior year presentation, did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842),” which increases lease transparency and comparability among organizations. Under the new standard, lessees will be required to recognize all assets and liabilities arising from leases on the balance sheet, with the exception of leases with a term of 12 months or less, which permits a lessee to make an accounting policy election by class of underlying asset not to recognize lease assets and liabilities. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and early adoption is permitted. In March 2018, the FASB approved an alternative transition method to the modified retrospective approach, which eliminates the requirement to restate prior period financial statements and requires the cumulative effect of the retrospective allocation to be recorded as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings at the date of adoption. The Company does not plan to early adopt ASU 2016-02 or expect this update will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flow.

 

F-14

 

 

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, to provide guidance on the presentation and classification of certain cash receipts and cash payments on the statement of cash flows. The guidance specifically addresses cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the diversity in practice. The guidance will be effective for the Company in fiscal year 2018, but early adoption is permitted. The Company has evaluated the impact of this new standard and believes there is no impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-17, Consolidation (Topic 810): Interest Held through Related Parties That Are under Common Control, to provide guidance on the evaluation of whether a reporting entity is the primary beneficiary of a VIE by amending how a reporting entity, that is a single decision maker of a VIE, treats indirect interests in that entity held through related parties that are under common control. The amendments are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company has evaluated the impact of this new standard and believes there is no impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, “Statement of Cash Flows: Restricted Cash”. The amendments address diversity in practice that exists in the classification and presentation of changes in restricted cash on the statement of cash flows. The amendment is effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has elected to early adopt the new standard effective October 1, 2018 using a retrospective transition method to each period presented. Our retrospective adoption did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business”. The amendments in this ASU clarify the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. These amendments take effect for public businesses for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those periods, and all other entities should apply these amendments for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company does not expect this update will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement” (“ASU 2018-13”). The amendments in this ASU modify the disclosure requirements on fair value measurements. ASU 2018-13 is effective for public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted for any removed or modified disclosures. The removed and modified disclosures will be adopted on a retrospective basis and the new disclosures will be adopted on a prospective basis. The Company does not plan to early adopt ASU 2018-13 or expect this update will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Other accounting standards that have been issued by the FASB or other standards-setting bodies are not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, result of operations or cash flows. 

 

NOTE 3 – ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

 

Accounts receivable as of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019 consisted of the following:

 

    2020     2019  
Accounts receivable, gross   $ 10,323,327     $ 17,264,574  
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts     (2,790,857 )     (2,764,735 )
Accounts receivable, net   $ 7,532,470     $ 14,499,839  

 

F-15

 

 

The Company’s customers are for the most part, various levels of government, state-owned entities and construction companies. Due to the nature of the customers and the practice of the industry, the Company generally allows credit period of 180 days to its customers.

 

Changes of allowance for doubtful accounts as of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019 are as follow:

 

    2020     2019  
Beginning balance   $ 2,764,735     $ 2,912,310  
Additional reserve through bad debt expense     -       -  
Bad debt write-off     -       (33,612 )
Exchange difference     26,122       (113,963 )
Ending balance   $ 2,790,857     $ 2,764,735  

 

NOTE 4 – NOTES RECEIVABLE

 

Notes receivable consisted of bank acceptance notes of $209,173 and $517,649 provided by the Company’s customers as of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019, respectively. These notes with 3-6 months maturity dates were issued by our customers to repay their balance to the Company and these notes were guaranteed by the banks.

 

NOTE 5 – INVENTORIES

 

Inventories as of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019 consisted of the following:

 

    2020     2019  
Raw materials   $ 17,163,166     $ 10,489,858  
Work in process     265,684       252,749  
Finished goods     9,846,849       7,102,798  
Total   $ 27,275,699     $ 17,845,405  

 

There were no inventory write-downs recognized for the six months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019.

 

NOTE 6 – PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following as of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019:

 

    2020     2019  
    $     $  
Buildings     4,728,084       4,785,642  
Machinery and equipment     8,780,732       8,302,445  
Transportation vehicles     954,145       936,908  
Office equipment     372,993       442,343  
Construction in progress (“CIP”)     99,735       124,276  
Total property plant and equipment, at cost     14,935,689       14,591,614  
Less: accumulated depreciation     (8,413,182 )     (8,112,358 )
Property, plant and equipment, net   $ 6,522,507     $ 6,479,256  

  

Depreciation expense was $387,481 and $293,046 for the six months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

 

F-16

 

 

NOTE 7 – INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

Intangible asset as of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019 consisted of the following:

 

    2020     2019  
Land use rights, cost   $ 1,565,149     $ 1,550,500  
Less: accumulated amortization     (397,059 )     (378,617 )
Intangible assets, net   $ 1,168,090     $ 1,171,883  

 

Amortization expense was $15,011 and $15,410 for the six months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

 

NOTE 8 – LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS

 

Long-term investments consisted of the following as of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019:

 

    2020     2019  
Huashang Micro Finance Co.   $ 5,366,625     $ 5,316,395  
Longwan Rural Commercial Bank     6,352,672       6,293,213  
Wenzhou Longlian Development Co., Ltd     1,176,901       1,165,886  
Total   $ 12,896,198     $ 12,775,494  

  

In 2009, the Company made an investment of RMB 90,000,000 ($13,203,257 in USD) to acquire 22.5% in Huashang Micro Finance Co. (“Huashang”), a finance company offers micro loans to its customers. In 2015, as the result of a capital reduction, the Company’s ownership reduced by 3.5% to 19% for a cash consideration of RMB 52,000,000 ($8,535,827 in USD), of which RMB 7,000,000 ($988,589 and $979,336 in USD, respectively) has not been collected as of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019. The Company carries this investment at the cost on its balance sheets. The Company did not receive any dividend income from Huashang during the six months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019.

 

In 2011, the Company made an investment of RMB 8,333,400 ($1,307,982 in USD) to acquire 8.3334% in Wenzhou Longlian Development Co., Ltd. (“Longlian”), a property and infrastructure development company. The Company carries this investment at the cost on its balance sheets. The Company did not receive any dividend income from Longlian during the six months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019.

 

In 2012, the Company made an investment of RMB 44,982,000 ($7,172,207 in USD) to acquire 2.1% in Longwan Rural Commercial Bank. (“LRCB”), a private bank accepting deposits and providing short-term or long-term lending to its customers. The Company carries this investment at the cost on its balance sheets. During the six months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company received dividend income of RMB 0 and RMB 3,307,500 ($484,246 in USD) from LRCB, respectively.

 

NOTE 9 – NOTES PAYABLE

 

Notes payable consisted of bank notes of $1,890,139 and $3,696,652 provided by the Company to its customers as of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019, respectively. These short-term bank notes can be endorsed and assigned to suppliers as payments for purchases. The bank notes payables are generally payable within six months. These short-term notes payables are guaranteed by the bank for their full face value. In addition, the banks usually require the Company to deposit a certain amount of at the bank as a guarantee deposit, which is classified on the consolidated balance sheets as restricted cash.

 

F-17

 

 

NOTE 10 – SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS 

 

Short-term borrowings consisted of the following at March 31, 2020:

 

Bank Name   Amount - RMB     Amount - USD     Issuance Date   Expiration Date   Interest  
Agricultural Bank      4,500,000        635,521     7/2/2019   7/1/2020     5.66%  
Agricultural Bank      10,500,000        1,482,883     8/2/2019   8/1/2020     5.66%  
Agricultural Bank      14,500,000        2,047,791     8/14/2019   8/12/2020     5.66%  
Agricultural Bank      5,000,000        706,135     10/12/2019   10/11/2020     5.40%  
Agricultural Bank      9,990,000        1,410,858     11/4/2019   11/3/2020     5.40%  
Agricultural Bank      5,000,000        706,135     11/13/2019   11/12/2020     5.40%  
Agricultural Bank      7,000,000        988,589     11/28/2019   11/18/2020     5.35%  
Agricultural Bank      9,500,000        1,341,656     12/19/2019   12/18/2020     5.35%  
Agricultural Bank      9,990,000        1,410,858     12/27/2019   12/10/2020     5.35%  
Agricultural Bank      5,700,000        804,994     1/8/2020   1/7/2021     5.35%  
Agricultural Bank      9,990,000        1,410,858     1/14/2020   1/13/2021     5.35%  
Agricultural Bank      9,000,000        1,271,043     2/28/2020   2/27/2021     5.60%  
Agricultural Bank      4,990,000        704,723     3/4/2020   3/3/2021     5.60%  
Agricultural Bank      13,400,000        1,892,442     3/13/2020   3/12/2021     5.25%  
Agricultural Bank      5,000,000        706,135     3/27/2020   3/15/2021     5.25%  
Bank of China      7,540,000        1,064,851     1/7/2020   1/2/2021     5.00%  
Bank of China      7,730,000        1,091,685     1/9/2020   1/7/2021     5.00%  
China CITIC Bank      6,000,000        847,362     9/24/2009   9/22/2020     5.35%  
China CITIC Bank      6,500,000        917,975     9/25/2019   9/23/2020     5.35%  
China CITIC Bank      8,000,000        1,129,816     9/26/2019   9/24/2020     5.35%  
China CITIC Bank      4,500,000        635,521     10/11/2019   10/10/2020     5.35%  
China CITIC Bank      6,500,000        917,975     10/16/2019   10/15/2020     5.35%  
China CITIC Bank      4,000,000        564,908     10/29/2019   10/28/2020     5.35%  
Minsheng Bank     13,150,000       1,857,135     5/5/2019   4/25/2020     6.53%  
Zhejiang Commerce Bank      6,500,000        917,975     10/23/2019   10/22/2020     6.09%  
Zhejiang Commerce Bank      1,000,000        141,227     10/23/2019   10/22/2020     6.09%  
Zhejiang Commerce Bank      4,500,000        635,521     10/25/2019   10/25/2020     6.09%  
Zhejiang Commerce Bank      3,000,000        423,681     10/25/2019   10/25/2020     6.09%  
Zhejiang Commerce Bank      7,500,000        1,059,202     10/29/2019   10/29/2020     6.09%  
Zhejiang Commerce Bank      4,087,581        577,277     11/13/2019   11/12/2020     6.09%  
Zhejiang Commerce Bank      4,000,000        564,908     11/18/2019   11/18/2020     6.09%  
Total     RMB218,567,581     $ 30,867,640                  

 

F-18

 

 

Short-term borrowings consisted of the following at September 30, 2019:

 

Bank Name   Amount - RMB     Amount - USD     Issuance Date   Expiration Date   Interest  
Agricultural Bank     RMB9,990,000     $ 1,397,652     11/2/2018   11/1/2019     5.44 %
Agricultural Bank     7,000,000       979,336     12/3/2018   12/2/2019     5.44 %
Agricultural Bank     5,000,000       699,526     12/7/2018   11/15/2019     5.44 %
Agricultural Bank     9,500,000       1,329,099     1/11/2019   1/10/2020     5.44 %
Agricultural Bank     9,990,000       1,397,652     1/21/2019   1/20/2020     5.13 %
Agricultural Bank     5,700,000       797,459     1/25/2019   1/24/2020     5.13 %
Agricultural Bank     9,990,000       1,397,652     2/1/2019   1/30/2020     5.13 %
Agricultural Bank     9,000,000       1,259,146     3/4/2019   3/3/2020     5.35 %
Agricultural Bank     9,990,000       1,397,652     3/8/2019   3/7/2020     5.35 %
Agricultural Bank     13,400,000       1,874,729     4/2/2019   4/1/2020     5.13 %
Agricultural Bank     5,000,000       699,526     4/24/2019   4/15/2020     5.13 %
Agricultural Bank     4,500,000       629,573     7/2/2019   7/1/2020     5.66 %
Agricultural Bank     10,500,000       1,469,004     8/2/2019   8/1/2020     5.66 %
Agricultural Bank     14,500,000       2,028,625     8/14/2019   8/12/2020     5.66 %
China CITIC Bank     2,614,096       365,725     10/17/2018   10/12/2019     4.90 %
China CITIC Bank     6,500,000       909,383     10/17/2018   10/17/2019     5.66 %
China CITIC Bank     5,147,400       720,148     1/4/2019   12/30/2019     5.00 %
China CITIC Bank     6,000,000       839,431     9/24/2009   9/22/2020     5.35 %
China CITIC Bank     6,500,000       909,383     9/25/2019   9/23/2020     5.35 %
China CITIC Bank     8,000,000       1,119,241     9/26/2019   9/24/2020     5.35 %
Bank of China     8,880,000       1,242,358     1/10/2019   1/6/2020     5.44 %
Bank of China     7,540,000       1,054,885     1/9/2019   1/6/2020     5.44 %
Bank of China     3,350,000       468,682     1/25/2019   1/22/2020     5.22 %
Bank of China     3,580,000       500,860     1/25/2019   1/2/2020     5.22 %
Minsheng Bank     14,900,000       2,084,587     4/25/2019   4/25/2020     6.53 %
Zhejiang Commerce Bank     1,000,000       139,905     4/23/2019   10/23/2019     6.09 %
Zhejiang Commerce Bank     7,000,000       979,336     4/23/2019   10/23/2019     6.09 %
Zhejiang Commerce Bank     4,500,000       629,573     4/29/2019   10/29/2019     6.09 %
Zhejiang Commerce Bank     10,500,000       1,469,004     4/29/2019   10/29/2019     6.09 %
Total     RMB220,071,496     $ 30,789,134                  

  

Short-term borrowings also include loans from various individuals with interest rate around 8% and maturing within one year. As of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019, the total amount of these loans was $0 and $699,526, respectively. As of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019, The Company had no default of payment to its loans.

 

The Company’s short-term bank borrowings are pledged by its assets as listed below, and guaranteed by the Company’s major shareholders: Di Wang, Jueqin Wang, their immediate family members, third-party individuals, and third-party companies:

 

    March 31,     September 30,  
    2020     2019  
Buildings, net     2,853,276       2,873,733  
Long-term Investment     11,719,297       7,459,099  
Total   $ 14,572,573     $ 10,332,832  

  

F-19

 

 

NOTE 11 – CUSTOMER AND VENDOR CONCENTRATIONS

 

Significant customers and suppliers are those that account for greater than 10% of the Company’s revenues and purchases.

 

The Company had no significant customer during the six months ended March 31, 2020 and there was no significant concentration of accounts receivable as of March 31, 2020. The Company sold a substantial portion of products to one customer (12.16% of total revenues) during the six months ended March 31, 2019. As of March 31, 2019, amount due from this customer included in accounts receivable was $317,176. There was no significant concentration of accounts receivable as of March 31, 2019.

 

The loss of our significant customer or the failure to attract new customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

 

For the six months ended March 31, 2020, two suppliers, one being a related party, accounted for 39.87% and 14.85% of the Company’s total raw material purchase. For the six months ended March 31, 2019, four suppliers accounted for 20.32%, 16.34%, 14.48%, and 11.21% of the Company’s total raw material purchase.

 

The Company believes there are numerous other suppliers that could be substituted should the supplier become unavailable or non-competitive.

 

NOTE 12 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

1) Nature of relationships with related parties

 

Name   Relationship with the Company
Taizhou Huadi Industrial Ltd.   An entity 30% owned by Jueqin Wang
Huashang Micro Finance Co.   An entity 19% owned by the Company
Shanghai Huadi Insutrial Co., Ltd.   An entity 20% owned by Jueqin Wang
Zhejiang Huadi Synthetic Leather Ltd.   An entity 73% owned by Jueqin Wang
Taizhou Huadi Material Technology Co.   An entity 100% owned by Yiyu Wang
Jueqin Wang   Principle shareholder of the Company
Yiyu Wang   Immediate family member of majority shareholder of the Company
Huizhi Wang   Principle shareholder of the Company
Di Wang   Principle shareholder of the Company
Bing Zhang   Principle shareholder of the Company
Juelin Wang   Principle shareholder of the Company

  

2) Related party transactions 

 

During six months ended March 31, 2020, the Company purchased a total of $9,991,640 raw materials from Taizhou Huadi Industrial Ltd. These raw materials primarily consisted of stainless steel bars and stainless steel strips. As of March 31, 2020, the Company had outstanding advance balance of $5,866,200 to this entity.

 

During six months ended March 31, 2020, the Company sold a total of $934,590 products to Taizhou Huadi Material Technology Co. Ltd. As of March 31, 2020, the Company had outstanding advance payment of $31,917 from this entity.

 

During six months ended March 31, 2020, the Company borrowed RMB 5,000,000 ($ 713,094 in USD) with 8% annual interest rate from Huizhi Wang as working capitals to support the Company’s operations. The borrowing is unsecured and due on demand with no fixed term. The Company fully repaid the loan plus outstanding loans of previous period with a total amount of RMB 10,000,000 ($1,426,188 in USD). The Company has no outstanding loan due to Huizhi Wang as of March 31, 2020.

 

During six months ended March 31, 2020, the Company borrowed RMB 5,000,000 ($ 713,094 in USD) from Bing Zhang as working capitals to support the Company’s operations. The borrowing is unsecured and due on demand with no fixed term. The Company fully repaid the loan plus outstanding loans of previous period with a total amount of RMB 10,000,000 ($1,426,188 in USD). The Company has no outstanding loan due to Bing Zhang as of March 31, 2020.

 

During six months ended March 31, 2020, the Company repaid RMB 5,000,000 ($713,094 in USD) to Juelin Wang for the loans the Company borrowed from Juelin Wang during fiscal year ended September 30, 2019. The Company has no outstanding loan due to Juelin Wang as of March 31, 2020.

 

During six months ended March 31, 2020, the Company borrowed RMB 1,000,000 ($142,619 in USD) from Di Wang as working capitals to support the Company’s operations. The borrowing is unsecured, due on demand, and was subject to 8% annual interest rate.

 

During six months ended March 31, 2019, the Company purchased a total of $2,991,274 raw materials from Taizhou Huadi Industrial Ltd. These raw materials primarily consisted of stainless steel bars and stainless steel strips. As of March 31, 2019, the Company had no outstanding accounts payable balance to this entity.

 

F-20

 

 

During six months ended March 31, 2019, the Company purchased a total of $512,430 raw materials from Shanghai Huadi Industrial Co., Ltd. These raw materials primarily consisted of stainless steel bars and stainless steel strips. As of March 31, 2019, the Company had an advance balance of $74,502 to this entity.

 

During six months ended March 31, 2019, the Company advanced cash RMB 2,300,000 ($342,711 in USD) to Zhejiang Huadi Synthetic Leather Ltd. The balance was fully paid in the subsequent period. 

 

During six months ended March 31, 2019, the Company borrowed RMB 12,500,000 ($1,862,558 in USD), from Yiyu Wang, an immediate family member of majority shareholder of the Company, as working capitals to support the Company’s operations. The borrowing is unsecured, due on demand, and was subject to 8% annual interest rate. As of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019, the Company had outstanding payable due to Yiyu Wang with an amount of $1,765,337 and $1,748,813 respectively.

 

Jueqin Wang periodically provides working capitals to support the Company’s operations when needed. As of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019, the Company had outstanding payable due to Jueqin Wang with an amount of $256,722 and $254,319, respectively. This represented unsecured, due on demand and interest free borrowings between the Company and Jueqin Wang.

 

In 2009, the Company made an investment of RMB 90,000,000 ($13,203,257 in USD) to acquire 22.5% in Huashang Micro Finance Co., a finance company offers micro loans to its customers. In 2015, as the result of a capital reduction, the Company’s ownership reduced by 3.5% to 19% for a cash consideration of RMB 52,000,000 ($8,535,827 in USD), of which RMB 7,000,000 ($988,589 and $979,336 in USD, respectively) has not been collected as of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019.

 

3) Related party balances

 

Net amounts due to related parties consisted of the following as of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019:

 

Accounts   Name of related parties   2020     2019  
Receivables from related parties:                
Advances to suppliers   Taizhou Huadi Industrial Ltd.   $ 5,866,200     $ 5,251,600  
Other receivables   Huashang Micro Finance Co.     988,589       979,336  
Accounts receivable   Taizhou Huadi Material Technology Co.     -       498,125  
Liabilities to related parties:                    
Advance from customer   Taizhou Huadi Material Technology Co.     (31,917)       -  
Due to related parties   Di Wang     (141,227)          
Due to related parties   Jueqin Wang     (256,722 )     (254,319 )
Due to related parties   Huizhi Wang     -       (699,526 )
Due to related parties   Juelin Wang     -       (699,526 )
Due to related parties   Yiyu Wang     (1,765,337 )     (1,748,813 )
Due to related parties   Bing Zhang     -       (699,526 )
Net receivables from related parties       $ 4,659,586     $ 2,627,351  

 

NOTE 13 – SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

Ordinary shares

 

Huadi International is authorized to issue 250,000,000 ordinary shares of a single class, par value $0.0002 per ordinary share. The paid in capital was zero as of March 31, 2020. There are currently 10,000,000 issued and outstanding ordinary shares, of which 16.64% and 83.36% held by Yongqiang Maituo Limited and Yongqiang Donghai Limited, respectively.

 

Non-controlling interests

 

Non-controlling interests represent the interest of non-controlling shareholder in Huadi Steel based on his proportionate interests in the equity of that company adjusted for its proportionate share of income or losses from operations. In August, 2019, Wenzhou Hongshun acquired 99% equity percentage of Huadi Steel from the PRC Shareholders. As the result, Huadi Steel’s equity interest is 99% held by Wenzhou Hongshun and 1% held by Di Wang. The non-controlling interest in Huadi Steel was 1% as of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019.

  

F-21

 

 

NOTE 14 – INCOME TAXES

  

Enterprise Income Taxes (“EIT”)

 

Huadi International is incorporated in Cayman Island as an offshore holding company and is not subject to tax on income or capital gain under the laws of Cayman Island.

 

Tuoxing is incorporated in BVI as an offshore holding company and is not subject to tax on income or capital gain under the laws of BVI.

 

HK Beach is established in Hong Kong and is subject to statutory income tax rate at 16.5%.

 

Hongshun is established in PRC and is subject to statutory income tax rate at 25%.

 

Huadi Steel, the Company’s main operating subsidiary in PRC, was entitled High and New Technology Enterprise (“HNTE”) and enjoyed preferential tax rate of 15% for a three-year validity period from December 4, 2019. Thus, Huadi Steel is eligible for a 15% preferential tax rate from December 4, 2019 to December 4, 2022.

 

The Company evaluates each uncertain tax position (including the potential application of interest and penalties) based on the technical merits, and measure the unrecognized benefits associated with the tax positions. As of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019, the Company did not have any significant unrecognized uncertain tax positions. The Company did not incur any interest and penalties related to potential underpaid income tax expenses for the period ended March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019, respectively, and also does not anticipate any significant increases or decreases in unrecognized tax benefits in the next 12 months from March 31, 2020.

 

Per the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, the income tax expenses for the Company can be reconciled to the income before income taxes for the six months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019 as follows:

 

    2020     2019  
Income before taxes excluded the amounts of loss incurring entities   $ 3,022,518     $ 2,326,793  
PRC EIT tax rates     15 %     25 %
Tax at the PRC EIT tax rates     453,378       581,698  
Tax effect of R&D expenses deduction     (93,865 )     (196,355 )
Tax effect of non-taxable investment income     (26,930 )     (121,062 )
Tax effect of non-deductible expenses     8,697       23,197  
Income tax expenses   $ 341,280     $ 287,478  

 

Income taxes for the six months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019 are attributed to the Company’s continuing operations in China and consisted of:

 

    2020     2019  
Current income tax   $ 341,280     $ 278,684  
Deferred income tax     -       8,794  
Total income tax expense   $ 341,280     $ 287,478  

 

F-22

 

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019 are presented below:

  

    March 31,     September 30,  
    2020     2019  
Deferred tax assets:            
Bad debt allowance   $ 418,629     $ 414,710  
Total   $ 418,629     $ 414,710  

 

There was no valuation allowance for the deferred tax assets as of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income, projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, and the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, management believes it is more likely than not the company will realize the benefits of those deductible differences at March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019.

   

NOTE 15 – COMMITMENT AND CONTINGENCIES

 

As of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019, Company has no material purchase commitments or significant leases.

 

From time to time, the Company is involved in various legal proceedings, claims and other disputes arising from commercial operations, employees, and other matters which, in general, are subject to uncertainties and in which the outcomes are not predictable. The Company determines whether an estimated loss from a contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. Although the Company can give no assurances about the resolution of pending claims, litigation or other disputes and the effect such outcomes may have on the Company, the Company believes that any ultimate liability resulting from the outcome of such proceedings, to the extent not otherwise provided or covered by insurance, will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations or liquidity. As of March 31, 2020 and September 30, 2019, Company had no pending legal proceedings  need to be disclosed. 

 

NOTE 16 – SEGMENT REPORTING

 

ASC 280, “Segment Reporting”, establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments on a basis consistent with the Company’s internal organizational structure as well as information about geographical areas, business segments and major customers in financial statements for details on the Company’s business segments. The Company uses the “management approach” in determining reportable operating segments. The management approach considers the internal organization and reporting used by the Company’s chief operating decision maker for making operating decisions and assessing performance as the source for determining the Company’s reportable segments. Management, including the chief operating decision maker, reviews operation results by the revenue of different products. Based on management’s assessment, the Company has determined that it has only one operating segment as defined by ASC 280.

   

The following table presents revenues by geographic areas for the years ended March 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

 

    March 31, 2020     March 31, 2019  
Top 5 International Markets:  

Sales Amount

(In USD)

    As %
of Sales
   

Sales Amount

(In USD)

    As %
of Sales
 
China   $ 18,154,798       71.04 %   $ 22,867,488       71.16 %
India     3,357,642       13.14 %     1,302,328       4.05 %
US     1,785,980       6.99 %     3,908,350       12.16 %
Australia     749,467       2.93 %     87,802       0.27 %
Canada     541,050       2.12 %     1,422,032       4.43 %
Other foreign countries     968,470       3.78 %     2,545,105       7.93 %

 

Due to the nature of the Company’s products, it is impractical to disclose revenues generated from each product or each group of similar products.

 

F-23

 

  

NOTE 17 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS 

 

The Outbreak of COVID-19

 

In December 2019, a novel strain of coronavirus was reported to have surfaced in Wuhan, China, which has and is continuing to spread throughout China and other parts of the world, including the United States. On January 30, 2020, the World Health Organization declared the outbreak of the coronavirus disease (COVID-19) a “Public Health Emergency of International Concern,” and on March 11, 2020, the World Health Organization characterized the outbreak as a “pandemic.”   Governments in affected countries are imposing travel bans, quarantines and other emergency public health measures, which have caused material disruption to businesses globally resulting in an economic slowdown. These measures, though temporary in nature, may continue and increase depending on developments in the COVID-19’s outbreak.

 

Zhejiang Province, where the Company conducts a substantial part of its business, was materially impacted by the COVID-19. The Company followed the recommendations of local health authorities to minimize exposure risk for its employees, including the temporary closures of its offices and suspension of marketing activities, and having employees work remotely. The Company’s on-site work was not resumed until mid-March 2020 upon the approval from the local government. Due to the extended lock-down and self-quarantine policies in China, the Company experienced significant business disruption during the lock-down period from February to mid-March. The production of the Company’s suppliers and logistics services were suspended since early February and did not resume until February 18, 2020 and  was picking up slowly after China reopened businesses nationwide.

 

The extent to which the COVID-19 outbreak impacts the Company’s financial condition and results of operations for the full year of 2020 cannot be reasonably estimated at this time and will depend on future developments that currently cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of the COVID-19 outbreak and the actions to contain the COVID-19 outbreak or treat its impact, the government steps to combat the virus, the disruption to the general business activities of the PRC and the impact on the economic growth and business of our distributors for the foreseeable future, among others.

 

Reverse Stock Split

 

On October 9, 2020, the Board of the Directors of the Company approved a 2 for 1 reverse stock split whereby every two authorized, issued and outstanding ordinary share was exchanged for one new ordinary shares (the “Reverse Stock Split”) and as a result of the Reverse Stock Split, the authorized ordinary shares decreased from 500,000,000 shares to 250,000,000 shares, par value of each ordinary share increased from $0.0001 to $0.0002, and the number of issued and outstanding ordinary shares decreased from 20,000,000 shares to 10,000,000 shares. As of the date of the consolidated financial statements were issued, the Reverse Stock Split is complete and effectuated. All share information included in the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto have been retroactively adjusted as if such Reverse Stock Split occurred on the first day of the first period presented.

 

Short-term Bank Loans  

 

The Company refinanced its loans with its banks subsequent to the expiration of the loans disclosed in Note 10 – Short-term Borrowings by repayment bank loans of $15,069,260 and borrowed a total of $15,243,093 and for the period from April 1, 2020 to the date of the consolidated financial statements were issued. Those loans have interest rate ranges from 4.2% to 5.5% and are maturing within one year. The Company had no default of payment during the subsequent period.

 

Sale Leaseback Arrangement

 

In May 2020, The Company has entered into a sale leaseback arrangement and sold certain machinery located in China to an unrelated third party for approximately $677,439 (RMB 4,750,000), and subsequently leased back the machinery for 12 months for the same amount and the annual interest rate is 4.2%. The Company was not required to make a security deposit for the leaseback. The title of the machinery will be transferred back to the Company upon the last payment from the Company.

 

Accounts Receivable Factoring

 

In April and June 2020, the Company entered into accounts receivable factoring arrangements with unrelated third party factors to transfer accounts receivable of approximately $2,210,591 (RMB 15,500,000) to the factors for an cash amount of approximately $2,119,635 (RMB 14,862,242). The transfer is with recourse.

F-24

 

  

TABLE OF CONTENTS

  

Consolidated Financial Statements for the Years Ended September 30, 2019 and 2018  
   
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm  F-26
   
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2019 and 2018 F-27
   
Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income for the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 F-28
   
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 F-29
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 F-30
   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements F-31

 

F-25

 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Huadi International Group Co., Ltd.

Cayman Islands

 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Huadi International Group Co., Ltd. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) as of September 30, 2019 and 2018, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended September 30, 2019, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the consolidated financial statements). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of September 30, 2019 and 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended September 30, 2019, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

Basis for Opinion

 

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

 

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

  

/s/ Briggs & Veselka Co.

 

Briggs & Veselka Co.

 

Houston, Texas

 

January 3, 2020

 

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

 

F-26

 

 

HUADI INTERNATIONAL GROUP CO., LTD.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

AS OF SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2018

(IN U.S. DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

 

    2019     2018  
Assets            
Current assets:            
Cash and cash equivalents   $ 1,057,992     $ 1,308,378  
Restricted cash     1,958,680       3,889,317  
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $2,764,735 and $2,912,310, respectively     14,499,839       16,088,168  
Notes receivable     517,649       3,147,827  
Inventories     17,845,405       22,142,155  
Advances to suppliers     1,306,926       5,722,123  
Advances to suppliers – related parties     5,251,600       -  
Other receivables     5,494,060       4,878,665  
Total current assets     47,932,151       57,176,633  
Property, plant and equipment, net     6,479,256       3,494,071  
Intangible assets, net     1,171,883       1,250,257  
Long-term investments     12,775,494       13,295,778  
Deferred tax assets, net     414,710       728,078  
TOTAL ASSETS   $ 68,773,494     $ 75,944,817  
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
Current liabilities:                
Accounts payable   $ 1,124,061     $ 1,182,885  
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities     1,887,934       1,120,299  
Notes payable     3,696,652       7,646,373  
Advances from customers     1,221,152       5,533,197  
Due to related parties     4,101,710       864,303  
Short-term borrowings     31,488,660       39,669,086  
Tax payable     4,046,225       3,310,182  
TOTAL LIABILITIES     47,566,394       59,326,325  
                 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTIGENCIES                
                 
Shareholders’ equity:                
Common stock, $0.0002 par value, 250,000,000 shares authorized, 10,000,000 shares issued and outstanding     2,000       2,000  
Additional paid-in capital     22,531,620       22,531,620  
Accumulated deficit     (3,481,925 )     (8,873,947 )
Accumulated other comprehensive income     1,976,808       2,826,108  
Total equity attributable to Huadi International Group Co., Ltd.     21,028,503       16,485,781  
Equity attributable to non-controlling interests     178,597       132,711  
Total Shareholders’ equity     21,207,100       16,618,492  
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY   $ 68,773,494     $ 75,944,817  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-27

 

 

HUADI INTERNATIONAL GROUP CO., LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2018
(IN U.S. DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

 

    2019     2018  
Sales   $ 65,518,316     $ 60,386,004  
Cost of sales     (50,895,644 )     (47,142,750 )
Gross profit     14,622,672       13,243,254  
                 
Operating expenses:                
Selling, general and administrative     4,467,058       3,341,647  
Research and development     1,777,110       1,447,196  
Bad debt     -       256,857  
Total operating expenses     6,244,168       5,045,700  
                 
Operating income     8,378,504       8,197,554  
                 
Other income (expenses):                
Interest expenses, net     (2,149,077 )     (2,082,680 )
Other income, net     222,250       470,750  
Total other expenses, net     (1,926,827 )     (1,611,930 )
                 
Income before income taxes     6,451,677       6,585,624  
                 
Income tax provision     (1,005,190 )     (1,337,092 )
                 
Net income     5,446,487       5,248,532  
Net income attributable to non-controlling interests     54,465       52,485  
                 
Net income attributable to Huadi International Group Co., Ltd.   $ 5,392,022     $ 5,196,047  
                 
Net income   $ 5,446,487     $ 5,248,532  
                 
Other comprehensive loss:                
Foreign currency translation adjustment     (857,879 )     (628,173 )
                 
Total comprehensive income     4,588,608       4,620,359  
Comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests     45,886       46,204  
                 
Comprehensive income attributable to Huadi International Group Co., Ltd.   $ 4,542,722     $ 4,574,155  
                 
Basic and diluted earnings per share                
Basic   $ 0.54     $ 0.52  
Diluted   $ 0.54     $ 0.52  
Weighted average number of shares outstanding                
Basic     10,000,000       10,000,000  
Diluted     10,000,000       10,000,000  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-28

 

 

HUADI INTERNATIONAL GROUP CO., LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2018

(IN U.S. DOLLARS, EXCEPT SHARE DATA)

 

    Shares     Amount     Additional
paid-in
capital
    Accumulated
deficit
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income
    Non-
controlling
interests
    Total shareholders’
equity
 
                                           
Balance at September 30, 2017     10,000,000     $ 2,000     $ 22,531,620       (14,069,994 )     3,448,000       86,507       11,998,133  
                                                         
Foreign currency translation loss     -       -       -       -       (621,892 )     (6,281 )     (628,173 )
Net income     -       -       -       5,196,047       -       52,485       5,248,532  
                                                         
Balance at September 30, 2018     10,000,000       2,000       22,531,620       (8,873,947 )   $ 2,826,108     $ 132,711     $ 16,618,492  
                                                         
Foreign currency translation loss                                     (849,300 )     (8,579 )     (857,879 )
Net income                             5,392,022               54,465       5,446,487  
                                                         
Balance at September 30, 2019     10,000,000     $ 2,000     $ 22,531,620       (3,481,925 )     1,976,808       178,597       21,207,100  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F-29

 

 

HUADI INTERNATIONAL GROUP CO., LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 2019 AND 2018

(IN U.S. DOLLARS)

 

    2019     2018  
Cash Flows from Operating Activities:            
Net income   $ 5,446,487     $ 5,248,532  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash used in operating activities:                
Depreciation expense     617,634       691,695  
Amortization expense     30,617       34,964  
Bad debt expense     -       256,857  
Deferred tax benefits (expenses)     296,163       (53,681 )
Loss on disposal of fixed assets     19,051       -  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                
Accounts receivable     996,761       (2,906,387 )
Notes receivable     2,606,326       653,983  
Inventories     3,566,204       (1,570,427 )
Advances to suppliers     1,387,753       (1,518,134 )
Advances to suppliers – related party     (5,459,669 )     8,612,469  
Other receivables     (838,251 )     (1,222,110 )
Accounts payable     (13,033 )     (7,445,939 )
Accrued expenses and other current liabilities     843,625       (4,830,841 )
Notes payable     (3,795,141 )     600,653  
Advances from customers     (4,257,789 )     3,476,023  
Tax payable     899,869       1,182,113  
Net cash provided by operating activities     2,346,607       1,209,770  
                 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:                
Purchases of property, plant and equipment     (912,702 )     (527,755 )
Net cash used in investing activities     (912,702 )     (527,755 )
                 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:                
Proceeds from short-term borrowings     39,715,044       49,463,573  
Repayments on short-term borrowings     (46,605,766 )     (49,132,022 )
Advances from related parties     7,926,927       611,920  
Repayments to related parties     (4,526,092 )     -  
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities     (3,489,887 )     943,471  
                 
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash     (125,041 )     (196,191 )
                 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash     (2,181,023 )     1,429,295  
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash at the beginning of year     5,197,695       3,768,400  
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash at the end of year   $ 3,016,672     $ 5,197,695  
                 
Supplemental disclosures of cash flows information:                
Cash paid for income taxes   $ 202,702     $ 221,937  
Cash paid for interest   $ 2,258,101     $ 2,082,680  

 

F-30

 

 

HUADI INTERNATIONAL GROUP CO., LTD.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

NOTE 1 – ORGANIZATION AND NATURE OF OPERATIONS

 

Entity Name  

Registered

Location

  Date of Incorporation  

Ownership as of the

issuance date of the report

Huadi International Group Co., Ltd. (“Huadi International” or “the Company”)   Cayman Island   September 27, 2018   Parent, 100%
Yongqiang Tuoxing Limited. (“Yongqiang Tuoxing”)   British Virgin Island   October 2, 2018   100% by the Parent
Hong Kong Beach Limited. (“HK Beach”)   Hong Kong   November 7, 2018   100% by Yongqiang Tuoxing
Wenzhou Hongshun Stainless Steel Limited. (“Hongshun”)   Wenzhou, China   June 3,2019   100% by HK Beach
Huadi Steel Group Limited. (“Huadi Steel”)   Wenzhou, China   November 12,1998   99% by Hongshun

 

Huadi International Group Co., Ltd. (“Huadi International”)

 

Huadi International was incorporated on September 27, 2018 under the laws of Cayman Islands. Under its memorandum of association, Huadi International is authorized to issue 250,000,000 ordinary shares of a single class, par value $0.0002 per ordinary share. The paid in capital was zero as of September 30, 2019. There are currently 10,000,000 issued and outstanding ordinary shares, of which 16.64% and 83.36% held by Yongqiang Maituo Limited and Yongqiang Donghai Limited, respectively. Huadi International is a holding company and is currently not actively engaging in any business. Huadi International’s registered agent is Harneys Fiduciary (Cayman) Limited and its registered office is at 4th Floor, Harbour Place, 103 South Church Street, P.O. Box 10240, Grand Cayman, KY1-1002, Cayman Islands.

 

Yongqiang Tuoxing Limited (“Yongqiang Tuoxing”)

 

Yongqiang Tuoxing was incorporated on October 2, 2018 under the laws of British Virgin Islands. Under its memorandum of association, Yongqiang Tuoxing is authorized to issue 50,000 ordinary shares of a single class, par value $1.00 per ordinary share. The paid in capital was zero as of September 30, 2019. Yongqiang Tuoxing is a wholly owned subsidiary of Huadi International and is currently not actively engaging in any business. Yongqiang Tuoxing’s registered agent is Harneys Corporate Services Limited and its registered office is at Craigmuir Chambers, Road Town, Tortola, VG1110, British Virgin Islands.

 

Hong Kong Beach Limited (“HK Beach”)

 

HK Beach was incorporated on November 7, 2018 under the laws of Hong Kong and is a wholly owned subsidiary of Yongqiang Tuoxing. The paid in capital was zero as of September 30, 2019. HK Beach did not have any operations as of September 30, 2019.

 

Wenzhou Hongshun Stainless Steel Ltd. (“Wenzhou Hongshun”)

 

Wenzhou Hongshun was incorporated on June 3, 2019 in China and is a wholly owned subsidiary of HK Beach. Wenzhou Hongshun is a wholly-foreign owned enterprise organized the laws of the People’s Republic of China. The registered capital is USD 10,000,000 and the paid in capital was zero as of September 30, 2019.

 

F-31

 

 

The registered principal activities of Wenzhou Hongshun are sales of stainless steel pipes, stainless steel bars, stainless steel elbows, stainless steel products, auto parts and components; import and export of goods, technology import and export. Wenzhou Hongshun did not have any operations as of September 30, 2019. 

 

Huadi Steel Group Limited. (“Huadi Steel”)

 

Huadi Steel was incorporated on November 12, 1998 under the laws of the People’s Republic of China. The registered and paid in capital is RMB 168,800,000. Since August 18, 2015, Huadi Steel was owned by nine PRC shareholders (“PRC Shareholders”).  

 

Reorganization  

 

In or about August 2019, the Company completed a corporate reorganization to roll several controlled entities (now referred to as the subsidiaries) into one legal corporation (the Company). Di Wang, one of the PRC Shareholders transferred 5% equity of Huadi Steel to a Hong Kong entity which was subsequently transferred to Wenzhou Hongshun on August 28, 2019. On August 22, 2019, Wenzhou Hongshun acquired 94% equity of Huadi Steel from the PRC Shareholders. As a result, Wenzhou Huadi Steel’s equity interest is 99% held by Wenzhou Hongshun and 1% held by Di Wang as of September 30, 2019.

 

During the years presented in these consolidated financial statements, the control of the entities has never changed (always under the control of the PRC Shareholders). Accordingly, the combination has been treated as a corporate restructuring (reorganization) of entities under common control and thus the current capital structure has been retroactively presented in prior periods as if such structure existed at that time and in accordance with ASC 805-50-45-5, the entities under common control are presented on a combined basis for all periods to which such entities were under common control. The consolidation of the Company and its subsidiaries has been accounted for at historical cost and prepared on the basis as if the aforementioned transactions had become effective as of the beginning of the first period presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

 

NOTE 2 – SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

 

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements and related notes have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United Stated of America (“US GAAP”) and have been consistently applied. The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of the Company and its majority-owned and controlled subsidiaries. All significant inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated upon consolidation.

  

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported and disclosed in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. Such estimates include, but are not limited to, allowances for doubtful accounts, inventory valuation, useful lives of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, impairment in equity investment, and income taxes related to realization of deferred tax assets and uncertain tax position. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Foreign Currency Translation

 

The financial records of the Company’s subsidiaries in People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) are maintained in their local currencies which are Chinese Yuan (“CNY” or “RMB”). Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in currencies other than their local currencies are translated into local currencies at the rates of exchange in effect at the consolidated balance sheet dates. Transactions denominated in currencies other than their local currencies during the year are converted into local currencies at the applicable rates of exchange prevailing when the transactions occur. Transaction gains and losses are recorded in other income, net in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

 

F-32

 

 

The Company maintained its financial record using the United States dollar (“US dollar”) as the functional currency, while the subsidiaries of the Company in Hong Kong and mainland China maintained their financial records using RMB as the functional currencies. The reporting currency of the Company is US dollar. When translating local financial reports of the Company’s subsidiaries into US dollar, assets and liabilities are translated at the exchange rates at the consolidated balance sheet date, equity accounts are translated at historical exchange rates and revenue, expenses, gains and losses are translated at the average rate for the period. Translation adjustments are reported as cumulative translation adjustments and are shown as a separate component of other comprehensive income in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income.

 

The relevant exchange rates are listed below:

 

    For the Years Ended 
September 30,
 
    2019     2018  
             
Period Ended RMB: USD exchange rate     7.1477       6.8680  
Period Average RMB: USD exchange rate     6.8753       6.5368  

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash and cash equivalents primarily consist of cash and deposits with financial institutions which are unrestricted as to withdrawal and use. Cash equivalents consist of highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to cash generally with original maturities of three months or less when purchased.

 

Restricted Cash

 

The Company has bank acceptance notes outstanding with the bank and is required to keep certain amounts on deposit that are subject to withdrawal restrictions. Those notes are generally short term in nature due to their short maturity period of six to nine months; thus, restricted cash is classified as a current asset. Restricted cash is included in the beginning or ending balance of cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

 

As of September 30, 2019 and 2018, restricted cash was $1,958,680 and $3,889,317, respectively. No cash is restricted to assure future credit availability.

 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 

Accounts receivable are recognized and carried at original invoiced amount less an estimated allowance for uncollectible accounts. The Company usually determines the adequacy of reserves for doubtful accounts based on individual account analysis and historical collection trends. The Company establishes a provision for doubtful receivables when there is objective evidence that the Company may not be able to collect amounts due. The allowance is based on management’s best estimates of specific losses on individual exposures, as well as a provision on historical trends of collections. Based on management of customers’ credit and ongoing relationship, management makes conclusions whether any balances outstanding at the end of the period will be deemed uncollectible on an individual basis and on aging analysis basis. The provision is recorded against accounts receivables balances, with a corresponding charge recorded in the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income. Delinquent account balances are written-off against the allowance for doubtful accounts after management has determined that the likelihood of collection is not probable.

 

The allowance for doubtful accounts recognized as of September 30, 2019 and 2018 was $2,764,735 and $2,912,310, respectively.

 

F-33

 

 

Inventories

 

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or net realizable value. Cost is principally determined using the weighted-average method. The Company records adjustments to inventory for excess quantities, obsolescence or impairment when appropriate to reflect inventory at net realizable value. These adjustments are based upon a combination of factors including current sales volume, market conditions, lower of cost or market analysis and expected realizable value of the inventory.

 

There were no write-downs recognized of inventories for the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018.

 

Advances to Suppliers

 

Advances to suppliers refer to advances for purchase of materials or other service agreements, which are applied against accounts payable when the materials or services are received.

 

The Company reviews a supplier’s credit history and background information before advancing a payment. If the financial condition of its suppliers were to deteriorate, resulting in an impairment of their ability to deliver goods or provide services, the Company would write off such amount in the period when it is considered as impaired. For the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, the Company had no wrote off for advances to suppliers.

 

Advances from Customers

 

Advances from customers refer to advances received from customers regarding product sales, which are applied against accounts receivable when products are sold.

 

Property and Equipment, net

 

Property, plant, and equipment are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation commences upon placing the asset in usage and is recognized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets with 5% of residual value, as follows:

 

    Useful lives
Buildings   10-20 years
Machinery and equipment   5-20 years
Transportation vehicles   3-10 years
Office equipment   3-10 years
Electronic equipment   3-10 years

 

Expenditures for maintenance and repairs, which do not materially extend the useful lives of the assets, are charged to expense as incurred. Expenditures for major renewals and betterments which substantially extend the useful life of assets are capitalized. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets retired or sold are removed from the respective accounts, and any gain or loss is recognized in the consolidated statements of income and other comprehensive income in other income or expenses.

 

Intangible Assets

 

Intangible assets consist of land use rights. Under the PRC law, all land in the PRC is owned by the government and cannot be sold to an individual or company. The government grants individuals and companies the right to use parcels of land for specified periods of time. These land use rights are sometimes referred to informally as “ownership.” Land use rights are stated at cost less accumulated amortization. Intangible assets are amortized using the straight-line method with the following estimated useful lives:

 

    Useful lives
Land use rights   50 years

 

F-34

 

 

Long-term Investments

 

The Company accounts for investments less than 20% ownership under the cost method and assess impairment at the end of each fiscal year. The carrying value of the investments was $12,775,494 and $13,295,778 as of September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

The Company determined that there is no impairment in these investments as of September 30, 2019 and 2018.

 

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

 

The Company’s management reviews the carrying values of long-lived assets whenever events and circumstances, such as a significant decline in the asset’s market value, obsolescence or physical damage affecting the asset, significant adverse changes in the assets use, deterioration in the expected level of the assets performance, cash flows for maintaining the asset are higher than forecast, indicate that the net book value of an asset may not be recovered through expected future cash flows from its use and eventual disposition. If the estimated cash flows from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition are below the asset’s carrying value, then the asset is deemed to be impaired and written down to its fair value.

 

There was no impairment charge recognized for long-lived assets for the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018.

 

Fair Value Measurement

 

Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures requires disclosure of the fair value of financial instruments held by the Company. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. A three-level fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs used to measure fair value. The hierarchy requires entities to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are as follows:

 

  Level 1 inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

 

  Level 2 inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets in inactive markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.

 

  Level 3 inputs to the valuation methodology use one or more unobservable inputs which are significant to the fair value measurement. This includes certain pricing models, discounted cash flow methodologies and similar techniques that use significant unobservable inputs.

 

For the Company’s financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, other current liabilities, notes receivable, notes payable, advances to suppliers, advances from customers, bank loans, and income tax payable and other receivables, the carrying amounts approximate their fair values due to their short maturities as of September 30, 2019 and 2018.

 

Value-added Tax (“VAT”)

 

Sales revenue represents the invoiced value of goods, net of VAT. All of the Company’s products are sold in the PRC and are subject to a VAT on the gross sales price.  The Company is subject to a VAT rate of 17% before May 1, 2018, a VAT rate of 16% effective on May 1, 2018, and the most current VAT rate of 13% effective on April 1, 2019. The VAT may be offset by VAT paid by the Company on raw materials and other materials included in the cost of producing or acquiring its finished products.

  

Revenue Recognition 

 

The Company generates its revenues mainly from sales of steel piping products. The Company follows Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) ASC 606 and accounting standards updates (“ASU”) 2014-09 for revenue recognition. On October 1, 2018, the Company has early adopted ASU 2014-09, which is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires revenue to be recognized in a manner to depict the transfer of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration expected to be received in exchange for those goods or services. The Company considers revenue realized or realizable and earned when all the five following criteria are met: (1) Identify the Contract with a Customer, (2) Identify the Performance Obligations in the Contract, (3) Determine the Transaction Price, (4) Allocate the Transaction Price to the Performance Obligations in the Contract, and (5) Recognize Revenue When (or As) the Entity Satisfies a Performance Obligation. Results for reporting periods beginning after October 1, 2018 are presented under ASU 2014-09, while prior period amounts are not adjusted and continue to be reported under the previous accounting standards. The Company has assessed the impact of the guidance by reviewing its existing customer contracts and current accounting policies and practices to identify differences that will result from applying the new requirements, including the evaluation of its performance obligations, transaction price, customer payments, transfer of control and principal versus agent considerations. Based on the assessment, the Company concluded that there was no change to the timing and pattern of revenue recognition for its current revenue streams in scope of Topic 606 and therefore there was no material changes to the Company’s consolidated financial statements upon adoption of ASC 606, and there have not been any significant changes to company’s business processes, systems, or internal controls as a result of implementing the standard.   

 

F-35

 

 

The Company considers customer purchase orders, which in some cases are governed by master sales agreements, to be the contracts with a customer. As part of its consideration of the contract, the Company evaluates certain factors including the customer’s ability to pay (or credit risk). For each contract, the Company considers the promise to transfer products, each of which are distinct, to be the identified performance obligations.

 

In determining the transaction price the Company evaluates whether the price is subject to refund or adjustment to determine the net consideration to which the Company expects to be entitled. As the Company’s standard payment terms are less than one year, the Company has elected the practical expedient under ASC 606-10-32-18 to not assess whether a contract has a significant financing component. The Company allocates the transaction price to each distinct product based on their relative standalone selling price.

 

Revenues are reported net of all value added taxes. The Company does not routinely permit customers to return products, while in certain conditions product changes are allowed, and historically customer returns have been immaterial and due to the nature of company’s products no warranty is offered.

 

Revenue is recognized when control of the product is transferred to the customer (i.e., when the Company’s performance obligation is satisfied at a point in time), which typically occurs at delivery.

 

The Company sells its products either under free onboard (“FOB”) shipping point term or under FOB destination term. For sales under FOB shipping point term, the Company recognize revenues when products are loaded on the ships. Product delivery is evidenced by warehouse shipping logs as well assigned shipping bills from the shipping companies. For sales under FOB destination term, the Company recognize revenues when the products are delivered and accepted by customers. Product delivery is evidenced by signed receipt documents and title transfers upon delivery. Prices are determined based on negotiations with the Company’s customers and are not subject to adjustment. As a result, the Company expects returns to be minimal.

 

Government Grant

 

Government grants are recognized when received and all the conditions for their receipt have been met.

 

Government grants as the compensation for expenses or losses already incurred or for the purpose of giving immediate financial support to the Company with no future related cost are recognized in profit or loss in the period in which they become receivable.

 

For the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, the Company received government grants of $59,131 and $100,916, respectively. The grants were recorded as other income in the consolidated statements for income.

 

Research and Development Costs

 

Research and development activities are directed toward the development of new products as well as improvements in existing processes. These costs, which primarily include salaries, contract services and supplies, are expensed as incurred.

 

F-36

 

 

Shipping and Handling Costs

 

Shipping and handling costs are expensed when incurred and are included in selling and marketing expense. Shipping and handling costs were $1,011,670 and $337,237 for the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

Advertising Costs

 

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred in accordance with ASC 720-35, “Other Expenses-Advertising Costs”. Advertising costs were $147,363 and $105,734 for years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

Income Taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method whereby it calculates deferred tax assets or liabilities for temporary differences between the tax basis of assets and liabilities and their reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements, net operating loss carry forwards and credits by applying enacted tax rates applicable to the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be reversed or settled. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Current income taxes are provided for in accordance with the laws of the relevant taxing authorities. The components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are individually classified as non-current amounts.

  

The Company records uncertain tax positions in accordance with ASC 740 on the basis of a two-step process whereby (1) the Company determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the Company recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.

 

To the extent applicable, the Company records interest and penalties as other expense. All of the tax returns of the Company’s PRC subsidiaries remain subject to examination by PRC tax authorities for five years from the date of filing. The fiscal years for tax purpose in PRC is December 31.

 

The Company and its subsidiaries are not subject to U.S. tax laws and local state tax laws. The Company’s income and that of its related entities must be computed in accordance with Chinese and foreign tax laws, as applicable, and all of which may be changed in a manner that could adversely affect the amount of distributions to shareholders. There can be no assurance that Income Tax Laws of PRC will not be changed in a manner that adversely affects shareholders. In particular, any such change could increase the amount of tax payable by the Company, reducing the amount available to pay dividends to the holders of the Company’s ordinary shares.

 

Earnings Per Share

 

Earnings (loss) per share is calculated in accordance with ASC 260 Earnings per Share. Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing the net income (loss) attributable to shareholders of the Company by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per share is computed in accordance with the treasury stock method and based on the weighted average number of ordinary shares and dilutive common share equivalents. Dilutive common share equivalents are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share if their effects would be anti-dilutive. There were no dilutive common share equivalents outstanding during the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018.

 

Certain Risks and Concentration

 

Exchange Rate Risks

 

The Company operates in PRC, which may give rise to significant foreign currency risks mainly from fluctuations and the degree of volatility of foreign exchange rates between the USD and the RMB.

 

F-37

 

 

Currency Convertibility Risks

 

Substantially all of the Company’s operating activities are transacted in RMB, which is not freely convertible into foreign currencies. All foreign exchange transactions take place either through the People’s Bank of China or other banks authorized to buy and sell foreign currencies at the exchange rates quoted by the People’s Bank of China. Approval of foreign currency payments by the People’s Bank of China or other regulatory institutions requires submitting a payment application form together with other information such as suppliers’ invoices, shipping documents and signed contracts.

 

Concentration of Credit Risks

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risks consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, notes receivable. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, and note receivable in good credit quality financial institutions in Hong Kong and PRC. Concentration of credit risks with respect to accounts receivables is linked to the concentration of revenue. To manage credit risk, the Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of customers’ financial condition.

 

Interest Rate Risks

 

The Company is subject to interest rate risk. The Company has bank interest bearing loans charged at variable interest rates. And although some bank interest bearing loans are charged at fixed interest rates within the reporting period, the Company is still subject to the risk of adverse changes in the interest rates charged by the banks when these loans are refinanced.

 

Risks and Uncertainties

 

The operations of the Company are located in the PRC. Accordingly, the Company’s business, financial condition, and results of operations may be influenced by political, economic, and legal environments in the PRC, as well as by the general state of the PRC economy. The Company’s results may be adversely affected by changes in the political, regulatory and social conditions in the PRC. Although the Company has not experienced losses from these situations and believes that it is in compliance with existing laws and regulations including its organization and structure disclosed in Note1, this may not be indicative of future results.

 

Liquidity Risks

 

Our primary sources of liquidity consist of existing cash balances, cash flows from our operating activities and availability under our revolving credit facility. Our ability to generate sufficient cash flows from our operating activities is primarily dependent on our sales of steel pipe, tube and ancillary products to our customers at margins sufficient to cover fixed and variable expenses. 

 

As of September 30, 2019 and 2018, we had cash and cash equivalents of $1,057,992 and $1,308,378, respectively. We believe that our current cash, cash to be generated from our operations and access to loans from our related parties will be sufficient to meet our working capital needs for at least the next twelve months. However, we do not have any amounts committed to be provided by our related party. We are also not dependent upon this offering to meet our liquidity needs for the next twelve months. However, we plan to expand our business to implement our growth strategies in our existing market and strengthen our position in the marketplace. To do so, we will need more capital through equity financing to increase our production and meet market demands.

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

 

The Company considers the applicability and impact of all accounting standards updates. Management periodically reviews new accounting standards that are issued.

 

F-38

 

 

In May 2014, FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606), which supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, including most industry-specific revenue recognition guidance throughout the Industry Topics of the Codification. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is to recognize revenues when promised goods or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected to be received for those goods or services.

 

We have elected to early adopt ASU 2014-09 and its related amendments or collectively Topic 606, effective October 1, 2018, as permitted by the standard, using the modified retrospective implementation method. Accordingly, we have applied the five-step method outlined in Topic 606 for determining when and how revenue is recognized to all contracts that were not completed as of the date of adoption. Revenues for reporting periods beginning after October 1, 2018 are presented under Topic 606, while prior period amounts have not been adjusted and continue to be reported under the previous revenue recognition guidance. For contracts that were modified before the effective date, we have considered the modification guidance within the new standard and determined that the revenue recognized and contract balances recorded prior to adoption for such contracts were not impacted. While Topic 606 requires additional disclosure of the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers, its adoption has not had a material impact on the measurement or recognition of our revenues. Our modified retrospective adoption, for which we were not required to make any material changes to the prior year presentation, did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842),” which increases lease transparency and comparability among organizations. Under the new standard, lessees will be required to recognize all assets and liabilities arising from leases on the balance sheet, with the exception of leases with a term of 12 months or less, which permits a lessee to make an accounting policy election by class of underlying asset not to recognize lease assets and liabilities. ASU 2016-02 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years, and early adoption is permitted. In March 2018, the FASB approved an alternative transition method to the modified retrospective approach, which eliminates the requirement to restate prior period financial statements and requires the cumulative effect of the retrospective allocation to be recorded as an adjustment to the opening balance of retained earnings at the date of adoption. The Company does not plan to early adopt ASU 2016-02 or expect this update will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flow.

 

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, to provide guidance on the presentation and classification of certain cash receipts and cash payments on the statement of cash flows. The guidance specifically addresses cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the diversity in practice. The guidance will be effective for the Company in fiscal year 2018, but early adoption is permitted. The Company has evaluated the impact of this new standard and believes there is no impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-17, Consolidation (Topic 810): Interest Held through Related Parties That Are under Common Control, to provide guidance on the evaluation of whether a reporting entity is the primary beneficiary of a VIE by amending how a reporting entity, that is a single decision maker of a VIE, treats indirect interests in that entity held through related parties that are under common control. The amendments are effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within those fiscal years. For all other entities, the amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017. Early adoption is permitted, including adoption in an interim period. The Company has evaluated the impact of this new standard and believes there is no impact on its consolidated financial statements.

 

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-18, “Statement of Cash Flows: Restricted Cash”. The amendments address diversity in practice that exists in the classification and presentation of changes in restricted cash on the statement of cash flows. The amendment is effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The Company has elected to early adopt the new standard effective October 1, 2018 using a retrospective transition method to each period presented. Our retrospective adoption did not have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

 

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-01, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business”. The amendments in this ASU clarify the definition of a business with the objective of adding guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. These amendments take effect for public businesses for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods within those periods, and all other entities should apply these amendments for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company does not expect this update will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

  

F-39

 

 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement” (“ASU 2018-13”). The amendments in this ASU modify the disclosure requirements on fair value measurements. ASU 2018-13 is effective for public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, with early adoption permitted for any removed or modified disclosures. The removed and modified disclosures will be adopted on a retrospective basis and the new disclosures will be adopted on a prospective basis. The Company does not plan to early adopt ASU 2018-13 or expect this update will have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

 

Other accounting standards that have been issued by the FASB or other standards-setting bodies are not expected to have a material effect on the Company’s financial position, result of operations or cash flows.

 

NOTE 3 – ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

 

Accounts receivable as of September 30, 2019 and 2018 consisted of the following:

 

    2019     2018  
Accounts receivable   $ 17,264,574     $ 19,000,478  
Less: allowance for doubtful accounts     (2,764,735 )     (2,912,310 )
Accounts receivable, net   $ 14,499,839     $ 16,088,168  

  

The Company’s customers are for the most part, various levels of government, state-owned entities and construction companies. Due to the nature of the customers and the practice of the industry, the Company generally allows credit period of 180 days to its customers. The average accounts receivable turnover period was approximately 84 days and 91 days for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

Changes of allowance for doubtful accounts for the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 are as follow:

 

    2019     2018  
Beginning balance   $ 2,912,310     $ 2,795,324  
Additional reserve through bad debt expense     -       256,857  
Bad debt write-off     (33,612 )     (40,101 )
Exchange difference     (113,963 )     (99,770 )
Ending balance   $ 2,764,735     $ 2,912,310  

 

Bad debt expense recorded by the Company during the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 was $0 and $256,857, respectively. The Company recorded bad debt write-off of $33,612 and $40,101 during the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

NOTE 4 –NOTES RECEIVABLE

 

Notes receivable consisted of bank acceptance notes of $517,649 and $3,147,827 received from the Company’s customers as of September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. These notes with 3-6 months maturity dates were issued by customers to pay their payable balances to the Company; and these notes were guaranteed by the banks.

 

F-40

 

 

NOTE 5 – INVENTORIES

 

Inventories as of September 30, 2019 and 2018 consisted of the following:

 

    2019     2018  
Raw materials   $ 10,489,858     $ 17,866,609  
Work in process     252,749       78,031  
Finished goods     7,102,798       4,197,515  
Total   $ 17,845,405     $ 22,142,155  

 

There was no inventory write-downs recognized for the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018.

 

NOTE 6 – PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

 

Property, plant and equipment as of September 30, 2019 and 2018 consisted of the following:

 

    2019     2018  
Buildings   $ 4,785,642     $ 2,007,795  
Machinery and equipment     8,302,445       7,804,250  
Transportation vehicles     936,908       1,236,085  
Office equipment     442,343       424,620  
Construction in progress (“CIP”)     124,276       208,121  
Total property plant and equipment, at cost     14,591,614       11,680,871  
Less: accumulated depreciation     (8,112,358 )     (8,186,800 )
Property, plant and equipment, net   $ 6,479,256     $ 3,494,071  

 

Depreciation expense was $617,634 and $691,695 for the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

As of September 30, 2019 and 2018, the Company pledged buildings and machinery to secure banking facilities granted to the Company. The carrying values of the pledged buildings to secure bank borrowings by the Company are shown in Note 10.

  

NOTE 7 – INTANGIBLE ASSETS

 

Intangible asset as of September 30, 2019 and 2018 consisted of the following:

 

    2019     2018  
Land use rights, cost   $ 1,550,500     $ 1,613,644  
Less: accumulated amortization     (378,617 )     (363,387 )
Intangible assets, net   $ 1,171,883     $ 1,250,257  

 

The land use right represents the Company’s land use rights in Wenzhou’s plant, which had been pledged to secure the Company’s banking facilities granted to the Company as of September 30, 2019 and 2018. The carrying values of the pledged land use rights to secure bank borrowings by the Company are shown in Note 10.

 

Amortization expense was $30,617 and $34,964 for the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

 

NOTE 8 – LONG-TERM INVESTMENTS

 

Long-term investments consisted of the following as of September 30, 2019 and 2018:

 

    2019     2018  
Huashang Micro Finance Co.   $ 5,316,395     $ 5,532,906  
Longwan Rural Commercial Bank     6,293,213       6,549,505  
Wenzhou Longlian Development Co., Ltd     1,165,886       1,213,367  
Total   $ 12,775,494     $ 13,295,778  

 

F-41

 

 

In 2009, the Company made an investment of RMB 90,000,000 ($13,203,257 in USD) to acquire 22.5% in Huashang Micro Finance Co. (“Huashang”), a finance company offers micro loans to its customers. In 2015, as the result of a capital reduction, the Company’s ownership reduced by 3.5% to 19% for a cash consideration of RMB 52,000,000 ($8,535,827 in USD), of which RMB 7,000,000 ($979,336 and $1,019,220 in USD, respectively) has not been collected as of September 30, 2019 and 2018. The Company carries this investment at the cost on its consolidated balance sheets. The Company did not receive any dividend income from Huashang during the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018.

 

In 2011, the Company made an investment of RMB 8,333,400 ($1,307,982 in USD) to acquire 8.3334% in Wenzhou Longlian Development Co., Ltd. (“Longlian”), a property and infrastructure development company. The Company carries this investment at the cost on its consolidated balance sheets. The Company did not receive any dividend income from Longlian during the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018.

 

In 2012, the Company made an investment of RMB 44,982,000 ($7,172,207 in USD) to acquire 2.1% in Longwan Rural Commercial Bank. (“LRCB”), a private bank accepting deposits and providing short-term or long-term lending to its customers. The Company carries this investment at the cost on its consolidated balance sheets. During the year ended September 30, 2019, the Company received dividend income of RMB 3,307,500 ($481,070 in USD) from LRCB. During the year ended September 30, 2018, the Company received dividend income of RMB 3,307,500 ($505,982 in USD) from LRCB.

 

NOTE 9 –NOTES PAYABLE

 

Notes payable consisted of bank notes payable of $3,696,652 and $7,646,373 provided by the Company to its customers as of September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. These short-term bank notes can be endorsed and assigned to suppliers as payments for purchases. The bank notes payables are generally payable within six months. These short-term notes payables are guaranteed by the bank for their full face value. In addition, the banks usually require the Company to deposit a certain amount of at the bank as a guarantee deposit, which is classified on the consolidated balance sheets as restricted cash.

 

NOTE 10 – SHORT-TERM BORROWINGS

 

Short-term borrowings consisted of the following at September 30, 2019:

 

Bank Name   Amount - RMB     Amount - USD     Issuance Date   Expiration Date   Interest  
Agricultural Bank     RMB9,990,000     $ 1,397,652     11/2/2018   11/1/2019     5.44 %
Agricultural Bank     7,000,000       979,336     12/3/2018   12/2/2019     5.44 %
Agricultural Bank     5,000,000       699,526     12/7/2018   11/15/2019     5.44 %
Agricultural Bank     9,500,000       1,329,099     1/11/2019   1/10/2020     5.44 %
Agricultural Bank     9,990,000       1,397,652     1/21/2019   1/20/2020     5.13 %
Agricultural Bank     5,700,000       797,459     1/25/2019   1/24/2020     5.13 %
Agricultural Bank     9,990,000       1,397,652     2/1/2019   1/30/2020     5.13 %
Agricultural Bank     9,000,000       1,259,146     3/4/2019   3/3/2020     5.35 %
Agricultural Bank     9,990,000       1,397,652     3/8/2019   3/7/2020     5.35 %
Agricultural Bank     13,400,000       1,874,729     4/2/2019   4/1/2020     5.13 %
Agricultural Bank     5,000,000       699,526     4/24/2019   4/15/2020     5.13 %
Agricultural Bank     4,500,000       629,573     7/2/2019   7/1/2020     5.66 %
Agricultural Bank     10,500,000       1,469,004     8/2/2019   8/1/2020     5.66 %
Agricultural Bank     14,500,000       2,028,625     8/14/2019   8/12/2020     5.66 %
China CITIC Bank     2,614,096       365,725     10/17/2018   10/12/2019     4.90 %
China CITIC Bank     6,500,000       909,383     10/17/2018   10/17/2019     5.66 %
China CITIC Bank     5,147,400       720,148     1/4/2019   12/30/2019     5.00 %
China CITIC Bank     6,000,000       839,431     9/24/2009   9/22/2020     5.35 %
China CITIC Bank     6,500,000       909,383     9/25/2019   9/23/2020     5.35 %
China CITIC Bank     8,000,000       1,119,241     9/26/2019   9/24/2020     5.35 %
Bank of China     8,880,000       1,242,358     1/10/2019   1/6/2020     5.44 %
Bank of China     7,540,000       1,054,885     1/9/2019   1/6/2020     5.44 %
Bank of China     3,350,000       468,682     1/25/2019   1/22/2020     5.22 %
Bank of China     3,580,000       500,860     1/25/2019   1/2/2020     5.22 %
Minsheng Bank     14,900,000       2,084,587     4/25/2019   4/25/2020     6.53 %
Zhejiang Commerce Bank     1,000,000       139,905     4/23/2019   10/23/2019     6.09 %
Zhejiang Commerce Bank     7,000,000       979,336     4/23/2019   10/23/2019     6.09 %
Zhejiang Commerce Bank     4,500,000       629,573     4/29/2019   10/29/2019     6.09 %
Zhejiang Commerce Bank     10,500,000       1,469,004     4/29/2019   10/29/2019     6.09 %
Total     RMB220,071,496     $ 30,789,134                  

 

F-42

 

 

Short-term borrowings consisted of the following at September 30, 2018:

 

Bank Name   Amount - RMB     Amount - USD     Issuance Date   Expiration Date   Interest  
Agricultural Bank     RMB10,000,000     $ 1,456,027     11/2/2017   11/1/2018     5.00 %
Agricultural Bank     7,000,000       1,019,219     1/2/2018   12/5/2018     5.35 %
Agricultural Bank     9,500,000       1,383,226     1/12/2018   1/11/2019     5.57 %
Agricultural Bank     5,000,000       728,013     1/29/2018   12/10/2018     5.57 %
Agricultural Bank     10,000,000       1,456,027     2/2/2018   1/20/2019     5.57 %
Agricultural Bank     5,700,000       829,935     2/8/2018   2/7/2019     5.57 %
Agricultural Bank     10,000,000       1,456,027     3/1/2018   2/15/2019     5.26 %
Agricultural Bank     10,000,000       1,456,027     3/21/2018   3/5/2019     5.44 %
Agricultural Bank     10,000,000       1,456,027     4/2/2018   3/15/2019     5.44 %
Agricultural Bank     13,400,000       1,951,077     4/8/2018   4/2/2019     5.44 %
Agricultural Bank     5,000,000       728,014     4/11/2018   4/10/2019     5.44 %
Agricultural Bank     5,000,000       728,014     5/2/2018   5/1/2019     5.44 %
Agricultural Bank     10,000,000       1,456,028     6/27/2018   12/24/2018     4.70 %
Agricultural Bank     4,500,000       655,213     7/11/2018   7/1/2019     5.44 %
Agricultural Bank     11,000,000       1,601,631     8/21/2018   8/1/2019     5.44 %
Agricultural Bank     14,500,000       2,111,241     9/3/2018   9/2/2019     5.44 %
Agricultural Bank     4,000,000       582,411     9/20/2018   9/19/2019     5.44 %
China CITIC Bank     7,000,000       1,019,220     10/19/2017   10/19/2018     5.44 %
China CITIC Bank     3,800,000       553,291     9/11/2018   9/11/2019     5.44 %
China CITIC Bank     8,000,000       1,164,822     9/25/2018   9/25/2019     5.44 %
China CITIC Bank     6,500,000       946,418     9/25/2018   9/25/2019     5.44 %
China CITIC Bank     4,798,641       698,699     3/30/2018   1/4/2019     5.00 %
China CITIC Bank     4,798,641       698,699     5/17/2018   12/31/2018     6.00 %
Bank of China     8,880,000       1,292,953     1/4/2018   1/3/2019     4.79 %
Bank of China     7,540,000       1,097,845     1/4/2018   1/3/2019     4.79 %
Bank of China     4,700,000       684,333     1/10/2018   1/10/2019     5.01 %
Bank of China     9,800,000       1,426,907     1/10/2018   1/10/2019     4.79 %
Bank of China     1,000,000       145,603     2/1/2018   11/12/2018     5.01 %
Bank of China     3,730,000       543,098     2/1/2018   2/1/2019     5.01 %
Bank of China     3,350,000       487,769     2/1/2018   2/1/2019     5.01 %
Minsheng Bank     10,000,000       1,456,028     5/2/2018   4/25/2019     4.87 %
Minsheng Bank     7,950,000       1,157,542     5/3/2018   4/25/2019     4.87 %
Zhejiang Commerce Bank     7,000,000       1,019,220      2018/05/22   11/21/2018     6.09 %
Zhejiang Commerce Bank     1,000,000       145,603      2018/06/05   12/4/2018     5.87 %
Zhejiang Commerce Bank     4,500,000       655,213      2018/06/05   12/4/2018     5.87 %
Zhejiang Commerce Bank     10,500,000       1,528,829      2018/06/04   12/3/2018     6.09 %
Total     RMB259,447,282     $ 37,776,249                  

 

Short-term borrowings also include loans from various individuals with interest rate around 8% and maturing within one year. As of September 30, 2019 and 2018, the total amount of these loans was $699,526 and $1,892,837, respectively.

 

F-43

 

 

The Company’s short-term bank borrowings are pledged by its assets as listed below, and guaranteed by the Company’s major shareholders: Di Wang, Jueqin Wang, their immediate family members, third-party individuals, and third-party companies:

 

    As of September 30,  
    2019     2018  
Prepaid expenses   $ -     $ 2,972,743  
Buildings, net     2,873,733       18,023  
Long-term Investment     7,459,099       7,762,871  
Total   $ 10,332,832     $ 10,753,637  

 

For the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, interest expense on all short-term borrowings amounted to $2,149,077 and $2,082,680, respectively.

  

NOTE 11 – CUSTOMER AND SUPPLIER CONCENTRATIONS

 

Significant customers and suppliers are those that account for greater than 10% of the Company’s revenues and purchases.

 

The Company sold a substantial portion of products to one customer (10.13% of total revenues) during the year ended September 30, 2019. As of September 30, 2019, amount due from this customer included in accounts receivable was $293,640. There was one customer accounted for a significant portion (11.48%) of total accounts receivable for the year ended September 30, 2019.

 

The Company sold a substantial portion of products to one customer (14.46% of total revenues) during the year ended September 30, 2018. As of September 30, 2018, amount due from this customer included in accounts receivable was $6,048,446, representing 31.83% of total accounts receivable. There was no other significant concentration (over 10%) of accounts receivable for the year ended September 30, 2018.

 

The loss of our significant customer or the failure to attract new customers could have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated results of operations and financial condition.

 

For the year ended September 30, 2019, two suppliers accounted for 29.13% and 18.09% of the Company’s total purchase. There were three suppliers that have significant concentration (over 10%) of total accounts payable for the year ended September 30, 2019, which combined accounted for 63.47% of the Company’s total accounts payable.

 

For the year ended September 30, 2018, two suppliers accounted for 29.02% and 12.97% of the Company’s total raw material purchase. There were two suppliers that have significant concentration (over 10%) of total accounts payable for the year ended September 30, 2018, which combined accounted for 53.35% of the Company’s total accounts payable.

 

The Company believes there are numerous other suppliers that could be substituted should the supplier become unavailable or non-competitive.

 

NOTE 12 – RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

 

1) Nature of relationships with related parties:

 

Name   Relationship with the Company
Taizhou Huadi Industrial Ltd. (“Taizhou Huadi”)   An entity 30% owned by Jueqin Wang
Huashang Micro Finance Co. (“Huashang”)   An entity 19% owned by the Company
Wenzhou Zhagang Ltd.   An entity 16% owned by an immediate family of Di Wang
Wenzhou Xinhuadi Synthetic Leather Ltd.   An entity 70% owned by Jueqin Wang
Taizhou Huadi Material Technology Co.   An entity 100% owned by Yiyu Wang
Jueqin Wang   Principal shareholder of the Company
Huizhi Wang   Principal shareholder of the Company
Juelin Wang   Principal shareholder of the Company
Yiyu Wang   Immediate family member of majority shareholder of the Company
Bing Zhang   Principal shareholder of the Company

 

F-44

 

 

2) Related party transactions

 

During the year ended September 30, 2019, the Company purchased a total of $11,641,219 raw materials from Taizhou Huadi. These raw materials primarily consisted of stainless steel bars and stainless steel strips. As of September 30, 2019, the Company had no outstanding accounts payable balance to this entity. To lock down the prices for raw materials and hedge against price rise risk, the Company periodically pays Taizhou Huadi in advance. As of September 30, 2019, the Company had outstanding advance balance of USD $5,251,600 to Taizhou Huadi.

 

During the year ended September 30, 2018, the Company purchased a total of $12,265,399 raw materials from Taizhou Huadi. These raw materials primarily consisted of stainless steel bars and stainless steel strips. As of September 30, 2018, the Company had no outstanding balance of accounts payable to Taizhou Huadi. 

 

In 2009, the Company made an investment of RMB 90,000,000 ($13,203,257 in USD) to acquire 22.5% in Huashang Micro Finance Co., a finance company offers micro loans to its customers. In 2015, as the result of a capital reduction, the Company’s ownership reduced by 3.5% to 19% for a cash consideration of RMB 52,000,000 ($8,535,827 in USD), of which RMB 7,000,000 ($979,336 and $1,019,220 in USD, respectively) has not been collected as of September 30, 2019 and 2018.

 

During the year ended September 30, 2019, the Company sold a total of $1,276,462 steel materials to Taizhou Huadi Material Technology Co. As of September 30, 2019, the Company had accounts receivable of $498,125 from this entity.

 

Wenzhou Xinhuadi Synthetic Leather Ltd rented a land owned by the Company and the rent ended in fiscal year 2017. As of September 30, 2018, the Company was owed RMB 659,040 ($95,958 in USD) due to uncollected rent. The rent had been fully paid during fiscal year 2019.

 

Jueqin Wang periodically provides working capitals to support the Company’s operations when needed. As of September 30, 2019 and 2018, the Company had outstanding payable due to Jueqin Wang with an amount of $254,319 and $281,892, respectively. This represented unsecured, due on demand and interest free borrowings between the Company and Jueqin Wang.

 

During the year ended September 30, 2018, the Company borrowed RMB 4,000,000 ($582,411 in USD) with 8.1% annual interest rate from Huizhi Wang as working capitals to support the Company’s operations. During fiscal year 2019, the Company repaid the loan and subsequently borrowed RMB 5,000,000 ($699,526 in USD) with 8% annual interest rate from Huizhi Wang as working capitals to support the Company’s operations. The borrowing is unsecured and due on demand with no fixed term.

 

During the year ended September 30, 2019, the Company net borrowed RMB 5,000,000 ($699,526 in USD), from Juelin Wang as working capitals to support the Company’s operations. The borrowing is unsecured, due on demand, and was subject to 8% annual interest rate. The borrowing has been fully paid in the subsequent period.

 

During the year ended September 30, 2019, the Company borrowed RMB 12,500,000 ($1,748,814 in USD), from Yiyu Wang, an immediate family member of majority shareholder of the Company, as working capitals to support the Company’s operations. The borrowing is unsecured, due on demand, and was subject to 8% annual interest rate.

 

During the year ended September 30, 2019, the Company net borrowed RMB 5,000,000 ($699,526 in USD), from Bing Zhang as working capitals to support the Company’s operations. The borrowing is unsecured, due on demand, and was subject to 8% annual interest rate. 

 

3) Related party balances

 

Net outstanding balances with related parties consisted of the following as of September 30, 2019 and 2018:

 

Accounts   Name of related parties   2019     2018  
Receivables from related parties:                
Advances to suppliers   Taizhou Huadi Industrial Ltd.   $ 5,251,600     $ -  
Other receivables   Huashang Micro Finance Co.     979,336       1,019,220  
Other receivables   Wenzhou Xinhuadi Synthetic     -       95,958  
Accounts receivable   Taizhou Huadi Material Technology Co.     498,125       -  
Liabilities to related parties:                    
Accounts payable   Wenzhou Zhagang Ltd.     -       (84,977 )
Due to related parties   Jueqin Wang     (254,319 )     (281,892 )
Due to related parties   Huizhi Wang     (699,526 )     (582,411 )
Due to related parties   Juelin Wang     (699,526 )     -  
Due to related parties   Yiyu Wang     (1,748,813 )     -  
Due to related parties   Bing Zhang     (699,526 )     -  
Net receivables from related parties       $ 2,627,351     $ 165,898  

 

F-45

 

 

NOTE 13 – SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

Ordinary shares

 

Huadi International is authorized to issue 250,000,000 ordinary shares of a single class, par value $0.0002 per ordinary share. The paid in capital was zero as of September 30, 2019. There are currently 10,000,000 issued and outstanding ordinary shares, of which 16.64% and 83.36% held by Yongqiang Maituo Limited and Yongqiang Donghai Limited, respectively, as of September 30, 2019.

 

Non-controlling interests

 

Non-controlling interests represent the interest of non-controlling shareholder in Huadi Steel based on his proportionate interests in the equity of that company adjusted for its proportionate share of income or losses from operations. In August, 2019, Wenzhou Hongshun acquired 99% equity percentage of Huadi Steel from the PRC Shareholders. As the result, Huadi Steel’s equity interest is 99% held by Wenzhou Hongshun and 1% held by Di Wang. The non-controlling interest in Huadi Steel was 1% as of September 30, 2019 and 2018.

 

NOTE 14 – INCOME TAXES

  

Enterprise Income Taxes (“EIT”)

 

Huadi International is incorporated in Cayman Island as an offshore holding company and is not subject to tax on income or capital gain under the laws of Cayman Island.

 

Tuoxing is incorporated in BVI as an offshore holding company and is not subject to tax on income or capital gain under the laws of BVI.

 

HK Beach is established in Hong Kong and is subject to statutory income tax rate at 16.5%.

 

Hongshun is established in PRC and is subject to statutory income tax rate at 25%.

 

Huadi Steel, the Company’s main operating subsidiary in PRC, was entitled High and New Technology Enterprise (“HNTE”) and enjoyed preferential tax rate of 15% for a three-year validity period from 2019 fiscal year, and the HNTE certificate needs to be renewed every three years. Thus, Huadi Steel is eligible for a 15% preferential tax rate for fiscal year 2019 and 25% standard tax rate for fiscal year 2018. As of September 30, 2019, the tax years ended December 31, 2014 through December 31, 2019 for the Company’s PRC entities remain open for statutory examination by PRC tax authorities.

 

The Company evaluates each uncertain tax position (including the potential application of interest and penalties) based on the technical merits, and measure the unrecognized benefits associated with the tax positions. As of September30, 2019 and 2018 the Company did not have any significant unrecognized uncertain tax positions. The Company did not incur any interest and penalties related to potential underpaid income tax expenses for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and also does not anticipate any significant increases or decreases in unrecognized tax benefits in the next 12 months from September 30, 2019.

 

F-46

 

 

Per the consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, the income tax expenses for the Company can be reconciled to the income before income taxes for the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 as follows:

 

    2019     2018  
Income before taxes excluded the amounts of loss incurring entities   $ 6,446,944     $ 6,585,624  
PRC EIT tax rates     15 %     25 %
Tax at the PRC EIT tax rates   $ 967,042       1,646,406  
Tax effect of R&D expenses deduction     (199,925 )     (271,349 )
Tax effect of non-taxable investment income     (72,160 )     (126,495 )
Tax effect of non-deductible expenses     310,233       88,530  
Income tax expenses   $ 1,005,190     $ 1,337,092  

  

Income taxes for the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018 are attributed to the Company’s continuing operations in China and consisted of:

 

    2019     2018  
Current income tax   $ 709,027     $ 1,390,773  
Deferred income tax     296,163       (53,681 )
Total income tax expense   $ 1,005,190     $ 1,337,092  

 

The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at September 30, 2019 and 2018 are presented below:

 

    As of September 30,  
    2019     2018  
Deferred tax assets:            
Bad debt allowance   $ 414,710     $ 728,078  
Total   $ 414,710     $ 728,078  

 

There were no valuation allowance for the deferred tax assets as of September 30, 2019 and 2018. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income, projections for future taxable income over the periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, and the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, management believes it is more likely than not the company will realize the benefits of those deductible differences at September 30, 2019 and 2018.

  

NOTE 15 – COMMITMENT AND CONTINGENCIES

 

As of September 30, 2019 and 2018, the Company has no material purchase commitments or significant leases.

 

From time to time, the Company is involved in various legal proceedings, claims and other disputes arising from commercial operations, employees, and other matters which, in general, are subject to uncertainties and in which the outcomes are not predictable. The Company determines whether an estimated loss from a contingency should be accrued by assessing whether a loss is deemed probable and can be reasonably estimated. Although the Company can give no assurances about the resolution of pending claims, litigation or other disputes and the effect such outcomes may have on the Company, the Company believes that any ultimate liability resulting from the outcome of such proceedings, to the extent not otherwise provided or covered by insurance, will not have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial position or results of operations or liquidity. As of September 30, 2019 and 2018, the Company had no pending legal proceedings outstanding. 

  

F-47

 

 

NOTE 16 – SEGMENT REPORTING

 

ASC 280, “Segment Reporting”, establishes standards for reporting information about operating segments on a basis consistent with the Company’s internal organizational structure as well as information about geographical areas, business segments and major customers in financial statements for details on the Company’s business segments. The Company uses the “management approach” in determining reportable operating segments. The management approach considers the internal organization and reporting used by the Company’s chief operating decision maker for making operating decisions and assessing performance as the source for determining the Company’s reportable segments. Management, including the chief operating decision maker, reviews operation results by the revenue of different products. Based on management’s assessment, the Company has determined that it has only one operating segment as defined by ASC 280.

 

The following table presents revenues by geographic areas for the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, respectively. 

 

    September 30, 2019     September 30, 2018  
Top 5 International Markets:  

Sales Amount

(In USD)

    As %
of
Sales
   

Sales Amount

(In USD)

    As %
of
Sales
 
China   $ 47,606,489       72.66 %   $ 35,457,131       58.70 %
India     3,795,089       5.79 %     13,497,542       22.35 %
US     8,285,920       12.65 %     5,542,392       9.18 %
Canada     2,039,051       3.11 %     2,745,347       4.55 %
Taiwan     1,400,632       2.14 %     739,810       1.23 %
Other foreign countries     2,391,135       3.65 %     2,403,782       3.98 %

 

Due to the nature of the Company’s products, it is impractical to disclose revenues generated from each product or each group of similar products. Also, as the Company’s long-lived assets are primarily located in the PRC, no geographical segments are presented.

 

NOTE 17 – SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

 

In preparing these consolidated financial statements, the Company has evaluated events and transactions for potential recognition or disclosure through January 3, 2020, the date the financial statements were available to be issued. No events require adjustment to or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.

 

NOTE 18 – CONDENSED FINANCIAL INFORMATION OF THE PARENT COMPANY

 

The Company performed a test on the restricted net assets of consolidated subsidiary in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-X Rule 4-08 (e) (3), “General Notes to Financial Statements” and concluded that it was applicable for the Company to disclose the financial statements for the parent company.

 

The subsidiary did not pay any dividend to the Company for the periods presented. For the purpose of presenting parent only financial information, the Company records its investment in its subsidiary under the equity method of accounting. Such investment is presented on the separate condensed balance sheets of the Company as “Investment in subsidiary” and the income of the subsidiary is presented as “share of income of subsidiary”. Certain information and footnote disclosures generally included in financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been condensed and omitted.

 

F-48

 

 

Huadi International Group Co., Ltd.

Balance Sheets

 

    September 30,     September 30,  
    2019     2018  
ASSETS            
Due from subsidiary   $ 2,000     $ 2,000  
Total assets   $ 2,000     $ 2,000  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities   $ -     $ -  
Total liabilities     -       -  
                 
SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY                
Common stock, $0.0002 par value, 250,000,000 shares authorized, 10,000,000 shares issued and outstanding     2,000       2,000  
Retained earnings     -       -  
Total shareholders’ equity     -       -  
                 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity   $ 2,000     $ 2,000  

 

Huadi International Group Co., Ltd.

Statements of Operations

 

    For the year ended
September 30,
 
    2019     2018  
Operating expenses:            
General and administrative expenses   $ -     $ -  
                 
Total operating expenses     -       -  
                 
Net  income   $ -     $ -  
                 
Net income per common share – basic and diluted   $ -     $ -  
                 
Weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding – basic and diluted     10,000,000       10,000,000  

  

Huadi International Group Co., Ltd.

Statements of Cash Flows

 

    For the year ended
September 30,
 
    2019     2018  
Cash Flows from Operating Activities   $ -     $        -  
                 
Cash Flows from Investing Activities     -       -  
                 
Cash Flows from Financing Activities     -       -  
                 
Changes in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash     -       -  
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of year     -       -  
                 
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of year   $ -     $ -  
                 
Supplemental Cash Flows Information:                
Income tax paid   $ -     $ -  
Interest paid   $ -     $ -  
                 
Non-cash investing and financing activities:                
Shares issued to founders     10,000,000       -  

 

F-49

 

 

3,593,750 Ordinary Shares

 

 

 

 

 

HUADI INTERNATIONAL GROUP CO., LTD.

 

Craft Capital Management LLC              R.F. Lafferty & Co. Inc.

        

Shengang Securities Company Limited

 

 

            , 2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PART II

 

INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

 

Item 6. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

 

Cayman Islands law does not limit the extent to which a company’s articles of association may provide for indemnification of officers and directors, except to the extent any such provision may be held by the Cayman Islands courts to be contrary to public policy, such as to provide indemnification against civil fraud or the consequences of committing a crime.

 

The underwriting agreement, the form of which will be filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement, provide for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act, but only to the extent that such liabilities are caused by information relating to the underwriters furnished to us in writing expressly for use in this registration statement and certain other disclosure documents.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers or persons controlling us pursuant to the foregoing provisions, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.

 

Item 7. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

Founding Transactions

 

Huadi International Group Co., Ltd. was incorporated on September 27, 2018. The subscriber received 1 founder share of our company upon incorporation. On the same day, the subscriber entered into certain equity interest transfer agreement with Yongqiang Meituo Limited and transferred to Yongqiang Meituo Limited the founder share. The transaction was not registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) in reliance on an exemption from registration set forth in Section 4(a)(2) and/or Regulation S thereof.

 

In connection with the incorporation, on September 27, 2018, we issued 3,328,000 and 16,672,000 founders shares,  respectively to Yongqiang Meituo Limited and Yongqiang Donghai Limited. As a result of the 2 for 1 reverse split, Yongqiang Meituo Limited and Yongqiang Donghai Limited beneficially own 1,664,000 and 8,336,000 ordinary shares respectively. These shares were issued in reliance on the exemption under Section 4(a)(2) and/or Regulation S of the Securities Act.

 

II-1

 

 

Item 8. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a) Exhibits. The following exhibits are included herein or incorporated herein by reference:

 

The following documents are filed as part of this registration statement:

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

No.   Description
1.1†   Form of Underwriting Agreement
3.1**   Memorandum and Articles of Association
3.2†  

Amended and Restated Memorandum and Articles of Association

4.1**   Specimen Certificate for Ordinary Share
4.2†   Form of Representative Warrant
5.1*   Opinion of Ogier regarding the validity of the ordinary shares being registered
5.2*   Opinion of Ortoli Rosenstadt LLP, U.S. counsel of Huadi International Group Co., Ltd., as to the binding effect of the Representative’s warrant agreement and certain U.S federal tax matters
8.1*   Opinion of Grandall Law Firm regarding certain PRC tax matters (including in Exhibit 99.1)
10.1**   Summary Translation of Employment Agreement by and between the Registrant and Di Wang
10.2**   Summary Translation of Employment Agreement by and between the Registrant and Jueqin Wang
10.3**   Summary Translation of Employment Agreement by and between the Registrant and Huisen Wang
10.4**   Employment Agreement with Qin Li
10.5**   Director Offer Letter with Songlin Li
10.6 *   Director Offer Letter with Jiancong Huang
10.7**   Director Offer Letter with He “Henry” Huang
10.8†   Entrustment Agreement among shareholders of Yongqiang Donghai Limited
14.1†   Code of Business Conduct and Ethics
21.1**   List of Subsidiaries
23.1†   Consent of Briggs & Veselka Co.
23.2*   Consent of Ogier (included in Exhibit 5.1)
23.3*   Consent of Grandall Law Firm (included in Exhibit 99.1)
23.4*  

Consent of Ortoli Rosenstadt LLP (included in Exhibit 5.2)

99.1*   Opinion of Grandall Law Firm, PRC counsel to the Registrant, regarding certain PRC law matters
99.2**   Audit Committee Charter
99.3**   Compensation Committee Charter
99.4**   Nomination Committee Charter
99.5**  

Written Consent of Songlin Li dated November 18, 2020

99.6**   Written Consent of Jiancong Huang dated November 18, 2020
99.7**   Written Consent of He “Henry” Huang dated November 18, 2020
99.8†   Registrant’s waiver request and representation under Item 8.A.4

 

Filed herewith.
* To be filed by Amendment.
** Previously filed

 

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

 

Schedules have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

 

II-2

 

 

Item 9. Undertakings

 

(a) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

 

(1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of this registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment hereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in this registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated firm commitment offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the “Calculation of Registration Fee” table in the effective registration statement; and

 

(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in this registration statement or any material change to such information in this registration statement;

 

(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser:

 

(i) If the Registrant is relying on Rule 430B (§230.430B of this chapter):

 

(A) Each prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(3) shall be deemed to be part of the registration statement as of the date the filed prospectus was deemed part of and included in the registration statement; and

 

(B) Each prospectus required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(2), (b)(5), or (b)(7) as part of a registration statement in reliance on Rule 430B relating to an offering made pursuant to Rule 415(a)(1)(i), (vii), or (x) for the purpose of providing the information required by section 10(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the earlier of the date such form of prospectus is first used after effectiveness or the date of the first contract of sale of securities in the offering described in the prospectus. As provided in Rule 430B, for liability purposes of the issuer and any person that is at that date an underwriter, such date shall be deemed to be a new effective date of the registration statement relating to the securities in the registration statement to which that prospectus relates, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such effective date, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such effective date; or

 

(ii) If the Registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

II-3

 

 

(5) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the Registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities, the undersigned Registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned Registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424; 

 

(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned Registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned Registrant;

 

(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned Registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

(6) To file a post-effective amendment to the registration statement to include any financial statements required by item 8.A. of Form 20-F at the start of any delayed offering or throughout a continuous offering. Financial statements and information otherwise required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Act need not be furnished, provided, that the Registrant includes in the prospectus, by means of a post-effective amendment, financial statements required pursuant to this paragraph (a)(4) and other information necessary to ensure that all other information in the prospectus is at least as current as the date of those financial statements.

 

(7) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant under Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

 

(8) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(b) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in such Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

II-4

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form F-1 and has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Wenzhou, People’s Republic of China, on November 23, 2020.

 

  Huadi International Group Co., Ltd.
     
  By:  /s/ Huisen Wang
    Huisen Wang
    Chief Executive Officer
    (Principal Executive Officer)

 

  By:  /s/ Qin Li
    Qin Li
    Chief Financial Officer
    (Principal Accounting Officer) 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

 

Signature   Capacity   Date
         
/s/ Huisen Wang   Chief Executive Officer   November 23, 2020
Huisen Wang        
         
/s/ Qin Li   Chief Financial Officer   November 23, 2020
Qin Li        
         
/s/ Di Wang   Chairman of the Board and Director   November 23, 2020
Di Wang        
         
/s/ Jueqin Wang   Director   November 23, 2020
Jueqin Wang        

 

SIGNATURE OF AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE IN THE UNITED STATES

 

Pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933 as amended, the undersigned, the duly authorized representative in the United States of America, has signed this registration statement thereto in New York, NY on November 23, 2020.

 

  Cogency Global Inc.
   
  By: /s/ Colleen A. De Vries
  Name:  Colleen A. De Vries
  Title: Senior Vice President on behalf of Cogency Global Inc.

 

 

II-5

 

 

Exhibit 1.1

 

[__] ORDINARY SHARES AND

 

OF

 

Huadi International Group Co., Ltd.

 

UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

 

[__], 2021

Craft Capital Management, LLC

377 Oak Street, Suite 402

Garden City, NY 11530

 

R.F. Lafferty & Co. Inc

40 Wall Street, 19th Floor

New York, NY 10005

 

As Representatives of the

Several underwriters, if any, named in Schedule I hereto

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned, HUADI INTERNATIONAL GROUP CO., LTD., a Cayman Islands exempted company (collectively with its subsidiaries and affiliates, including, without limitation, all entities disclosed or described in the Registration Statement (as defined below) as being subsidiaries or affiliates of HUADI INTERNATIONAL GROUP CO., LTD., the “Company”), hereby confirms its agreement (this “Agreement”) with the several underwriters (such underwriters, including the Representatives (as defined below), the “Underwriters” and each an “Underwriter”) named in Schedule I hereto for which Craft Capital Management, LLC (“Craft”) and R.F. Lafferty & Co. Inc (“Lafferty”), acting as representatives to the several Underwriters (in such capacity, the “Representatives” and each a “Representative”) on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

It is understood that the several Underwriters are to make a public offering of the Public Securities as soon as the Representatives deem it advisable to do so. The Public Securities are to be initially offered to the public at the public offering price set forth in the Prospectus. The Representatives may from time to time thereafter change the public offering price and other selling terms.

 

It is further understood that you will act as the Representatives for the Underwriters in the offering and sale of the Closing Securities and, if any, the Option Securities in accordance with this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE I.

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1.1. Definitions. In addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Agreement, for all purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings set forth in this Section 1.1:

 

Action” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1(k).

 

 

 

Affiliate” means with respect to any Person, any other Person that, directly or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by or is under common control with such Person as such terms are used in and construed under Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

BPLLC” means Bevilacqua PLLC, with offices located at 1050 Connecticut Avenue, NW, Suite 500, Washington, DC 200036, who are acting as counsel to Craft, or any replacement legal counsel to Craft.

 

Business Day” means any day other than Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks in The City of New York are authorized or required by law to remain closed; provided, however, for clarification, commercial banks shall not be deemed to be authorized or required by law to remain closed due to “stay at home”, “shelter-in-place”, “non-essential employee” or any other similar orders or restrictions or the closure of any physical branch locations at the direction of any governmental authority so long as the electronic funds transfer systems (including for wire transfers) of commercial banks in The City of New York are generally are open for use by customers on such day.

 

Cayman Counsel” means Ogier, with offices located at 89 Nexus Way, Camana Bay, Grand Cayman, Cayman Islands KY1-9009.

 

Closing” means the closing of the purchase and sale of the Closing Securities pursuant to Section 2.1.

 

Closing Date” means the hour and the date on the Trading Day on which all conditions precedent to (i) the Underwriters’ obligations to pay the Closing Purchase Price and (ii) the Company’s obligations to deliver the Closing Securities, in each case, have been satisfied or waived, but in no event later than 10:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the second (2nd) Trading Day following the date hereof or at such earlier time as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Company.

 

Closing Purchase Price” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(b), which aggregate purchase price shall be net of underwriting discounts and commissions.

 

Closing Securities” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(a).

 

Commission” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Company Auditor” means Briggs & Veselka Co., with offices located at 9 Greenway Plaza #1700, Houston, Texas 77046.

 

Company Counsel” means Ortoli Rosenstadt LLP, with offices located at 366 Madison Avenue, 3rd Floor, New York, NY 10017.

 

Disclosure Schedules” means the Disclosure Schedules of the Company delivered concurrently herewith.

 

2

 

 

Effective Date” means the date and time as of which the Registration Statement, or the most recent post-effective amendment thereto, became effective, or is deemed to have become effective by the Commission, in accordance with the rules and regulations under the Securities Act.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Execution Date” shall mean the date on which the parties execute and enter into this Agreement.

 

Exempt Issuance” means the issuance of (a) Ordinary Shares, restricted shares, restricted share units or options to employees, officers or directors of the Company pursuant to any share or option plan duly adopted for such purpose, by a majority of the non-employee members of the Board of Directors or a majority of the members of a committee of non-employee directors established for such purpose for services rendered to the Company, (b) securities upon the exercise or exchange of or conversion of any Securities issued hereunder and/or other securities exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into Ordinary Shares issued and outstanding on the date of this Agreement, provided that such securities have not been amended since the date of this Agreement to increase the number of such securities or to decrease the exercise price, exchange price or conversion price of such securities (other than in connection with automatic price resets, share splits, adjustments or combinations as set forth in such securities) or to extend the term of such securities and (c) securities issued pursuant to acquisitions or strategic transactions approved by a majority of the disinterested directors of the Company, provided that such securities are issued as “restricted securities” (as defined in Rule 144) and carry no registration rights that require or permit the filing of any registration statement in connection therewith during the prohibition period in Section 4.21(a) herein, and provided that any such issuance shall only be to a Person (or to the equityholders of a Person) which is, itself or through its subsidiaries, an operating company or an owner of an asset in a business synergistic with the business of the Company and shall provide to the Company additional benefits in addition to the investment of funds, but shall not include a transaction in which the Company is issuing securities primarily for the purpose of raising capital or to an entity whose primary business is investing in securities.

 

FCPA” means the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

FINRA” means the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority.

 

GAAP” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1(i).

 

Hong Kong Counsel” means [__], with offices located at [___].

 

Indebtedness” means (a) any liabilities for borrowed money or amounts owed in excess of $50,000 (other than trade accounts payable incurred in the ordinary course of business), (b) all guaranties, endorsements and other contingent obligations in respect of indebtedness of others, whether or not the same are or should be reflected in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet (or the notes thereto), except guaranties by endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary course of business; and (c) the present value of any lease payments in excess of $50,000 due under leases required to be capitalized in accordance with GAAP.

 

3

 

 

Intellectual Property Rights” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1(r).

 

Liens” means a lien, charge, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, right of first refusal, preemptive right or other restriction.

 

Lock-Up Agreements” means the lock-up agreements that are delivered on the date hereof by each of the Company’s officers, directors and shareholders, in the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.

 

Material Adverse Effect” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.1(b).

 

Material Permit” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1(p).

 

Offering” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(c).

 

Option Closing Date” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.2(b).

 

Option Securities” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.2(a).

 

Ordinary Shares” means the ordinary shares of the Company, par value $[0.0002] per share, and any other class of securities into which such securities may hereafter be reclassified or changed.

 

Ordinary Share Equivalents” means any securities of the Company or the Subsidiaries which would entitle the holder thereof to acquire at any time Ordinary Shares, including, without limitation, any debt, preferred share, right, option, warrant or other instrument that is at any time convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or otherwise entitles the holder thereof to receive, Ordinary Shares.

 

Over-Allotment Option” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.2(a).

 

Person” means an individual or corporation, partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated association, joint venture, limited liability company, joint stock company, government (or an agency or subdivision thereof) or other entity of any kind.

 

PRC Counsel” means Grandall Law Firm, with offices located at [ ].

 

Preliminary Prospectus” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1(f).

 

PRC” means the People’s Republic of China.

 

Proceeding” means an action, claim, suit, investigation or proceeding (including, without limitation, an informal investigation or partial proceeding, such as a deposition), whether commenced or threatened.

 

Prospectus” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1(f).

 

4

 

 

Prospectus Supplement” means, if any, any supplement to the Prospectus complying with Rule 424(b) of the Securities Act that is filed with the Commission.

 

Public Securities” means, collectively, the Closing Securities and, if any, the Option Securities.

 

Registration Statement” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1(f).

 

Representative Warrants” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.6(e).

 

Required Approvals” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.1(e).

 

Rule 144” means Rule 144 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended or interpreted from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same purpose and effect as such Rule.

 

Rule 424” means Rule 424 promulgated by the Commission pursuant to the Securities Act, as such Rule may be amended or interpreted from time to time, or any similar rule or regulation hereafter adopted by the Commission having substantially the same purpose and effect as such Rule.

 

Securities” means the Closing Securities, the Option Securities, the Representative Warrants and the Warrant Shares.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Share Purchase Price” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 2.1(b).

 

Shares” means, collectively, the Ordinary Shares delivered to the Underwriters in accordance with Section 2.1(a) and Section 2.2(a).

 

Subsidiary” means any subsidiary of the Company and shall, where applicable, also include any direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company (each a “Subsidiary” and collectively, the “Subsidiaries”) formed or acquired after the date hereof.

 

Trading Day” means a day on which the principal Trading Market is open for trading.

 

Trading Market” means any of the following markets or exchanges on which the Ordinary Shares is listed or quoted for trading on the date in question: the NYSE American, the Nasdaq Capital Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Global Select Market or the New York Stock Exchange (or any successors to any of the foregoing).

 

Transaction Documents” means this Agreement and all exhibits and schedules hereto, the Representative Warrants, the Lock-Up Agreements, and any other documents or agreements executed in connection with the transactions contemplated hereunder.

 

Transfer Agent” means VStock Transfer, LLC, the current transfer agent of the Company, with a mailing address of 18 Lafayette Place, Woodmere, New York 11598 and a facsimile number of (646) 536-3179, and any successor transfer agent of the Company.

 

Warrant Shares” means the Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of the Representative Warrants.

 

5

 

 

ARTICLE II.

 

PURCHASE AND SALE

 

2.1 Closing.

 

a) Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein, the Company agrees to sell in the aggregate [__] Ordinary Shares and each Underwriter agrees to purchase, severally and not jointly, at the Closing, the number of Ordinary Shares (the “Closing Securities”) set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter on Schedule I hereof;

 

b) The aggregate purchase price for the Closing Securities shall equal the amount set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter on Schedule I hereto (the “Closing Purchase Price”).

 

c) On the Closing Date, each Underwriter shall deliver or cause to be delivered to the Company, via wire transfer, immediately available funds equal to such Underwriter’s Closing Purchase Price and the Company shall deliver to, or as directed by, such Underwriter its respective Closing Securities and the Company shall deliver the other items required pursuant to Section 2.3 deliverable at the Closing. Upon satisfaction of the covenants and conditions set forth in Sections 2.3 and 2.4, the Closing shall occur at the offices of BPLLC or such other location as the Company and Representatives shall mutually agree. The Public Securities are to be offered initially to the public at the offering price set forth on the cover page of the Prospectus (the “Offering”).

 

2.2 Over-Allotment Option.

 

a) For the purposes of covering any over-allotments in connection with the distribution and sale of the Closing Securities, the Representatives are hereby granted an option (the “Over-Allotment Option”) to purchase, in the aggregate, up to [__] Ordinary Shares (the “Option Securities”)1.

 

b) The Over-Allotment Option granted pursuant to this Section 2.2 may be exercised by the Representatives as to all (at any time) or any part (from time to time) of the Option Securities within 45 days after the Execution Date. An Underwriter will not be under any obligation to purchase any Option Securities prior to the exercise of the Over-Allotment Option by the Representatives. The Over-Allotment Option granted hereby may be exercised by the giving of oral notice to the Company from the Representatives, which must be confirmed in writing by overnight mail or facsimile or other electronic transmission setting forth the number of Option Securities to be purchased and the date and time for delivery of and payment for the Option Securities (each, an “Option Closing Date”), which will not be later than the earlier of (i) 45 days after the Execution Date and (ii) two (2) full Business Days after the date of the notice or such other time as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Representatives, at the offices of BPLLC or at such other place (including remotely by facsimile or other electronic transmission) as shall be agreed upon by the Company and the Representatives. If such delivery and payment for the Option Securities does not occur on the Closing Date, each Option Closing Date will be as set forth in the notice. Upon exercise of the Over-Allotment Option, the Company will become obligated to convey to the Underwriters, and, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Underwriters will become obligated to purchase, the number of Option Securities specified in such notice. The Representatives may cancel the Over-Allotment Option at any time prior to the expiration of the Over-Allotment Option by written notice to the Company.

 

 

1 15% of the Closing Securities. 

6

 

 

2.3 Deliveries. The Company shall deliver or cause to be delivered to each Underwriter (if applicable) the following:

 

a) At the Closing Date, the Closing Securities and, as to each Option Closing Date, if any, the applicable Option Securities, which shares shall be delivered via The Depository Trust Company Deposit or Withdrawal at Custodian system for the accounts of the several Underwriters;

 

b) At the Closing Date, legal opinions of Company Counsel (including, without limitation, a negative assurance letter or statement) addressed to the Underwriters, and as to the Closing Date and as to each Option Closing Date, if any, bring-down opinions and assurances from Company Counsel, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to BPLLC;

 

c) At the Closing Date, legal opinion of PRC Counsel addressed to the Underwriters, and as to the Closing Date and as to each Option Closing Date, if any, bring-down opinions and assurances from PRC Counsel, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to BPLLC;

 

d) At the Closing Date, legal opinion of Cayman Counsel addressed to the Underwriters, and as to the Closing Date and as to each Option Closing Date, if any, bring-down opinions and assurances from Cayman Counsel, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to BPLLC;

 

e) At the Closing Date, legal opinion of Hong Kong Counsel addressed to the Underwriters, and as to each Option Closing Date, if any, bring-down opinions and assurances from Hong Kong Counsel, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to BPLLC;

 

f) Contemporaneously with the execution hereof, a cold comfort letter, addressed to the Underwriters and in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to BPLLC, from the Company Auditor dated, respectively, as of the date of this Agreement and a bring-down letter dated as of the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, if any;

 

g) On the Closing Date and on each Option Closing Date, a duly executed and delivered Officer’s Certificate, in customary form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives;

 

h) On the Closing Date and on each Option Closing Date, a duly executed Secretary’s Certificate, in customary form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives;

 

7

 

 

i) On the Closing Date and on each Option Closing Date, a duly executed Chief Financial Officer’s Certificate, in customary form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives;

 

j) Contemporaneously herewith, the duly executed and delivered Lock-Up Agreements; and

 

k) Such other certificates, opinions or documents as the Underwriters and BPLLC may have reasonably requested in writing in advance of the Closing (including good standing or similar certificates for the Company and its Subsidiaries).

 

2.4 Closing Conditions. The respective obligations of each Underwriter hereunder in connection with the Closing and each Option Closing Date are subject to the following conditions being met:

 

a) the accuracy in all material respects when made and on the date in question (other than representations and warranties of the Company already qualified by materiality, which shall be true and correct in all respects) of the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein (unless as of a specific date therein);

 

b) all obligations, covenants and agreements of the Company required to be performed at or prior to the date in question shall have been performed;

 

c) the delivery by the Company of the items set forth in Section 2.3 of this Agreement;

 

d) the Registration Statement shall be effective on the date of this Agreement or such later date and time as shall be consented to in writing by the Underwriters and at each of the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, if any, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued and no proceedings for that purpose shall have been instituted or shall be pending or contemplated by the Commission and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the Representatives;

 

e) by the Execution Date, if required by FINRA, the Underwriters shall have received a notice of no objections from FINRA as to the amount of compensation allowable or payable to and the terms and arrangements for acting as the Underwriters as described in the Registration Statement;

 

f) the Closing Securities and the Option Securities have been approved for listing on the Trading Market; and

 

8

 

 

g) prior to and on each of the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, if any: (i) there shall have been no material adverse change or development involving a prospective material adverse change in the condition or prospects (as such prospects are described in the Prospectus) or the business activities, financial or otherwise, of the Company from the latest dates as of which such condition is set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and Prospectus; (ii) no action suit or proceeding, at law or in equity, shall have been pending or threatened against the Company or any Affiliate of the Company before or by any court or federal or state commission, board or other administrative agency wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding may materially adversely affect the business, operations, prospects (as such prospects are described in the Prospectus) or financial condition or income of the Company, except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and Prospectus; (iii) no stop order applicable to the Company shall have been issued under the Securities Act and no proceedings therefor shall have been initiated or threatened by the Commission; (iv) the Company has not incurred any material liabilities or obligations, direct or contingent, nor has it entered into any material transactions not in the ordinary course of business, other than pursuant to this Agreement and the transactions referred to herein; (v) the Company has not paid or declared any dividends or other distributions of any kind on any class of its share capital; (vi) the Company has not altered its method of accounting; and (vii) the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto shall contain all material statements which are required to be stated therein in accordance with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and shall conform in all material respects to the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, and neither the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package nor the Prospectus nor any amendment or supplement thereto shall contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

If any of the conditions specified in this Section 2.4 shall not have been fulfilled when and as required by this Agreement, or if any of the certificates, opinions, written statements or letters furnished to the Representatives or to BPLLC pursuant to this Section 2.4 shall not be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and to BPLLC, all obligations of the Underwriters hereunder may be cancelled by the Representatives at, or at any time prior to, the consummation of the Closing. Notice of such cancellation shall be given to the Company in writing or orally. Any such oral notice shall be confirmed promptly thereafter in writing.

 

ARTICLE III.

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

3.1. Representations and Warranties of the Company.2 Except as set forth in the Disclosure Schedules, which Disclosure Schedules shall be deemed a part hereof and shall qualify any representation or otherwise made herein to the extent of the disclosure contained in the corresponding section of the Disclosure Schedules, the Company represents and warrants to the Underwriters as of the Execution Date, as of the Closing Date and as of each Option Closing Date, if any, as follows::

 

a) Subsidiaries. All of the Subsidiaries of the Company are set forth on Schedule 3.1(a). The Company owns, directly or indirectly, all of the capital stock or other equity interests of each Subsidiary free and clear of any Liens, and all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of each Subsidiary are validly issued and are fully paid, non-assessable and free of preemptive and similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities.

 

 

2 Subject to modification pending completion of Representative’s DD review. 

 

9

 

 

b) Organization and Qualification. The Company and each of the Subsidiaries is an entity duly incorporated or otherwise organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, with the requisite power and authority to own and use its properties and assets and to carry on its business as currently conducted. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in violation nor default of any of the provisions of its respective memorandum and articles of association, certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational or charter documents. Each of the Company and the Subsidiaries is duly qualified to conduct business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation or other entity in each jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted or property owned by it makes such qualification necessary, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing, as the case may be, could not have or reasonably be expected to result in: (i) a material adverse effect on the legality, validity or enforceability of any Transaction Document, (ii) a material adverse effect on the results of operations, assets, business, prospects or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and the Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (iii) a material adverse effect on the Company’s ability to perform in any material respect on a timely basis its obligations under any Transaction Document (any of (i), (ii) or (iii), a “Material Adverse Effect”) and no Proceeding has been instituted in any such jurisdiction revoking, limiting or curtailing or seeking to revoke, limit or curtail such power and authority or qualification. The Company’s Memorandum and Articles of Association and other constitutive or organizational documents of the Company comply with the requirements of applicable Cayman Islands law and are in full force and effect.

 

c) Authorization; Enforcement. The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to enter into and to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party and otherwise to carry out its obligations hereunder and thereunder. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and each of the other Transaction Documents by the Company and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Company and no further action is required by the Company, the Board of Directors or the Company’s shareholders in connection herewith or therewith other than in connection with the Required Approvals. This Agreement and each other Transaction Document to which the Company is a party has been (or upon delivery will have been) duly executed by the Company and, when delivered in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof, will constitute the valid and binding obligation of the Company enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except (i) as limited by general equitable principles and applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other laws of general application affecting enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, (ii) as limited by laws relating to the availability of specific performance, injunctive relief or other equitable remedies and (iii) insofar as indemnification and contribution provisions may be limited by applicable law.

 

d) No Conflicts. The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents to which it is a party, the issuance and sale of the Securities and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby do not and will not (i) conflict with or violate any provision of the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s certificate or articles of incorporation, bylaws or other organizational or charter documents, or (ii) conflict with, or constitute a default (or an event that with notice or lapse of time or both would become a default) under, result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the properties or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary, or give to others any rights of termination, amendment, anti-dilution or similar adjustments, acceleration or cancellation (with or without notice, lapse of time or both) of, any agreement, credit facility, debt or other instrument (evidencing a Company or Subsidiary debt or otherwise) or other understanding to which the Company or any Subsidiary is a party or by which any property or asset of the Company or any Subsidiary is bound or affected, or (iii) subject to the Required Approvals, conflict with or result in a violation of any law, rule, regulation, order, judgment, injunction, decree or other restriction of any court or governmental authority to which the Company or a Subsidiary is subject (including federal and state securities laws and regulations), or by which any property or asset of the Company or a Subsidiary is bound or affected; except in the case of each of clauses (ii) and (iii), such as could not have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

10

 

 

e) Filings, Consents and Approvals. The Company is not required to obtain any consent, waiver, authorization or order of, give any notice to, or make any filing or registration with, any court or other federal, state, local or other governmental authority or other Person in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by the Company of the Transaction Documents, other than: (i) the filing with the Commission of the Prospectus and any Prospectus Supplement, (ii) such filings as are required to be made under applicable state securities laws (iii) application(s) to each applicable Trading Market for the listing of the Shares for trading thereon in the time and manner required thereby (collectively, the “Required Approvals”).

 

f) Registration Statement. The Company has filed with the Commission the Registration Statement, including any related Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectuses, for the registration of the Securities under the Securities Act, which Registration Statement has been prepared by the Company in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission under the Securities Act. The registration of the Ordinary Shares under the Exchange Act has been declared effective by the Commission on the date hereof. Copies of such Registration Statement and of each amendment thereto, if any, including the related Preliminary Prospectuses, heretofore filed by the Company with the Commission have been delivered to the Underwriters. The term “Registration Statement” means such registration statement on Form F-1 (File No. 333-248919), as amended, as of the relevant Effective Date, including financial statements, all exhibits and any information deemed to be included or incorporated by reference therein, including any information deemed to be included pursuant to Rule 430A or Rule 430B of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, as applicable. If the Company files a registration statement to register a portion of the Securities and relies on Rule 462(b) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder for such registration statement to become effective upon filing with the Commission (the “Rule 462 Registration Statement”), then any reference to the “Registration Statement” shall be deemed to include the Rule 462 Registration Statement, as amended from time to time. The term “Preliminary Prospectus” as used herein means a preliminary prospectus as contemplated by Rule 430 or Rule 430A of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder as included at any time as part of, or deemed to be part of or included in, the Registration Statement. The term “Prospectus” means the final prospectus in connection with this Offering as first filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder or, if no such filing is required, the form of final prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the Effective Date, except that if any revised prospectus or prospectus supplement shall be provided to the Representatives by the Company for use in connection with the Securities which differs from the Prospectus (whether or not such revised prospectus or prospectus supplement is required to be filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 424(b)), the term “Prospectus” shall also refer to such revised prospectus or prospectus supplement, as the case may be, from and after the time it is first provided to the Representatives for such use. Any reference herein to the terms “amend”, “amendment” or “supplement” with respect to the Registration Statement, any Preliminary Prospectus or the Prospectus shall be deemed to refer to and include: (i) the filing of any document under the Exchange Act after the Effective Date, the date of such Preliminary Prospectus or the date of the Prospectus, as the case may be, which is incorporated therein by reference, and (ii) any such document so filed. All references in this Agreement to the Registration Statement, a Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, or any amendments or supplements to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include any copy thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (“EDGAR”). The term “General Disclosure Package” means, collectively, the Permitted Free Writing Prospectus (es) (as defined below) included on Schedule II hereto, the most recent preliminary prospectus related to this offering, and the information included on Schedule I hereto.

 

11

 

 

g) Issuance of Securities. The Public Securities are duly authorized and, when issued and paid for in accordance with the applicable Transaction Documents, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all Liens imposed by the Company. The Warrant Shares are duly authorized and, when issued in accordance with the terms of the Representative Warrants, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, free and clear of all Liens imposed by the Company. The Company has reserved from its duly authorized share capital the maximum number of Ordinary Shares issuable pursuant to this Agreement and the Representative Warrants. The Securities are not and will not be subject to the preemptive rights of any holders of any security of the Company or similar contractual rights granted by the Company. All corporate action required to be taken for the authorization, issuance and sale of the Securities has been duly and validly taken. The Securities conform in all material respects to all statements with respect thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.

 

h) Capitalization. The capitalization of the Company as of the date hereof is as set forth on Schedule 3.1(h). The Company has not issued any share capital other than as disclosed in the Registration Statement. No Person has any right of first refusal, preemptive right, right of participation, or any similar right to participate in the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents, except such rights which have been waived prior to the date hereof. Except as a result of the purchase and sale of the Securities, there are no outstanding options, warrants, scrip rights to subscribe to, calls or commitments of any character whatsoever relating to, or securities, rights or obligations convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for, or giving any Person any right to subscribe for or acquire, any Ordinary Shares or the capital stock of any Subsidiary, or contracts, commitments, understandings or arrangements by which the Company or any Subsidiary is or may become bound to issue additional Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents or the capital stock of any Subsidiary. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.1(h), there are no outstanding securities or instruments of the Company or any Subsidiary with any provision that adjusts the exercise, conversion, exchange or reset price of such security or instrument upon an issuance of securities by the Company or any Subsidiary. The issuance and sale of the Securities will not obligate the Company or any Subsidiary to issue Ordinary Shares or other securities to any Person (other than the Underwriters). There are no outstanding securities or instruments of the Company or any Subsidiary that contain any redemption or similar provisions, and there are no contracts, commitments, understandings or arrangements by which the Company or any Subsidiary is or may become bound to redeem a security of the Company or such Subsidiary. The Company does not have any share appreciation rights or “phantom share” plans or agreements or any similar plan or agreement. All of the outstanding shares of the share capital of the Company are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, have been issued in compliance with all applicable laws, and none of such outstanding shares was issued in violation of any preemptive rights or similar rights to subscribe for or purchase securities. The authorized shares of the Company conform in all material respects to all statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and any Prospectus Supplement. The offers and sales of the Company’s securities were at all relevant times either registered under the Securities Act and the applicable state securities or Blue Sky laws or, based in part on the representations and warranties of the purchasers, exempt from such registration requirements. No further approval or authorization of any shareholder, the Board of Directors or others is required for the issuance and sale of the Securities. There are no shareholders agreements, voting agreements or other similar agreements with respect to the Company’s share capital to which the Company is a party or, to the knowledge of the Company, between or among any of the Company’s shareholders.

 

i) Financial Statements. The financial statements of the Company, including the notes thereto and supporting schedules, included in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, comply in all material respects with applicable accounting requirements and the rules and regulations of the Commission with respect thereto as in effect at the time of filing. The selected financial data set forth under the caption “Summary Selected Financial Data” fairly present, on the basis stated in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, the information included therein. Such financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis during the periods involved (“GAAP”), except as may be otherwise specified in such financial statements or the notes thereto and except that unaudited financial statements may not contain all footnotes required by GAAP, and fairly present in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of and for the dates thereof and the results of operations and cash flows for the periods then ended, subject, in the case of unaudited statements, to normal, immaterial, year-end audit adjustments.

 

12

 

 

j) Material Agreements. The agreements and documents described in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus conform in all material aspects to the descriptions thereof contained therein and there are no agreements or other documents required by the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder to be described in the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or to be filed with the Commission as exhibits to the Registration Statement, that have not been so described or filed. Each agreement or other instrument (however characterized or described) to which the Company is a party or by which it is or may be bound or affected and (i) that is referred to in or filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or any Prospectus Supplement, or (ii) is material to the Company’s business, has been duly authorized and validly executed by the Company (each, a “Material Agreement”), is in full force and effect in all material respects and is enforceable against the Company and, to the Company’s knowledge, the other parties thereto, in accordance with its terms, except (x) as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally, (y) as enforceability of any indemnification or contribution provision may be limited under the federal and state securities laws, and (z) that the remedy of specific performance and injunctive and other forms of equitable relief may be subject to the equitable defenses and to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefore may be brought. No such Material Agreement has been assigned by the Company, and neither the Company nor, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, any other party is in default thereunder and, to the best of the Company’s knowledge, no event has occurred that, with the lapse of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute a default thereunder. Performance by the Company of the material provisions of the Material Agreements will not result in a violation of any existing applicable law, rule, regulation, judgment, order or decree of any governmental agency or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or any of its assets or businesses, including, without limitation, those relating to environmental laws and regulations.

 

k) Material Changes; Undisclosed Events, Liabilities or Developments. Since the date of the latest audited financial statements included within the Registration Statement, except as specifically disclosed in a filing with the Commission (i) there has been no event, occurrence or development that has had or that could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, (ii) the Company has not incurred any liabilities (contingent or otherwise) other than (A) trade payables and accrued expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice and (B) liabilities not required to be reflected in the Company’s financial statements pursuant to GAAP or disclosed in filings made with the Commission, (iii) the Company has not altered its method of accounting, (iv) the Company has not declared or made any dividend or distribution of cash or other property to its shareholders or purchased, redeemed or made any agreements to purchase or redeem any shares of its share capital and (v) the Company has not issued any equity securities to any officer, director or Affiliate except pursuant to existing Company option plans. The Company does not have pending before the Commission any request for confidential treatment of information. Except for the issuance of the Public Securities contemplated by this Agreement, no event, liability, fact, circumstance, occurrence or development has occurred or exists or is reasonably expected to occur or exist with respect to the Company or its Subsidiaries or their respective businesses, prospects, properties, operations, assets or financial condition that would be required to be disclosed by the Company under applicable securities laws at the time this representation is made or deemed made that has not been publicly disclosed at least one Trading Day prior to the date that this representation is made. Unless otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Company has not: (i) issued any securities or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, for borrowed money; or (ii) declared or paid any dividend or made any other distribution on or in respect to its share capital.

 

13

 

 

l) Litigation. There has not been, and to the knowledge of the Company there is not pending or contemplated, any action, suit, inquiry, notice of violation, proceeding or investigation pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against or affecting the Company, any Subsidiary, or any of their respective properties before or by any court, arbitrator, governmental or administrative agency or regulatory authority (federal, state, county, local or foreign) (collectively, an “Action”) which (i) adversely affects or challenges the legality, validity or enforceability of any of the Transaction Documents or the Securities or (ii) could, if there were an unfavorable decision, have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Company, any Subsidiary, or any director or officer thereof, is or has been the subject of any Action involving a claim of violation of or liability under federal or state securities laws or a claim of breach of fiduciary duty. There has not been, and to the knowledge of the Company, there is not pending or contemplated, any investigation by the Commission involving the Company or any current or former director or officer of the Company. The Commission has not issued any stop order or other order suspending the effectiveness of any registration statement filed by the Company or any Subsidiary under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act.

 

m) Labor Relations. No labor dispute exists or, to the knowledge of the Company, is imminent with respect to any of the employees of the Company, which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ employees is a member of a union that relates to such employee’s relationship with the Company or such Subsidiary, and neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries is a party to a collective bargaining agreement, and the Company and its Subsidiaries believe that their relationships with their employees are good. No executive officer of the Company or any Subsidiary, is, or is now expected to be, in violation of any material term of any employment contract, confidentiality, disclosure or proprietary information agreement or non-competition agreement, or any other contract or agreement or any restrictive covenant in favor of any third party, and the continued employment of each such executive officer does not subject the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any liability with respect to any of the foregoing matters that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all applicable U.S. federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to employment and employment practices, terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours, except where the failure to be in compliance could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

n) Compliance. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.1(n), Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary,: (i) is in default under or in violation of (and no event has occurred that has not been waived that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would result in a default by the Company or any Subsidiary under), nor has the Company or any Subsidiary received notice of a claim that it is in default under or that it is in violation of, any indenture, loan or credit agreement or any other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its properties is bound (whether or not such default or violation has been waived), (ii) is in violation of any judgment, decree or order of any court, arbitrator or other governmental authority or (iii) is or has been in violation of any statute, rule, ordinance or regulation of any governmental authority, including without limitation all foreign (including PRC), federal, state and local laws, except in each case as could not have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, and except as disclosed Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and except in each case as could not have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, each of the Company and its Subsidiaries will take commercially reasonable steps to require compliance, to the extent necessary, by each of its shareholders, directors and officers that is, or is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by, a PRC resident, citizen or entity with any applicable rules and regulations of the relevant PRC government agencies in effect on the applicable Closing Date (including but not limited to the Ministry of Commerce, the National Development and Reform Commission (“NDRC”), the China Securities Regulatory Commission (“CSRC”) and the State Administration of Foreign Exchange(the “SAFE”)) relating to overseas investment by PRC residents, citizens and entities (the “PRC Overseas Investment and Listing Regulations”), including, requesting such entities or each such person that is, or is directly or indirectly owned or controlled by, a PRC resident or citizen to complete any registration and other procedures required under applicable PRC Overseas Investment and Listing Regulations (including any applicable rules and regulations of the SAFE, NDRC and Ministry of Commerce). The Company has received legal advice specifically with respect to the Rules on Mergers and Acquisitions of Domestic Enterprises by Foreign Investors and any official clarifications, guidance, interpretations or implementation rules in connection with or related thereto in effect on the applicable Closing Date (the “PRC Mergers and Acquisitions Rules”) from its PRC counsel. Based on such legal advice, the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are not and will not be, as of the date hereof or at the Closing Date, as the case may be, subject to the PRC Mergers and Acquisitions Rules and do not require the prior approval of the CSRC or the Securities Committee of the PRC State Council.

 

14

 

 

o) Environmental Laws. To the extent applicable to the Company and its Subsidiaries, the Company and its Subsidiaries (i) are in compliance with all applicable federal, state, local and foreign (including PRC) laws relating to pollution or protection of human health or the environment (including ambient air, surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata), including laws relating to emissions, discharges, releases or threatened releases of chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, or toxic or hazardous substances or wastes (collectively, “Hazardous Materials”) into the environment, or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of Hazardous Materials, as well as all authorizations, codes, decrees, demands, or demand letters, injunctions, judgments, licenses, notices or notice letters, orders, permits, plans or regulations, issued, entered, promulgated or approved thereunder (“Environmental Laws”); (ii) have received all permits licenses or other approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective businesses; and (iii) are in compliance with all terms and conditions of any such permit, license or approval where in each clause (i), (ii) and (iii), the failure to so comply could be reasonably expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

p) Regulatory Permits. The Company and the Subsidiaries possess all certificates, authorizations, approvals, orders, licenses and permits issued by the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign (including PRC) regulatory authorities necessary to conduct their respective businesses as described in the Registration Statement (each, a “Material Permit”), and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any Material Permit. The disclosures in the Registration Statement concerning the effects of federal, state, local and all foreign regulation on the Company’s business as currently contemplated are correct in all material respects.

 

q) Title to Assets. The Company and the Subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple or have valid and marketable rights to lease or otherwise use, all real property and personal property used by them that is material to the business of the Company and the Subsidiaries, in each case free and clear of all Liens, except for (i) Liens as do not materially affect the value of such property and do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by the Company and the Subsidiaries and (ii) Liens for the payment of federal, state or other taxes, for which appropriate reserves have been made therefor in accordance with GAAP and, the payment of which is neither delinquent nor subject to penalties. Any real property and facilities held under lease by the Company and the Subsidiaries are held by them under valid, subsisting and enforceable leases with which the Company and the Subsidiaries are in compliance.

 

15

 

 

r) Intellectual Property. The Company and the Subsidiaries have, or have rights to use, all patents, patent applications, trademarks, trademark applications, service marks, trade names, trade secrets, inventions, copyrights, licenses and other intellectual property rights and similar rights necessary or required for use in connection with their respective businesses as described in the Registration Statement (collectively, the “Intellectual Property Rights”). Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received a notice (written or otherwise) that any of, the Intellectual Property Rights has expired, terminated or been abandoned, or is expected to expire or terminate or be abandoned, within two (2) years from the date of this Agreement. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received, since the date of the latest audited financial statements included within the Registration Statement, a written notice of a claim or otherwise has any knowledge that the Company’s business or planned business as described in the Registration Statement violate or infringe upon the rights of any Person. All such Intellectual Property Rights are enforceable and there is no existing infringement by another Person of any of the Intellectual Property Rights. The Company and its Subsidiaries have taken reasonable security measures to protect the secrecy, confidentiality and value of all of their intellectual properties, except where failure to do so could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

s) Insurance. The Company and the Subsidiaries are insured by insurers of recognized financial responsibility against such losses and risks and in such amounts as are prudent and customary in the businesses in which the Company and the Subsidiaries are engaged, including, but not limited to, directors and officers insurance coverage. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business without a significant increase in cost.

 

t) Transactions with Affiliates and Employees. None of the officers or directors of the Company or any Subsidiary and, to the knowledge of the Company, none of the employees of the Company or any Subsidiary is presently a party to any transaction with the Company or any Subsidiary (other than for services as employees, officers and directors), including any contract, agreement or other arrangement providing for the furnishing of services to or by, providing for rental of real or personal property to or from, providing for the borrowing of money from or lending of money to or otherwise requiring payments to or from, any officer, director or such employee or any entity in which any officer, director, or any such employee has a substantial interest or is an officer, director, trustee, shareholder, member or partner, in each case in excess of $120,000 other than for (i) payment of salary or consulting fees for services rendered, (ii) reimbursement for expenses incurred on behalf of the Company and (iii) other employee benefits, including stock option agreements under any stock option plan of the Company.

 

u) Accounting Controls. The Company and the Subsidiaries are in material compliance with any and all applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that are effective as of the date hereof, and any and all applicable rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder that are effective as of the date hereof and as of the Closing Date. The Company and the Subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls designed to provide reasonable assurance that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP and to maintain asset accountability, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization, and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or any Prospectus Supplement, if any, the Company and the Subsidiaries have established disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the Company and the Subsidiaries designed to record, process, summarize and report the information that required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms.

 

16

 

 

v) Certain Fees. Except as set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and Prospectus, no brokerage or finder’s fees or commissions are or will be payable by the Company, any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company to any broker, financial advisor or consultant, finder, placement agent, investment banker, bank or other Person with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents. There are no other arrangements, agreements or understandings of the Company or, to the Company’s knowledge, any of its shareholders that may affect the Underwriters’ compensation, as determined by FINRA. Other than payments to the Underwriters for this Offering, the Company has not made and has no agreements, arrangements or understanding to make any direct or indirect payments (in cash, securities or otherwise) to: (i) any person, as a finder’s fee, consulting fee or otherwise, in consideration of such person raising capital for the Company or introducing to the Company persons who raised or provided capital to the Company; (ii) any FINRA member; or (iii) any person or entity that has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member, within the twelve months prior to the Effective Date. None of the net proceeds of the Offering will be paid by the Company to any participating FINRA member or its affiliates, except as specifically authorized herein.

 

w) Investment Company. The Company is not, and is not an Affiliate of, and immediately after receipt of payment for the Securities will not be or be an Affiliate of, an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. The Company shall conduct its business in a manner so that it will not become an “investment company” subject to registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

x) Registration Rights. Except as set forth in this Agreement and the Representative Warrants, no Person has any right to cause the Company or any Subsidiary to effect the registration under the Securities Act of any securities of the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

y) Listing and Maintenance Requirements. The Company has filed with the Commission a Form 8-A (File Number 000-___) providing for the registration under the Exchange Act, of the Ordinary Shares. The registration of the Ordinary Shares under the Exchange Act has been declared effective by the Commission on or prior to the date hereof. The Shares have been approved for listing on the NASDAQ Capital Market, subject to official notice of issuance. The Company is, and has no reason to believe that it will not in the foreseeable future continue to be, in compliance with all the listing and maintenance requirements of the NASDAQ Capital Market. The Ordinary Shares are currently eligible for electronic transfer through the Depository Trust Company or another established clearing corporation and the Company is current in payment of the fees of the Depository Trust Company (or such other established clearing corporation) in connection with such electronic transfer.

 

17

 

 

z) Application of Takeover Protections. The Company and the Board of Directors have taken all necessary action, if any, in order to render inapplicable any control share acquisition, business combination, poison pill (including any distribution under a rights agreement) or other similar anti-takeover provision under the Company’s articles of association (or similar charter documents) or the laws of its state of incorporation that is or could become applicable as a result of the Underwriters and the Company fulfilling their obligations or exercising their rights under the Transaction Documents.

 

aa) Disclosure; 10b-5. The Registration Statement (and any further documents to be filed with the Commission) contains all exhibits and schedules as required by the Securities Act. Each of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, if any, at the time it became effective, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the applicable rules and regulations under the Securities Act and did not and, as amended or supplemented, if applicable, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. The Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, each as of its respective date, comply in all material respects with the Securities Act and the Exchange Act and the applicable rules and regulations. The Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, did not and will not contain as of the date thereof any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. As of its date and the date hereof, the General Disclosure Package did not and does not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. No post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement reflecting any facts or events arising after the date thereof which represent, individually or in the aggregate, a fundamental change in the information set forth therein is required to be filed with the Commission. There are no documents required to be filed with the Commission in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby that (x) have not been filed as required pursuant to the Securities Act or (y) will not be filed within the requisite time period. There are no contracts or other documents required to be described in the Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus, or to be filed as exhibits or schedules to the Registration Statement, which have not been described or filed as required. The statistical and market-related data included in each of the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources that the Company reasonably and in good faith believes are reliable and accurate or represent the Company’s good faith estimates that are made on the basis of data derived from such sources. The Company has obtained all consents required for the inclusion of such statistical and market-related data in each of the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith. The press releases disseminated by the Company during the twelve months preceding the date of this Agreement do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made and when made, not misleading.

 

18

 

 

bb) No Integrated Offering. Neither the Company, nor any of its Affiliates, nor any Person acting on its or their behalf has, directly or indirectly, made any offers or sales of any security or solicited any offers to buy any security, under circumstances that would cause this offering of the Securities to be integrated with prior offerings by the Company for purposes of any applicable shareholder approval provisions of the NASDAQ Capital Market.

 

cc) Solvency. Based on the consolidated financial condition of the Company as of the Closing Date, after giving effect to the receipt by the Company of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities hereunder, (i) the fair saleable value of the Company’s assets exceeds the amount that will be required to be paid on or in respect of the Company’s existing debts and other liabilities (including known contingent liabilities) as they mature, (ii) the Company’s assets do not constitute unreasonably small capital to carry on its business as now conducted and as proposed to be conducted including its capital needs taking into account the particular capital requirements of the business conducted by the Company, consolidated and projected capital requirements and capital availability thereof, and (iii) the current cash flow of the Company, together with the proceeds the Company would receive, were it to liquidate all of its assets, after taking into account all anticipated uses of the cash, would be sufficient to pay all amounts on or in respect of its liabilities when such amounts are required to be paid. The Company does not intend to incur debts beyond its ability to pay such debts as they mature (taking into account the timing and amounts of cash to be payable on or in respect of its debt). The Company has no knowledge of any facts or circumstances which lead it to believe that it will file for reorganization or liquidation under the bankruptcy or reorganization laws of any jurisdiction within one year from the Closing Date. Schedule 3.1(bb) sets forth as of the date hereof all outstanding secured and unsecured Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary, or for which the Company or any Subsidiary has commitments. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is in default with respect to any Indebtedness.

 

dd) Tax Status. Except for matters that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have or reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, the Company and its Subsidiaries each (i) has made or filed all applicable income and franchise tax returns, reports and declarations required by any jurisdiction to which it is subject, (ii) has paid all taxes and other governmental assessments and charges that are material in amount, shown or determined to be due on such returns, reports and declarations and (iii) has set aside on its books provision reasonably adequate for the payment of all material taxes for periods subsequent to the periods to which such returns, reports or declarations apply. There are no unpaid taxes in any material amount claimed to be due by the taxing authority of any jurisdiction, and the officers of the Company or of any Subsidiary know of no basis for any such claim. The provisions for taxes payable, if any, shown on the financial statements filed with or as part of the Registration Statement are sufficient for all accrued and unpaid taxes, whether or not disputed, and for all periods to and including the dates of such consolidated financial statements. The term “taxes” mean all federal, state, local, foreign, and other net income, gross income, gross receipts, sales, use, ad valorem, transfer, franchise, profits, license, lease, service, service use, withholding, payroll, employment, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, premium, property, windfall profits, customs, duties or other taxes, fees, assessments, or charges of any kind whatsoever, together with any interest and any penalties, additions to tax, or additional amounts with respect thereto. The term “returns” means all returns, declarations, reports, statements, and other documents required to be filed in respect to taxes.

 

19

 

 

ee) Foreign Corrupt Practices. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary, nor to the knowledge of the Company or any Subsidiary, any employee or other authorized person acting on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary, has (i) directly or indirectly, used any funds for unlawful contributions, gifts, entertainment or other unlawful expenses related to foreign or domestic political activity, (ii) made any unlawful payment to foreign or domestic government officials or employees or to any foreign or domestic political parties or campaigns from corporate funds, (iii) failed to disclose fully any contribution made by the Company or any Subsidiary (or made by any person acting on its behalf of which the Company is aware) which is in violation of law, or (iv) violated in any material respect any provision of FCPA. The Company has taken commercially reasonable steps to ensure that its accounting controls and procedures are designed to cause the Company to comply in all material respects with the FCPA.

 

ff) Accountants. To the knowledge of the Company, the Company Auditor, whose report is filed with the Commission as part of the Registration Statement is an independent registered public accounting firm as required by the Exchange Act. The Company Auditor has not, during the periods covered by the financial statements included in the Prospectus, provided to the Company any non-audit services, as such term is used in Section 10A(g) of the Exchange Act.

 

gg) Foreign Private Issuer. The Company is and, following the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby will be, a “foreign private issuer” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act.

 

hh) Stock Option Plans. The Company has not knowingly granted, and there is no and has been no Company policy or practice to knowingly grant, stock options prior to, or otherwise knowingly coordinate the grant of stock options with, the release or other public announcement of material information regarding the Company or its Subsidiaries or their financial results or prospects.

 

ii) Office of Foreign Assets Control. Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary nor, to the Company's knowledge, any director, officer, or employee of the Company or any Subsidiary is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department.

 

jj) U.S. Real Property Holding Corporation; PFIC. The Company is not and has never been a U.S. real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (including the applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, the “Code”). Based on the Company’s current income and assets and projections as to the value of its assets and the market value of its Ordinary Shares, including the current and anticipated valuation of its assets, the Company does not believe it was a Passive Foreign Investment Company (“PFIC”) within the meaning of Section 1297 of the Code, for its most recent taxable year, and does not expect to become a PFIC for its current taxable year or in the foreseeable future.

 

20

 

 

kk) Bank Holding Company Act. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates is subject to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHCA”) and to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve”). Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates owns or controls, directly or indirectly, five percent (5%) or more of the outstanding shares of any class of voting securities or twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the total equity of a bank or any entity that is subject to the BHCA and to regulation by the Federal Reserve. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates exercises a controlling influence over the management or policies of a bank or any entity that is subject to the BHCA and to regulation by the Federal Reserve.

 

ll) Money Laundering. The operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial record-keeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, applicable money laundering statutes and applicable rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “Money Laundering Laws”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or any Subsidiary with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Company or any Subsidiary, threatened.

 

mm) D&O Questionnaires. All information contained in the questionnaires most recently completed by each of the Company’s directors and officers and beneficial owner of 5% or more of the Company’s Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents is true and correct in all respects and the Company has not become aware of any information which would cause the information disclosed in such questionnaires become inaccurate and incorrect.

 

nn) FINRA Affiliation. No officer, director or any beneficial owner of 5% or more of the Company’s Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents has any direct or indirect affiliation or association with any FINRA member (as determined in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA) that is participating in the Offering. The Company will advise the Representatives and BPLLC if it learns that any officer, director or owner of 5% or more of the Company’s outstanding shares of Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents is or becomes an affiliate or associated person of a FINRA member firm. Except for securities purchased on the open market, no Company Affiliate is an owner of stock or other securities of any member of FINRA. No Company Affiliate has made a subordinated loan to any member of FINRA. No proceeds from the sale of the Securities (excluding underwriting compensation as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, and any Prospectus Supplement) will be paid to any FINRA member, any persons associated with a FINRA member or an affiliate of a FINRA member. Except as disclosed in the Prospectus and any Prospectus Supplement, the Company has not issued any warrants or other securities or granted any options, directly or indirectly, to the Representatives or any of the Underwriters named on Schedule I hereto within the 180-day period prior to the initial filing date of the Prospectus. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and except for securities issued to the Representatives as disclosed in the Prospectus and any Prospectus Supplement, and securities sold by the Representatives on behalf of the Company, no person to whom securities of the Company have been privately issued within the 180-day period prior to the initial filing date of the Prospectus is a FINRA member, is a person associated with a FINRA member or is an affiliate of a FINRA member. No FINRA member participating in the Offering has a conflict of interest with the Company. For this purpose, a “conflict of interest” exists when a FINRA member, the parent or affiliate of a FINRA member or any person associated with a FINRA member in the aggregate beneficially own 5% or more of the Company’s outstanding subordinated debt or common equity, or 5% or more of the Company’s preferred equity. “FINRA member participating in the Offering” includes any associated person of a FINRA member that is participating in the Offering, any member of such associated person’s immediate family and any affiliate of a FINRA member that is participating in the Offering. “Any person associated with a FINRA member” means (1) a natural person who is registered or has applied for registration under the rules of FINRA and (2) a sole proprietor, partner, officer, director, or branch manager of a FINRA member, or other natural person occupying a similar status or performing similar functions, or a natural person engaged in the investment banking or securities business who is directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by a FINRA member. When used in this Section 3.1(mm) the term “affiliate of a FINRA member” or “affiliated with a FINRA member” means an entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with a FINRA member. The Company will advise the Representatives and BPLLC if it learns that any officer, director or owner of 5% or more of the Company’s outstanding Ordinary Shares or Ordinary Share Equivalents is or becomes an affiliate or associated person of a FINRA member firm.

 

21

 

 

oo) Officers’ Certificate. Any certificate signed by any duly authorized officer of the Company and delivered to the Representatives or BPLLC shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Company to the Underwriters as to the matters covered thereby.

 

pp) Board of Directors. The qualifications of the persons serving as board members and the overall composition of the Board of Directors comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder applicable to the Company and the rules of the Trading Market. At least one member of the Board of Directors qualifies as a “financial expert” as such term is defined under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder and the rules of the Trading Market. In addition, at least a majority of the persons serving on the Board of Directors qualify as “independent” as defined under the rules of the Trading Market.

 

qq) ERISA. The Company is not a party to an “employee benefit plan,” as defined in Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), which: (i) is subject to any provision of ERISA and (ii) is or was at any time maintained, administered or contributed to by the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates (as defined hereafter). These plans are referred to collectively herein as the “Employee Plans.” An “ERISA Affiliate” of any person or entity means any other person or entity which, together with that person or entity, could be treated as a single employer under Section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code. Each Employee Plan has been maintained in material compliance with its terms and the requirements of applicable law. No Employee Plan is subject to Title IV of ERISA. The Registration Statement, Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus identify each employment, severance or other similar agreement, arrangement or policy and each material plan or arrangement required to be disclosed pursuant to the Rules and Regulations providing for insurance coverage (including any self-insured arrangements), workers’ compensation, disability benefits, severance benefits, supplemental unemployment benefits, vacation benefits or retirement benefits, or deferred compensation, profit-sharing, bonuses, stock options, stock appreciation rights or other forms of incentive compensation, or post-retirement insurance, compensation or benefits, which: (i) is not an Employee Plan; (ii) is entered into, maintained or contributed to, as the case may be, by the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates; and (iii) covers any officer or director or former officer or director of the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates. These agreements, arrangements, policies or plans are referred to collectively as “Benefit Arrangements.” Each Benefit Arrangement has been maintained in material compliance with its terms and with the requirements of applicable law. There is no liability in respect of post-retirement health and medical benefits for retired employees of the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates, other than medical benefits required to be continued under applicable law. No “prohibited transaction” (as defined in either Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) has occurred with respect to any Employee Plan; and each Employee Plan that is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code is so qualified, and nothing has occurred, whether by action or by failure to act, which could cause the loss of such qualification.

 

22

 

 

rr) No Immunity. None of the Company, the Subsidiaries, or any of their respective properties, assets or revenues has any right of immunity, under the laws of the PRC, the Cayman Islands, the State of New York, from any legal action, suit or proceeding, the giving of any relief in any such legal action, suit or proceeding, set-off or counterclaim, the jurisdiction of any PRC, Cayman Islands, New York or United States federal court, service of process, attachment upon or prior to judgment, or attachment in aid of execution of judgment, or execution of a judgment, or other legal process or proceeding for the giving of any relief or for the enforcement of a judgment, in any such court, with respect to its obligations, liabilities or any other matter under or arising out of or in connection with this Agreement and the Transaction Documents; and, to the extent that the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, assets or revenues may have or may hereafter become entitled to any such right of immunity in any such court in which proceedings may at any time be commenced, each of the Company and its Subsidiaries waives or will waive such right to the extent permitted by law and has consented to such relief and enforcement as provided in this Agreement.

 

ss) Validity of Choice of Law. The choice of the laws of the State of New York as the governing law of this Agreement is a valid choice of law under the laws of the Cayman Islands and the PRC and will be honored by courts in the Cayman Islands and the PRC. The Company has the power to submit, and pursuant to this Agreement, has legally, validly, effectively and irrevocably submitted, to the personal jurisdiction of each New York State and United States Federal court sitting in The City of New York (each, a “New York Court”) and has validly and irrevocably waived any objection to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding brought in any such court; and the Company has the power to designate, appoint and empower, and pursuant to this Agreement has legally, validly, effectively and irrevocably designated, appointed and empowered, an authorized agent for service of process in any action arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Transaction Documents, any Preliminary Prospectus, the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus, the Registration Statement, or the offering of the Shares in any New York Court, and service of process effected on such authorized agent will be effective to confer valid personal jurisdiction over the Company as provided in this Agreement and the Transaction Documents.

 

ARTICLE IV.

 

OTHER AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES

 

4.1. Amendments to Registration Statement. The Company has delivered, or will as promptly as practicable deliver, to the Underwriters complete conformed copies of the Registration Statement and of each consent and certificate of experts, as applicable, filed as a part thereof, and conformed copies of the Registration Statement (without exhibits), the Prospectus, as amended or supplemented, and the General Disclosure Package in such quantities and at such places as an Underwriter reasonably requests. Neither the Company nor any of its directors and officers has distributed and none of them will distribute, prior to the Closing Date, any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities other than the Prospectus, the General Disclosure Package, the Prospectus Supplement, the Registration Statement, and copies of the documents incorporated by reference therein. The Company shall not file any such amendment or supplement to which the Representatives shall reasonably object in writing.

 

23

 

 

4.2. Federal Securities Laws.

 

a) Compliance. During the time when a Prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, the Company will use its best efforts to comply with all requirements imposed upon it by the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, as from time to time in force, so far as necessary to permit the continuance of sales of or dealings in the Securities in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Prospectus. If at any time when a Prospectus relating to the Securities is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, any event shall have occurred as a result of which, in the opinion of counsel for the Company or BPLLC, the Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or if it is necessary at any time to amend the Prospectus to comply with the Securities Act, the Company will notify the Underwriters promptly and prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 4.1 hereof, an appropriate amendment or supplement in accordance with Section 10 of the Securities Act.

 

b) Filing of Final Prospectus. The Company will file the Prospectus (in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives) with the Commission pursuant to the requirements of Rule 424.

 

c) Exchange Act Registration. For a period of three years from the Execution Date, the Company will use its best efforts to maintain the registration of the Ordinary Shares under the Exchange Act. The Company will not deregister the Ordinary Shares under the Exchange Act without the prior written consent of the Representatives.

 

 

d) Free Writing Prospectuses. The Company represents and agrees that it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the Securities that would constitute an issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433 of the rules and regulations under the Securities Act, without the prior written consent of the Representatives. Any such free writing prospectus consented to by the Representatives is herein referred to as a “Permitted Free Writing Prospectus.” The Company represents that it will treat each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as an “issuer free writing prospectus” as defined in rule and regulations under the Securities Act, and has complied and will comply with the applicable requirements of Rule 433 of the Securities Act, including timely Commission filing where required, legending and record keeping.

 

4.3. Delivery to the Underwriters of Prospectuses. The Company will deliver to the Underwriters, without charge, from time to time during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act such number of copies of each Prospectus as the Underwriters may reasonably request and, as soon as the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement thereto becomes effective, deliver to you two original executed Registration Statements, including exhibits, and all post-effective amendments thereto and copies of all exhibits filed therewith or incorporated therein by reference and all original executed consents of certified experts.

 

24

 

 

4.4. Effectiveness and Events Requiring Notice to the Underwriters. The Company will use its best efforts to cause the Registration Statement to remain effective with a current prospectus until the later of nine (9) months from the Execution Date and the date on which the Representative Warrants are no longer outstanding, and will notify the Underwriters and holders of the Representative Warrants immediately and confirm the notice in writing: (i) of the cessation of the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and any amendment thereto; (ii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that purpose; (iii) of the issuance by any state securities commission of any proceedings for the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction or of the initiation, or the threatening, of any proceeding for that purpose; (iv) of the mailing and delivery to the Commission for filing of any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus; (v) of the receipt of any comments or request for any additional information from the Commission; and (vi) of the happening of any event during the period described in this Section 4.4 that, in the judgment of the Company, makes any statement of a material fact made in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus untrue or that requires the making of any changes in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If the Commission or any state securities commission shall enter a stop order or suspend such qualification at any time, the Company will make every reasonable effort to obtain promptly the lifting of such order.

 

4.5. Review of Financial Statements. For a period of three years from the Execution Date, the Company, at its expense, shall cause its regularly engaged independent registered public accountants to review (but not audit) the Company’s financial statements for the first six months of each year prior to the announcement of semi-annually financial information.

 

4.6. Reports to the Underwriters; Expenses of the Offering.

 

a) Periodic Reports, etc. For a period of three years from the Execution Date, the Company will furnish or make available to the Underwriters copies of such financial statements and other periodic and special reports as the Company from time to time furnishes generally to holders of any class of its securities and also promptly furnish or make available to the Underwriters: (i) a copy of each periodic report the Company shall be required to file with the Commission; (ii) a copy of every press release and every news item and article with respect to the Company or its affairs which was released by the Company; (iii) a copy of each Form 6-K prepared and filed by the Company; (iv) a copy of each registration statement filed by the Company under the Securities Act; (v) such additional documents and information with respect to the Company and the affairs of any future Subsidiaries of the Company as any Representative may from time to time reasonably request; provided that the Underwriters shall each sign, if requested by the Company, a Regulation FD compliant confidentiality agreement which is reasonably acceptable to the Representatives in connection with such Underwriter’s receipt of such information. Documents filed with the Commission pursuant to its EDGAR system shall be deemed to have been delivered to the Underwriters pursuant to this Section.

 

b) Transfer Sheets. For a period of three years from the Execution Date, the Company shall retain the Transfer Agent or a transfer and registrar agent acceptable to the Representatives and will furnish to the Underwriters at the Company’s sole cost and expense such transfer sheets of the Company’s securities as an Underwriter may reasonably request, including the daily and monthly consolidated transfer sheets of the Transfer Agent and the DTC.

 

25

 

 

c) Trading Reports. During such time as the Closing Securities, Option Securities and Warrant Shares are listed on the Trading Market, the Company shall provide to the Underwriters, at the Company’s expense, such reports published by the Trading Market relating to price and trading of such securities, as the Underwriters shall reasonably request.

 

d) General Expenses Related to the Offering. The Company hereby agrees to pay on each of the Closing Date and each Option Closing Date, if any, to the extent not paid at the Closing Date, all expenses incident to the performance of the obligations of the Company under this Agreement, including, but not limited to: (a) all filing fees and communication expenses relating to the registration of the Securities to be sold in the Offering (including the Option Securities) with the Commission; (b) all FINRA Public Offering Filing System fees associated with the review of the Offering by FINRA; all fees and expenses relating to the listing of such Closing Securities, Option Securities and Warrant Shares on the Trading Market and such other stock exchanges as the Company and the Representatives together determine; (c) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to the registration or qualification of such Securities under the “blue sky” securities laws of such states and other foreign jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably designate; (d) the costs of all mailing and printing of the underwriting documents (including, without limitation, the Underwriting Agreement, any Blue Sky Surveys and, if appropriate, any Agreement Among Underwriters, any agreements with Selected Dealers, Underwriters’ Questionnaire and Power of Attorney), Registration Statements, Prospectuses and all amendments, supplements and exhibits thereto and as many preliminary and final Prospectuses as the Representatives may reasonably deem necessary; (e) the costs of preparing, printing and delivering the Securities; (f) fees and expenses of the Transfer Agent for the Securities (including, without limitation, any fees required for same-day processing of any instruction letter delivered by the Company); (g) share transfer and/or stamp taxes, if any, payable upon the transfer of securities from the Company to the Underwriters; (h) the fees and expenses of the Company’s accountants; (i) the fees and expenses of the Company’s legal counsel and other agents and representatives; (j) the Underwriters’ costs of mailing prospectuses to prospective investors; (k) all fees, expenses and disbursements relating to background checks of the Company’s officers and directors; (l) the fees and expenses associated with the Underwriters’ use of i-Deal’s book-building, prospectus tracking and compliance software (or other similar software) for the Offering; and (m) the Company’s actual “road show” expenses for the Offering. The Underwriters may also deduct from the net proceeds of the Offering payable to the Company on the Closing Date, or each Option Closing Date, if any, all such out-of-pocket fees, expenses and disbursements (including legal fees and expenses) of Underwriters incurred as a result of providing services related to the Offering to be paid by the Company to the Underwriters ($50,000 of which has been paid prior to the Execution Date and will be reimbursed to the extent not offset by actual expenses), up to a maximum aggregate expense allowance of $170,000.

 

e) Representative Warrants. On the Closing Date and if any, each Option Closing Date, the Company shall issue to the Representative warrants to purchase a number of Ordinary Shares equal to six percent (6%) of the aggregate number of Ordinary Shares sold in the Offering (including both the Closing Securities and the Option Securities, if applicable) by the Underwriters (the “Representative Warrants”). The Representative Warrants, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, shall be exercisable at 125% of the public offering price. The Representative Warrants and the underlying Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise shall be subject to a lock-up restriction pursuant to the rules of FINRA and in particular FINRA Rule 5110(g)(1), for a period of 180 days immediately following the Effective Date, and expire five (5) years from the Effective Date. The Representative Warrants shall include, but not limited to, unlimited piggyback registration rights, one demanding registration right and a “net issuance” or “cashless” exercise feature.

 

26

 

 

f) Non-accountable Expense Allowance. The Company further agrees that on the Closing Date it will pay to the Representatives a non-accountable expense allowance equal to $100,000.

 

4.7. Application of Net Proceeds. The Company will apply the net proceeds from the Offering received by it in a manner consistent with the application described under the caption “Use Of Proceeds” in the Prospectus and any Prospectus Supplement.

 

4.8. Delivery of Earnings Statements to Security Holders. The Company will make generally available to its security holders as soon as practicable, but not later than the first day of the fifteenth full calendar month following the Execution Date, an earnings statement (which need not be certified by independent public or independent certified public accountants unless required by the Securities Act or the Rules and Regulations under the Securities Act, but which shall satisfy the provisions of Rule 158(a) under Section 11(a) of the Securities Act) covering a period of at least twelve consecutive months beginning after the Execution Date.

 

4.9. Stabilization. Neither the Company, nor, to its knowledge, any of its employees, directors or shareholders (without the consent of the Representatives) has taken or will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that has constituted or that might reasonably be expected to cause or result in, under the Exchange Act, or otherwise, stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities.

 

4.10. Internal Controls. For a period of three (3) years from the Effective Date, the Company will maintain a system of internal accounting controls designed to provide reasonable assurances that: (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary in order to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP and to maintain accountability for assets; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

4.11. Accountants. For a period of three (3) years from the Effective Date, the Company shall continue to retain an independent registered public accounting firm. The Underwriters acknowledge that the Company Auditor is acceptable to the Underwriters.

 

4.12. FINRA. For a period of one hundred eighty (180) days from the later of the Closing Date or the Option Closing Date, the Company shall advise the Underwriters (who shall make an appropriate filing with FINRA) if it is aware that any officer, director, 5% or greater shareholder of the Company or Person that received the Company’s unregistered equity securities in the past 180 days is or becomes an affiliate or associated person of a FINRA member firm prior to the earlier of the termination of this Agreement or the conclusion of the distribution of the Offering.

 

27

 

 

4.13. No Fiduciary Duties. The Company acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters’ responsibility to the Company is solely contractual and commercial in nature, based on arms-length negotiations and that neither the Underwriters nor their affiliates or any selected dealer shall be deemed to be acting in a fiduciary capacity, or otherwise owes any fiduciary duty to the Company or any of its affiliates in connection with the Offering and the other transactions contemplated by this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Company acknowledges that the Underwriters may have financial interests in the success of the Offering that are not limited to the difference between the price to the public and the purchase price paid to the Company by the Underwriters for the shares and the Underwriters have no obligation to disclose, or account to the Company for, any of such additional financial interests. The Company hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that the Company may have against the Underwriters with respect to any breach or alleged breach of fiduciary duty.

 

4.14. Board Composition and Board Designations. The Company shall ensure that: (i) the qualifications of the persons serving as board members and the overall composition of the Board of Directors comply with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder and with the listing requirements of the Trading Market and (ii) if applicable, at least one member of the Board of Directors qualifies as a “financial expert” as such term is defined under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder.

 

4.15. Securities Laws Disclosure; Publicity. At the request of the Representatives, by 9:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the date hereof, the Company shall issue a press release disclosing the material terms of the Offering. The Company and the Representatives shall consult with each other in issuing any press releases with respect to the Offering, and neither the Company nor any Underwriter shall issue any such press release nor otherwise make any such public statement without the prior consent of the Company, with respect to any other press release of such Underwriter, or without the prior consent of such Underwriter, with respect to any press release of the Company, which consent shall not unreasonably be withheld or delayed, except if such disclosure is required by law, in which case the disclosing party shall promptly provide the other party with prior notice of such public statement or communication. The Company will not issue press releases or engage in any other publicity, without the Representatives’ prior written consent, for a period ending at 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the first business day following the 40th day following the Closing Date, other than normal and customary releases issued in the ordinary course of the Company’s business.

 

4.16. Shareholder Rights Plan. No claim will be made or enforced by the Company or, with the consent of the Company, any other Person, that any Underwriter of the Securities is an “Acquiring Person” under any control share acquisition, business combination, poison pill (including any distribution under a rights agreement) or similar anti-takeover plan or arrangement in effect or hereafter adopted by the Company, or that any Underwriter of Securities could be deemed to trigger the provisions of any such plan or arrangement, by virtue of receiving Securities.

 

4.17. Reservation of Ordinary Shares. As of the date hereof, the Company has reserved and the Company shall continue to reserve and keep available at all times, free of preemptive rights, a sufficient number of Ordinary Shares for the purpose of enabling the Company to issue Option Shares pursuant to the Over-Allotment Option and Warrant Shares pursuant to any exercise of the Representative Warrants.

 

28

 

 

4.18.  Listing of Ordinary Shares. The Ordinary Shares have been approved for trading on the Trading Market. The Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to effect and maintain the trading of the Ordinary Shares on the Trading Market for at least two (2) years after the Closing Date. The Company further agrees, if the Company applies to have the Ordinary Shares traded on any other Trading Market, it will then include in such application all of the Closing Securities, Option Securities and Warrant Shares, and will take such other action as is necessary to cause all of the Closing Securities, Option Securities and Warrant Shares to be listed or quoted on such other Trading Market as promptly as possible. The Company will then take all action reasonably necessary to continue the listing and trading of its Ordinary Shares on a Trading Market and will comply in all respects with the Company’s reporting, filing and other obligations under the bylaws or rules of the Trading Market. The Company agrees to maintain the eligibility of the Ordinary Shares for electronic transfer through the Depository Trust Company or another established clearing corporation, including, without limitation, by timely payment of fees to the Depository Trust Company or such other established clearing corporation in connection with such electronic transfer.

 

4.19. Capital Changes. Until ninety (90) days after the Closing Date, the Company shall not undertake a reverse or forward share split or reclassification of the Ordinary Shares without the prior written consent of Craft.

 

4.20. Research Independence. The Company acknowledges that each Underwriter’s research analysts and research departments, if any, are required to be independent from their respective investment banking divisions and are subject to certain regulations and internal policies, and that such Underwriter’s research analysts may hold and make statements or investment recommendations and/or publish research reports with respect to the Company and/or the offering that differ from the views of its investment bankers. The Company hereby waives and releases, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any claims that the Company may have against such Underwriter with respect to any conflict of interest that may arise from the fact that the views expressed by their independent research analysts and research departments may be different from or inconsistent with the views or advice communicated to the Company by such Underwriter’s investment banking divisions. The Company acknowledges that each of the Representatives is a full service securities firm and as such from time to time, subject to applicable securities laws, may effect transactions for its own account or the account of its customers and hold long or short position in debt or equity securities of the Company.

 

4.21.  As of the Execution Date, the Company shall have procured, and shall maintain, key man life insurance for each of _____________ in the aggregate amount of no less than $______________, naming the Company as the sole beneficiary.

 

 

29

 

 

ARTICLE V.

 

DEFAULT BY UNDERWRITERS

 

5.1  If on the Closing Date or any Option Closing Date, if any, any Underwriter shall fail to purchase and pay for the portion of the Closing Securities or Option Securities, as the case may be, which such Underwriter has agreed to purchase and pay for on such date (otherwise than by reason of any default on the part of the Company), the Representatives, or if a Representative is the defaulting Underwriter, the non-defaulting Underwriters, shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to procure within 36 hours thereafter one or more of the other Underwriters, or any others, to purchase from the Company such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms set forth herein, the Closing Securities or Option Securities, as the case may be, which the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters failed to purchase. If during such 36 hours the Representatives shall not have procured such other Underwriters, or any others, to purchase the Closing Securities or Option Securities, as the case may be, agreed to be purchased by the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, then (a) if the aggregate number of Closing Securities or Option Securities, as the case may be, with respect to which such default shall occur does not exceed 10% of the Closing Securities or Option Securities, as the case may be, covered hereby, the other Underwriters shall be obligated, severally, in proportion to the respective numbers of Closing Securities or Option Securities, as the case may be, which they are obligated to purchase hereunder, to purchase the Closing Securities or Option Securities, as the case may be, which such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters failed to purchase, or (b) if the aggregate number of Closing Securities or Option Securities, as the case may be, with respect to which such default shall occur exceeds 10% of the Closing Securities or Option Securities, as the case may be, covered hereby, the Company or the Representatives will have the right to terminate this Agreement without liability on the part of the non-defaulting Underwriters or of the Company except to the extent provided in Article VI hereof. In the event that the Closing Securities or Option Securities to which the default relates are to be purchased by the non-defaulting Underwriters, or are to be purchased by another party or parties as aforesaid, the non-defaulting Representative or the Company shall have the right to postpone the Closing Date or Option Closing Date for a reasonable period, but not in any event exceeding five (5) Business Days, in order that the required changes in the Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements may be effected. The term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for a defaulting Underwriter. Any action taken under this Section shall not relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of any default of such Underwriter under this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE VI.

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

6.1 Indemnification of the Underwriters. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, the directors, officers, employees and agents of such Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act (collectively the “Underwriter Indemnified Parties,” and each an “Underwriter Indemnified Party”) from and against any and all losses, claims, liabilities, expenses and damages (including any and all investigative, legal and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with, and any amount paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding between any of the indemnified parties and any indemnifying parties or between any indemnified party and any third party, or otherwise, or any claim asserted), to which they, or any of them, may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state statutory law or regulation, at common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, claims, liabilities, expenses or damages arise out of or are based on (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the information deemed to be a part of the Registration Statement at the time of effectiveness and at any subsequent time pursuant to Rules 430A and 430B of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, as applicable, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any preliminary prospectus, any preliminary prospectus supplement, any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing) or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, (iii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any materials or information provided to investors by, or with the approval of, the Company in connection with the marketing of the offering of the Securities, including any roadshow or investor presentations made to investors by the Company (whether in person or electronically) or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, or (iv) in whole or in part any inaccuracy in any material respect in the representations and warranties of the Company contained herein; provided, however, that the Company shall not be liable to the extent that such loss, claim, liability, expense or damage is based on any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance on and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company in writing with respect to the Underwriters by the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, which information shall consist solely of the following: the information set forth in the Prospectus in the “Electronic Offer, Sale and Distribution of Securities,” “Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids” and “Offers Outside the United States” sections under the caption “Underwriting” (“Underwriters’ Information”). With respect to any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in the Registration Statement, General Disclosure Package or Prospectus, the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 6.1. shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter Indemnified Party to the extent that any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense of such Underwriter Indemnified Party results from the fact that a copy of the Prospectus was not given or sent to the person asserting any such loss, liability, claim or damage at or prior to the written confirmation of sale of the Securities to such person as required by the Securities Act, and if the untrue statement or omission has been corrected in the Prospectus, unless such failure to deliver the Prospectus was a result of non-compliance by the Company with its obligations under Section 4.3 hereof. This indemnity agreement will be in addition to any liability that the Company might otherwise have.

 

30

 

 

6.2 Indemnification of the Company. Each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, its affiliates, the directors, officers, employees and agents of the Company and each other person or entity, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, against any losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses whatsoever, as incurred (including but not limited to reasonable attorneys’ fees and any and all reasonable expenses whatsoever, incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever, and any and all amounts paid in settlement of any claim or litigation), joint or several, to which they or any of them may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, insofar as such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement at the time of effectiveness and at any subsequent time pursuant to Rules 430A and 430B of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, any Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement to any of them, or arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that any such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense (or action in respect thereof) arises out of or is based upon any such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made therein in reliance upon the Underwriters’ Information; provided, however, that in no case shall any Underwriter (or related Underwriter Indemnified Person) be liable or responsible for any amount in excess of the underwriting discount and commissions applicable to the Securities purchased by such Underwriter hereunder.

 

6.3 Indemnification Procedures. Any party that proposes to assert the right to be indemnified under this Section 6 shall, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action against such party in respect of which a claim is to be made against an indemnifying party or parties under this Section 6, notify each such indemnifying party of the commencement of such action, enclosing a copy of all papers served, but the omission so to notify such indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have to any indemnified party under the foregoing provisions of this Section 6 unless, and only to the extent that, such omission results in the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses by the indemnifying party. If any such action is brought against any indemnified party and it notifies the indemnifying party of its commencement, the indemnifying party will be entitled to participate in and, to the extent that it elects by delivering written notice to the indemnified party promptly after receiving notice of the commencement of the action from the indemnified party, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly notified, to assume the defense of the action, with counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party, and after notice from the indemnifying party to the indemnified party of its election to assume the defense, the indemnifying party will not be liable to the indemnified party for any legal or other expenses except as provided below and except for the reasonable out-of-pocket costs of investigation subsequently incurred by the indemnified party in connection with the defense. The indemnified party will have the right to employ its own counsel in any such action, but the fees, expenses and other charges of such counsel will be at the expense of such indemnified party unless (i) the employment of counsel by the indemnified party has been authorized in writing by one of the indemnifying parties in connection with the defense of such action, (ii) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded (based on advice of counsel) that there may be legal defenses available to it or other indemnified parties that are different from or in addition to those available to the indemnifying party, (iii) the indemnified party has reasonably concluded that a conflict or potential conflict exists (based on advice of counsel to the indemnified party) between the indemnified party and the indemnifying party (in which case the indemnifying party shall not have the right to direct the defense of such action on behalf of the indemnified party), (iv) the indemnifying party does not diligently defend the action after assumption of the defense, or (v) the indemnifying party has not in fact employed counsel satisfactory to the indemnified party to assume the defense of such action within a reasonable time after receiving notice of the commencement of the action, in each of which cases the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel shall be at the expense of the indemnifying party or parties. It is understood that the indemnifying party or parties shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of more than one separate firm admitted to practice in such jurisdiction at any one time for all such indemnified party or parties. All such fees, disbursements and other charges shall be reimbursed by the indemnifying party promptly as they are incurred. An indemnifying party shall not be liable for any settlement of any action or claim effected without its written consent (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld or delayed). No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of each indemnified party, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any pending or threatened claim, action or proceeding relating to the matters contemplated by this Section 6 (whether or not any indemnified party is a party thereto), unless (x) such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising or that may arise out of such claim, action or proceeding and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party, and (y) the indemnifying party confirms in writing its indemnification obligations hereunder with respect to such settlement, compromise or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a) effected without its written consent if (A) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (B) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

 

31

 

 

6.4 Contribution. In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in the foregoing paragraphs of this Section 6 is applicable in accordance with its terms but for any reason is held to be unavailable, the Company and the Underwriters shall contribute to the total losses, claims, liabilities, expenses and damages (including any investigative, legal and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with, and any amount paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding or any claim asserted, but after deducting any contribution received by the Company from persons other than the Underwriters, such as persons who control the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, officers of the Company who signed the Registration Statement and directors of the Company, who may also be liable for contribution), to which the Company and the Underwriter may be subject in such proportion as shall be appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement. The relative benefits received by the Company and the Underwriters shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (x) the total proceeds from the Offering (net of underwriting discount and commissions but before deducting expenses) received by the Company bears to (y) the underwriting discount and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus. If, but only if, the allocation provided by the foregoing sentence is not permitted by applicable law, the allocation of contribution shall be made in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in the foregoing sentence but also the relative fault of the Company, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, with respect to the statements or omissions which resulted in such loss, claim, liability, expense or damage, or action in respect thereof, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations with respect to such offering. Such relative fault shall be determined by reference to whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or the Underwriters, the intent of the parties and their relative knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant to this Section 6.4 were to be determined by pro rata allocation or by any other method of allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) which does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to herein. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the loss, claim, liability, expense or damage, or action in respect thereof, referred to above in this Section 6.4 shall be deemed to include, for purpose of this Section 6.4, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 6.4, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the underwriting discounts and commissions received by it. No person found guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. For purposes of this Section 6.4, any person who controls a party to this Agreement within the meaning of the Securities Act will have the same rights to contribution as that party, and each officer of the Company who signed the Registration Statement will have the same rights to contribution as the Company, and each director, officer, employee, counsel or agent of an Underwriter will have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, subject in each case to the provisions hereof. Any party entitled to contribution, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action against such party in respect of which a claim for contribution may be made under this Section 6.4, will notify any such party or parties from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission so to notify will not relieve the party or parties from whom contribution may be sought from any other obligation it or they may have under this Section 6.4. The obligations of the Underwriters to contribute pursuant to this Section 6.4 are several in proportion to the respective number of Securities to be purchased by each of the Underwriters hereunder and not joint. No party will be liable for contribution with respect to any action or claim settled without its written consent (which consent will not be unreasonably withheld).

 

6.5  Contribution Procedure. Within fifteen days after receipt by any party to this Agreement (or its representative) of notice of the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, such party will, if a claim for contribution in respect thereof is to be made against another party (“contributing party”), notify the contributing party of the commencement thereof, but the failure to so notify the contributing party will not relieve it from any liability which it may have to any other party other than for contribution hereunder. In case any such action, suit or proceeding is brought against any party, and such party notifies a contributing party or its representative of the commencement thereof within the aforesaid fifteen days, the contributing party will be entitled to participate therein with the notifying party and any other contributing party similarly notified. Any such contributing party shall not be liable to any party seeking contribution on account of any settlement of any claim, action or proceeding affected by such party seeking contribution on account of any settlement of any claim, action or proceeding affected by such party seeking contribution without the written consent of such contributing party. The contribution provisions contained in this Section 6.5 are intended to supersede, to the extent permitted by law, any right to contribution under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise available.

 

6.6 Survival. The indemnity and contribution agreements contained in this Section 6 and the representations and warranties of the Company contained in this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of (i) any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or any controlling Person thereof, (ii) acceptance of any of the Securities and payment therefor or (iii) any termination of this Agreement.

 

32

 

 

ARTICLE VII.

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

7.1 Termination.

 

a) Termination Right. The Representatives shall have the right to terminate this Agreement at any time prior to any Closing Date, (i) if any domestic or international event or act or occurrence has materially disrupted, or in their opinion will in the immediate future materially disrupt, general securities markets in the United States; or (ii) if trading on any Trading Market shall have been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities shall have been required by FINRA or by order of the Commission or any other government authority having jurisdiction, or (iii) if the United States shall have become involved in a new war or an increase in major hostilities, or (iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared by a New York State or federal authority, or (v) if a moratorium on foreign exchange trading has been declared which materially adversely impacts the United States securities markets, or (vi) if the Company shall have sustained a material loss by fire, flood, accident, hurricane, earthquake, theft, sabotage or other calamity or malicious act which, whether or not such loss shall have been insured, will, in the Representatives’ opinion, make it inadvisable to proceed with the delivery of the Securities, or (vii) if the Company is in material breach of any of its representations, warranties or covenants hereunder, or (viii) if the Representatives shall have become aware after the date hereof of such a material adverse change in the conditions or prospects of the Company, or such adverse material change in general market conditions as in the Representatives’ judgment would make it impracticable to proceed with the offering, sale and/or delivery of the Securities or to enforce contracts made by the Underwriters for the sale of the Securities.

 

b) Expenses. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, except in the case of a default by the Underwriters, pursuant to Section 5.1 above, in the event this Agreement shall be terminated pursuant to Section 7.1(a), within the time specified herein or any extensions thereof pursuant to the terms herein, the Company shall be obligated to pay to Craft its actual and accountable out-of-pocket expenses related to the transactions contemplated herein then due and payable ($50,000 of which has been paid prior to the Execution Date) up to $170,000 (providedhowever, that such expense cap in no way limits or impairs the indemnification and contribution provisions of this Agreement). Notwithstanding the foregoing, any advance received by the Representatives will be reimbursed to the Company to the extent not actually incurred in compliance with FINRA Rule 5110(f)(2)(C).

 

c) Indemnification. Notwithstanding any contrary provision contained in this Agreement, any election hereunder or any termination of this Agreement, and whether or not this Agreement is otherwise carried out, the provisions of Article VI shall not be in any way effected by such election or termination or failure to carry out the terms of this Agreement or any part hereof.

 

7.2 Entire Agreement. The Transaction Documents, together with the exhibits and schedules thereto, any Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, contain the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all prior agreements and understandings, oral or written, with respect to such matters, which the parties acknowledge have been merged into such documents, exhibits and schedules.

 

7.3 Notices. Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries required or permitted to be provided hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed given and effective on the earliest of: (a) the time of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile at the facsimile number or e-mail attachment at the email address set forth on the signature pages attached hereto at or prior to 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on a Trading Day, (b) the next Trading Day after the time of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile at the facsimile number or e-mail attachment at the e-mail address as set forth on the signature pages attached hereto on a day that is not a Trading Day or later than 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on any Trading Day, (c) the second (2nd) Trading Day following the date of mailing, if sent by U.S. nationally recognized overnight courier service or (d) upon actual receipt by the party to whom such notice is required to be given. The address for such notices and communications shall be as set forth on the signature pages attached hereto.

 

7.4  Amendments; Waivers. No provision of this Agreement may be waived, modified, supplemented or amended except in a written instrument signed, in the case of an amendment, by the Company and Maxim. No waiver of any default with respect to any provision, condition or requirement of this Agreement shall be deemed to be a continuing waiver in the future or a waiver of any subsequent default or a waiver of any other provision, condition or requirement hereof, nor shall any delay or omission of any party to exercise any right hereunder in any manner impair the exercise of any such right.

 

33

 

 

7.5 Headings. The headings herein are for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Agreement and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the provisions hereof.

 

7.6 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties and their successors and permitted assigns.

 

7.7 Governing Law; Prevailing Party; Agent for Service of Process. All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of the Transaction Documents shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to the principles of conflicts of law thereof. Each party agrees that it hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the New York Courts for the adjudication of any dispute hereunder or in connection herewith or with any transaction contemplated hereby or discussed herein (including with respect to the enforcement of any of the Transaction Documents) that is brought against a party hereto (or its respective affiliates, directors, officers, shareholders, partners, members, employees or agents), and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any action, suit or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction of any such court, that such suit, action or proceeding is improper or is an inconvenient venue for such proceeding. Each party hereby irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Agreement and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law. If either party shall commence an action or proceeding to enforce any provisions of the Transaction Documents, then, in addition to the obligations of the Company under Article VI, the prevailing party in such action, suit or proceeding shall be reimbursed by the other party for its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred with the investigation, preparation and prosecution of such action or proceeding. The Company irrevocably appoints Company Counsel as its authorized agent (the “Authorized Agent”) upon which process may be served in any suit or proceeding arising out of the Transaction Documents, and agrees that service of process in any manner permitted by applicable law upon the Authorized Agent shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process in any manner permitted by applicable law upon the Company in any such suit or proceeding. The Company further agrees to take any and all action as may be necessary to maintain such designation and appointment of the Authorized Agent or a substitute authorized agent in full force and effect for a period of three (3) years from the date of this Agreement.

 

7.8 Survival. The representations and warranties contained herein shall survive the Closing and the Option Closing, if any, and the delivery of the Securities.

 

7.9 Execution. This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, all of which when taken together shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to each other party, it being understood that the parties need not sign the same counterpart. In the event that any signature is delivered by facsimile transmission or by e-mail delivery of a “.pdf” format data file, such signature shall create a valid and binding obligation of the party executing (or on whose behalf such signature is executed) with the same force and effect as if such facsimile or “.pdf” signature page were an original thereof.

 

34

 

 

7.10 Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions set forth herein shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated, and the parties hereto shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to find and employ an alternative means to achieve the same or substantially the same result as that contemplated by such term, provision, covenant or restriction. It is hereby stipulated and declared to be the intention of the parties that they would have executed the remaining terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions without including any of such that may be hereafter declared invalid, illegal, void or unenforceable.

 

7.11 Remedies. In addition to being entitled to exercise all rights provided herein or granted by law, including recovery of damages, the Underwriters and the Company will be entitled to seek specific performance under the Transaction Documents. The parties agree that monetary damages may not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of any breach of obligations contained in the Transaction Documents and hereby agree to waive and not to assert in any action for specific performance of any such obligation the defense that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

7.12 Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, etc. If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall not be a Business Day, then such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding Business Day.

 

7.13 Construction. The parties agree that each of them and/or their respective counsel. have reviewed and had an opportunity to revise the Transaction Documents and, therefore, the normal rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities are to be resolved against the drafting party shall not be employed in the interpretation of the Transaction Documents or any amendments thereto. In addition, each and every reference to share prices and Ordinary Shares in any Transaction Document shall be subject to adjustment for reverse and forward share splits, share dividends, share combinations and other similar transactions of the Ordinary Shares that occur after the date of this Agreement.

 

7.14 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. IN ANY ACTION, SUIT, OR PROCEEDING IN ANY JURISDICTION BROUGHT BY ANY PARTY AGAINST ANY OTHER PARTY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, THE PARTIES EACH KNOWINGLY AND INTENTIONALLY, TO THE GREATEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, HEREBY ABSOLUTELY, UNCONDITIONALLY, IRREVOCABLY AND EXPRESSLY WAIVE FOREVER ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

(Signature Pages Follow)

 

35

 

 

If the foregoing correctly sets forth the understanding between the Underwriters and the Company, please so indicate in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter shall constitute a binding agreement among the Company and the several Underwriters in accordance with its terms.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  Huadi International Group Co., Ltd.
   
  By:
    Name:  
    Title:

 

Address for Notice:

 

No. 1688 Tianzhong Street, Longwan District,

Wenzhou, Zhejiang Province

People’s Republic of China 325025

Facsimile: [__]

Email: [__]

Attention: [__].

 

Copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Ortoli Rosenstadt LLP

366 Madison Avenue, 3rd Floor

New York, NY 10017
Facsimile: 212-826-9307

Email: jye@orllp.legal

Attention: Menyi “Jason” Ye, Esq.

 

Accepted by the Representatives, acting severally for themselves and as
Representatives of the Underwriters named on Schedule I hereto,

as of the date first above written:

 

Craft Capital Management LLC   
   
By:    
  Name:    
  Title:  

  

Address for Notice:

 

Craft Capital Management, LLC

377 Oak Street, Suite 402

Garden City, NY 11530

Facsimile: [__]

Email: [__]

Attention: [__]

 

 

 

R.F. Lafferty & Co. Inc.  
   
By:    
  Name:    
  Title:  

 

Address for Notice:

 

R.F. Lafferty & Co. Inc

40 Wall Street, 19th Floor

New York, NY 10005

Facsimile: [__]

Email: [__]

Attention: [__]

 

Copy to (which shall not constitute notice):

 

Bevilacqua PLLC

1050 Connecticut Avenue, NW, Suite 500

Washington, DC 20036

Facsimile: (202) 869-0889

Email: kevin@bevilacquapllc.com

Attention: Kevin (Qixiang) Sun, Esq

 

 

  

SCHEDULE I

 

Schedule of Underwriters

 

 

Underwriters   Closing Securities     Closing Purchase Price  
Craft Capital Management LLC      [__]     $ [__]  
R.F. Lafferty & Co. Inc.     [__]     $ [__]  
Shengang Securities Company Limited     [__]     $ [__]  
[__]     [__]     $ [__]  
                 
Total     [__]     $ [__]  

 

 

  

[Company to insert additional Schedules as needed]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

Form of Lock-Up Agreement

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

Form of Representative Warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 3.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE COMPANIES LAW (REVISED)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

 

Huadi International Group Co., Ltd.

华迪国际集团股份公司

 

An Exempted Company Limited By Shares

 

 

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED MEMORANDUM AND
ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

 

(Adopted by special resolutions dated

October 9, 2020)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   
  www.verify.gov.ky File#: 343151

Filed: 14-Oct-2020 08:26 EST

Auth Code: F87173420692

 

 

THE COMPANIES LAW (REVISED)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

MEMORANDUM OF

ASSOCIATION OF

Huadi International Group Co., Ltd.

华迪国际集团股份公司

 

An Exempted Company Limited By Shares

 

(adopted by special resolutions dated October 9, 2020)

 

1 NAME

 

The name of the Company is Huadi International Group Co., Ltd. 华迪国际集团股份公司.

 

2 STATUS

 

The Company is a company limited by shares.

 

3 REGISTERED OFFICE

 

The registered office of the Company is at Harneys Fiduciary (Cayman) Limited, 4th Floor, Harbour Place, 103 South Church Street, P.O. Box 10240, Grand Cayman KY1-1002, Cayman Islands or at such other place as the Directors may from time to time decide.

 

4 OBJECTS AND CAPACITY

 

Subject to paragraph 9 of this Memorandum, the objects for which the Company is established are unrestricted and the Company shall have full power and authority to carry out any object not prohibited by the Companies Law or any other law of the Cayman Islands. The Company is a body corporate capable of exercising all the functions of a natural person of full capacity, irrespective of any question of corporate benefit.

 

5 SHARE CAPITAL

 

The share capital of the Company is USD 50,000.00 divided into 250,000,000 Ordinary shares of par value USD 0.0002 each.

 

  2
  www.verify.gov.ky File#: 343151

Filed: 14-Oct-2020 08:26 EST

Auth Code: F87173420692

 

 

6 LIABILITY OF MEMBERS

 

The liability of each Member is limited to the amount from time to time unpaid on such Member’s Shares.

 

7 CONTINUATION

 

The Company may exercise the powers contained in the Companies Law to transfer and be registered by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and to be de-registered in the Cayman Islands.

 

8 DEFINITIONS

 

Capitalised terms used and not defined in this Memorandum of Association shall bear the same meaning as those given in the Articles of Association of the Company.

 

9 EXEMPTED COMPANY

 

The Company will not trade in the Cayman Islands with any person, firm or corporation except in furtherance of the business of the Company carried on outside the Cayman Islands; provided that nothing in this section shall be construed as to prevent the Company effecting and concluding contracts in the Cayman Islands, and exercising in the Cayman Islands all of its powers necessary for the carrying on of its business outside the Cayman Islands.

 

  3
  www.verify.gov.ky File#: 343151

Filed: 14-Oct-2020 08:26 EST

Auth Code: F87173420692

 

 

THE COMPANIES LAW (REVISED)

OF THE CAYMAN ISLANDS

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

ARTICLES OF

ASSOCIATION OF

Huadi International Group Co., Ltd.

华迪国际集团股份公司

 

An Exempted Company Limited By Shares

 

(adopted by special resolutions dated October 9, 2020)

 

1 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

 

1.1 The Regulations contained in Table A in the First Schedule to the Companies Law do not apply to the Company. In these Articles of Association, if not inconsistent with the context, the following words and expressions shall have the following meanings:

 

Articles means these Articles of Association;

 

Companies Law means the Companies Law (Revised), as amended or re-enacted from time to time;

 

Company means the above named company;

 

Director means a director of the Company appointed in accordance with these Articles;

 

Distribution means a distribution, dividend (including an interim dividend) or other payment or transfer of property of the Company on or in respect of a Share (save in respect of its redemption or repurchase);

 

Electronic Transactions Law means the Electronic Transactions Law of the CaymanIslands;

 

Member has the same meaning as in the Companies Law;

 

Memorandum means the Memorandum of Association of the Company;

 

Officer means any person appointed by the Directors to hold an office in the Company;

 

Ordinary Resolution means a resolution:

 

(a) passed by a majority of such Members as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or by proxy at a general meeting of the Company; or

 

  1
  www.verify.gov.ky File#: 343151

Filed: 14-Oct-2020 08:26 EST

Auth Code: F87173420692

 

 

(b) approved in writing by all of the Members entitled to vote at a general meeting of the Company in one or more instruments each signed by one or more of the Members.

 

Register of Directors and Officers means the register of Directors and Officers maintained by the Company in accordance with these Articles;

 

Register of Members means the register of Members referred to in these Articles;

 

Registrar means the Registrar of Companies and includes the Deputy Registrar of Companies;

 

Registered Office means the registered office for the time being of the Company;

 

Seal means any seal which has been duly adopted as the common seal of the Company and includes every duplicate seal;

 

Secretary means the person appointed to perform any or all of the duties of secretary of the Company, including any assistant secretary;

 

Share means a share in the capital of the Company, including a fraction of a share issued or authorised to be issued by the Company;

 

Special Resolution means a special resolution passed in accordance with Section 60 of the Companies Law, being a resolution:

 

(a) passed by a majority of not less than two-thirds of such Members as, being entitled to do so, vote in person or by proxy at a general meeting of the Company of which notice specifying the intention to propose the resolution as a Special Resolution has been duly given; or

 

(b) approved in writing by all of the Members entitled to vote at a general meeting of the Company in one or more instruments each signed by one or more of the Members;

 

Subscriber means the subscriber to the Memorandum;

 

Treasury Share means a Share that has been repurchased, redeemed, surrendered to or otherwise acquired by the Company and not cancelled; and

 

Written includes information generated, sent, received or stored by electronic, electrical, digital, magnetic, optical, electromagnetic, biometric or photonic means, including electronic data interchange and electronic mail in accordance with the Electronic Transactions Law and in writing shall be construed accordingly.

 

  2
  www.verify.gov.ky File#: 343151

Filed: 14-Oct-2020 08:26 EST

Auth Code: F87173420692

 

 

1.2 In the Memorandum and these Articles, unless the context otherwise requires a reference to:

 

(a) words importing the masculine gender include the feminine gender;

 

(b) any Cayman Islands law or regulation, is a reference to such law or regulation as amended or re-enacted from time to time;

 

(c) the singular includes the plural and vice versa;

 

(d) a person includes all legal persons and natural persons; and

 

(e) legal persons include all forms of corporate entity and any other person having capacity to act in its own name created by or in accordance with the laws or regulations of any jurisdiction.

 

1.3 Headings are for ease of reference only and shall be disregarded in interpreting the Memorandum and the Articles.

 

2 COMMENCEMENT OF BUSINESS

 

2.1 Commencement. The business of the Company may be commenced at such time as determined by the Directors.

 

2.2 Commencement Costs and Expenses. The Directors may pay, out of capital or other money of the Company, all costs and expenses incurred in the establishment and registration of the Company.

 

3 REGISTERED SHARES

 

3.1 Registered Shares. The Company shall issue registered Shares only.

 

3.2 No Bearer Shares. The Company is not authorised to issue bearer Shares, convert registered Shares to bearer Shares or exchange registered Shares for bearer Shares.

 

4 SHARE CERTIFICATES

 

4.1 Share Certificates. Unless and until the Directors resolve to issue share certificates, no share certificate shall be issued, and the records of the shareholdings of each Member shall be in uncertified book entry form. If the Directors do resolve to issue share certificates in respect of any one or more classes of Shares, then every Member holding such Shares shall be entitled, upon written request only, to a certificate signed by a Director or Secretary, or any other person authorised by a resolution of the Directors, or under the Seal specifying the number of Shares held by him and the signature of the Director, Secretary or authorised person and the Seal may be facsimiles or affixed by electronic means pursuant to the Electronic Transactions Law.

 

  3
  www.verify.gov.ky File#: 343151

Filed: 14-Oct-2020 08:26 EST

Auth Code: F87173420692

 

 

4.2 Indemnity and Replacement. Any Member receiving a certificate shall indemnify and hold the Company and its Directors and Officers harmless from any loss or liability which it or they may incur by reason of any wrongful or fraudulent use or representation made by any person by virtue of the possession thereof. If a certificate for Shares is worn out or lost it may be renewed or, in connection with any proposed share transfer, a new certificate may be issued, on production of the worn out certificate or on satisfactory proof of its loss together with such indemnity as may be required by the Directors.

 

4.3 Joint Holders. If several Members are registered as joint holders of any Shares, any one of such Members may give an effectual receipt for any share certificate.

 

5 ISSUE OF SHARES

 

5.1 Issue. Subject to the provisions, if any, of the Memorandum and directions given by any Ordinary Resolution and the rights attaching to any class of existing Shares, the Directors may issue, allot, grant options over or otherwise dispose of Shares (including any fractions of Shares) and other securities of the Company at such times, to such persons, for such consideration and on such terms as the Directors may determine.

 

5.2 Subscriber Share. Notwithstanding the preceding Article, the Subscriber shall have the powerto:

 

(a) issue one Share to itself;

 

(b) transfer that Share by an instrument of transfer to any person; and

 

(c) update the Register of Members in respect of the issue and transfer of that Share.

 

5.3 Preferred Shares. Shares and other securities of the Company may be issued by the Directors with such preferred, deferred or other special rights, restrictions or privileges whether in regard to voting, Distributions, a return of capital, or otherwise and in such classes and series, if any, as the Directors may determine.

 

5.4 Ordinary Shares. Where the Directors issue a Share having no preferred, deferred, redemption or other special rights, it shall be issued as an ordinary Share and entitle the holder, subject to any other Share having any preferred, deferred, redemption or other special rights, to:

 

(a) receive notice of, attend and vote at any general meeting of the Company and on any Ordinary Resolution or Special Resolution;

 

(b) an equal share in any dividend or other Distribution paid by the Company; and

 

(c) an equal share in the distribution of the surplus assets of the Company.

 

  4
  www.verify.gov.ky File#: 343151

Filed: 14-Oct-2020 08:26 EST

Auth Code: F87173420692

 

 

5.5 Consideration for Share Issue. A Share may be issued for consideration in any form, including money, a promissory note or other written obligation to contribute money or property, real property, personal property (including goodwill and know-how), services rendered or a contract for future services.

 

5.6 Register of Members. The Register of Members kept by the Company shall contain:

 

(a) the names and addresses of each Member;

 

(b) a statement of the Shares held by each Member;

 

(c) the distinguishing numbers of the Shares of each Member (if any);

 

(d) the amount paid, or agreed to be considered as paid, on the Shares of each Member;

 

(e) the date on which the name of each person was entered on the register as a Member; and

 

(f) the date on which any person ceased to be a Member.

 

5.7 Commission. The Company is authorised to pay a commission to any person in consideration of his subscribing or agreeing to subscribe (whether absolutely or conditionally) for any Shares or procuring or agreeing to procure subscriptions (whether absolute or conditional) for any Shares.

 

6 VARIATION OF RIGHTS

 

6.1 Class Variation. If, at any time, the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes of Shares, the rights attached to any class (unless otherwise provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class) may be varied with the consent in writing of the holders of two-thirds of the issued Shares of that class or with the sanction of a Special Resolution passed at a separate general meeting of the holders of the Shares of the class. To every such separate general meeting the provisions of these Articles relating to general meetings shall, mutatis mutandis, apply, but so that the necessary quorum shall be one or more persons holding or representing by proxy one-third of the issued Shares of the class and that any holder of Shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll.

 

6.2 No Variation on Further Issue. The rights conferred upon the holders of the Shares of any class shall not, unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue of the Shares of that class, be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further Shares ranking pari passu therewith.

 

  5
  www.verify.gov.ky File#: 343151

Filed: 14-Oct-2020 08:26 EST

Auth Code: F87173420692

 

 

7 REDEMPTION, PURCHASE AND SURRENDER OF SHARES AND TREASURY SHARES

 

7.1 Redemption, Purchase and Surrender. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and to the rights attaching to any class of Share, the Company may:

 

(a) issue Shares on terms that they are to be redeemed or are liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company or the Member on such terms and in such manner as the Directors may, before the issue of such Shares, determine;

 

(b) purchase its own Shares (including any redeemable Shares) on such terms and in such manner as the Directors determine;

 

(c) make a payment in respect of the redemption or purchase of its own Shares in any manner permitted by the Companies Law including out of capital; and

 

(d) permit the surrender of fully paid Shares for no consideration.

 

7.2 Effect of Redemption, Purchase and Surrender. Shares that the Company redeems, purchases, accepts by way of surrender or otherwise acquires pursuant to Article 7.1 may:

 

(a) be cancelled; or

 

(b) be held as Treasury Shares on such terms and in such manner as the Directors determine prior to such acquisition.

 

7.3 Treasury Shares. All rights and obligations attaching to a Treasury Share are suspended and shall not be exercised by the Company while it holds the Share as a Treasury Share, other than as set out in this Article. The Company may:

 

(a) cancel the Treasury Shares on such terms and in such a manner as the Directors may determine; and

 

(b) transfer the Treasury Shares in accordance with Article 12.

 

7.4 No Participation. Any Share in respect of which notice of redemption has been given shall not be entitled to participate in the profits of the Company in respect of the period after the date specified as the date of redemption in the notice of redemption.

 

7.5 No other Redemption. The redemption, purchase or surrender of any Share shall not be deemed to give rise to the redemption, purchase or surrender of any other Share.

 

7.6 Redemption in Kind. The Directors may, when making payments in respect of redemption or purchase of Shares, if authorised by the terms of issue of the Shares being redeemed or purchased or with the agreement of the holder of such Shares, make such payments either in cash or in kind.

 

  6
  www.verify.gov.ky File#: 343151

Filed: 14-Oct-2020 08:26 EST

Auth Code: F87173420692

 

 

8 LIEN

 

8.1 All Monies Payable. The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every Share, whether or not it is a fully paid Share, for all moneys, whether presently payable or not, called or payable at a fixed time in respect of that Share and for all debts, liabilities or other obligations owed, whether presently or not, by the Member or by one or more joint Members or by any of their estates to the Company (together, the Lien Amounts) but the Directors may, at any time, declare any Share to be wholly or in part exempt from this Article. The Company’s lien, if any, on a Share shall extend to all Distributions payable thereon. Any registration of the transfer of a Share shall operate to extinguish the Company’s lien on that Share.

 

8.2 Sale. The Company may sell, in such manner as the Directors think fit, any Shares in which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless some amount in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable and the period of fourteen days has elapsed after the Company has given a notice in writing, stating and demanding payment of such part of the presently payable amount, to the relevant Member.

 

8.3 Registration of Purchase. The Directors may authorise any person to transfer the Shares sold in accordance with this Article to the purchaser of such Shares. The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the Shares so transferred and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the sale of the Shares in accordance with this Article.

 

8.4 Application of Proceeds. The proceeds of the sale, net of any costs incurred by the Company in relation to the sale, shall be applied by the Company in payment of such part of the amount in respect of which the lien exists as is presently payable. The Company shall retain and have a lien over such part of the remainder of the proceeds as is equal to the Lien Amounts which exist but are not presently payable by the Member and may apply such proceeds against the Lien Amounts as and when they become payable and the residue shall be paid to the person entitled to the Shares at the date of the sale.

 

9 CALLS ON SHARES

 

9.1 Calls. The Directors may, from time to time, make calls upon the Members in respect of some or all of any moneys unpaid on their Shares, whether in respect of their par value or the premium payable on those Shares; each Member shall (subject to receiving at least 14 days’ notice specifying the time or times of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times so specified the amount called on his Shares. A call may be required to be paid in instalments. The Directors may revoke or postpone a call at any time.

 

9.2 Joint Holders. The joint holders of a Share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay calls in respect thereof and the holder or joint holders of a Share at the time of a call shall remain liable to pay the call on that Share, notwithstanding any subsequent transfer of the Share being registered by the Company.

 

  7
  www.verify.gov.ky File#: 343151

Filed: 14-Oct-2020 08:26 EST

Auth Code: F87173420692

 

 

9.3 Interest on Calls. If a sum called in respect of a Share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment of that call, the Member from whom such amount is due shall pay interest upon the sum at such rate as the Directors may determine from the day appointed for payment of the call to the time of the actual payment. The Directors shall have the discretion to waive payment of any such interest in full or in part.

 

9.4 Fixed Payment Dates. The provisions contained in these Articles in respect of calls shall apply to payments, whether on account of the amount of the Share, or by way of premium, to be made on the allotment of a Share or any date fixed on the issue of the Share as if the same had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

10 FORFEITURE

 

10.1 Failure to pay Call. If a Member fails to pay any call or instalment of a call in respect of Shares on the day appointed for payment, the Directors may serve a notice on such Member naming a further date not earlier than the expiration of 14 days from the date of service on or before which the payment required by the notice is to be made and containing a statement that in the event of non-payment the Shares, or any of them, will be liable to be forfeited.

 

10.2 Forfeiture. If the requirements of the notice referenced in this Article are not complied with the Company may forfeit the Shares together with any Distributions declared payable in respect of the forfeited Shares and not paid at any time before tender of payment.

 

10.3 No Refund. The Company is under no obligation to refund any moneys to the Member whose Shares have been forfeited.

 

10.4 Sale of Forfeited Share. A forfeited Share may be sold or otherwise disposed of on such terms and in such manner as the Directors think fit, and at any time before a sale or disposition the forfeiture may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit. The proceeds of any sale or disposition of the forfeited Share may be received and used by the Company as the Directors determine.

 

10.5 Outstanding Liability. A person whose Shares have been forfeited shall cease to be a Member in respect of the forfeited Shares, but shall, notwithstanding, remain liable to pay to the Company all moneys which at the date of forfeiture were payable by him to the Company in respect of the Shares together with interest.

 

10.6 Certificate of Forfeiture. A certificate in writing under the hand of a Director or Officer stating that a Share has been duly forfeited on the date stated in the certificate shall be conclusive evidence of the facts stated in the certificate as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the Share. The Directors may authorize any person to transfer the Shares sold in accordance with this Article to the purchaser of such Shares. The purchaser shall be registered as the holder of the Shares so transferred and he shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money, nor shall his title to the Shares be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the sale of the Shares in accordance with this Article.

 

  8
  www.verify.gov.ky File#: 343151

Filed: 14-Oct-2020 08:26 EST

Auth Code: F87173420692

 

 

10.7 Fixed Payment Dates. The provisions of this Article applying to forfeiture for failure to pay any call or instalment of a call shall apply to the failure to make payments, whether on account of the amount of the Share, or by way of premium, to be made on the allotment of a Share or any date fixed on the issue of the Share as if the same had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

11 TRANSMISSION OF SHARES

 

11.1 Legal Personal Representative. The legal personal representative of a deceased sole holder of a Share shall be the only person recognised by the Company as having any title to the Share. In the case of a Share registered in the names of two or more holders, the survivors, survivor or the legal personal representatives of the deceased survivor, shall be the only person(s) recognised by the Company as having any title to the Share.

 

11.2 Transmission. Any person becoming entitled to a Share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of or any analogous event affecting a Member (each such event a Transmission Event and each such person a Representative) shall, upon such evidence being produced as may from time to time be required by the Directors, have the right either to be registered as a Member in respect of the Share or, instead of being registered himself, to make such transfer of the Share as the Member could have made; but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by such Member before the occurrence of a Transmission Event.

 

11.3 Pre-Registration Status. Representatives shall be entitled to the same notices, dividends and other advantages to which he would be entitled if he were the registered holder of the Share, except that he shall not, before being registered as a Member in respect of the Share, be entitled in respect of it to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to meetings of the Company.

 

11.4 Requirement for Registration. The Directors may at any time give notice requiring a Representative to elect either to be registered himself or to have some person nominated by him become the holder of the Share (but the Directors shall, in either case, have the same right to decline or suspend registration as they would have had in the case of a transfer of the Share by the relevant Member before the Transmission Event). If the notice is not complied with within ninety days the Directors may thereafter withhold payment of all Dividends, bonuses or other monies payable in respect of the Share until the requirements of the notice have been complied with.

 

  9
  www.verify.gov.ky File#: 343151

Filed: 14-Oct-2020 08:26 EST

Auth Code: F87173420692

 

 

12 TRANSFER OF SHARES

 

12.1 Directors’ Consent. Shares and Treasury Shares are transferable, subject to the consent of the Directors who may, in their absolute discretion, refuse to consent to any transfer and decline to register the transfer without giving any reason.

 

12.2 Instrument of Transfer. The instrument of transfer shall be in writing in such form as may be acceptable to the Directors and shall be executed by or on behalf of the transferor and, if required by the Directors, signed by the transferee.

 

12.3 Certificates. Subject to Article 4.2, where the Company has issued a certificate in respect of a Share proposed to be transferred, the transferor shall lodge, with the instrument of transfer, the original certificate relating to the Share being transferred.

 

12.4 Effective Date. The transfer of a Share is effective when the name of the transferee is entered on the Register of Members. Until such time, the transferor shall be deemed to remain a Member.

 

12.5 Lost Certificate. If the Directors are satisfied that an instrument of transfer relating to Shares has been signed but that the instrument has been lost or destroyed, they may, on receipt of such indemnities as they may require:

 

(a) accept such evidence of the transfer of Shares as they consider appropriate; and

 

(b) proceed to register the transferee’s name in the Register of Members.

 

12.6 Notification of Refusal. Where the Directors refuse to register a transfer of a Share, they shall, within two months after the date on which the transfer was lodged with the Company, notify the transferee of the refusal.

 

12.7 Transfer of Treasury Shares. The transfer of Treasury Shares may be for valuable consideration or otherwise, and at a discount to the par value of the Shares.

 

13 REGISTERED HOLDER DEEMED ABSOLUTE OWNER

 

13.1 The registered holder of a Share shall be treated as the absolute owner of such Share. No person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any Share upon trust and the Company shall not register nor be bound by or required to recognise any equitable or other interest of whatever nature in a Share other than an absolute right to the Share, irrespective of whether the Company has notice of such interest.

 

  10
  www.verify.gov.ky File#: 343151

Filed: 14-Oct-2020 08:26 EST

Auth Code: F87173420692

 

 

14 ALTERATION OF SHARE CAPITAL

 

14.1 Increase or Amendment. The Company may by Ordinary Resolution:

 

(a) increase the share capital by such sum, to be divided into Shares of such amount, and with such rights, privileges, priorities and restrictions attached to them as the resolution shall prescribe;

 

(b) consolidate and divide all or any of its share capital into Shares of larger amount than its existing Shares;

 

(c) subject to section 13 of the Companies Law, sub-divide its existing Shares, or any of them, into Shares of smaller amounts than is fixed by the Memorandum; and

 

(d) cancel any Shares which, at the date of the passing of the resolution, have not been taken or agreed to be taken by any person.

 

14.2 Reduction. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and these Articles, the Company may, by Special Resolution, reduce its share capital and any capital redemption reserve in any manner.

 

15 MEETINGS AND CONSENTS OF MEMBERS

 

15.1 Meetings. All meetings of Members shall be referred to as extraordinary general meetings unless the general meeting is an annual general meeting. The Company may but shall not be obliged to hold an annual general meeting.

 

15.2 Directors Convene. Any Director may convene meetings of the Members at such times and in such manner and places within or outside the Cayman Islands as the Director considers necessary or desirable.

 

15.3 Members Convene. Upon the written request of Members entitled to exercise 10% or more of the voting rights in respect of the matter for which the meeting is requisitioned, any one or more of the Directors shall forthwith proceed to convene a meeting of Members. The written request of Members to requisition a meeting must state the objects of the meeting and must be signed by the Members requisitioning the meeting. The written request must be lodged at the Registered Office and may be delivered in counterpart.

 

15.4 Failure to Convene. If the Directors do not proceed to convene a meeting of Members within 21 days of the written request to requisition a meeting being lodged the requisitionists, or any of them together holding at least half of the voting rights of all of them, may convene the meeting of Members in the same manner as nearly as possible as that in which a meeting of Members may be convened by a Director. Where the requisitionists fail to convene the meeting of Members within three months of their right to convene the meeting arising, the right to convene the meeting of Members shall lapse.

 

  11
  www.verify.gov.ky File#: 343151

Filed: 14-Oct-2020 08:26 EST

Auth Code: F87173420692

 

 

15.5 Notice of Meeting. The Director convening a meeting shall give not less than seven days’ notice of a meeting of Members to:

 

(a) those Members whose names on the date the notice is given appear as Members in the Register of Members and are entitled to vote at the meeting; and

 

(b) each of the Directors.

 

15.6 Failure to Give General Notice. A meeting of Members held in contravention of the requirement to give notice is valid if Members holding at least 90% of the total voting rights on all the matters to be considered at the meeting have waived notice of the meeting and, for this purpose, the presence of a Member at the meeting shall constitute waiver in relation to all the Shares which that Member holds.

 

15.7 Failure to give Individual Notice. The inadvertent failure of a Director who convenes a meeting to give notice of a meeting to a Member or another Director, or the fact that a Member or another Director has not received notice, does not invalidate the meeting.

 

15.8 Voting. No person shall be entitled to vote at any meeting of Members unless he is registered as a Member on the record date for such meeting and all calls or other moneys payable by him in respect of Shares have been paid at or before the record date. Subject to the rights and restrictions attached to any Shares and the provisions of this Article, each Member who is present in person, by its duly authorised representative or by proxy, shall have one vote and on a poll each Member shall have one vote for every Share of which he is the holder.

 

16 PROXIES

 

16.1 Proxies. A Member may be represented at a meeting of Members by a proxy who may speak and vote on behalf of the Member.

 

16.2 Production of Proxies. The instrument appointing a proxy shall be produced at the place designated for the meeting before the time for holding the meeting at which the person named in such instrument proposes to vote. The notice of the meeting may specify an alternative or additional place or time at which the proxy shall be presented.

 

16.3 Form of Proxy. An instrument appointing a proxy may be in any usual or common form (or such other form as the Directors may approve) and may be expressed to be for a particular meeting or any adjournment thereof or may appoint a standing proxy until notice of revocation is received at the Registered Office or at such place or places as the Directors may otherwise specify for the purpose.

 

16.4 Joint Ownership and Proxies. Where Shares are jointly owned:

 

(a) if two or more persons hold Shares jointly, each of them may be present in person or by proxy at a meeting of Members and may speak as a Member;

 

  12
  www.verify.gov.ky File#: 343151

Filed: 14-Oct-2020 08:26 EST

Auth Code: F87173420692

 

 

(b) if only one of the joint owners is present in person or by proxy he may vote on behalf of all joint owners; and

 

(c) if two or more of the joint owners are present in person or by proxy they must vote as one.

 

17 PROCEEDINGS OF SHAREHOLDER MEETINGS

 

17.1 Chairman of Member Meeting. At every meeting of Members, the chairman of the board of Directors shall preside as chairman of the meeting. If there is no chairman of the board of Directors or if he is not present at the meeting within fifteen minutes of the time appointed after the meeting or if he is unwilling to act the Directors present shall elect the chairman of the meeting.

 

17.2 Adjournment. The chairman may, with the consent of the meeting, adjourn any meeting from time to time, and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting other than the business left unfinished at the meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

17.3 Conference Call. A Member, or his duly authorised representative or proxy, shall be deemed to be present at a meeting of Members if he participates by telephone or other electronic means by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting are able to hear each other.

 

17.4 Objections. No objection shall be raised to the qualification of any voter except at the meeting of members or adjourned meeting of Members at which the vote objected to is given or tendered and every vote not disallowed at the meeting shall be valid. Any objection made in due time shall be referred to the chairman whose decision shall be final and binding on all parties.

 

17.5 Casting of Votes. A Member holding more than one Share need not cast the votes in respect of the Shares held by him in the same way on any resolution for which a poll is taken. A person appointed as the authorised representative or proxy of a Member may cast the votes in respect of the Shares for which he is appointed in a like manner.

 

17.6 Quorum. A meeting of Members is duly constituted if, at the commencement of the meeting, there are present in person, through their authorised representative or by proxy two or more Members entitled to vote on resolutions of Members to be considered at the meeting except where there is only one Member entitled to vote on resolutions of Members to be considered at the meeting in which case the quorum shall be one Member. Where a quorum comprises a single Member or proxy, such person may pass a resolution of Members and a certificate signed by such person accompanied where such person be a proxy by a copy of the proxy instrument shall constitute a valid resolution of Members.

 

  13
  www.verify.gov.ky File#: 343151

Filed: 14-Oct-2020 08:26 EST

Auth Code: F87173420692

 

 

17.7 No Quorum. If within two hours from the time appointed for the meeting a quorum is not present, the meeting, if convened upon the requisition of Members, shall be dissolved; in any other case it shall stand adjourned to the next business day in the jurisdiction in which the meeting was to have been held at the same time and place or to such other time and place as the Directors may determine, and if at the adjourned meeting a quorum is not present within half an hour from the time appointed for the meeting the Members present shall be a quorum.

 

17.8 Polls. At any meeting of the Members the chairman is responsible for deciding in such manner as he considers appropriate whether any resolution proposed has been carried or not and the result of his decision shall be announced to the meeting and recorded in the minutes of the meeting. If the chairman has any doubt as to the outcome of the vote on a proposed resolution, he shall cause a poll to be taken of all votes cast upon such resolution. If the chairman fails to take a poll then any Member present in person or by proxy who disputes the announcement by the chairman of the result of any vote may immediately following such announcement demand that a poll be taken and the chairman shall cause a poll to be taken. If a poll is taken at any meeting, the result shall be announced to the meeting and recorded in the minutes of the meeting. The minutes of the meeting shall be conclusive evidence of the fact that a resolution was carried or not without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against such resolution.

 

17.9 Director Participation. Directors may attend and speak at any meeting of Members and at any separate meeting of the holders of any class or series of Shares.

 

17.10 Unanimous Written Resolutions. Any Ordinary or Special Resolution of Members and any other action that may be taken by the Members at a meeting may also be taken by a resolution consented to in writing, without the need for any notice, by all Members who would have been entitled to attend and vote at a meeting called for the purpose of passing such a resolution or taking any other action. The consent may be in the form of counterparts, each counterpart being signed by one or more Members. If the consent is in one or more counterparts, and the counterparts bear different dates, then the resolution shall take effect on the latest date borne by the counterparts.

 

18 APPOINTMENT AND REMOVAL OF DIRECTORS

 

18.1 Number of Directors. The Company shall have a board of Directors consisting of not less than one Director. The Company may by Ordinary Resolution impose a maximum or minimum number of Directors required to hold office at any time and vary such limits from time to time.

 

18.2 Appointment of Directors. The first Directors shall be appointed by the subscribers to the Memorandum by a written instrument signed by all the subscribers or by an Ordinary Resolution passed by the subscribers. Thereafter, subject to the limits set out in the preceding Article, Directors shall be appointed by Ordinary Resolution or by a resolution of the Directors and may be removed by Ordinary Resolution.

 

  14
  www.verify.gov.ky File#: 343151

Filed: 14-Oct-2020 08:26 EST

Auth Code: F87173420692

 

 

18.3 Term. Each Director holds office for the term, if any, fixed by the terms of his appointment or until his earlier death, bankruptcy, insanity, resignation or removal. If no term is fixed on the appointment of a Director, the Director serves indefinitely until his earlier death, bankruptcy, insanity, resignation or removal.

 

18.4 Vacation. The office of a Director shall be vacated if:

 

(a) he gives notice in writing to the Company that he resigns the office of Director; or

 

(b) he absents himself (without being represented by an alternate Director appointed by him) from three consecutive meetings of the board of Directors without special leave of absence from the Directors, and they pass a resolution that he has by reason of such absence vacated office; or

 

(c) he dies, becomes bankrupt or makes any arrangement or composition with his creditors generally; or

 

(d) he is found to be or becomes of unsound mind; or

 

(e) all the other Directors (being not less than two in number) resolve that he should be removed as a Director.

 

19 REGISTER OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

 

19.1 Details. The Register of Directors and Officers shall contain:

 

(a) the names and addresses of the persons who are Directors and Officers;

 

(b) the date on which each person whose name is entered in the register was appointed as a Director or Officer; and

 

(c) the date on which each person named as a Director or Officer ceased to be a Director or Officer.

 

20 POWERS OF DIRECTORS

 

20.1 Management by Directors. Subject to the provisions of the Companies Law, the Memorandum, these Articles and any directions given by Ordinary Resolution, the business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by, or under the direction or supervision of, the Directors. The Directors shall have all the powers necessary for managing, and for directing and supervising, the business and affairs of the Company as are not by the Companies Law, the Memorandum, these Articles or the terms of any Special Resolution required to be exercised by the Members. No alteration of the Memorandum or these Articles or any direction given by Ordinary or Special Resolution shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors that was valid at the time undertaken. A duly convened meeting of Directors at which a quorum is present may exercise all powers exercisable by the Directors.

 

  15
  www.verify.gov.ky File#: 343151

Filed: 14-Oct-2020 08:26 EST

Auth Code: F87173420692

 

 

20.2 Good Faith. Each Director shall exercise his powers for a proper purpose. Each Director, in exercising his powers or performing his duties, shall act honestly and in good faith in what the Director believes to be the best interests of the Company.

 

20.3 Acting in Vacancy. The continuing Directors may act notwithstanding any vacancy in their body, but if and for so long as their number is below any minimum number of Directors fixed by or pursuant to these Articles, the continuing Directors may act for the purpose of passing a resolution to appoint further Directors to the board of Directors and of convening a meeting of Members to appoint further Directors but for no other purpose.

 

20.4 Indebtedness and Security. The Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to incur indebtedness, liabilities or obligations and to issue debentures, debenture stock, mortgages, bonds and other such securities and to secure indebtedness, liabilities or obligations whether of the Company or of any third party.

 

21 PROCEEDINGS OF DIRECTORS

 

21.1 Quorum. The quorum for the transaction of the business of the Directors may be fixed by the Directors, and unless so fixed shall be two if there are two or more Directors, and shall be one if there is only one Director. A person who holds office as an alternate Director shall be counted in the quorum. A Director who also acts as an alternate Director shall count twice towards the quorum.

 

21.2 Voting. Subject to the provisions of these Articles, the Directors may regulate their proceedings as they think fit. Questions arising at any meeting shall be decided by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the chairman shall not have a second or casting vote. A Director who is also an alternate Director shall be entitled to a separate vote on behalf of his appointor in addition to his own vote.

 

21.3 Conference Call. A person may participate and vote in a meeting of the Directors or committee of Directors by telephone or other electronic means by means of which all the persons participating in the meeting are able to hear each other. Unless otherwise determined by the Directors the meeting shall be deemed to be held at the place where the chairman is at the start of the meeting.

 

21.4 Unanimous Written Resolution. A resolution in writing (in one or more counterparts) signed by all the Directors or all the members of a committee of Directors (an alternate Director being entitled to sign any such resolution on behalf of his appointor) shall be as valid and effectual as if it had been passed at a meeting of the Directors, or committee of Directors as the case may be, duly convened and held.

 

  16
  www.verify.gov.ky File#: 343151

Filed: 14-Oct-2020 08:26 EST

Auth Code: F87173420692

 

 

21.5 Notice of Meetings. A Director may, or other Officer on the requisition of a Director shall, call a meeting of the Directors by at least two days’ notice in writing to every Director which notice shall set forth the general nature of the business to be considered unless notice is waived by all the Directors either at, before or after the meeting is held.

 

21.6 Chairman of the Board. The Directors may elect a chairman of their board and determine the period for which he is to hold office; but if no such chairman is elected, or if at any meeting the chairman is not present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the same, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chairman of the meeting.

 

21.7 Defects. Absent fraud, all acts done by any meeting of the Directors or a committee of Directors shall, notwithstanding that it be afterwards discovered that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or alternate Director, or that they or any of them were disqualified, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and qualified to be a Director or alternate Director as the case may be.

 

22 PRESUMPTION OF ASSENT

 

22.1 A Director who is present at a meeting of the board of Directors at which action on any Company matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his dissent shall be entered in the minutes of the meeting or unless he shall file his written dissent from such action with the person acting as the chairman or secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a Director who voted in favour of such action.

 

23 DIRECTORS’ INTERESTS

 

23.1 Other Office. A Director may hold any other office or place of profit under the Company (other than the office of auditor) in conjunction with his office of Director for such period and on such terms as to remuneration and otherwise as the Directors may determine. A Director may act by himself or his firm in a professional capacity for the Company and he or his firm shall be entitled to remuneration for professional services as if he were not a Director or alternate Director.

 

23.2 No Exclusivity. A Director or alternate Director may be or become a director or other officer of or otherwise interested in any company promoted by the Company or in which the Company may be interested as shareholder or otherwise, and no such Director or alternate Director shall be accountable to the Company for any remuneration or other benefits received by him as a director or officer of, or from his interest in, such other company.

 

  17
  www.verify.gov.ky File#: 343151

Filed: 14-Oct-2020 08:26 EST

Auth Code: F87173420692

 

 

23.3 Disclosure of Interests. No person shall be disqualified from the office of Director or alternate Director or prevented by such office from contracting with the Company, either as vendor, purchaser or otherwise, nor shall any such contract or any other contract or transaction entered into by or on behalf of the Company in which any Director or alternate Director shall be in any way interested be or be liable to be avoided, nor shall any Director or alternate Director so contracting or being so interested be liable to account to the Company for any profit realised by any such contract or transaction by reason of such Director holding office or of the fiduciary relation thereby established. A Director (or his alternate Director in his absence) shall be at liberty to vote in respect of any contract or transaction in which he is interested provided that the nature of the interest of any Director or alternate Director in any such contract or transaction shall be disclosed by him at or prior to its consideration and any votethereon.

 

23.4 General Notice of Interests. A general notice that a Director or alternate Director is a shareholder, director, officer or employee of any specified firm or company and is to be regarded as interested in any transaction with such firm or company shall be sufficient disclosure for the purposes of voting on a resolution in respect of a contract or transaction in which he has an interest, and after such general notice it shall not be necessary to give special notice relating to any particular transaction.

 

24 MINUTES

 

24.1 The Directors shall cause minutes to be made in books kept for the purpose of all appointments of officers made by the Directors, all proceedings at meetings of the Company or the holders of any class of Shares and of the Directors, and of committees of Directors including the names of the Directors or alternate Directors present at each meeting.

 

25 DELEGATION OF DIRECTORS’ POWERS

 

25.1 Delegation. The Directors may delegate any of their powers to any committee consisting of one or more Directors. They may also delegate to any managing director or any Director holding any other executive office such of their powers as they consider desirable to be exercised by him provided that an alternate Director may not act as managing director and the appointment of a managing director shall automatically terminate if he ceases to be a Director. Any such delegation may be made subject to any conditions the Directors may impose and may be revoked or altered. Subject to any such conditions, the proceedings of a committee of Directors shall be governed by the Articles regulating the proceedings of Directors, so far as they are capable of applying.

 

25.2 Committees. The Directors may establish any committees, local boards or agencies or appoint any person to be a manager or agent for managing the affairs of the Company and may appoint any person to be a member of such committees or local boards. Any such appointment may be made subject to any conditions the Directors may impose, and may be revoked or altered. Subject to any such conditions, the proceedings of any such committee, local board or agency shall be governed by the Articles regulating the proceedings of Directors, so far as they are capable of applying.

 

  18
  www.verify.gov.ky File#: 343151

Filed: 14-Oct-2020 08:26 EST

Auth Code: F87173420692

 

 

25.3 Third Party Delegation. The Directors may by power of attorney or otherwise appoint any company, firm, person or body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or authorised signatory of the Company for such purpose and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such powers of attorney or other appointment may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorneys or authorised signatories as the Directors may think fit and may also authorise any such attorney or authorised signatory to delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him.

 

25.4 Officers. The Directors may appoint such Officers as they consider necessary on such terms, at such remuneration and to perform such duties, and subject to such provisions as to disqualification and removal as the Directors may think fit. Unless otherwise specified in the terms of his appointment an officer may be removed by the Directors.

 

26 ALTERNATE DIRECTORS

 

26.1 Alternate Appointment. Any Director (other than an alternate Director) may by writing in notice to the Company appoint any other Director, or any other person willing to act, to be an alternate Director.

 

26.2 Conduct of Alternates. An alternate Director shall be entitled to receive notice of all meetings of Directors and of all meetings of committees of Directors of which his appointor is a member, to attend and vote at every such meeting at which the Director appointing him is not personally present, and, save as expressly provided herein, to perform all the functions and exercise all of the powers of his appointor as a Director in his absence.

 

26.3 Automatic termination. An alternate Director shall cease to be an alternate Director if his appointor ceases to be a Director.

 

26.4 No Agency. An alternate Director shall be deemed for all purposes to be a Director and shall alone be responsible for his own acts and defaults and shall not be deemed to be the agent of the Director appointing him.

 

27 NO MINIMUM SHAREHOLDING

 

27.1 The Company in general meeting may fix a minimum shareholding required to be held by a Director, but unless and until such a shareholding qualification is fixed a Director is not required to hold Shares.

 

  19
  www.verify.gov.ky File#: 343151

Filed: 14-Oct-2020 08:26 EST

Auth Code: F87173420692

 

 

28 REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS

 

28.1 Office Remuneration. The remuneration to be paid to the Directors, if any, shall be such remuneration as the Directors shall determine. The Directors shall also be entitled to be paid all travelling, hotel and other expenses properly incurred by them in connection with their attendance at meetings of Directors or committees of Directors, or general meetings of the Company, or separate meetings of the holders of any class of Shares or debentures of the Company, or otherwise in connection with the business of the Company, or to receive a fixed allowance in respect thereof as may be determined by the Directors, or a combination of such methods.

 

28.2 Additional Remuneration. The Directors may by resolution approve additional remuneration to any Director for any services other than his ordinary routine work as a Director. Any fees paid to a Director who is also counsel or solicitor to the Company, or otherwise serves it in a professional capacity shall be in addition to his remuneration as a Director.

 

28.3 Pensions. The Directors, on behalf of the Company, may pay a gratuity or pension or allowance on retirement to any Director who has held any other salaried office or place of profit with the Company or to his widow or dependants and may make contributions to any fund and pay premiums for the purchase or provision of any such gratuity, pension or allowance.

 

29 INDEMNIFICATION

 

29.1 Indemnity and Exclusion of Liability. Every Director, alternate Director or Officer shall be indemnified out of the assets of the Company against any liability incurred by him as a result of any act or failure to act in carrying out his functions other than such liability (if any) that he may incur by his own actual fraud or wilful default. No such Director, alternate Director or Officer shall be liable to the Company for any loss or damage in carrying out his functions unless that liability arises through the actual fraud or wilful default of such Director or officer. References in this Article to actual fraud or wilful default mean a finding to such effect by a competent court in relation to the conduct of the relevant party.

 

29.2 Advancement of Expenses. Expenses, including legal fees, incurred by a Director, alternate Director or Officer, or former Director, alternate Director or Officer in defending any legal, administrative or investigative proceedings may be paid by the Company in advance of the final disposition of such proceedings upon receipt of an undertaking by such party to repay the amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such Director, alternate Director or Officer is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company and upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Company deems appropriate.

 

29.3 Insurance. The Company may purchase and maintain insurance in relation to any person who is or was a Director, alternate Director, Officer or liquidator of the Company, or who at the request of the Company is or was serving as a Director, alternate director, Officer or liquidator of, or in any other capacity is or was acting for, another body corporate or a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against the person and incurred by the person in that capacity.

 

  20
  www.verify.gov.ky File#: 343151

Filed: 14-Oct-2020 08:26 EST

Auth Code: F87173420692

 

 

30 RECORDS

 

30.1 Registered Office Records. The Company shall keep the following documents at the Registered Office:

 

(a) the Certificate of Incorporation and any Certificate on Change of Name;

 

(b) a copy of the Memorandum and Articles;

 

(c) the Register of Directors and Officers; and

 

(d) to the extent the Company has created a security interest over any of its assets the Register of Mortgages and Charges required to be maintained by the Company under Section 54 of the Companies Law.

 

30.2 Other Corporate Records. The Company shall keep the following records at the Registered Office or at such other place or places, within or outside the Cayman Islands, as the Directors may determine:

 

(a) minutes of meetings, Ordinary Resolutions and Special Resolutions of Members and classes of Members;

 

(b) the Register of Members; and

 

(c) minutes of meetings and Resolutions of Directors and committees of Directors.

 

30.3 Electronic Form. All of the registers and records kept by the Company under these Articles shall be in written form or either wholly or partly as electronic records complying with the requirements of the Electronic Transactions Law.

 

31 SEAL

 

31.1 Use of Seal. The Company may, if the Directors so determine, have a Seal. The Seal shall only be used by the authority of the Directors or of a committee of the Directors authorised by the Directors. Every instrument to which the Seal has been affixed shall be signed by at least one person who shall be either a Director or an Officer or other person appointed by the Directors for the purpose.

 

31.2 Duplicate Seal. The Company may have for use in any place or places outside the Cayman Islands a duplicate Seal or Seals each of which shall be a facsimile of the common Seal of the Company and, if the Directors so determine, with the addition on its face of the name of every place where it is to be used.

 

  21
  www.verify.gov.ky File#: 343151

Filed: 14-Oct-2020 08:26 EST

Auth Code: F87173420692

 

 

31.3 Authentication and Filing. A Director or Officer, representative or attorney of the Company may without further authority of the Directors affix the Seal over his signature alone to any document required to be authenticated by him under seal or to be filed with the Registrar of Companies in the Cayman Islands or elsewhere wheresoever.

 

32 DISTRIBUTIONS

 

32.1 Payment of Distributions. Subject to the Companies Law and this Article, the Directors may declare and pay out of the funds of the Company lawfully available for such purpose a Distribution at a time and of an amount they think fit. No Distribution shall be paid except out of the realised and unrealised profits of the Company, and/or out of the share premium account and/ or as otherwise permitted by the Companies Law.

 

32.2 Ranking. Except as otherwise provided by the rights attached to Shares, all Distributions shall be declared and paid according to the par value of the Shares that a Member holds. The Company may pay Distributions in proportion to the amount paid upon each Share where a larger amount is paid up on some Shares than on others. If any Share is issued on terms providing that it shall rank for Distributions as from a particular date, that Share shall rank for Distributions accordingly.

 

32.3 Deductions. The Directors may deduct from any Distribution payable to any Member all sums of money, if any, then payable by him to the Company on account of calls or otherwise.

 

32.4 Distribution in Kind. The Directors may declare that any Distribution be paid wholly or partly by the distribution of specific assets and in particular of shares, debentures, or securities of any other company or in any one or more of such ways and the Directors may settle the same as they think expedient and in particular may issue fractional Shares and fix the value for distribution of such specific assets or any part thereof and may determine that cash payments shall be made to any Members upon the basis of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of all Members and may vest any such specific assets in trustees as may seem expedient to the Directors.

 

32.5 Payment. Any Distribution payable in cash in respect of Shares may be paid by electronic funds transfer to the holder or by cheque or warrant sent through the post directed to the registered address of the holder or, in the case of joint holders, to the registered address of the holder who is first named on the Register of Members or to such person and to such address as such holder or joint holders may in writing direct. Every such cheque or warrant shall be made payable to the order of the person to whom it is sent. Any one of two or more joint holders may give effectual receipts for any Distributions payable in respect of the Shares held by them as joint holders.

 

32.6 No Interest. No Distribution shall bear interest as against the Company and no distribution shall be paid on Treasury Shares.

 

  22
  www.verify.gov.ky File#: 343151

Filed: 14-Oct-2020 08:26 EST

Auth Code: F87173420692

 

 

32.7 Unclaimed Payments. Any Distribution which cannot be paid to a Member and/or which remains unclaimed after six months from the date of declaration of such Distribution may, in the discretion of the Directors, be paid into a separate account in the Company’s name, provided that the Company shall not be constituted as a trustee in respect of that account and the Distribution shall remain as a debt due to the Member. Any Distribution which remains unclaimed after a period of six years from the date of declaration of such Distribution shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company.

 

33 CAPITALISATIONS

 

33.1 Capitalisations. The Directors may capitalise any sum standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserve accounts (including share premium account and capital redemption reserve) or to the credit of profit and loss account or otherwise available for distribution and appropriate such sum to Members in the proportions in which such sum would have been divisible amongst them had the same been a Distribution of profits by way of dividend and apply such sum on their behalf in paying up in full unissued Shares for issue, allotment and distribution credited as fully paid-up to and amongst them in the proportions aforesaid. In such event the Directors may make such provisions as they think fit in the case of Shares becoming distributable in fractions.

 

34 RECORD DATE

 

34.1 Record Date Determination. For the purpose of determining Members entitled to attend meetings, receive payment of any Distribution or capitalisation or for any other purpose, the Directors may provide that the Register of Members shall be closed for transfers for a stated period which shall not in any case exceed forty days. In lieu of, or apart from, closing the Register of Members, the Directors may fix in advance or arrears a date as the record date for any such determination of Members provided that the record date for a meeting may not be earlier than the date of notice of such meeting.

 

34.2 No Record Date Chosen. If the Register of Members is not so closed and no record date is fixed for the determination of Members entitled to attend meetings, receive payment of a Distribution or capitalisation, the date on which the notice of the meeting is given or resolution of the Directors declaring such Distribution or capitalisation is adopted, as the case may be, shall be the record date for such determination of Members.

 

35 REPRESENTATION

 

35.1 Representation of Legal Persons. The right of any individual to speak for or represent a Member or a Director being a legal person shall be determined by the law of the jurisdiction where, and by the documents by which, such legal person is constituted or derives its existence but save where an objection has been raised by a Member or a Director, the Directors shall not be obliged to verify the rights of individuals purporting to speak for or represent legal persons. In case of doubt, the Directors may in good faith seek legal advice from any qualified person and unless and until a court of competent jurisdiction shall otherwise rule, the Directors may rely and act upon such advice without incurring any liability to any Member or the Company.

 

  23
  www.verify.gov.ky File#: 343151

Filed: 14-Oct-2020 08:26 EST

Auth Code: F87173420692

 

 

36 FINANCIAL YEAR

 

36.1 Unless the Director otherwise prescribe, the financial year of the Company shall be the calendar year.

 

37 ACCOUNTS

 

37.1 Accounts. The Company shall keep proper books of account with respect to (a) all sums of money received and expended by the Company and the matters in respect of which the receipt and expenditure takes place; (b) all sales and purchases of goods by the Company; and (c) the assets and liabilities of the Company, that in each case, are sufficient to give a true and fair view of the Company’s affairs and to explain its transactions.

 

37.2 Inspection. The Directors shall from time to time determine whether and to what extent and at what times and places and under what conditions or regulations the accounts and books of the Company or any of them shall be open to the inspection of Members not being Directors and no Member (not being a Director) shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by the Companies Law or authorised by the Directors or by the Company in general meeting.

 

37.3 Financial Information. The Directors may from time to time cause to be prepared and to be laid before the Company in general meeting profit and loss accounts, balance sheets, group accounts (if any) and such other reports and accounts as may be required by law.

 

38 AUDIT

 

38.1 Auditor. The Directors may appoint an auditor of the Company who shall hold office until removed from office by resolution of the Directors, and may fix his or their remuneration.

 

38.2 Access Right. Every auditor of the Company shall have a right of access at all times to the books and accounts and vouchers of the Company and shall be entitled to require from the Directors and Officers such information and explanation as may be necessary for any audit.

 

38.3 Auditor Reports. Auditors shall, if so required by the Directors, make a report on the accounts of the Company during their tenure of office at such times as shall be required by the Directors or any meeting of the Members.

 

  24
  www.verify.gov.ky File#: 343151

Filed: 14-Oct-2020 08:26 EST

Auth Code: F87173420692

 

 

39 NOTICES

 

39.1 Calculation of Elapsed Time. Subject to the laws of the Cayman Islands, where any period of time is expressed as required for the giving of any notice or in any other case where some other action is required to be undertaken within or omitted from being taken during a specified period of time, the calculation of the requisite period of time will not include the day on which the notice is given (or deemed to be given) or the day on which the event giving rise to the need to take or omit action occurred, but shall include the day on which the period of time expires.

 

39.2 Delivery of Notices. Notices shall be in writing and may be given by the Company to any Member either personally or by sending it by courier, post, cable, telex, fax or e-mail to him or to his address as shown in the Register of Members (or where the notice is given by e-mail by sending it to the e-mail address provided by such Member). Any notice, if posted from one country to another, is to be sent airmail. E-mail notices may be sent by e-mail text and/or by way of a document attached to an email in portable document format (PDF) or in Microsoft Word format and/or by any other method separately agreed between the Company and its Members.

 

39.3 Deemed Receipt. Where a notice is sent by courier, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by delivery of the notice to a courier company, and shall be deemed to have been received on the third day (not including Saturdays or Sundays or public holidays) following the day on which the notice was delivered to the courier. Where a notice is sent by post, service of the notice shall be deemed to be effected by properly addressing, pre-paying and posting a letter containing a notice, and shall be deemed to have been received on the fifth day (not including Saturdays or Sundays or public holidays) following the day on which the notice was posted. Where a notice is sent by cable, telex or fax, service of the notice shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was transmitted. Where a notice is given by e-mail service it shall be deemed to be effected by transmitting the e-mail to the e-mail address provided by the intended recipient and shall be deemed to have been received on the same day that it was sent, and it shall not be necessary for the receipt of the e-mail to be acknowledged by the recipient.

 

39.4 Notices of General Meeting. Notice of every general meeting shall be given in any manner hereinbefore authorized to every person shown as a Member in the Register of Members on the record date for such meeting except that in the case of joint holders the notice shall be sufficient if given to the joint holder first named in the Register of Members.

 

40 VOLUNTARY LIQUIDATION

 

40.1 Subject to the Companies Law, the Company may by Special Resolution be wound up voluntarily.

 

  25
  www.verify.gov.ky File#: 343151

Filed: 14-Oct-2020 08:26 EST

Auth Code: F87173420692

 

 

41 WINDING UP

 

41.1 Distribution of Assets. If the Company shall be wound up, and the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be insufficient to repay the whole of the share capital, such assets shall be distributed so that, as nearly as may be, the losses shall be borne by the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them. If in a winding up the assets available for distribution amongst the Members shall be more than sufficient to repay the whole of the share capital at the commencement of the winding up, the surplus shall be distributed amongst the Members in proportion to the par value of the Shares held by them at the commencement of the winding up subject to a deduction from those Shares in respect of which there are monies due, of all monies payable to the Company for unpaid calls or otherwise. This Article is without prejudice to the rights of the holders of Shares issued upon special terms and conditions.

 

41.2 Valuation of Assets. If the Company shall be wound up the liquidator may, with the sanction of a Special Resolution and any other sanction required by the Companies Law, divide amongst the Members in kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company (whether they shall consist of property of the same kind or not) and may for that purpose value any assets and determine how the division shall be carried out as between the Members or different classes of Members. The liquidator may, with the like sanction, vest the whole or any part of such assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of the Members as the liquidator, with the like sanction, shall think fit, but so that no Member shall be compelled to accept any asset upon which there is a liability.

 

42 CONTINUATION

 

42.1 The Company may, subject to the provisions of the Companies Law and with the approval of a Special Resolution, transfer and be registered by way of continuation as a body corporate limited by shares under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the Cayman Islands and be de- registered in the Cayman Islands.

 

43 AMENDMENT OF THE MEMORANDUM AND ARTICLES

 

43.1 Subject to the Companies Law and the rights attaching to any class or series of Shares, the Company may by Special Resolution change its name or alter or amend these Articles and/ or the Memorandum in whole or in part.

 

 

 

  26
  www.verify.gov.ky File#: 343151

Filed: 14-Oct-2020 08:26 EST

Auth Code: F87173420692

 

 

Exhibit 4.2

 

THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS WARRANT BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF, AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SELL, TRANSFER OR ASSIGN THIS WARRANT EXCEPT AS HEREIN PROVIDED AND THE REGISTERED HOLDER OF THIS WARRANT AGREES THAT IT WILL NOT SELL, TRANSFER, ASSIGN, PLEDGE OR HYPOTHECATE THIS WARRANT FOR A PERIOD OF ONE HUNDRED EIGHTY (180) DAYS IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING THE DATE OF EFFECTIVENESS OF THE PUBLIC OFFERING OF THE COMPANY’S SECURITIES PURSUANT TO REGISTRATION STATEMENT NO.: 333-248919 AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION, EXCEPT IN ACCORDANCE WITH FINRA RULE 5110(e)(2).

 

THIS WARRANT IS NOT EXERCISABLE PRIOR TO_____ __, 2020. VOID AFTER 5:00 P.M., EASTERN TIME, ___________ __, 2025.

 

REPRESENTATIVE WARRANT

 

FOR THE PURCHASE OF _________ ORDINARY SHARES

 

OF

 

Huadi International Group Co., Ltd.

 

THIS REPRESENTATIVE WARRANT (this “Warrant”) certifies that, pursuant to that certain Underwriting Agreement by and between Huadi International Group Co., Ltd., a Cayman Islands company (the “Company”) and, on behalf of the Underwriters named on Schedule I thereto, Craft Capital Management LLC and R.F. Lafferty & Co. Inc., as representatives (the “Representatives”), dated _________, 2020, as amended (the “Underwriting Agreement”), __________(“Holder”) and its assignees, as registered holders of this Warrant, is entitled, at any time or from time to time from________, 2020 (the “Exercise Date”), the date that is 180 days after the effective date of the Company Registration Statement on Form F-1 (No. 333-248919) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Effective Date”), and at or before 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on ___________2025 (five (5) years from the Effective Date) (the “Expiration Date”), but not thereafter, to subscribe for, purchase and receive, in whole or in part, up to ____________Ordinary Shares of the Company (as subject to adjustment hereunder, the “Warrant Shares”) (equal to six (6%) percent of the Ordinary Shares sold in the offering), subject to adjustment as provided in Section 5 hereof.

 

1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.

 

2. Exercise.

 

2.1 Exercise of Warrant. Exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant may be made, in whole or in part, at any time or times on or after the Exercise Date and on or before the Expiration Date by delivery to the Company of a duly executed facsimile copy (or e-mail attachment) of the Notice of Exercise in the form annexed hereto (the “Notice of Exercise”). Within the earlier of (i) two (2) Trading Days and (ii) the number of Trading Days comprising the Standard Settlement Period (as defined in Section 2.4.1 herein) following the date of exercise as aforesaid, the Holder shall deliver the aggregate Exercise Price for the shares specified in the applicable Notice of Exercise by wire transfer or cashier’s check drawn on a United States bank unless the cashless exercise procedure specified in Section 2.3 below is specified in the applicable Notice of Exercise. No ink-original Notice of Exercise shall be required, nor shall any medallion guarantee (or other type of guarantee or notarization) of any Notice of Exercise be required. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Holder shall not be required to physically surrender this Warrant to the Company until the Holder has purchased all of the Warrant Shares available hereunder and the Warrant has been exercised in full, in which case, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company for cancellation within three (3) Trading Days of the date on which the final Notice of Exercise is delivered to the Company. Partial exercises of this Warrant resulting in purchases of a portion of the total number of Warrant Shares available hereunder shall have the effect of lowering the outstanding number of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder in an amount equal to the applicable number of Warrant Shares purchased. The Holder and the Company shall maintain records showing the number of Warrant Shares purchased and the date of such purchases. The Company shall deliver any objection to any Notice of Exercise within one (1) Business Day of receipt of such notice. The Holder and any assignee, by acceptance of this Warrant, acknowledge and agree that, by reason of the provisions of this paragraph, following the purchase of a portion of the Warrant Shares hereunder, the number of Warrant Shares available for purchase hereunder at any given time may be less than the amount stated on the face hereof.

 

 

 

 

2.2 Exercise Price. The exercise price per Ordinary Share under this Warrant shall be $[ ] (which is 125% of the offering price per Ordinary Share in the offering contemplated by the Underwriting Agreement), as adjusted hereunder (the “Exercise Price”).

 

2.3 Cashless Exercise. At any time after the Exercise Date and until the Expiration Date, Holder may elect to receive the number of Ordinary Shares equal to the value of this Warrant (or the portion thereof being exercised), by surrender of this Warrant to the Company, together with the Notice of Exercise, in which event the Company shall issue to Holder, an amount of Ordinary Shares in accordance with the following formula:

 

X = Y(A-B)    
A    
       
Where, X = the number of Ordinary Shares to be issued upon exercise.
  Y = the number of Ordinary Shares that would be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms of this Warrant if such exercise were by means of a cash exercise rather than a cashless exercise.
  A = the VWAP on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date of delivery of the Notice of Exercise giving rise to the applicable “cashless exercise,” as set forth in the applicable Notice of Exercise; and
  B = The Exercise Price.

 

VWAP” means, for any date, the price determined by the first of the following clauses that applies: (a) if the Ordinary Shares are then listed or quoted on a Trading Market, the daily volume weighted average price of the Ordinary Shares for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on the Trading Market on which the Ordinary Shares are then listed or quoted as reported by Bloomberg L.P. (based on a Trading Day from 9:30 a.m. (New York City time) to 4:02 p.m. (New York City time)), (b) if the Ordinary Shares are traded on OTCQB or OTCQX , the volume weighted average sales price of the Ordinary Shares for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on OTCQB or OTCQX as applicable, (c) if the Ordinary Shares are not then listed or quoted for trading on OTCQB or OTCQX and if prices for the Ordinary Shares are then reported in the “Pink Sheets” published by OTC Markets Group, Inc. (or a similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of reporting prices), the most recent bid price per share of the Ordinary Shares so reported, or (d) in all other cases, the fair market value of an Ordinary Share as determined by an independent appraiser selected in good faith by the Holder and reasonably acceptable to the Company, the fees and expenses of which shall be paid by the Company.

 

-2-

 

 

2.4 Mechanics of Exercise.

 

2.4.1 Delivery of Warrant Shares upon Exercise. The Company shall cause the Warrant Shares purchased hereunder to be transmitted by the Transfer Agent to the Holder by crediting the account of the Holder’s or its designee’s balance account with The Depository Trust Company through its Deposit or Withdrawal at Custodian system (“DWAC”) if the Company is then a participant in such system and either (A) there is an effective registration statement permitting the issuance of the Warrant Shares to or resale of the Warrant Shares by Holder, or (B) if there is no effective registration statement and the Warrant is exercised via cashless exercise at a time when such Warrant Shares would be eligible for resale under Rule 144 by a non-affiliate of the Company, such Warrant Shares are delivered to Holder’s broker, and the Company receives a statement from Holder’s broker that it has received instructions to sell the Warrant Shares or that it would take responsibility that the sales of the Warrant Shares will only be made if the Warrant Shares are eligible to be sold under Rule 144, and otherwise by physical delivery of a certificate, registered in the Company’s share register in the name of the Holder or its designee, for the number of Warrant Shares to which the Holder is entitled pursuant to such exercise to the address specified by the Holder in the Notice of Exercise by the date that is the earliest of (i) two (2) Trading Days after the delivery to the Company of the Notice of Exercise, (ii) one (1) Trading Day after delivery of the aggregate Exercise Price to the Company and (iii) the number of Trading Days comprising the Standard Settlement Period after the delivery to the Company of the Notice of Exercise (such date, the “Warrant Share Delivery Date”). Upon delivery of the Notice of Exercise, the Holder shall be deemed for all corporate purposes to have become the holder of record of the Warrant Shares with respect to which this Warrant has been exercised, irrespective of the date of delivery of the Warrant Shares, provided that payment of the aggregate Exercise Price (other than in the case of a cashless exercise) is received within the earlier of (i) two (2) Trading Days and (ii) the number of Trading Days comprising the Standard Settlement Period following delivery of the Notice of Exercise. If the Company fails for any reason to deliver to the Holder the Warrant Shares subject to a Notice of Exercise by the Warrant Share Delivery Date, the Company shall pay to the Holder, in cash, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty, for each $1,000 of Warrant Shares subject to such exercise (based on the VWAP of the Ordinary Shares on the date of the applicable Notice of Exercise), $10 per Trading Day (increasing to $20 per Trading Day on the fifth Trading Day after such liquidated damages begin to accrue) for each Trading Day after such Warrant Share Delivery Date until such Warrant Shares are delivered or Holder rescinds such exercise. The Company agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain a transfer agent that is a participant in the FAST program so long as this Warrant remains outstanding and exercisable. As used herein, “Standard Settlement Period” means the standard settlement period, expressed in a number of Trading Days, on the Company’s primary Trading Market with respect to the Ordinary Shares as in effect on the date of delivery of the Notice of Exercise.

 

2.4.2 Delivery of New Warrants upon Exercise. If this Warrant shall have been exercised in part, the Company shall, at the request of a Holder and upon surrender of this Warrant certificate, at the time of delivery of the Warrant Shares, deliver to the Holder a new Warrant evidencing the rights of the Holder to purchase the unpurchased Warrant Shares called for by this Warrant, which new Warrant shall in all other respects be identical with this Warrant.

 

2.4.3 Rescission Rights. If the Company fails to cause its transfer agent to transmit to the Holder the Warrant Shares pursuant to Section 2.4.1 by the Warrant Share Delivery Date, then the Holder will have the right to rescind such exercise.

 

2.4.4 Compensation for Buy-In on Failure to Timely Deliver Warrant Shares upon Exercise. In addition to any other rights available to the Holder, if the Holder has taken all actions necessary under the terms of this Warrant for such Holder to receive the Warrant Shares, if the Company fails to cause the Transfer Agent to transmit to the Holder the Warrant Shares pursuant to an exercise on or before the Warrant Share Delivery Date, and if after such date the Holder is required by its broker to purchase (in an open market transaction or otherwise) or the Holder’s brokerage firm otherwise purchases, Ordinary Shares to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by the Holder of the Warrant Shares which the Holder anticipated receiving upon such exercise (a “Buy-In”), then the Company shall (A) pay in cash to the Holder the amount, if any, by which (x) the Holder’s total purchase price (including brokerage commissions, if any) for the Ordinary Shares so purchased exceeds (y) the amount obtained by multiplying (1) the number of Warrant Shares that the Company was required to deliver to the Holder in connection with the exercise at issue times (2) the price at which the sell order giving rise to such purchase obligation was executed, and (B) at the option of the Holder, either reinstate the portion of the Warrant and equivalent number of Warrant Shares for which such exercise was not honored (in which case such exercise shall be deemed rescinded) or deliver to the Holder the number of Ordinary Shares that would have been issued had the Company timely complied with its exercise and delivery obligations hereunder. For example, if the Holder purchases Ordinary Shares having a total purchase price of $11,000 to cover a Buy-In with respect to an attempted exercise of Ordinary Shares with an aggregate sale price giving rise to such purchase obligation of $10,000, under clause (A) of the immediately preceding sentence the Company shall be required to pay the Holder $1,000. The Holder shall provide the Company written notice indicating the amounts payable to the Holder in respect of the Buy-In and, upon request of the Company, evidence of the amount of such loss. Nothing herein shall limit a Holder’s right to pursue any other remedies available to it hereunder, at law or in equity including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief with respect to the Company’s failure to timely deliver Ordinary Shares upon exercise of the Warrant as required pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

-3-

 

 

2.4.5 No Fractional Shares or Scrip. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant. As to any fraction of a share which the Holder would otherwise be entitled to purchase upon such exercise, the Company shall, at its election, either pay a cash adjustment in respect of such final fraction in an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the Exercise Price or round up to the next whole share.

 

2.4.6 Charges, Taxes and Expenses. Issuance of Warrant Shares shall be made without charge to the Holder for any issue or transfer tax or other incidental expense in respect of the issuance of such Warrant Shares, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company, and such Warrant Shares shall be issued in the name of the Holder or in such name or names as may be directed by the Holder; providedhowever, that, in the event Warrant Shares are to be issued in a name other than the name of the Holder, this Warrant when surrendered for exercise shall be accompanied by the Assignment Form attached hereto duly executed by the Holder and the Company may require, as a condition thereto, the payment of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any transfer tax incidental thereto. The Company shall pay all Transfer Agent fees required for same-day processing of any Notice of Excise.

 

2.4.7 Closing of Books. The Company will not close its shareholder books or records in any manner which prevents the timely exercise of this Warrant, pursuant to the terms hereof.

 

2.5 Holder’s Exercise Limitations. The Company shall not effect any exercise of this Warrant, and a Holder shall not have the right to exercise any portion of this Warrant, pursuant to Section 2 or otherwise, to the extent that after giving effect to such issuance after exercise as set forth on the applicable Notice of Exercise, the Holder (together with the Holder’s Affiliates, and any other Persons acting as a group together with the Holder or any of the Holder’s Affiliates (such Persons, “Attribution Parties”)), would beneficially own in excess of the Beneficial Ownership Limitation (as defined below). For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the number of Ordinary Shares beneficially owned by the Holder and its Affiliates and Attribution Parties shall include the number of Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with respect to which such determination is being made, but shall exclude the number of Ordinary Shares which would be issuable upon (i) exercise of the remaining, non-exercised portion of this Warrant beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates or Attribution Parties and (ii) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or non-converted portion of any other securities of the Company (including, without limitation, any other Ordinary Shares Equivalents) subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates or Attribution Parties. Except as set forth in the preceding sentence, for purposes of this Section 2.5, beneficial ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, it being acknowledged by the Holder that the Company is not representing to the Holder that such calculation is in compliance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the Holder is solely responsible for any schedules required to be filed in accordance therewith. To the extent that the limitation contained in this Section 2.5 applies, the determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates and Attribution Parties) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable shall be in the sole discretion of the Holder, and the submission of a Notice of Exercise shall be deemed to be the Holder’s determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates and Attribution Parties) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable, in each case subject to the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, and the Company shall have no obligation to verify or confirm the accuracy of such determination. In addition, a determination as to any group status as contemplated above shall be determined in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. For purposes of this Section 2.5, in determining the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares, a Holder may rely on the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares as reflected in (A) the Company’s most recent periodic or annual report filed with the Commission, as the case may be, (B) a more recent public announcement by the Company or (C) a more recent written notice by the Company or the Transfer Agent setting forth the number of Ordinary Shares outstanding. Upon the written or oral request of a Holder, the Company shall within one Trading Day confirm orally and in writing to the Holder the number of Ordinary Shares then outstanding. In any case, the number of outstanding Ordinary Shares shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion or exercise of securities of the Company, including this Warrant, by the Holder or its Affiliates or Attribution Parties since the date as of which such number of outstanding Ordinary Shares was reported. The “Beneficial Ownership Limitation” shall be 4.99% of the number of shares of the Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of Ordinary Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant. The Holder, upon notice to the Company, may increase or decrease the Beneficial Ownership Limitation provisions of this Section 2.5, provided that the Beneficial Ownership Limitation in no event exceeds 9.99% of the number of shares of the Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of Ordinary Shares upon exercise of this Warrant held by the Holder and the provisions of this Section 2.5 shall continue to apply. Any increase in the Beneficial Ownership Limitation will not be effective until the 61st day after such notice is delivered to the Company. The provisions of this paragraph shall be construed and implemented in a manner otherwise than in strict conformity with the terms of this Section 2.5 to correct this paragraph (or any portion hereof) which may be defective or inconsistent with the intended Beneficial Ownership Limitation herein contained or to make changes or supplements necessary or desirable to properly give effect to such limitation. The limitations contained in this paragraph shall apply to a successor holder of this Warrant.

 

-4-

 

 

3. Transfer.

 

3.1 Transferability. Pursuant to FINRA Rule 5110(e)(1) and the Agreement, neither this Warrant nor any Warrant Shares issued upon exercise of this Warrant shall be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated, or be the subject of any hedging, short sale, derivative, put or call transaction that would result in the effective economic disposition of the securities by any person for a period of one hundred eighty (180) days immediately following the date of effectiveness or commencement of sales of the offering pursuant to which this Warrant is being issued, except the transfer of any security: (i) by operation of law or by reason of reorganization of the Company; (ii) to any FINRA member firm participating in the offering and the officers and partners thereof, if all securities so transferred remain subject to the lock-up restriction in this Section 3.1 for the remainder of the time period; (iii) if the aggregate amount of securities of the Company held by the Holder or related person do not exceed 1% of the securities being offered; (iv) that is beneficially owned on a pro-rata basis by all equity owners of an investment fund, provided that no participating member manages or otherwise directs investments by the fund, and participating members in the aggregate do not own more than 10% of the equity in the fund; or (v) the exercise or conversion of any security, if all securities received remain subject to the lock-up restriction in this Section 3.1 for the remainder of the time period.

 

Subject to the foregoing restrictions, compliance with any applicable securities laws, and the conditions set forth in Section 3.1 hereof, this Warrant and all rights hereunder (including, without limitation, any registration rights) are transferable, in whole or in part, upon surrender of this Warrant at the principal office of the Company or its designated agent, together with a written assignment of this Warrant substantially in the form attached hereto duly executed by the Holder or its agent or attorney and funds sufficient to pay any transfer taxes payable upon the making of such transfer. Upon such surrender and, if required, such payment, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in the name of the assignee or assignees, as applicable, and in the denomination or denominations specified in such instrument of assignment, and shall issue to the assignor a new Warrant evidencing the portion of this Warrant not so assigned, and this Warrant shall promptly be cancelled. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Holder shall not be required to physically surrender this Warrant to the Company unless the Holder has assigned this Warrant in full, in which case, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company within three (3) Trading Days of the date the Holder delivers an assignment form to the Company assigning this Warrant in full. The Warrant, if properly assigned in accordance herewith, may be exercised by a new holder for the purchase of Warrant Shares without having a new Warrant issued.

 

3.2 New Warrants. This Warrant may be divided or combined with other Warrants upon presentation hereof at the aforesaid office of the Company, together with a written notice specifying the names and denominations in which new Warrants are to be issued, signed by the Holder or its agent or attorney. Subject to compliance with Section 3.1, as to any transfer which may be involved in such division or combination, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in exchange for the Warrant or Warrants to be divided or combined in accordance with such notice. All Warrants issued on transfers or exchanges shall be dated the initial issuance date of this Warrant and shall be identical with this Warrant except as to the number of Warrant Shares issuable pursuant thereto.

 

3.3 Warrant Register. The Company shall register this Warrant, upon records to be maintained by the Company for that purpose (the “Warrant Register”), in the name of the record Holder hereof from time to time. The Company may deem and treat the registered Holder of this Warrant as the absolute owner hereof for the purpose of any exercise hereof or any distribution to the Holder, and for all other purposes, absent actual notice to the contrary.

 

4. Registration Rights.

 

4.1 Demand Registration.

 

4.1.1 Grant of Right. If at any time prior to the Expiration Date, the Registration Statement is no longer effective, the Company, upon written demand (“Initial Demand Notice”) of the Holder(s) of at least 51% of the Warrant Shares (“Majority Holders”), agrees to use its best efforts to register (the “Demand Registration”) under the Securities Act on one occasion, all or any portion of the Warrant Shares requested by the Majority Holders in the Initial Demand Notice (the “Registrable Securities”). The Company will use its best efforts to file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities within 30 days after receipt of the Initial Demand Notice and use its best efforts to have such registration statement declared effective as soon as possible thereafter. The demand for registration may be made at any time during which the Majority Holders hold any of the Warrant Shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be required to effect a registration pursuant to this Section 4.1.1: (A) with respect to securities that are not Registrable Securities; (B) during any Scheduled Black-Out Period; or (C) within 90 days after the effective date of a prior registration in respect of the Company’s Ordinary Shares. For purposes of this Agreement, a “Scheduled Black-Out Period” shall means the periods from and including the day that is ten days prior to the last day of a fiscal quarter of the Company to and including the day that is two days after the day on which the Company publicly releases its earnings for such fiscal quarter. The Initial Demand Notice shall specify the number of shares of Registrable Securities proposed to be sold and the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. The Company will notify all holders of the Warrant Shares of the demand within ten days from the date of the receipt of any such Initial Demand Notice. Each holder of the Warrant Shares who wishes to include all or a portion of such holder’s Warrant Shares in the Demand Registration (each such holder including shares of Registrable Securities in such registration, a “Demanding Holder”) shall so notify the Company within 15 days after the receipt by the holder of the notice from the Company. Upon any such request, the Demanding Holders shall be entitled to have their Warrant Shares included in the Demand Registration. The Company shall not be obligated to effect more than one Demand Registration under this Section 4.1.1 in respect of all Warrant Shares during the 5 year period after the Effective Date.

 

-5-

 

 

4.1.2 Effective Registration. A registration will not count as a Demand Registration until the registration statement filed with the Commission with respect to such Demand Registration has been declared effective and the Company has complied with all of its obligations under this Warrant with respect thereto.

 

4.1.3 Terms.  The Company shall bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the Registrable Securities, but the Holders shall pay any and all underwriting commissions and the expenses of any legal counsel selected by the Holders to represent them in connection with the sale of the Registrable Securities. The Company agrees to use its best efforts to qualify or register the Registrable Securities in such states as are reasonably requested by the Majority Holder(s); provided, however, that in no event shall the Company be required to register the Registrable Securities in a state in which such registration would cause (i) the Company to be obligated to qualify to do business in such state, or would subject the Company to taxation as a foreign corporation doing business in such jurisdiction or (ii) the principal shareholders of the Company to be obligated to escrow their Ordinary Share of the Company. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause any registration statement filed pursuant to the demand rights granted under Section 4.1 to remain effective until all Registrable Securities are sold.

 

4.1.4 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Board of Directors of the Company determines in its good faith judgment that the filing of a registration statement in connection with a Demand Registration (i) would be seriously detrimental to the Company in that such registration would interfere with a material corporate transaction or (ii) would require the disclosure of material non-public information concerning the Company that at the time is not, in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors, in the best interests of the Company to disclose and is not, in the opinion of the Company’s counsel, otherwise required to be disclosed, then the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for the period during which such registration would be seriously detrimental under clause (i) or would require such disclosure under clause (ii); provided, however, that (x) the Company may not defer such filing for a period of more than 90 days after receipt of any demand by the Holders and (y) the Company shall not exercise its right to defer a Demand Registration more than once in any 6-month period. The Company shall give written notice of its determination to the Holders to defer the filing and of the fact that the purpose for such deferral no longer exists, in each case, promptly after the occurrence thereof.

 

4.2 “Piggy-Back” Registration.

 

4.2.1 Piggy-Back Rights. Unless all of the Registrable Securities are included in an effective registration statement with a current prospectus, if the Company proposes to file a registration statement under the Securities Act with respect to an offering of equity securities, or securities or other obligations exercisable or exchangeable for, or convertible into, equity securities, by the Company for its own account or for shareholders of the Company for their account (or by the Company and by shareholders of the Company including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 4.1), other than a registration statement (i) filed in connection with any employee share option or other benefit plan, (ii) for an exchange offer or offering of securities solely to the Company’s existing shareholders, or (iii) for a dividend reinvestment plan, then the Company shall (x) give written notice of such proposed filing to the Holders of Registrable Securities as soon as practicable but in no event less than ten days before the anticipated filing date, which notice shall describe the amount and type of securities to be included in such offering, the intended method(s) of distribution, and the name of the proposed managing underwriter or underwriters, if any, of the offering, and (y) offer to the Holders of Registrable Securities in such notice the opportunity to register the sale of such number of Warrant Shares held by such holder (the “Piggy-Back Registrable Securities”), as such Holders may request in writing within five days following receipt of such notice (a “Piggy-Back Registration”). The Company shall cause such Piggy-Back Registrable Securities to be included in such registration and shall use its best efforts to cause the managing underwriter or underwriters of a proposed underwritten offering to permit the Piggy-Back Registrable Securities requested to be included in a Piggy-Back Registration on the same terms and conditions as any similar securities of the Company and to permit the sale or other disposition of such Piggy-Back Registrable Securities in accordance with the intended method(s) of distribution thereof. All Holders of Piggy-Back Registrable Securities proposing to distribute their securities through a Piggy-Back Registration that involves an underwriter or underwriters shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such Piggy-Back Registration.

 

-6-

 

 

4.2.2 Reduction of Offering. If the managing underwriter or underwriters for a Piggy-Back Registration that is to be an underwritten offering advises the Company and the Holders of Registrable Securities in writing that the dollar amount or number of Ordinary Shares which the Company desires to sell, taken together with Ordinary Shares, if any, as to which registration has been demanded pursuant to written contractual arrangements with persons other than the Holders of Piggy-Back Registrable Securities hereunder, the Piggy-Back Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested under this Section 4.2, and the Ordinary Shares, if any, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the written contractual piggy-back registration rights of other shareholders of the Company, exceeds the maximum dollar amount or maximum number of shares that can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the proposed offering price, the timing, the distribution method, or the probability of success of such offering (such maximum dollar amount or maximum number of shares, as applicable, the “Maximum Number of Shares”), then the Company shall include in any such registration:

 

(i) If the registration is undertaken for the Company’s account: (A) first, the Ordinary Shares or other securities that the Company desires to sell that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; and (B) second, subject to the requirements of registration rights granted by the Company prior to the date hereof, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), up to the amount of Ordinary Shares or other securities that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares, on a pro rata basis, from (i) Piggy-Back Registrable Securities as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the applicable written contractual piggy-back registration rights of such security holders and (ii) the Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of other persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual piggy-back registration rights with such persons;

 

(ii) If the registration is a Demand Registration undertaken at the demand of holders of Registrable Securities, subject to the requirements of registration rights granted by the Company prior to the date hereof, (A) first, the Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of the demanding persons that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; (B) second, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clause (A), the Ordinary Shares or other securities comprised of Piggy-Back Registrable Securities, pro rata, as to which registration has been requested pursuant to the terms hereof that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares; and (C) third, to the extent that the Maximum Number of Shares has not been reached under the foregoing clauses (A) and (B), the Ordinary Shares or other securities for the account of other persons that the Company is obligated to register pursuant to written contractual arrangements with such persons, that can be sold without exceeding the Maximum Number of Shares.

 

4.2.3 Withdrawal. Any Holder of Piggy-Back Registrable Securities may elect to withdraw such holder’s request for inclusion of such Piggy-Back Registrable Securities in any Piggy-Back Registration by giving written notice to the Company of such request to withdraw prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement. The Company (whether on its own determination or as the result of a withdrawal by persons making a demand pursuant to written contractual obligations) may withdraw a registration statement at any time prior to the effectiveness of the registration statement. Notwithstanding any such withdrawal, the Company shall pay all expenses incurred by the Holders of Piggy-Back Registrable Securities in connection with such Piggy-Back Registration as provided in Section 4.2.

 

-7-

 

 

4.2.4 Terms. The Company shall bear all fees and expenses attendant to registering the Piggy-Back Registrable Securities, but the Holders shall pay any and all underwriting commissions related to the Piggy-Back Registrable Securities and the expenses of any legal counsel selected by the Holders to represent them in connection with the sale of the Piggy-Back Registrable Securities. In the event of such a proposed registration, the Company shall furnish the then Holders of outstanding Piggy-Back Registrable Securities with not less than fifteen days written notice prior to the proposed date of filing of such registration statement. Such notice to the Holders shall continue to be given for each applicable registration statement filed (during the period in which the Warrant is exercisable) by the Company until such time as all of the Piggy-Back Registrable Securities have been registered and sold. The Holders of the Piggy-Back Registrable Securities shall exercise the “piggy-back” rights provided for herein by giving written notice, within ten days of the receipt of the Company’s notice of its intention to file a registration statement. The Company shall use its best efforts to cause any registration statement filed pursuant to the above “piggyback” rights to remain effective for at least nine months from the date that the Holders of the Piggy-Back Registrable Securities are first given the opportunity to sell all of such securities.

 

4.3 General Terms.

 

4.3.1 Indemnification.

 

(i) The Company shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, indemnify the Holder(s) of the Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to any registration statement hereunder and each person, if any, who controls such Holders within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act against all loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against litigation, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever whether arising out of any action between the underwriter and the Company or between the underwriter and any third party or otherwise) to which any of them may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, arising from such registration statement; providedhowever, that, with respect to any Holder of Registrable Securities, this indemnity shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of an untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by such Holder expressly for use in the registration statement (or any amendment thereto), or any preliminary prospectus or the prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

(ii) The Holder(s) of the Registrable Securities to be sold pursuant to such registration statement, and their successors and assigns, shall severally, and not jointly, indemnify the Company, its officers and directors and each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, against all loss, claim, damage, expense or liability (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and other expenses reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any claim whatsoever) to which they may become subject under the Act, the Exchange Act or otherwise, arising from information furnished by or on behalf of such Holders, or their successors or assigns, in writing, for specific inclusion in such registration statement(or any amendment thereto), or any preliminary prospectus or the prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

(iii) Each indemnified party shall give prompt notice to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve the indemnifying party from any liability it may have under this Agreement, except to the extent that the indemnifying party is prejudiced thereby. If it so elects, after receipt of such notice, an indemnifying party, jointly with any other indemnifying parties receiving such notice, may assume the defense of such action with counsel chosen by it; providedhowever, that the indemnified party shall be entitled to participate in (but not control) the defense of such action with counsel chosen by it, the reasonable fees and expenses of which shall be paid by such indemnified party, unless a conflict would arise if one counsel were to represent both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party, in which case the reasonable fees and expenses of counsel to the indemnified party shall be paid by the indemnifying party or parties. In no event shall the indemnifying party or parties be liable for a settlement of an action with respect to which they have assumed the defense if such settlement is effected without the written consent of such indemnifying party, or for the reasonable fees and expenses of more than one counsel for (i) the Company, its officers, directors and controlling persons as a group, and (ii) the selling Holders and their controlling persons as a group, in each case, in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances; providedhowever, that if, in the reasonable judgment of an indemnified party, a conflict of interest may exist between such indemnified party and the Company or any other of such indemnified parties with respect to such claim, the indemnifying party shall be obligated to pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such additional counsel.

 

-8-

 

 

(iv) If the indemnification provided for in or pursuant to Section 4.3.1 is due in accordance with the terms hereof, but held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable or unenforceable in respect of any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses referred to therein, then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which result in such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party, and by such party’s relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

4.3.2 ii. Documents Delivered to Holders. The Company shall furnish the initial Holder a signed counterpart, addressed to the initial Holder, of (i) an opinion of counsel to the Company, dated the effective date of such registration statement (or, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, an opinion dated the date of the closing under any underwriting agreement related thereto), and (ii) if such registration statement is filed in connection of an underwritten public offering, a “cold comfort” letter dated the effective date of such registration statement (or, if such registration includes an underwritten public offering, a letter dated the date of the closing under the underwriting agreement) signed by the independent public accountants who have issued a report on the Company’s financial statements included in such registration statement, in each case covering substantially the same matters with respect to such registration statement (and the prospectus included therein) and, in the case of such accountants’ letter, with respect to events subsequent to the date of such financial statements, as are customarily covered in opinions of issuer’s counsel and in accountants’ letters delivered to underwriters in underwritten public offerings of securities.

 

4.3.3 Supplemental Prospectus. Each Holder agrees, that upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in the registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, such Holder will immediately discontinue disposition of Registrable Securities pursuant to the registration statement covering such Registrable Securities until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of a supplemental or amended prospectus, and, if so desired by the Company, such Holder shall deliver to the Company (at the expense of the Company) or destroy (and deliver to the Company a certificate of such destruction) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the prospectus covering such Registrable Securities current at the time of receipt of such notice. Immediately after discovering of such an event which causes the prospectus included in the registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing, the Company shall prepare and file, as soon as practicable, a supplement or amendment to the prospectus so that such registration statement does not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in light of the circumstances then existing and distribute such supplement or amendment to each Holder.

 

-9-

 

 

5. Adjustments.

 

5.1 Stock Dividends and Splits. If the Company, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding: (i) pays a stock dividend or otherwise makes a distribution or distributions on shares of its Ordinary Shares or any other equity or equity equivalent securities payable in Ordinary Shares (which, for avoidance of doubt, shall not include any Ordinary Shares issued by the Company upon exercise of this Warrant), (ii) subdivides outstanding Ordinary Shares into a larger number of shares, (iii) combines (including by way of reverse stock split) outstanding Ordinary Shares into a smaller number of shares, or (iv) issues by reclassification of shares of the Ordinary Shares any shares of capital stock of the Company, then in each case the Exercise Price shall be multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of Ordinary Shares (excluding treasury shares, if any) outstanding immediately before such event and of which the denominator shall be the number of Ordinary Shares outstanding immediately after such event, and the number of shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant shall be proportionately adjusted such that the aggregate Exercise Price of this Warrant shall remain unchanged. Any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 5.1 shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to receive such dividend or distribution and shall become effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or re-classification.

 

5.2 Subsequent Rights Offerings. In addition to any adjustments pursuant to Section 5.1 above, if at any time the Company grants, issues or sells any Ordinary Shares Equivalents or rights to purchase stock, warrants, securities or other property pro rata to the record holders of any class of Ordinary Shares (the “Purchase Rights”), then the Holder will be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate Purchase Rights which the Holder could have acquired if the Holder had held the number of Ordinary Shares acquirable upon complete exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on exercise hereof, including without limitation, the Beneficial Ownership Limitation) immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the grant, issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of Ordinary Shares are to be determined for the grant, issue or sale of such Purchase Rights (provided, however, to the extent that the Holder’s right to participate in any such Purchase Right would result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Purchase Right to such extent (or beneficial ownership of such Ordinary Shares as a result of such Purchase Right to such extent) and such Purchase Right to such extent shall be held in abeyance for the Holder until such time, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation).

 

5.3 Pro Rata Distributions. During such time as this Warrant is outstanding, if the Company shall declare or make any dividend or other distribution of its assets (or rights to acquire its assets) to holders of Ordinary Shares, by way of return of capital or otherwise, other than cash (including, without limitation, any distribution of stock or other securities, property or options by way of a dividend, spin off, reclassification, corporate rearrangement, scheme of arrangement or other similar transaction) (a “Distribution”), at any time after the issuance of this Warrant, then, in each such case, the Holder shall be entitled to participate in such Distribution to the same extent that the Holder would have participated therein if the Holder had held the number of Ordinary Shares acquirable upon complete exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on exercise hereof, including without limitation, the Beneficial Ownership Limitation) immediately before the date of which a record is taken for such Distribution, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of Ordinary Shares are to be determined for the participation in such Distribution (provided, however, to the extent that the Holder's right to participate in any such Distribution would result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Distribution to such extent (or in the beneficial ownership of any Ordinary Shares as a result of such Distribution to such extent) and the portion of such Distribution shall be held in abeyance for the benefit of the Holder until such time, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation).

 

-10-

 

 

5.4 Fundamental Transaction. If, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding, (i) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another Person, (ii) the Company, directly or indirectly, effects any sale, lease, license, assignment, transfer, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of its assets in one or a series of related transactions, (iii) any, direct or indirect, purchase offer, tender offer or exchange offer (whether by the Company or another Person) is completed pursuant to which holders of Ordinary Shares are permitted to sell, tender or exchange their shares for other securities, cash or property and has been accepted by the holders of 50% or more of the outstanding Ordinary Shares, (iv) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of the Ordinary Shares or any compulsory share exchange pursuant to which the Ordinary Shares are effectively converted into or exchanged for other securities, cash or property, or (v) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions consummates a stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization, spin-off or scheme of arrangement) with another Person or group of Persons whereby such other Person or group acquires more than 50% of the outstanding Ordinary Shares (not including any Ordinary Shares held by the other Person or other Persons making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the other Persons making or party to, such stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination) (each a “Fundamental Transaction”), then, upon any subsequent exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall have the right to receive, for each Warrant Share that would have been issuable upon such exercise immediately prior to the occurrence of such Fundamental Transaction, at the option of the Holder (without regard to any limitation in Section 2.5 on the exercise of this Warrant), the number of Ordinary Shares of the successor or acquiring corporation or of the Company, if it is the surviving corporation, and any additional consideration (the “Alternate Consideration”) receivable as a result of such Fundamental Transaction by a holder of the number of Ordinary Shares for which this Warrant is exercisable immediately prior to such Fundamental Transaction (without regard to any limitation in Section 2.5 on the exercise of this Warrant). For purposes of any such exercise, the determination of the Exercise Price shall be appropriately adjusted to apply to such Alternate Consideration based on the amount of Alternate Consideration issuable in respect of one share of Ordinary Shares in such Fundamental Transaction, and the Company shall apportion the Exercise Price among the Alternate Consideration in a reasonable manner reflecting the relative value of any different components of the Alternate Consideration. If holders of Ordinary Shares are given any choice as to the securities, cash or property to be received in a Fundamental Transaction, then the Holder shall be given the same choice as to the Alternate Consideration it receives upon any exercise of this Warrant following such Fundamental Transaction. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in the event of a Fundamental Transaction, the Company or any Successor Entity (as defined below) shall, at the Holder’s option, exercisable at any time concurrently with, or within 30 days after, the consummation of the Fundamental Transaction (or, if later, the date of the public announcement of the applicable Fundamental Transaction), purchase this Warrant from the Holder by paying to the Holder an amount of cash equal to the Black Scholes Value of the remaining unexercised portion of this Warrant on the date of the consummation of such Fundamental Transaction; provided, however, if the Fundamental Transaction is not within the Company's control, including not approved by the Company's Board of Directors or the consideration is not in all stock of the Successor Entity, Holder shall only be entitled to receive from the Company or any Successor Entity, as of the date of consummation of such Fundamental Transaction, the same type or form of consideration (and in the same proportion), at the Black Scholes Value (as defined below) of the unexercised portion of this Warrant, that is being offered and paid to the holders of Ordinary Shares of the Company in connection with the Fundamental Transaction, whether that consideration be in the form of cash, stock or any combination thereof, or whether the holders of Ordinary Shares are given the choice to receive from among alternative forms of consideration in connection with the Fundamental Transaction. “Black Scholes Value” means the value of this Warrant based on the Black and Scholes Option Pricing Model obtained from the “OV” function on Bloomberg, L.P. (“Bloomberg”) determined as of the day of consummation of the applicable Fundamental Transaction for pricing purposes and reflecting (A) a risk-free interest rate corresponding to the U.S. Treasury rate as of the Trading Day immediately following the public announcement of the applicable Fundamental Transaction, (B) an expected volatility equal to the greater of 100% and the 100 day volatility obtained from the HVT function on Bloomberg as of the Trading Day immediately following the public announcement of the applicable Fundamental Transaction, (C) the underlying price per share used in such calculation shall be the greater of (i) the sum of the price per share being offered in cash, if any, plus the value of any non-cash consideration, if any, being offered in such Fundamental Transaction and (ii) the greater of (x) the last VWAP immediately prior to the public announcement of such Fundamental Transaction and (y) the last VWAP immediately prior to the consummation of such Fundamental Transaction and (D) a remaining option time equal to the time between the date of the public announcement of the applicable Fundamental Transaction and the Termination Date. The payment of the Black Scholes Value will be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds within five Business Days of the Holder’s election (or, if later, on the effective date of the Fundamental Transaction). The Company shall cause any successor entity in a Fundamental Transaction in which the Company is not the survivor (the “Successor Entity”) to assume in writing all of the obligations of the Company under this Warrant and the other Transaction Documents in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5.4 pursuant to written agreements in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Holder and approved by the Holder (without unreasonable delay) prior to such Fundamental Transaction and shall, at the option of the Holder, deliver to the Holder in exchange for this Warrant a security of the Successor Entity evidenced by a written instrument substantially similar in form and substance to this Warrant which is exercisable for a corresponding number of shares of capital stock of such Successor Entity (or its parent entity) equivalent to the Ordinary Shares acquirable and receivable upon exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on the exercise of this Warrant) prior to such Fundamental Transaction, and with an exercise price which applies the exercise price hereunder to such shares of capital stock (but taking into account the relative value of the Ordinary Shares pursuant to such Fundamental Transaction and the value of such shares of capital stock, such number of shares of capital stock and such exercise price being for the purpose of protecting the economic value of this Warrant immediately prior to the consummation of such Fundamental Transaction), and which is reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Holder. Upon the occurrence of any such Fundamental Transaction, the Successor Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such Fundamental Transaction, the provisions of this Warrant and the other Transaction Documents referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the Successor Entity), and may exercise every right and power of the Company and shall assume all of the obligations of the Company under this Warrant and the other Transaction Documents with the same effect as if such Successor Entity had been named as the Company herein.

 

-11-

 

 

5.5 Calculations. All calculations under this Section 5 shall be made to the nearest cent or the nearest 1/100th of a share, as the case may be. For purposes of this Section 5, the number of Ordinary Shares deemed to be issued and outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of the number of Ordinary Shares (excluding treasury shares, if any) issued and outstanding.

 

5.6 Notice to Holder.

 

5.6.1 Adjustment to Exercise Price. Whenever the Exercise Price is adjusted pursuant to any provision of this Section 5, the Company shall promptly deliver to the Holder by facsimile or email a notice setting forth the Exercise Price after such adjustment and any resulting adjustment to the number of Warrant Shares and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment.

 

5.6.2 Notice to Allow Exercise by Holder. If (A) the Company shall declare a dividend (or any other distribution in whatever form) on the Ordinary Shares, (B) the Company shall declare a special nonrecurring cash dividend on or a redemption of the Ordinary Shares, (C) the Company shall authorize the granting to all holders of the Ordinary Shares rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or of any rights, (D) the approval of any stockholders of the Company shall be required in connection with any reclassification of the Ordinary Shares, any consolidation or merger to which the Company is a party, any sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any compulsory share exchange whereby the Ordinary Shares are converted into other securities, cash or property, or (E) the Company shall authorize the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the affairs of the Company, then, in each case, the Company shall cause to be delivered by facsimile or email to the Holder at its last facsimile number or email address as it shall appear upon the Warrant Register of the Company, at least 20 calendar days prior to the applicable record or effective date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (x) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution, redemption, rights or warrants, or if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of the Ordinary Shares of record to be entitled to such dividend, distributions, redemption, rights or warrants are to be determined or (y) the date on which such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange is expected to become effective or close, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of the Ordinary Shares of record shall be entitled to exchange their shares of the Ordinary Shares for securities, cash or other property deliverable upon such reclassification, consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange; provided that the failure to deliver such notice or any defect therein or in the delivery thereof shall not affect the validity of the corporate action required to be specified in such notice. To the extent that any notice provided in this Warrant constitutes, or contains, material, non-public information regarding the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, the Company shall simultaneously furnish such notice with the Commission pursuant to a Foreign Private Issuer Report on Form 6-K. The Holder shall remain entitled to exercise this Warrant during the period commencing on the date of such notice to the effective date of the event triggering such notice except as may otherwise be expressly set forth herein.

 

6. Miscellaneous.

 

6.1 No Rights as shareholder until Exercise. This Warrant does not entitle the Holder to any voting rights, dividend rights or other rights as a shareholder of the Company prior to the exercise hereof as set forth in Section 2, except as expressly set forth in Section 5.

 

6.2 Limitation of Liability. No provision hereof, in the absence of affirmative action by the Holder sufficient to exercise this Warrant to purchase Warrant Shares, and no enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of the Holder, shall give rise to any liability of the Holder for the purchase price of any Ordinary Shares or as a shareholder of the Company, whether such liability is asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company.

 

6.3 Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant. The Company covenants that upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of this Warrant or any share certificate relating to the Warrant Shares, and in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably satisfactory to it (which, in the case of the Warrant, shall not include the posting of any bond), and upon surrender and cancellation of such Warrant or share certificate, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new Warrant or share certificate of like tenor and dated as of such cancellation, in lieu of such Warrant or share certificate.

 

6.4 Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, etc. If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall not be a business day, then, such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding business day.

 

6.5 Authorized Shares.

 

6.5.1 The Company covenants that, during the period the Warrant is outstanding, it will reserve from its authorized and unissued Ordinary Shares a sufficient number of shares to provide for the issuance of the Warrant Shares upon the exercise of any purchase rights under this Warrant. The Company further covenants that its issuance of this Warrant shall constitute full authority to its officers who are charged with the duty of executing share certificates to execute and issue the necessary Warrant Shares upon the exercise of the purchase rights under this Warrant. The Company will take all such commercially reasonable action as may be necessary to assure that such Warrant Shares may be issued as provided herein without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or of any requirements of the Trading Market upon which the Ordinary Shares may be listed. The Company covenants that all Warrant Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant will, upon exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant and payment for such Warrant Shares in accordance herewith, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges created by the Company in respect of the issue thereof (other than taxes in respect of any transfer occurring contemporaneously with such issue).

 

-12-

 

 

6.5.2 Except and to the extent as waived or consented to by the Holder, the Company shall not by any action, including, without limitation, amending its Memorandum and Articles of Association or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and in the taking of all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to protect the rights of Holder as set forth in this Warrant against impairment. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company will (i) not increase the par value of any Warrant Shares above the amount payable therefor upon the exercise of this Warrant, (ii) take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable Warrant Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant and (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all such authorizations, exemptions or consents from any public regulatory body having jurisdiction thereof, as may be, necessary to enable the Company to perform its obligations under this Warrant.

 

6.5.3 Before taking any action which would result in an adjustment in the number of Warrant Shares for which this Warrant is exercisable or in the Exercise Price, the Company shall obtain all such authorizations therefor, exemptions thereof, or consents thereto, as may be necessary from any regulatory body having jurisdiction thereof.

 

6.6 Amendments. The Company and the Representatives may from time to time supplement or amend this Warrant without the approval of any of the Holders in order to cure any ambiguity, to correct or supplement any provision contained herein that may be defective or inconsistent with any other provisions herein, or to make any other provisions in regard to matters or questions arising hereunder that the Company and the Representatives may deem necessary or desirable and that the Company and the Representatives deem shall not adversely affect the interest of the Holders. All other modifications or amendments shall require the written consent of and be signed by the party against whom enforcement of the modification or amendment is sought.

 

6.7 Successors and Assigns. Subject to applicable securities laws, this Warrant and the rights and obligations evidenced hereby shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the Company and the successors and permitted assigns of Holder. The provisions of this Warrant are intended to be for the benefit of any Holder from time to time of this Warrant and shall be enforceable by the Holder or holder of this Warrant.

 

6.8 Severability. Wherever possible, each provision of this Warrant shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any provision of this Warrant shall be prohibited by or invalid under applicable law, such provision shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provision or the remaining provisions of this Warrant.

 

6.9 Entire Agreement. This Warrant (together with the other agreements and documents being delivered pursuant to or in connection with this Warrant) constitutes the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings of the parties, oral and written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

-13-

 

 

6.10 Binding Effect. This Warrant shall inure solely to the benefit of and shall be binding upon, the Holder and the Company and their permitted assignees, respective successors, legal representative and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Warrant or any provisions herein contained.

 

6.11 Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Trial by Jury. This Warrant shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to conflict of laws principles thereof. The Company hereby agrees that any action, proceeding or claim against it arising out of, or relating in any way to this Warrant shall be brought and enforced in the New York Supreme Court, County of New York, or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, and irrevocably submits to such jurisdiction, which jurisdiction shall be exclusive. The Company hereby waives any objection to such exclusive jurisdiction and that such courts represent an inconvenient forum. Any process or summons to be served upon the Company may be served by transmitting a copy thereof by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to it at the address set forth in the Underwriting Agreement. Such mailing shall be deemed personal service and shall be legal and binding upon the Company in any action, proceeding or claim. The Company and the Holder agree that the prevailing party(ies) in any such action shall be entitled to recover from the other party(ies) all of its reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses relating to such action or proceeding and/or incurred in connection with the preparation therefor. The Company (on its behalf and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, on behalf of its stockholders and affiliates) and the Holder hereby irrevocably waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

6.12 Waiver, etc. The failure of the Company or the Holder to at any time enforce any of the provisions of this Warrant shall not be deemed or construed to be a waiver of any such provision, nor to in any way affect the validity of this Warrant or any provision hereof or the right of the Company or any Holder to thereafter enforce each and every provision of this Warrant. No waiver of any breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment of any of the provisions of this Warrant shall be effective unless set forth in a written instrument executed by the party or parties against whom or which enforcement of such waiver is sought; and no waiver of any such breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment shall be construed or deemed to be a waiver of any other or subsequent breach, non-compliance or non-fulfillment. Without limiting any other provision of this Warrant or the Underwriting Agreement, if the Company willfully and knowingly fails to comply with any provision of this Warrant, which results in any material damages to the Holder, the Company shall pay to the Holder such amounts as shall be sufficient to cover any costs and expenses including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees, including those of appellate proceedings, incurred by the Holder in collecting any amounts due pursuant hereto or in otherwise enforcing any of its rights, powers or remedies hereunder.

 

6.13 Remedies. The Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law, including recovery of damages, will be entitled to specific performance of its rights under this Warrant. The Company agrees that monetary damages would not be adequate compensation for any loss incurred by reason of a breach by it of the provisions of this Warrant and hereby agrees to waive and not to assert the defense in any action for specific performance or other equitable remedy that a remedy at law would be adequate.

 

6.14 Headings. The headings contained herein are for the sole purpose of convenience of reference, and shall not in any way limit or affect the meaning or interpretation of any of the terms or provisions of this Warrant.

 

 

[Signature Page to Follow]

 

-14-

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be signed by its duly authorized officer as of the ____ day of __________, 2020.

 

  Huadi International Group Co., Ltd.
     
  By:   
    Name:
    Title:  Chief Executive Officer

 

-15-

 

  

EXHIBIT A

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

TO: Huadi International Group Co., Ltd.

 

(1) The undersigned hereby elects to purchase ________ Warrant Shares of the Company pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, dated _______, 2020, and tenders herewith payment of the exercise price in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

 

(2) Payment shall take the form of (check applicable box):

 

[ ] in lawful money of the United States by wire transfer or cashier’s check drawn on a United States bank; or

 

[ ] if permitted by the terms of the Warrant, the cancellation of such number of Warrant Shares as is necessary, in accordance with the formula set forth in Section 2.3, to exercise this Warrant with respect to the maximum number of Warrant Shares purchasable pursuant to the cashless exercise procedure set forth in such section.

 

(3) Please issue said Warrant Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

     

 

The Warrant Shares shall be delivered to the following DWAC Account Number:

 

     
     
     
     
     

 

[SIGNATURE OF HOLDER]

 

Name of Investing Entity: ________________________________________________________________________

Signature of Authorized Signatory of Investing Entity: _________________________________________________

Name of Authorized Signatory: ___________________________________________________________________

Title of Authorized Signatory: ____________________________________________________________________

Date: ____________________________________________________________________________________

 

-16-

 

  

EXHIBIT B

 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

(To assign the foregoing warrant, execute this form and supply required information. Do not use this form to exercise the warrant.)

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, [____] all of or [_______] shares of the foregoing Warrant and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby assigned to

 

_______________________________________________ whose address is

 

_______________________________________________________________.

 

_______________________________________________________________

 

Date: ______________, _______

 

Holder’s Signature: _____________________________

 

Holder’s Address:   _____________________________

 

_____________________________

 

Signature Guaranteed: ___________________________________________

 

NOTE: The signature to this Assignment Form must correspond with the name as it appears on the face of the Warrant, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever, and must be guaranteed by a bank or trust company. Officers of corporations and those acting in a fiduciary or other representative capacity should file proper evidence of authority to assign the foregoing Warrant.

 

 

-17-

 

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

ACTING-IN-CONCERT AGREEMENT

 

This Acting-in-Concert Agreement is executed by the following parties:

 

Party A: WANG, Di

 

Address: No. 68 Yaqian Village

Yon ong Street, Longwan District

Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province

People’s Republic of China 325025

 

Party B: WANG, Juelin

 

Address: No. 2 Yaqian Village

Yongzhong Street, Longwan District

Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province

People’s Republic of China 325025

 

Party C: WANG, Huisen

 

Address: No. 75 Yaqian Village

Yongzhong Street, Longwan District

Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province

People’s Republic of China 325025

 

Party D: WANG, Huizhi

 

Address: No. 2974 Yongqiang

Avenue Yongzhong

Street, Longwan District

Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province

People’s Republic of China 325025

 

Party E: ZHANG, Bing

 

Address: No. 13 Xincheng Yushi Lane

Yongzhong Street, Longwan District

\Venzhou City, Zhejiang Province

People’s Republic of China 325025

 

Party F: ZHANG, Weifa

 

Address: Xiaxing Village

Yongxing Street, Longwan District

\Venzhou City, Zhejiang Province

People’s Republic of China 325025

 

Party G: WANG, Juepeng

 

Address: No. 2 Yaqian Village,

Yongzhong Street, Longwan District

Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province

People’s Republic of China 325025

 

Party H: XIANG, Yuzhen

 

Address: No. 5 Dali Road

Shacheng Street, Longwan District

Wenzhou City, Zhejiang Province

People’s Republic of China 325025

 

(collectively, the “Parties” and each a” Party”)

 

 

 

 

WHEREAS:

 

Parties A, B, C, D, E, F, G and H jointly hold 10,000 ordinary shares, par value $0.01 per share of Yongqiang Donghai Limited (the “Company”).

 

NOW THEREFORE, in order to maximize the profits for the Parties, and to maintain the control of the Parties over a certain proportion of the voting rights and shareholdings of the Company, the Parties agree unanimously to the following arrangements:

 

1. During the term of this agreement, the Parties shall be deemed as actors in concert, and shall act in concert in relation to all matters that require the decisions of the shareholders of the Company, including but not limited to voting unanimously to approve, reject, or to abstain from voting in relation to motions that need to be resolved at shareholders meetings, and to jointly sign all necessary documents.

 

2. Before the Parties act in concert, they shall vote on the matters that require action in concert, and joint action shall be taken based on the results of the voting. Each of the Parties agree and confirm that, if the Parties are unable to reach a unanimous consent in relation to the matters that require action in concert, a decision that is made by a total of more than 50% of voting rights of the Parties shall be deemed as a decision that is unanimously passed by the Parties and shall be binding on all the Parties. Each of the Parties shall act in concert with other Parties based on the contents of the aforesaid decision.

 

3. The Parties may, prior to the convening of a Company shareholder meeting, appoint Di Wang as a proxy, and issue an authorization letter to such a proxy to authorize the proxy to exercise voting rights on behalf of the Parties at the Company shareholder meeting based on the contents of the unanimous decision that has been reached.

 

4. This agreement shall come into force from the date that the Parties sign the agreement, and the agreement shall remain effective for a period of twenty (20) years.

 

5. During the effective period of this agreement, if any of the Parties transfers its shares of the Company, as a prerequisite, unless waived in writing by all of other Parties, it shall ensure that the transferee is bound by the provisions of this agreement, and the transferee upon receiving the transfer of the shares shall be deemed as having agreed to the provisions of this agreement and having agreed to be bound by the provisions of this agreement.

 

6. This agreement shall be governed by the legal jurisdiction of the Cayman Islands and shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the Cayman Islands.

 

7. This agreement is executed by the Parties on the January 3, 2020.

 

2

 

 

Party A:
 
   
Wang, Di (holding 4,156, or 4 .57% ordinary shares)
 
Party B:
 
   
WANG, Juelin (holding 520, or 5.2% ordinary shares)
 
PartyC:
 
   
WANG, Huisen (holding 1,675, or 16.75% ordinary shares)
 
Party D:
 
   
WANG, Huizhi (holding l, l 72, or 11.72% ordinary shares)
 
Party E:
 
   
ZHANG, Bing (holding l, l 00, or 11% ordinary shares)
 
Party F:
 
   
ZHANG, Weifa (holding 520, or 5.2% ordinary shares)

 

3

 

 

Party G:
 
   
WANG, Juepeng (holding 521, or 5.2% ordinary shares)
 
Party H:
 
   
Xiang, Yuzhen (holding 335, or 3.35% ordinary shares)

 

 

4

 

 

Exhibit 14.1

 

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS
PURSUANT TO NASDAQ RULE 5600 Sec(c)(1)
HUADI INTERNATIONAL GROUP CO., LTD.

 

INTRODUCTION

 

This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”) helps ensure compliance with legal requirements and our standards of business conduct. This Code applies to directors, officers, and employees of Huadi International Group Co., Ltd. (the “Corporation”). Therefore, all directors, officers and employees of the Corporation are expected to read and understand this Code, uphold these standards in day-to- day activities, comply with all applicable policies and procedures, and ensure that all agents and contractors are aware of, understand and adhere to these standards.

 

Because the principles described in this Code are general in nature, all corporate directors, officers, and employees should also review all applicable corporate policies and procedures for more specific instruction, and contact the Corporation's Chief Financial Officer (the “CFO”) with any questions.

 

The Corporation is committed to continuously reviewing and updating its policies and procedures.

 

Therefore, this Code is subject to modification. This Code supersedes all other such codes, policies, procedures, instructions, practices, rules or written or verbal representations to the extent they are inconsistent.

 

I. COMPLIANCE IS EVERYONE’S BUSINESS

 

Ethical business conduct is critical to the business of the Corporation. Each director, officer or employee has a responsibility is to respect and adhere to these practices. Many of these practices reflect legal or regulatory requirements. Violations of these laws and regulations can create significant liability for the violator, the Corporation, its directors, officers, and other employees.

 

Part of the job and ethical responsibility of each director, officer and employee is to help enforce this Code. Each director, officer and employee should be alert to possible violations and report possible violations to the CFO.

 

Each director, officer and employee must cooperate in any internal or external investigations of possible violations.

 

Reprisal, threats, retribution, or retaliation against any person who has in good faith reported a violation or a suspected violation of law, this Code or other corporate policies, or against any person who is assisting in any investigation or process with respect to such a violation, is prohibited.

 

Violations of law, this Code, or other corporate policies or procedures should be reported to the CFO.

 

Violations of law, this Code or other corporate policies or procedures by corporate directors, officers or employees can lead to disciplinary action up to and including termination.

 

In trying to determine whether any given action is appropriate, use the following test.

 

Imagine that the words you are using or the action you are taking is going to be fully disclosed in the media with all the details, including your photo. If you are uncomfortable with the idea of this information being made public, perhaps you should think again about your words or your course of action.

 

In all cases, if you are unsure about the appropriateness of an event or action, please seek assistance in interpreting the requirements of these practices by contacting the CFO.

 

II. YOUR RESPONSIBILITIES TO THE CORPORATION AND ITS SHAREHOLDERS

 

A. General Standards of Conduct

 

The Corporation expects all directors, officers, employees, agents, and contractors to exercise good judgment to ensure the safety and welfare of employees, agents, and contractors and to maintain a cooperative, efficient, positive, harmonious, and productive work environment and business organization. These standards apply while working on our premises, at offsite locations where our business is being conducted, at Corporate-sponsored business and social events, or at any other place where any director, officer or employee is acting as a representative of the Corporation. Directors, officers, employees, agents, or contractors who engage in misconduct or whose performance is unsatisfactory may be subject to corrective action, up to and including termination. Each director, officer and employee should review the employment handbook for more detailed information.

 

 

 

 

B. Applicable Laws

 

All Corporate directors, officers, employees, agents, and contractors must comply with all applicable laws, regulations, rules, and regulatory orders. Corporate directors, officers and employees located outside of the United States must comply with laws, regulations, rules, and regulatory orders of the United States, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.S. Export Control Act, in addition to applicable local laws. Each director, officer, employee, agent, and contractor must acquire appropriate knowledge of the requirements relating to his or her duties sufficient to enable him or her to recognize potential dangers and to know when to seek advice from the CFO on specific Corporate policies and procedures. Violations of laws, regulations, rules, and orders may subject the director, officer, employee, agent or contractor to individual criminal or civil liability, as well as to discipline by the Corporation. Such individual violations may also subject the Corporation to civil or criminal liability or the loss of business.

 

C. Conflicts of Interest

 

Each director, officer and employee has a responsibility to the Corporation, the stockholders and each other.

 

Although this duty does not prevent any director, officer, and employee from engaging in personal transactions and investments, it does demand avoiding situations where a conflict of interest might occur or appear to occur. The Corporation is subject to scrutiny from many different individuals and organizations.

 

Each director, officer and employee should always strive to avoid even the appearance of impropriety.

 

What constitutes conflict of interest? A conflict of interest exists where the interests or benefits of one person or entity conflict with the interests or benefits of the Corporation.

 

Examples include:

 

(i) Employment/Outside Employment. In consideration of the appointment or employment with the Corporation, each director, officer, and employee is expected to devote full attention to the business interests of the Corporation. Engaging in any activity that interferes with one’s performance or responsibilities to the Corporation or is otherwise in conflict with or prejudicial to the Corporation is prohibited. The Corporation’s policies prohibit any director, officer, or employee from accepting simultaneous employment with a Corporate supplier, customer, developer, or competitor, or from taking part in any activity that enhances or supports a competitor's position. Additionally, each director, officer and employee must disclose to the Corporation any interest that may conflict with the business of the Corporation. Any questions on this requirement should be directed to a supervisor or the CFO.

 

(ii) Outside Directorships. It is a conflict of interest to serve as a director of any company that competes with the Corporation. Although a director, officer and employee may serve as a director of a Corporate supplier, customer, developer, or other business partner, the Corporation’s policy requires that approval first be obtained from the Corporation's Board of Directors (the “Board”) before accepting a directorship. Any compensation received should be commensurate to the responsibilities of holding such position.

 

Such approval may be conditioned upon the completion of specified actions.

 

(iii) Business Interests. If a director, officer, and employee is considering investing in a Corporate customer, supplier or competitor, great care must be taken to ensure that these investments do not compromise any responsibilities owed to the Corporation. Many factors should be considered in determining whether a conflict exists, including the size and nature of the investment; the ability to influence the Corporation’s decisions; access to confidential information of the Corporation or of the other company; and the nature of the relationship between the Corporation and the other company.

 

(iv) Related Parties. As a rule, conducting Corporate business with a relative or significant other, or with a business in which a relative or significant other is associated in any significant role, should be avoided. Relatives include spouse, sister, brother, daughter, son, mother, father, grandparents, aunts, uncles, nieces, nephews, cousins, step relationships, and in-laws. Significant others include persons living in a spousal (including same sex) or familial fashion with an employee.

 

2

 

 

If such a related party transaction is unavoidable, the nature of the related party transaction must be fully disclosed to the CFO. If determined to be material to the Corporation by the CFO, the Corporation's Audit Committee must review and approve in writing in advance such related party transactions. The most significant related party transactions, particularly those involving the Corporation's directors or executive officers, must be reviewed, and approved in writing in advance by the Corporation's Board. The Corporation must report all such material related party transactions under applicable accounting rules, federal securities laws, and SEC rules and regulations, and securities market rules. Any dealings with a related party must be conducted in such a way that no preferential treatment is given to this business.

 

The Corporation discourages the employment of relatives and significant others in positions or assignments within the same department and prohibits the employment of such individuals in positions that have a financial dependence or influence (e.g., an auditing or control relationship, or a supervisor/subordinate relationship). The purpose of this policy is to prevent the organizational impairment and conflicts that are a likely outcome of the employment of relatives or significant others, especially in a supervisor/subordinate relationship. If a question arises about whether a relationship is covered by this policy, the CFO is responsible for determining whether this policy covers an applicant or transferee’s acknowledged relationship. The CFO shall advise all affected applicants and transferees of this policy. Willful withholding of information regarding a prohibited relationship/reporting arrangement may be subject to corrective action, up to and including termination. If a prohibited relationship exists or develops between two employees, the employee in the senior position must bring this to the attention of his/her supervisor. The Corporation retains the prerogative to separate the individuals at the earliest possible time, either by reassignment or by termination, if necessary.

 

(v) Other Situations. Because other conflicts of interest may arise, it would be impractical to attempt to list all possible situations. Directors, officers, and employees should consult the CFO if a proposed transaction or situation raises any questions or doubts.

 

D. Corporate Opportunities

 

Employees, officers, and directors may not exploit for their own personal gain opportunities that are discovered using corporate property, information, or position unless the opportunity is disclosed fully in writing to the Corporation’s Board and the Board declines to pursue such opportunity.

 

E. Protecting the Corporation's Confidential Information

 

The Corporation's confidential information is an asset. The Corporation’s confidential information includes our database of customer contacts; details regarding our equipment procurement sources; names and lists of customers, suppliers, and employees; and financial information. This information is the property of the Corporation and may be protected by patent, trademark, copyright, and trade secret laws. All confidential information must be used for Corporate business purposes only. Every director, officer, employee, agent, and contractor must safeguard it.

 

THIS RESPONSIBILITY INCLUDES NOT DISCLOSING THE CORPORATION’S CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION SUCH AS INFORMATION REGARDING THE CORPORATION'S PRODUCTS OR BUSINESS OVER THE INTERNET.

 

Each director, officer and employee is also responsible for properly labeling all documentation shared with or correspondence sent to the CFO or outside counsel as “Attorney-Client Privileged.” This responsibility includes the safeguarding, securing and proper disposal of confidential information in accordance with the Corporation's policy on Maintaining and Managing Records set forth in Section III.I of this Code. This obligation extends to confidential information of third parties, which the Corporation has rightfully received under Non-Disclosure Agreements. See the Corporation's policy dealing with Handling Confidential Information of Others set forth in Section IV.D of this Code.

 

(i) Proprietary Information and Invention Agreement. Upon joining the Corporation, each director, officer, and employee signed an agreement to protect and hold confidential the Corporation's proprietary information. This agreement remains in effect for the entire term of employment with the Corporation and remains in effect thereafter. Under this agreement, the Corporation's confidential information may not be disclosed to anyone or used to benefit anyone other than the Corporation without the prior written consent of an authorized Corporate officer.

 

(ii) Disclosure of Corporate Confidential Information. To further the Corporation's business from time to time, confidential information of the Corporation may be disclosed to potential business partners. However, such disclosure should never be done without careful consideration of its potential benefits and risks. If, in consultation with a manager and other appropriate Corporate management, it is determined that disclosure of confidential information is necessary, the CFO should be contacted to ensure that an appropriate written nondisclosure agreement is signed prior to the disclosure. The Corporation has standard nondisclosure agreements suitable for most disclosures. A third party's nondisclosure agreement must not be signed and no changes should be accepted to the Corporation's standard nondisclosure agreements without review and approval by the CFO. In addition, all Corporate materials that contain Corporate confidential information, including presentations, must be reviewed, and approved by the CFO prior to publication or use.

 

Furthermore, any employee publication or publicly made statement that might be perceived or construed as attributable to the Corporation, made outside the scope of his or her employment with the Corporation, must be reviewed in advance and approved in writing by the CFO and must include the Corporation's standard disclaimer that the publication or statement represents the views of the specific author and not of the Corporation.

 

3

 

 

(iii) Requests by Regulatory Authorities. The Corporation and its directors, officers, employees, agents, and contractors must cooperate with appropriate government inquiries and investigations. In this context, however, it is important to protect the legal rights of the Corporation with respect to its confidential information. All government requests for information, documents or investigative interviews must be referred to the CFO. No financial information may be disclosed without the prior approval of the CFO.

 

(iv) Corporate Spokespeople. Specific policies have been established regarding who may communicate information to the press and the financial analyst community. All inquiries or calls from the press and financial analysts should be referred to the CFO. The Corporation has designated its Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and CFO as official Corporate spokespeople for financial matters. These designees are the only people who may communicate with the press on behalf of the Corporation.

 

F. Obligations under Securities Laws-” Insider” Trading

 

Obligations under the U.S. securities laws apply to everyone. In the normal course of business, officers, directors, employees, agents, contractors, and consultants of the Corporation may come into possession of significant, sensitive information. This information is the property of the Corporation, and any director, officer, or employee in possession of such information has been entrusted with it. No director, officer or employee may profit from it by buying or selling securities on their own behalf, or passing on the information to others to enable them to profit or for them to profit on behalf of such director, officer, or employee. The purpose of this policy is both to inform all Corporate employees of the legal responsibilities and to make clear that the misuse of sensitive information is contrary to Corporate policy and U.S. securities laws.

 

Insider trading is a crime, penalized by fines of up to $5,000,000 and 20 years in jail for individuals. In addition, the SEC may seek the imposition of a civil penalty of up to three times the profits made or losses avoided from the trading. Insider traders must also disgorge any profits made, and are often subjected to an injunction against future violations. Finally, insider traders may be subjected to civil liability in private lawsuits.

 

Employers and other controlling persons (including supervisory personnel) are also at risk under U.S. securities laws. Controlling persons may, among other things, face penalties of the greater of $5,000,000 or three times the profits made or losses avoided by the trader if they recklessly fail to take preventive steps to control insider trading.

 

Thus, it is important that insider-trading violations not occur. Stock market surveillance techniques are becoming increasingly sophisticated, and the chance that U.S. federal or other regulatory authorities will detect and prosecute even small-level trading is significant. Insider trading rules are strictly enforced, even in instances when the financial transactions seem small. Any questions about the ability to trade should be directed to the CFO.

 

The Corporation has imposed a trading blackout period on members of the Board, executive officers, and certain designated employees who, because of their position with the Corporation, are more likely to be exposed to material nonpublic information about the Corporation. These directors, executive officers and employees generally may not trade in Corporate securities during the blackout periods.

 

For more details, and to determine whether a trade restriction applies during trading Blackout periods, each director, officer, and employee should review the Corporation’s Insider Trading Compliance Program carefully, paying attention to the specific policies and the potential criminal and civil liability and disciplinary action for insider trading violations. Directors, officers, employees, agents, and contractors of the Corporation who violate this policy are also be subject to disciplinary action by the Corporation, which may include termination of employment or of business relationship. All questions regarding the Corporation's Insider Trading Compliance Program should be directed to the Corporation's CFO.

 

G. Prohibition against Short Selling of Corporate Stock

 

No Corporate director, officer or other employee, agent or contractor may, directly or indirectly, sell any equity security, including derivatives, of the Corporation (1) if he or she does not own the security sold, or (2) if he or she owns the security, does not deliver it against such sale (a “short sale against the box”) within twenty days thereafter, or does not within five days after such sale deposit it in the mails or other usual channels of transportation. No Corporate director, officer or other employee, agent or contractor may engage in short sales. A short sale, as defined in this policy, means any transaction whereby one may benefit from a decline in the Corporation's stock price. While law from engaging in short sales of Corporation’s securities does not prohibit employees who are not executive officers or directors, the Corporation has adopted as policy that employees may not do so.

 

H. Use of Corporation’s Assets

 

(i) General. Protecting the Corporation's assets is a key fiduciary responsibility of every director, officer, employee, agent, and contractor. Care should be taken to ensure that assets are not misappropriated, loaned to others, or sold or donated, without appropriate authorization. All Corporate directors, officers, employees, agents, and contractors are responsible for the proper use of Corporate assets, and must safeguard such assets against loss, damage, misuse, or theft.

 

4

 

 

Directors, officers, employees, agents, or contractors who violate any aspect of this policy or who demonstrate poor judgment in the way they use any Corporate asset may be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including termination of employment or business relationship at the Corporation's sole discretion. Corporate equipment and assets are to be used for Corporate business purposes only. Directors, officers, employees, agents, and contractors may not use Corporate assets for personal use, nor may they allow any other person to use Corporate assets. All questions regarding this policy should be brought to the attention of the CFO.

 

(ii) Physical Access Control. The Corporation has and will continue to develop procedures covering physical access control to ensure privacy of communications, maintenance of the security of the Corporation communication equipment, and safeguard Corporate assets from theft, misuse, and destruction. Each director, officer and employee is personally responsible for complying with the level of access control that has been implemented in the facility where such director, officer and employee works on a permanent or temporary basis and must not defeat or cause to be defeated the purpose for which the access control was implemented.

 

(iii) Corporate Funds. Every Corporate director, officer or employee is personally responsible for all Corporate funds over which he or she exercises control. Corporate agents and contractors should not be allowed to exercise control over Corporate funds. Corporate funds must be used only for Corporate business purposes. Every Corporate director, officer, employee, agent, and contractor must take reasonable steps to ensure that the Corporation receives good value for Corporate funds spent, and must maintain accurate and timely records of each expenditure. Expense reports must be accurate and submitted in a timely manner. Corporate directors, officers, employees, agents, and contractors must not use Corporate funds for any personal purpose.

 

(iv) Computers and Other Equipment. The Corporation strives to furnish directors, officers, and employees with the equipment necessary to do their jobs efficiently and effectively. Each director, officer and employee must care for that equipment and use it responsibly only for Corporate business purposes. If Corporate equipment is used at home or off site, precautions must be taken to protect it from theft or damage. All Corporate equipment must be returned immediately upon termination of employment. While computers and other electronic devices are made accessible to directors, officers and employees to assist them to perform their jobs and to promote the Corporation's interests, all such computers and electronic devices, whether used entirely or partially on the Corporation's premises or with the aid of the Corporation's equipment or resources, must remain fully accessible to the Corporation and, to the maximum extent permitted by law, will remain the sole and exclusive property of the Corporation.

 

Directors, officers, employees, agents, and contractors should not maintain any expectation of privacy with respect to information transmitted over, received by, or stored in any electronic communications device owned, leased, or operated in whole or in part by or on behalf of the Corporation. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation retains the right to gain access to any information received by, transmitted by, or stored in any such electronic communications device, by and through its directors, officers, employees, agents, contractors, or representatives, at any time, either with or without a director’s, officer’s, employee's or third party's knowledge, consent, or approval.

 

(v) Software. All software used by directors, officers, and employees to conduct Corporate business must be appropriately licensed. Directors, officers, and employees should never make or use illegal or unauthorized copies of any software, whether in the office, at home, or on the road, since doing so may constitute copyright infringement and may expose such director, officer, employee and the Corporation to potential civil and criminal liability. In addition, use of illegal or unauthorized copies of software may subject the director, officer, and employee to disciplinary action, up to and including termination. The Corporation's Information Technology Department will inspect Corporate computers periodically to verify that only approved and licensed software has been installed. Any non-licensed/supported software will be removed.

 

(vi) Electronic Usage. The purpose of this policy is to make certain that directors, officers, and employees utilize electronic communication devices in a legal, ethical, and appropriate manner. This policy addresses the Corporation's responsibilities and concerns regarding the fair and proper use of all electronic communications devices within the organization, including computers, e- mail, connections to the Internet, intranet and extranet and any other public or private networks, voice mail, video conferencing, facsimiles, and telephones. Posting or discussing information concerning the Corporation's products or business on the Internet without the prior written consent of the Corporation's CFO is prohibited. Any other form of electronic communication used by directors, officers, or employees currently or in the future is also intended to be encompassed under this policy. It is not possible to identify every standard and rule applicable to the use of electronic communications devices. Directors, officers, and employees are therefore encouraged to use sound judgment whenever using any feature of our communications systems and are expected to review, understand and follow such policies and procedures.

 

5

 

 

I. Maintaining and Managing Records

 

The purpose of this policy is to set forth and convey the Corporation's business and legal requirements in managing records, including all recorded information regardless of medium or characteristics. Records include paper documents, CDs, computer hard disks, email, floppy disks, microfiche, microfilm, or all other media. Local, state, federal, foreign, and other applicable laws, rules, and regulations require the Corporation to retain certain records and to follow specific guidelines in managing its records. Civil and criminal penalties for failure to comply with such guidelines can be severe for directors, officers, employees, agents, contractors and the Corporation, and failure to comply with such guidelines may subject the director, officer, employee, agent, or contractor to disciplinary action, up to and including termination of employment or business relationship at the Corporation's sole discretion. All original executed documents that evidence contractual commitments or other obligations of the Corporation must be forwarded to the CFO promptly upon completion. Such documents will be maintained and retained in accordance with the Corporation’s record retention policies.

 

J. Records on Legal Hold.

 

A legal hold suspends all document destruction procedures to preserve appropriate records under special circumstances, such as litigation or government investigations. The CFO determines and identifies what types of Corporate records or documents are required to be placed under a legal hold. Every Corporate director, officer, employee, agent, and contractor must comply with this policy. Failure to comply with this policy may subject the director, officer, employee, agent, or contractor to disciplinary action, up to and including termination of employment or business relationship at the Corporation's sole discretion.

 

The CFO will notify any director, officer, or employee if a legal hold is placed on records for which that person is responsible. The necessary records must thereafter be preserved and protected in accordance with instructions from the CFO.

 

RECORDS OR SUPPORTING DOCUMENTS THAT HAVE BEEN PLACED UNDER A LEGAL HOLD MUST NOT BE DESTROYED, ALTERED, OR MODIFIED UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES.

 

A legal hold remains effective until it is officially released in writing by the CFO.

 

Any questions about whether a document has been placed under a legal hold should be directed to the CFO and the document should be preserved and protected until the CFO provides clarification.

 

K. Payment Practices

 

(i) Accounting Practices. The Corporation's responsibilities to its stockholders and the investing public require that all transactions be fully and accurately recorded in the Corporation's books and records in compliance with all applicable laws. False or misleading entries, unrecorded funds or assets, or payments without appropriate supporting documentation and approval are strictly prohibited and violate Corporate policy and the law.

 

Additionally, all documentation supporting a transaction should fully and accurately describe the nature of the transaction and be processed in a timely fashion.

 

(ii) Political Contributions. The Corporation reserves the right to communicate its position on important issues to elected representatives and other government officials. It is the Corporation's policy to comply fully with all local, state, federal, foreign, and other applicable laws, rules and regulations regarding political contributions. The Corporation's funds or assets must not be used for, or be contributed to, political campaigns or political practices under any circumstances without the prior written approval of the CFO and, if required, the Board.

 

(iii) Prohibition of Inducements. Under no circumstances may directors, officers, employees, agents, or contractors offer to pay, make payment, promise to pay, or issue authorization to pay any money, gift, or anything of value to customers, vendors, consultants, or other party that is perceived as intending, directly or indirectly, to improperly influence any business decision, any act or failure to act, any commitment of fraud, or opportunity for the commission of any fraud. Inexpensive gifts, infrequent business meals, celebratory events, and entertainment, provided that they are not excessive or create an appearance of impropriety, do not violate this policy.

 

Questions regarding whether a payment or gift violates this policy should be directed to the CFO.

 

L. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act.

 

The Corporation requires full compliance with the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (FCPA) by all its directors, officers, employees, agents, and contractors.

 

The anti-bribery and corrupt payment provisions of the FCPA make illegal any corrupt offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization to pay any money, gift, or anything of value to any foreign official, or any foreign political party, candidate or official, for the purpose of influencing any act or failure to act in the official capacity of that foreign official or party; or inducing the foreign official or party to use influence to affect a decision of a foreign government or agency, in order to obtain or retain business for anyone, or direct business to anyone.

 

6

 

 

All Corporate directors, officers, employees, agents, and contractors, whether located in the United States or abroad, are responsible for FCPA compliance and the procedures to ensure FCPA compliance.

 

All managers and supervisory personnel are expected to monitor continued compliance with the FCPA to ensure compliance with the highest moral, ethical, and professional standards of the Corporation. FCPA compliance includes the Corporation's policy on Maintaining and Managing Records in Section III.I of this Code.

 

Laws in most countries outside of the United States also prohibit or restrict government officials or employees of government agencies from receiving payments, entertainment, or gifts for winning or keeping business. No contract or agreement may be made with any business in which a government official or employee holds a significant interest, without the prior approval of the CFO.

 

M. Export Controls

 

Several countries maintain controls on the destinations to which products or software may be exported. Some of the strictest export controls are maintained by the United States against countries that the U.S. government considers unfriendly or as supporting international terrorism. The U.S. regulations are complex and apply both to exports from the United States and to exports of products from other countries, when those products contain components or technology of U.S. origin. Software created in the United States is subject to these regulations even if duplicated and packaged abroad. In some circumstances, an oral presentation containing technical data made to foreign nationals in the United States may constitute a controlled export. The CFO can provide guidance on which countries are prohibited destinations for Corporate products or whether a proposed technical presentation to foreign nationals may require a U.S. Government license.

 

III. RESPONSIBILITIES TO OUR CUSTOMERS AND OUR SUPPLIERS

 

A. Customer Relationships

 

Each time a director, officer or employee meets any Corporate customers or potential customers, that director, officer, or employee represents the Corporation and should therefore act in a manner that creates value for the Corporation’s customers and helps to build a relationship based upon trust. The Corporation and its employees have provided products and services for many years and have built up significant goodwill over that time. This goodwill is one of our most important assets, and the Corporation employees, agents and contractors must act to preserve and enhance our reputation.

 

B. Payments or Gifts from Others

 

Under no circumstances may directors, officers, employees, agents, or contractors accept any offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization to pay any money, gift, or anything of value from customers, vendors, consultants, or other party that is perceived as intended, directly or indirectly, to influence any business decision, any act or failure to act, any commitment of fraud, or opportunity for the commission of any fraud. Inexpensive gifts, infrequent business meals, celebratory events, and entertainment, if they are not excessive or create an appearance of impropriety, do not violate this policy. Questions regarding whether a payment or gift violates this policy are to be directed to the CFO.

 

Gifts given by the Corporation to suppliers or customers or received from suppliers or customers should always be appropriate to the circumstances and should never be of a kind that could create an appearance of impropriety. The nature and cost must always be accurately recorded in the Corporation's books and records.

 

C. Publications of Others

 

The Corporation subscribes to many publications that help directors, officers and employees do their jobs better. These include newsletters, reference works, online reference services, magazines, books, and other digital and printed works. Copyright law generally protects these works, and their unauthorized copying and distribution constitute copyright infringement. Consent of the publisher of a publication must be obtained before copying publications or significant parts of them. Any questions about whether a publication may be copied should be directed to the CFO.

 

D. Handling the Confidential Information of Others

 

The Corporation has many kinds of business relationships with many companies and individuals. Sometimes such other companies and individuals will volunteer confidential information about their products or business plans to induce the Corporation to enter a business relationship with them. At other times, the Corporation may request that a third party provide confidential information to permit the Corporation to evaluate a potential business relationship with that party. The Corporation must take special care to handle the confidential information of others responsibly, regardless of how it was obtained. Such confidential information should be handled in accordance with the agreements with such third parties. See also the Corporation's policy on Maintaining and Managing Records in Section III.I of this Code.

 

7

 

 

(i) Appropriate Nondisclosure Agreements. Confidential information may take many forms, including an oral presentation about a company's product development plans, which may contain protected trade secrets; a customer list or employee list; or a demo of an alpha version of a company's new software, which may contain information protected by trade secret and copyright laws.

 

Employees, officers, and directors should never accept information offered by a third party that is represented as confidential, or which appears from the context or circumstances to be confidential, unless an appropriate nondisclosure agreement has been signed with the party offering the information.

 

THE CFO CAN PROVIDE NONDISCLOSURE AGREEMENTS TO FIT ANY SITUATION, AND WILL COORDINATE APPROPRIATE EXECUTION OF SUCH AGREEMENTS ON BEHALF OF THE CORPORATION.

 

Even after a nondisclosure agreement is in place, directors, officers, and employees should accept only the information necessary to accomplish the purpose of receiving it, such as a decision on whether to proceed to negotiate a deal. If more detailed or extensive confidential information is offered and it is not necessary for immediate purposes, it should be refused.

 

(ii) Need to Know. Once a third party's confidential information has been disclosed to the Corporation, the Corporation has an obligation to abide by the terms of the relevant nondisclosure agreement and limit its use to the specific purpose for which it was disclosed and to disseminate it only to other Corporate employees with a need to know the information. Every director, officer, employee, agent and contractor involved in a potential business relationship with a third party must understand and strictly observe the restrictions on the use and handling of confidential information. Any questions about how to handle any such information should be directed to the CFO.

 

(iii) Notes and Reports. Any notes taken while reviewing the confidential information of a third party under a nondisclosure agreement, or any reports summarizing the results of the review or drawing conclusions about the suitability of a business relationship, can include confidential information disclosed by the other party and should be retained only long enough to complete the evaluation of the potential business relationship. Subsequently, they should be either destroyed or turned over to the CFO for safekeeping or destruction. As with any other disclosure of confidential information, these notes or reports should be marked as confidential and distributed only to those the Corporation employees with a need to know.

 

(iv) Competitive Information. No director, officer or employee should attempt to obtain a competitor's confidential information by improper means, and should never contact a competitor regarding their confidential information. While the Corporation may, and does, employ former employees of competitors, it recognizes and respects the obligations of those employees not to use or disclose the confidential information of their former employers.

 

E. Selecting Suppliers

 

The Corporation's suppliers make significant contributions to the success of the Corporation. To create an environment where Corporate suppliers have an incentive to work with the Corporation, they must be confident that they will be treated lawfully and in an ethical manner. The Corporation's policy is to purchase supplies based on need, quality, service, price and terms and conditions. The Corporation's policy is to select significant suppliers or enter significant supplier agreements though a competitive bid process where possible. Under no circumstances should any Corporate director, officer, employee, agent, or contractor attempt to coerce suppliers in any way. The confidential information of a supplier is entitled to the same protection as that of any other third party and must not be received before an appropriate nondisclosure agreement has been signed. A supplier's performance should never be discussed with anyone outside the Corporation. A supplier to the Corporation is generally free to sell its products or services to any other party, including competitors of the Corporation. In some cases where the products or services have been designed, fabricated, or developed to our specifications the agreement between the parties may contain restrictions on sales.

 

F. Government Relations

 

It is the Corporation's policy to comply fully with all applicable laws and regulations governing contact and dealings with government employees and public officials, and to adhere to high ethical, moral, and legal standards of business conduct. This policy includes strict compliance with all local, state, federal, foreign, and other applicable laws, rules, and regulations.

 

Any questions concerning government relations should be directed to the CFO.

 

8

 

 

G. Lobbying

 

Directors, officers, employees, agents, or contractors whose work requires lobbying communication with any member or employee of a legislative body or with any government official or employee in the formulation of legislation must have prior written approval of such activity from the CFO. Activity covered by this policy includes meetings with legislators or members of their staffs or with senior executive branch officials. Preparation, research, and other background activities that are done in support of lobbying communication are also covered by this policy even if the communication ultimately is not made.

 

H. Government Contracts

 

It is the Corporation's policy to comply fully with all applicable laws and regulations that apply to government contracting. It is also necessary to strictly adhere to all terms and conditions of any contract with local, state, federal, foreign, or other applicable governments.

 

The CFO must review and approve all contracts with any government entity.

 

I. Free and Fair Competition

 

Most countries have well-developed bodies of law designed to encourage and protect free and fair competition. The Corporation is committed to obeying both the letter and spirit of these laws. The consequences of not doing so can be severe.

 

These laws often regulate the Corporation's relationships with its distributors, resellers, dealers, and customers. Competition laws generally address the following areas: pricing practices (including price discrimination), discounting, terms of sale, credit terms, promotional allowances, secret rebates, exclusive dealerships or distributorships, product bundling, restrictions on carrying competing products, termination, and many other practices.

 

Competition laws also govern, usually quite strictly, relationships between the Corporation and its competitors. As a rule, contacts with competitors should be limited and should always avoid subjects such as prices or other terms and conditions of sale, customers, and suppliers.

 

Employees, agents, or contractors of the Corporation may not knowingly make false or misleading statements regarding its competitors or the products of its competitors, customers, or suppliers. Participating with competitors in a trade association or in a standards creation body is acceptable when the association has been properly established, has a legitimate purpose, and has limited its activities to that purpose.

 

No director, officer, employee, agent or contractor shall at any time or under any circumstances enter into an agreement or understanding, written or oral, express or implied, with any competitor concerning prices, discounts, other terms or conditions of sale, profits or profit margins, costs, allocation of product or geographic markets, allocation of customers, limitations on production, boycotts of customers or suppliers, or bids or the intent to bid or even discuss or exchange information on these subjects. In some cases, legitimate joint ventures with competitors may permit exceptions to these rules, as may bona fide purchases from or sales to competitors on non-competitive products, but the CFO must review all such proposed ventures in advance. These prohibitions are absolute and strict observance is required.

 

Collusion among competitors is illegal, and the consequences of a violation are severe. Although the spirit of these laws, known as “antitrust,” “competition,” “consumer protection” or unfair competition laws, is straightforward, their application to situations can be quite complex. To ensure that the Corporation complies fully with these laws, each director, officer, and employee should have a basic knowledge of them and should involve the CFO early on when questionable situations arise.

 

J. Industrial Espionage

 

It is the Corporation's policy to lawfully compete in the marketplace. This commitment to fairness includes respecting the rights of competitors and abiding by all applicable laws during competing. The purpose of this policy is to maintain the Corporation's reputation as a lawful competitor and to help ensure the integrity of the competitive marketplace. The Corporation expects its competitors to respect the rights of the Corporation to compete lawfully in the marketplace, and the Corporation must respect the competitors’ rights equally. Corporate directors, officers, employees, agents, and contractors may not steal or unlawfully use the information, material, products, intellectual property, or proprietary or confidential information of anyone including suppliers, customers, business partners or competitors.

 

IV. WAIVERS

 

Any waiver of any provision of this Code for a member of the Corporation’s Board or an executive officer must be approved in writing by the Corporation’s Board and promptly disclosed. Any waiver of any provision of this Code with respect any other employee, agent or contractor must be approved in writing by the CFO.

 

9

 

 

V. DISCIPLINARY ACTIONS

 

The matters covered in this Code are of the utmost importance to the Corporation, its stockholders, and its business partners, and are essential to the Corporation's ability to conduct its business in accordance with its stated values. The Corporation expects all its directors, officers, employees, agents, contractors, and consultants to adhere to these rules in carrying out their duties for the Corporation.

 

The Corporation will take appropriate action against any director, officer, employee, agent, contractor, or consultant whose actions are found to violate these policies or any other policies of the Corporation. Disciplinary actions may include immediate termination of employment or business relationship at the Corporation's sole discretion. Where the Corporation has suffered a loss, it may pursue its remedies against the individuals or entities responsible. Where laws have been violated, the Corporation will cooperate fully with the appropriate authorities.

 

CONCLUSION

 

This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics contains general guidelines for conducting the business of the Company consistent with the highest standards of business ethics. If you have any questions about these guidelines, please contact your supervisor or the Compliance Officer. We expect all Company employees to adhere to these standards.

 

This Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, as applied to the Company’s principal financial officers, shall be the Company’s “code of ethics” within the meaning of Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules promulgated thereunder.

 

This Code and the matters contained herein are neither a contract of employment nor a guarantee of continuing Company policy. We reserve the right to amend, supplement or discontinue this Code and the matters addressed herein, without prior notice, at any time.

 

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

We hereby consent to the inclusion in this Registration Statement on Amendment No. 1 to Form F-1 of our report dated January 3, 2020 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Huadi International Group Co., Ltd. as of and for the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” appearing therein.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Briggs & Veselka Co.

Houston, Texas

 

 

November 23, 2020

 

 

Exhibit 99.8

 

HUADI INTERNATIONAL GROUP CO., LTD.

No. 1688 Tianzhong Street, Longwan District,

Wenzhou, Zhejiang Province

People’s Republic of China 325025

+86-057786598888

November 23, 2020

VIA EDGAR

Division of Corporation Finance

U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission

100 F Street, N.E.

Washington, D.C. 20549

  

  Re: Huadi International Group Co., Ltd.
     
    Amendment 1 to Registration Statement on Form F-1
    Submitted November 18, 2020
    CIK: 0001791725
     
    Request for Waiver and Representation under Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

The undersigned, Huadi International Group Co., Ltd., a foreign private issuer organized under the laws of the Cayman Islands (the “Company”), is submitting this letter via EDGAR to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) in connection with the Company’s filing on the date hereof of its amendment to the registration statement on Form F-1 (the “Registration Statement”) relating to a proposed initial public offering and listing in the United States of the Company’s ordinary shares.

 

The Company has included in the Registration Statement its audited consolidated financial statements, prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, for the years ended September 30, 2019 and 2018, and unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the six-months ended March 31, 2020 and 2019.

 

The Company respectfully requests that the Commission waive the requirement of Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F, which states that in the case of a company’s initial public offering, the registration statement on Form F-1 must contain audited financial statements of a date not older than 12 months from the date of the offering (the “12-Month Requirement”). See also Division of Corporation Finance, Financial Reporting Manual, Section 6220.3.

 

The Company is submitting this waiver request pursuant to Instruction 2 to Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F, which provides that the Commission will waive the 12-Month Requirement “in cases where the company is able to represent adequately to us that it is not required to comply with this requirement in any other jurisdiction outside the United States and that complying with this requirement is impracticable or involves undue hardship.” See also the 2004 release entitled International Reporting and Disclosure Issues in the Division of Corporation Finance (available on the Commission’s website at http://www.sec.gov/divisions/corpfin/internatl/cfirdissues1104.htm) by the staff of the Division of Corporation Finance of the Commission (the “Staff”) at Section III.B.c, in which the Staff notes that:

 

“the instruction indicates that the staff will waive the 12-month requirement where it is not applicable in the registrant’s other filing jurisdictions and is impracticable or involves undue hardship. As a result, we expect that the vast majority of IPOs will be subject only to the 15-month rule. The only times that we anticipate audited financial statements will be filed under the 12-month rule are when the registrant must comply with the rule in another jurisdiction, or when those audited financial statements are otherwise readily available.”

 

 

 

 

In connection with this waiver request, the Company represents to the Commission that:

 

  1. The Company is not currently a public reporting company in any jurisdiction.

 

  2. The Company is not required by any jurisdiction outside the United States to prepare consolidated financial statements audited under any generally accepted auditing standards for any interim period.

 

  3. Full compliance with Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F at present is impracticable and involves undue hardship for the Company.

 

  4. The Company does not anticipate that its audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended September 30, 2020 will be available until the end of December 2020.

 

  5. In no event will the Company seek effectiveness of the Registration Statement if its audited financial statements are older than 15 months at the time of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

The Company is filing this letter as an exhibit to the Registration Statement pursuant to Instruction 2 to Item 8.A.4 of Form 20-F.

 

  Very truly yours,
   
  Huadi International Group Co., Ltd.
   
 

/s/ Huisen Wang

  By: Huisen Wang
  Title: Chief Executive Officer